You are on page 1of 416

Technical

Handbook
Metrode Welding Consumables

WORLDWIDE
WELDING CONSUMABLES
FOR HIGH INTEGRITY APPLICATIONS
-

Power Generation
Nuclear Industry
Petrochemical Industry
Offshore Industry

www.metrode.com

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Introduction to Metrode............................................................................................................................... 2
Data Sheets: Introduction and explanatory notes..................................................................................... 4
A. Low alloy steels.............................................................................................................................................6
CrMo creep resisting consumables
MnMo low alloy steels
High toughness Ni bearing low alloy steels
High strength low alloy steels
B. Stainless steels............................................................................................................................................93
Martensitic stainless steels
Austenitic stainless steels
309L and 309Mo stainless steels
Superaustenitic, lean duplex, duplex and superduplex stainless steels
C. High temperature alloys........................................................................................................................... 223
High carbon 300 series stainless steels
High temperature 309 and 310 stainless steels
High carbon austenitic alloys (including 330, 800, HP40
D. Nickel base alloys...................................................................................................................................... 278
182 type alloys
625 type alloys
Alloy C types
Specialist nickel base alloys
Nickel based non-ferrous alloys
E. Repair and maintenance............................................................................................................................ 328
Cast iron
Dissimilar welding
Copper alloy consumables
Hardfacing
Special mild steel
F. Fluxes for submerged arc welding ............................................................................................................380
Fluxes for use with low alloy CrMo, stainless steel and nickel base wires
G. Other useful information.......................................................................................................................... 387
Abbreviations, element symbols, welding positions
Schaeffler and WRC diagrams
Conversions
Packaging and storage
Index 1 Product designations
Index 2 Consumable specifications
Index 3 Materials to be welded

www.metrode.com

INTRODUCTION TO METRODE
1. The company
Metrode was founded in 1963 as a privately owned company. In the subsequent years it has grown to become the UK's leading
manufacturer and supplier of alloyed welding consumables. It is particularly strong in those industries which require the highest
integrity from their welding consumables, such as power generation, chemical and petrochemical, offshore oil and gas, LNG and
nuclear. In the last decade the export market has been vigorously developed and Metrode has markets globally. It also has an
extensive overseas network of distributors and agents as well as a distribution network covering the whole of the UK. November
2006, Metrode joined the Lincoln Electric Company as a business unit within Lincoln Electric Europe.

2. Scope
This handbook is designed to provide information on the company, its products and services and guidance on the correct choice of
welding consumables.
This 2016 edition of the Technical Handbook (revision 13) contains over 100 data sheets covering about 350 arc welding consumables.
About half of these are flux covered manual metal arc electrodes. These are complemented by a wide range of solid wires, tubular
flux cored and metal cored wires for the other popular arc welding processes. The range has applications for all industrially
significant steels and alloy systems except for titanium, magnesium, aluminium and rarer metals. Particular emphasis is currently
being devoted to developing a strategy with consumables for the power generation industries, offshore oil and gas industries, high
temperature materials in the chemical and petrochemical industries and a diverse range of nickel based alloys. Data sheets for
some fringe products are not included in this handbook, but are available on request.

3. The products
Metrode was founded in 1963 as a privately owned company. In the subsequent years it has grown to become the UK's leading
manufacturer and supplier of alloyed welding consumables. It is particularly strong in those industries which require the highest
integrity from their welding consumables, such as power generation, chemical and petrochemical, offshore oil and gas, LNG and
nuclear. In the last decade the export market has been vigorously developed and Metrode has markets globally. It also has an
extensive overseas network of distributors and agents as well as a distribution network covering the whole of the UK. November
2006, Metrode joined the Lincoln Electric Company as a business unit within Lincoln Electric Europe.

4. Availability and special services

All the standard products listed in this document are available either ex stock or on short lead times in the most commonly used
sizes.

5. Standard product range


All the standard products listed in this document are available either ex stock or on short lead times in the most commonly used
sizes.

6. Special product range


The special product range covers a wider range of the less common products and non-standard sizes. These items may be subject
to minimum order value/quantity requirements and to longer lead times. Further information on the Product Range is available
from our Customer Care Department.

7. Special services
Metrode's unique know-how is always available to meet individual requirements and a number of tailor-made formulations are
developed to suit special or proprietary technical requirements.

8. Development
Metrode maintains a close awareness of future welding consumable needs to support new alloys and changing technical
requirements through its links with: the International Institute of Welding (IIW), the European Welding Association (EWA), The
Welding Institute (TWI), the American Welding Society (AWS) and a number of universities and research organisations both in the
UK and worldwide. The Company has its own development team working together with the sophisticated R&D resources within
the Lincoln Electric Company group to design new products and improve existing ones to meet the needs of the fabrication industry

9. Technical support

www.metrode.com

Technical support is available to help with any aspect of consumable choice, applications or procedural guidance.
Field based staff can advise on procedural aspects and factors needed to achieve optimum performance.
Facilities are available at Metrode for demonstration, training and evaluation for all the major welding processes which utilise
Metrode consumables.

10. Specifications and certification


Metrode consumables are manufactured to conform with the current issues of BS EN, BS EN ISO or AWS-ASME standards where
applicable. When incompatible variations exist between different specifications for equivalent types, these are indicated on the
data sheet. Where a product does not strictly conform to a standard the specification is shown in brackets for guidance only.
Every batch is certified at least with chemical analysis to BS EN 10204: 3.1, with a few exceptions amongst some hardfacing/
maintenance types certified to BS EN 10204: 2.2.
Special requirements for batch testing or analysis variants are frequently satisfied with prior agreement.

11. Health and safety


Welding produces fumes and gases which can be dangerous to your health. Arc rays can injure eyes and burn skin. Electric
shock can kill.
It is important to take suitable precautions when welding, and to follow safe working practices. These should be based upon
information available from the Welding Manufacturers' Association leaflet and Metrode's Health and Safety booklet which may
be obtained from Metrode or our distributors. Some details may vary with specific legislation outside the UK.
Welding fume data for hazard assessment (COSHH in the UK) is included on each data sheet.
Metrode is approved to ISO 14001.

12. Quality assurance


Metrode's historic reputation for quality is sustained by the active and continuous implementation of a stringent quality assurance
programme recognised by international authorities.
Approval and surveillance of Metrode's Quality Management Systems for design, development and manufacturing is certified by:
Lloyds Register QA to BS EN ISO 9001:2008 certificate 840131.
TV NORD to AD2000-Merkblatt W0/TRD 100, VdTV-Merkblatt 1153 & KTA 1408, certificate 07-202-1410-wp-0874/7/001.

13. Quality policy


It is Metrodes mission to achieve and maintain success in its chosen market of supplying welding consumables to users worldwide
through key customer and supplier partnerships, superior service, technology and product leadership.
This shall be achieved through the highest standards of product quality and customer service by:

Ensuring that each customers needs are clearly defined and understood.

Ensuring that all employees are appropriately trained in all aspects of their job with the understanding that quality is
everyones responsibility.

Supplying products that satisfy each customers quality and reliability requirements, whilst underpinning the profitability
of the company.

Monitoring customer satisfaction and ensuring that the customers wishes remain the prime focus at all time.

Striving to continuously improve every aspect of our business by identifying processes and setting and reviewing quality
objectives.
To support this policy, Metrode operates a quality management system that complies with ISO 9001 and applicable regulatory
requirements. The system shall serve to communicate expectations, establish controls and promote a culture committed to
excellence in everything we do.
Our Quality Assurance Manager is charged with the responsibility for the implementation and maintenance of the quality system
and acts with our full authority and commitment on all matters related to quality.

www.metrode.com

DATA SHEETS : INTRODUCTION AND EXPLANATORY NOTES


It is Metrodes mission to achieve and maintain success in its chosen market of supplying welding consumables to users worldwide
through key customer and supplier partnerships, superior service, technology and product leadership.
This shall be achieved through the highest standards of product quality and customer service by:

Ensuring that each customers needs are clearly defined and understood.

Ensuring that all employees are appropriately trained in all aspects of their job with the understanding that quality is
everyones responsibility.

Supplying products that satisfy each customers quality and reliability requirements, whilst underpinning the profitability of
the company.

Monitoring customer satisfaction and ensuring that the customers wishes remain the prime focus at all time.
Striving to continuously improve every aspect of our business by identifying processes and setting and reviewing quality objectives.
To support this policy, Metrode operates a quality management system that complies with ISO 9001 and applicable regulatory
requirements. The system shall serve to communicate expectations, establish controls and promote a culture committed to
excellence in everything we do.
Our Quality Assurance Manager is charged with the responsibility for the implementation and maintenance of the quality system
and acts with our full authority and commitment on all matters related to quality.
GENERAL EXPLANATORY NOTES
Each data sheet is headed with a unique number for easy reference. The same number also appears at the bottom right hand
corner of each page of the data sheet.
Data sheet revision status is given at the foot of the page.
The Metrode designation in bold type should be used when ordering. It is printed on each electrode, stamped on many TIG wires
and identifies all package labels.
Each data sheet is sub-divided under self-explanatory headings, some of which are briefly outlined below.
Materials to be welded
Examples are given of typical base materials for which the consumable may be used. It should not be assumed that this is a
guarantee of suitability, and should be used with caution.
Reference is made to proprietary alloy names for many base materials and we acknowledge the use of registered trade names from
Haynes International Inc, Special Metals, VDM and RA Materials Ltd.
Applications
Information is given for general guidance and in good faith, but the user should ascertain that the product is suitable for the specific
and intended purpose.
Welding guidelines
Brief guidelines on preheat, post weld heat treatment (PWHT) and any particular procedural requirements are given for each alloy.
The user is responsible for establishing a satisfactory welding procedure.
Additional information
Useful background information, procedural notes, precautions and published references are given where appropriate. Technical
profiles are also available for a number of products.
Specifications, approvals
See specification notes above. For some products which do not strictly conform to a particular specification, the nearest
specification is shown in brackets for guidance. If a required approval is not shown, contact Metrode
Composition
Composition limits are declared for almost every product in addition to typical values.
Where it is possible to meet BS EN, BS EN ISO and AWS-ASME compositions with one product, this is often reflected in tighter data
sheet limits than the individual specifications. Whilst in rare cases a batch may not satisfy all these constraints, BS EN ISO or AWSASME are normally the default specifications unless agreed otherwise. See also specification notes on previous introductory page.
Note that flux covered MMA electrodes and tubular cored wires are defined by all-weld deposit analysis, solid wires by product
analysis, and fluxes by deposit analysis from appropriate combination with relevant solid wires.
All-weld mechanical properties
Minimum and typical tensile and impact properties are given where applicable to satisfy national specifications or material
requirements. Caution is generally advised in translating these all-weld (longitudinal) values to joint (transverse) test values.

www.metrode.com

DATA SHEETS: INTRODUCTION AND EXPLANATORY NOTES


Operating parameters
Current ranges are based on satisfactory fusion and arc stability. Optimum conditions are influenced by variables such as welding
position, base material thickness, and heat input considerations, etc. Most electrodes operate smoothly on DC+ (positive electrode)
and for those suitable for AC a minimum OCV (open circuit voltage) is given.
Welding positions for electrodes are shown pictographically. Where vertical and overhead are indicated this usually applies to
3.2mm and smaller sizes, with 4mm practicable with skilled operators and joints with sufficient room for manipulation. Where
vertical down is indicated, this applies to 2.5mm or 3.2 with skilled operators.
Packaging data
For electrodes, the length, weight per carton (3 tins) and approximate number of pieces per carton are given, but may be subject to
change without notice. For TIG, MIG, SAW and FCW, tube, spool and coil weights are also provided. Contact Metrode for latest
information if required.
Note that Metrode electrodes are supplied in hermetically sealed tins with ring-pull opening. The integrity of this packaging is
regularly assessed according to the ASME SFA5.5 procedure. Tins provide a convenient and economic alternative to smaller units
of vacuum-packed electrodes in 'site packs' which can be supplied to order.
Redrying (rebaking or conditioning), handling and storage recommendations are given. Redrying should ensure that the unpacked
electrodes reach the recommended temperature-time conditions.
The majority of electrodes and TIG wires are marked individually with both the designation or classification number and batch
number.
Fume data
To assist health and safety hazard assessment, welding fume composition is given for each product. Fume itself comprises oxides,
silicates or other complex compounds of the elements listed.
An occupational exposure limit or standard (OES) is calculated in milligrams per cubic metre breathing zone concentration. This
control value is 5mg/m3 maximum, or much lower for many alloyed consumables. For example, a significant proportion of the
chromium in fume generated by stainless covered electrodes and flux cored wire is present in hexavalent form with a limit of
0.05mg/m3, which reduces total fume OES to around 1mg/m3. In fume generated by solid stainless MIG wires, practically all
chromium is trivalent and the total fume OES is higher.
TIG and submerged arc processes generate too little fume for assessment on this basis.
In the UK, COSHH guidance relevant to welding is found in HMSO publications, EH40, EH54 and EH55.
Website
Inevitably a printed Technical Handbook is out of date soon after it has been printed. The Metrode website (www.metrode.com)
overcomes this problem because the data sheets for the most common products are all on the website and are updated as soon as
the data sheet is revised

www.metrode.com

LOW ALLOY STEELS

LOW ALLOY STEELS


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Section A : Low Alloy Steels

LOW ALLOY STEELS INCLUDING THE CrMo CREEP RESISTING CONSUMABLES


This section includes consumables suitable for welding general engineering and structural steels, from medium tensile grain-refined
CMn and semi-cryogenic steels (approximately 75C) to specialised heat and creep-resistant CrMo types reaching the threshold of
stainlessness at 12%Cr.
Flux coverings of all electrodes are of all-positional basic low-hydrogen type and employ binders giving high resistance to moisture
absorption. All flux cored wires are rutile all-positional types also with low hydrogen potential. With increasing weld and base metal
strength and hardenability (or carbon equivalent), a hydrogen potential below 5ml/100g weld metal is often an essential procedural
parameter, coupled with preheat where necessary to moderate HAZ hardening or raise safety margins in thicker sections:

Carbon equivalent (CE) = C + Mn + Cr + Mo + V + Cu + Ni


6
5
15

For guidance, preheat up to 50C for CE < 0.40, 100C for < 0.55, 150C for < 0.70, 200C for < 0.80, 250C for 0.90 or above. However,
note that some cases require restricted preheat-interpass and also heat input control to maintain optimum strength and toughness.
High joint restraint may require higher preheats.
A full discussion of this subject is given in the following publication: N. Bailey, F.R. Coe et al: Welding steels without hydrogen
cracking, Abington Publishing, Cambridge, 1993.
The necessity for Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) varies with base and weld metal type. PWHT is normally essential to temper
the HAZ below 248HV/22HRC required by NACE for H2S service, for which electrodes giving mandatory < 1%Ni with strength and
toughness are available. Most nickel-bearing electrodes also give excellent as-welded properties at low temperatures. PWHT is
essential for creep-resisting Cr-Mo types, although the leaner low carbon variants are sometimes stress-relieved in service when used
for repairs under local preheat.
.

DataSheet Alloy
Process
Product
AWS Classifications
Cr-Mo creep resisting consumables mainly for the power generation industry
A-10

Mo

MMA
TIG/MIG
MMA

A-12

1CrMo

TIG/MIG
SAW
FCW
MMA

A-13

2Cr1Mo

TIG/MIG
SAW
FCW

A-14

CrMoV

MMA
FCW

www.metrode.com

Mo.B
CMo
Chromet 1
Chromet 1L
Chromet 1X
1CrMo
ER80S-B2
SA 1CrMo
Cormet 1
Chromet 2
Chromet 2L
Chromet 2X
2CrMo
ER90S-B3
SA 2CrMo
Cormet 2
Cormet 2L
Chromet 1V
13CMV
Cormet 1V

DS A-01 | Rev. 01-03/16

E7018-A1
ER70S-A1
E8018-B2
E7015-B2L
E8018-B2
ER80S-G
ER80S-B2
EB2
E81T1-B2
E9018-B3
E8015-B3L
E9018-B3
ER90S-G
ER90S-B3
EB3
E91T1-B3
E91T1-B3L
----

EN / EN ISO Classifications
E Mo B
MoSi
E CrMo1 B
E CrMo1L B
E CrMo1 B
CrMo1Si
-CrMo1
T55T1-1C/M-1CM
E CrMo2 B
E CrMo2L B
E CrMo2 B
CrMo2Si
-CrMo2
T62T1-1C/M-2CM
T62T1-1C/M-2CML
ECrMoV1 B
(ECrMoV1 B)
--

LOW ALLOY STEELS


Alloy

Process

Product

AWS Classifications

LOW ALLOY STEELS

DataSheet

EN / EN ISO Classifications

Cr-Mo creep resisting consumables mainly for the power generation industry (continued)
A-15

5CrMo

A-16

9CrMo

MMA
TIG/MIG
SAW
MMA
TIG/MIG
SAW
MMA

A-17

P91

A-18

E911

A-19

12CrMoV

A-20

P92

A-21

T23

A-23

WB36

A-25

W B2 / 921

TIG/MIG
MCW
SAW
FCW
MMA
FCW
MMA
TIG
MMA
TIG/MIG
SAW
FCW
MMA
TIG
MMA
TIG
SAW
MMA
FCW

Chromet 5
5CrMo
5CrMo
Chromet 9
9CrMo
SA 9CrMo
Chromet 9MV-N
Chromet 9MVN+
Chromet 9-B9
Chromet 91VNB
9CrMoV-N
9CrMoV
Cormet M91
9CrMoV-N
Supercore F91
Chromet 10MW
Cormet 10MW
Chromet 12MV
12CrMoV
Chromet 92
9CrWV
9CrWV
Supercore F92
Chromet 23L
2CrWV
1NiMo.B
MnMo
SA 1NiMo
Chromet WB2
Supercore WB2

E8015-B6
ER80S-B6
EB6
E8015-B8
ER80S-B8
EB8
E9015-B91
E9015-B91
E9015-B91
E9015-B91
ER90S-B9
ER90S-B9
E90C-B9
EB91
E91T1-B9
E9015-G (E911)
---E9015-B92
ER90S-G (92)
EG (92)
E91T1-G(92)
E9015-G(23)
ER90S-G (23)
E9018-G
ER80S-D2
EF3
E9015-G
E91T1-G

E CrMo5 B
CrMo5Si
S CrMo5
E CrMo9 B
CrMo9
S CrMo9
E CrMo91 B
E CrMo91 B
E CrMo91 B
E CrMo91 B
CrMo91
9C1MV
T69T15-0M-9C1MV
(S CrMo91)
T69T1-1C/M-9C1MV
--E CrMoWV 12 1 B
W CrMoWV12 1
--------S3Ni1Mo
---

High toughness 1-3%Ni consumables for applications from 40C down to about 75C
A-40

MnMo

A-41

NiMo

A-42

3Ni

MMA
TIG/MIG
FCW
MMA
TIG
MMA

Tufmet 1Ni.B
1Ni
Metcore DWA 55E
Tufmet 2Ni.B
2Ni
Tufmet 3Ni.B

E8018-C3
ER80S-Ni1
E71T-5
E8018-C1
ER80S-Ni2
E8018-C2

E 46 6 1Ni B 42
(3Ni1)
T 42 4 PM1 H5
E 46 6 2Ni B 42
(2Ni2)
E 46 6 3Ni B 42

Consumables for high strength low alloy steels requiring tensile strengths from 620MPa up to 825MPa
A-50

MnMo

MMA
TIG/MIG

A-60

NiMo

A-61

NiMo

MMA
TIG/MIG
MMA

E9018-D1
E10018-D2
MnMo
Tufmet 1NiMo
E11018-M
Tufmet 3NiMo
ER110S-G
1NiMo.B

E9018-D1
E10018-D2
ER80S-D2
E9016-G
E11018-M
E12016-G
ER110S-G
E9018-G

BS: MnMo.BH
E 624 Mn1NiMo B
4Mo
---Mn3Ni1CrMo
--

E8018-W2
ER80S-G

E 55 18-NCC1 A
(Mn3Ni1Cu)

Consumables for copper containing weathering steels eg. Corten


A-70

Corten

MMA
TIG/MIG/SAW

1NiCu.B
ER80S-W

Electrode for the joining of rail steels using a slag-over-slag technique


A-80

www.metrode.com

Rail

MMA

Railrod

DS A-01 | Rev. 01-03/16

LOW ALLOY STEELS

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet A-10

0.5%MO CREEP RESISTING STEEL


ALLOY TYPE
Ferritic creep resisting 0.5%Mo steels for elevated
temperature service.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
PIPE/TUBE
ASTM
A335 grade P1
A209 & A 250 grade T1

BS
3059 grade 243
3606 grades 243, 245, 261

FORGED
ASTM
A336 grade F1
A204 grades A, B, C

BS EN
10028-2 grade 16Mo3 (1.5415)

DIN
16Mo3 (1.5415)
16Mo5 (1.5423)
10MnMo 4 5 (1.5424)
11MnMo 4 5 (1.5425)

CAST
ASTM
A217 grade WC1
A352 grade LC1

BS EN
1504 grade 245
3100 grade B1

DIN
GS-22Mo 4 (1.5419)

APPLICATIONS
Nominal 0.5% Mo alloying results in improved
elevated temperature performance over that of
CMn steels. Used for the fabrication of vessels and
associated pipework demanding creep rupture
strength and ductility at temperatures up to about
450C.
The Mo content also enhances resistance to
hydrogen attack in chemical process plant
operation.
Favourable mechanical properties of both aswelded and stress-relieved weld metal are also
useful in welding structural and general engineering
steels for ambient or sub-zero temperature service.
In this respect these consumables are related to
the higher strength manganese-molybdenum
alloyed steel consumables.
MICROSTRUCTURE
In the stress-relieved condition the microstructure
consists of acicular ferrite with some tempered
bainite.
WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat and interpass temperatures are normally
in the range 100-250C depending upon thickness
being welded and restraint.
PWHT
PWHT to temper the weldment varies according
to the code; the extremes range from 550C up to
720C but the most common range is 630-670C.
For material up to 20mm thick some codes allow
the PWHT to be omitted.
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
For high strength structural welding applications
the MnMo alloys (A-50) are related.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG

www.metrode.com

DS A-10 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Mo.B
CMo

Specification
AWS E7018-A1 H4
AWS ER70S-A1

LOW ALLOY STEELS

Mo.B
MOLYBDENUM ALLOYED MMA ELECTRODE FOR ELEVATED TEMPER ATURE SERVICE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic flux, metal powder type coating on high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal
hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.5M
E7018-A1 H4
BS EN ISO 3580-A
E Mo B 3 2
BS and AWS Mn ranges overlap, but required specification should be stated on order.

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 4
QW442
A-No 2

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
min.
-0.75
--max.
0.10
1.20
0.60
0.025
Typical
0.05
0.8
0.3
0.01
* BS2493 Mn:Si 2:1, AWS A5.5 Mn 0.90% max.

P
-0.030
0.015

Cr
-0.20
0.05

Ni
--0.05

Mo
0.40
0.65
0.55

Cu
--0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 600-650C/h *
Min.
Typical
As Welded Typical
Tensile strength (MPa)
510
550-610
590
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
400
460-525
480
Elongation (%) 4d
22
27-32
27
5d
22
23-29
23
Reduction of area %
-65-72
68
Impact ISO-V(J) -20C
-130
100
-30C
-115
-Hardness (HV)
-200
200
* BS and DIN: 600C/1h; AWS: 620C/1h. Satisfactory properties are also obtained in the as-welded condition.
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)
Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
70
max. A
110
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
80
140

2.5
350
12.0
552

4.0
100
180

3.2
350
12.9
390

5.0
140
240

4.0
450
13.5
246

5.0
450
16.5
153

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h. For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding ovens, or 50-150C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
16
7

www.metrode.com

Ni
<0.1

Cr
<0.1

Cu
<0.2

DS A-10-Mo.B | Rev. 01-03/16

Pb
<0.1

F
17

OES (mg/m3)
5

LOW ALLOY STEELS

CMo
0.5%Mo SOLID TIG AND MIG WIRE FOR CREEP RESISTING STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Copper coated solid wire for TIG and MIG.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.28M
ISO 21952-A
En ISO 14341-A

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 2

ER70S-A1 (Previous classification was ER70S-G)


W Mo Si (TIG wire)
G 46 3 M 2Mo (MIG wire)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
Min.
0.08
Max.
0.12
Typical
0.1

(WIRE WT %)
Mn
Si
0.90
0.50
1.30
0.70
1.2
0.6

S
-0.020
0.01

P
-0.020
0.01

Cr
-0.2
0.03

Mo
0.45
0.60
0.5

Ni
-0.20
0.02

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Typical TIG
AW
620C/1h
Tensile strength (MPa)
515
662
640
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
400
540
520
Elongation (%) 4d
19
29
25
5d
22
26
24
Impact ISO-V(J) -30C
-52
170
Hardness HV
-210/245
205/230
*Minimum values are after PWHT 620C/1h (AWS) or 595C/0.5h (DIN) and as-welded for BS EN.
MAG welds using more oxidising shielding gas (higher CO2 + O2) will have lower strength than shown.
Properties as-welded (AW) or PWHT:

Cu
-0.3
0.05

V
-0.03
0.01

MAG Ar + 5% CO2
AW
620C/1h
650
620
530
505
29
25
25
24
42
96
215/235
200/220

Min.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
TIG
Argon
MIG Argon + 2-20%CO2 / Argon +1.5%O2 or proprietary

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG

1.2
15 kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
55
5
<0.1

10

www.metrode.com

Current
DCDC+

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2

1.6
5 kg tube
-

Ni
<0.1

DS A-10-CMo | Rev. 01-03/16

Parameters
100A, 12V
260A, 26V

2.4
5 kg tube
-

Mo
<0.5

Cu
1.2

OES (mg/m3)
5

LOW ALLOY STEELS

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet A-12

1CR-MO CREEP RESISTING STEEL


MICROSTRUCTURE
After PWHT, the microstructure consists of
tempered bainite.

ALLOY TYPE
1Cr-Mo alloyed steel consumables for
elevated temperature service

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM
A387 Gr 11 & 12
A182 F11 & F12
A217 WC6 & WC11
A234 WP11 & WP12
A199 T11
A200 T11
A213 T11 & T12
A335 P11 & P12

BS EN & DIN
13CrMo 4-5 (1.7355)
13CrMo 4-4 (1.7335)
16CrMo 4-4 (1.7337)
11CrMo 5-5 (1.7339)
GS-25CrMo 4 (1.7128)
GS-17CrMo 5-5 (1.7357)

WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat and interpass temperature 200C
minimum, up to 300C for thick sections.
Maintain throughout welding cycle and some
time after completion of welding.
PWHT
Apart from some special applications, PWHT
will always be required. PWHT temperature is
typically 690C with time being dependent on
section thickness.

BS
1501 Gr 620 & 621
1502 Gr 620
1503 Gr 620 & 621
1504 Gr 621
3100 Gr B2
3604 Gr 620/440 & 621
3059 Gr 620/460

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
There are Technical Profiles available which cover
some of the consumables on this data sheet.
Additional information is available on Chromet 1X
and Cormet 1.

APPLICATIONS
These consumables are designed for prolonged
Elevated temperature service up to 550C.
Main areas of application are associated with
steam generating power plant, eg piping, turbine
castings, steam chests, valve bodies and boiler
superheaters. Some of the consumables will also
find service in refineries where they are used for
corrosion resistance to sulphur bearing crude
oil at 250-450C. Some of the consumables will
also find applications in the chemical and petrochemical industries where they are used for
resistance to hydrogen attack in the fabrication
of hydrocrackers, coal liquefaction plant and NH3
pressure vessels operating at up to 450C. In
the as-welded condition the consumables also
provide a useful source of 300HV hardness weld
deposit for build-up or hardsurfacing to resist
metal-to-metal wear and heavy impact.

www.metrode.com

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG
SAW
FCW

Product
Chromet 1
Chromet 1L
Chromet 1X *
1CrMo
ER80S-B2
SA 1CrMo
LA436
Cormet 1

Specification
AWS E8018-B2
AWS E7015-B2L
AWS E8018-B2
BS EN CrMo1Si
AWS ER80S-B2
AWS EB2
BS EN ISO SA AB 1
AWS E81T1-B2

* Chromet 1X is the temper embrittlement resistant

(TER) version of Chromet 1.

DS A-12 | Rev. 01-03/16

11

LOW ALLOY STEELS

CHROMET 1
1CR-Mo MMA ELECTRODE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode meeting AWS and BS EN national standards suitable for most power generation applications.
Basic flux, metal powder type coatings on low carbon high purity core wire. Recovery is approximately 115% with respect to the
core wire and 65% with respect to whole electrode. Moisture resistant coating gives very low metal hydrogen levels.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.5M
BS EN ISO 3580-A
BS EN ISO 3580-B
APPROVALS

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 4
QW442
A-No 3

E8018-B2 H4
E CrMo1 B 3 2 H5
E 5518-1CM
TV

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn*
Si
S
Min.
0.05
0.50
--Max.
0.12
0.90
0.80
0.025
Typical
0.07
0.8
0.5
0.01
* Mn may exceed AWS 0.90% max.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
HT 690C/1h
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
Hardness (HV) AW
PWHT

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
1.00
1.40
1.25

Mo
0.45
0.65
0.55

min
550
460
19
20
-47
---

2.5
350
12.9
624

Cu
-0.2
<0.1

Nb
-0.01
0.01

typical
640
570
25
24
70
160
250
210

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
min. A
70
80
max. A
110
140
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

Ni
-0.3
0.1

4.0
100
180

3.2
350
12.9
330

5.0
140
240

4.0
450
16.8
246

5.0
450
18.0
174

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h. For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
15
5
12

www.metrode.com

Cr
< 0.5

Ni
< 0.1
DS A-12-CHROMET 1 | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
< 0.2

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
5

LOW ALLOY STEELS

CHROMET 1L
LOW CARBON 1CR-Mo MMA ELECTRODE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode 1Cr-Mo deposit with low carbon which produces lower hardness and residual stresses for resistance to
sulphide stress corrosion cracking when operating in wet sour environments. Also suitable for thin section joints which are to be
left in the as-welded condition.
Basic flux, metal powder type coatings on low carbon high purity core wire. Recovery is approximately 115% with respect to the
core wire and 65% with respect to whole electrode. Moisture resistant coating gives very low metal hydrogen levels.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.5M
BS EN ISO 3580-A
BS EN ISO 3580-B

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 4
QW442
A-No 3

7015-B2L H4
E CrMo1L B 3 2 H5
E 5216-1CML

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
Min.
0.03
0.50
-Max.
0.05
0.90
0.80
Typical
0.04
0.80
0.40
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
PWHT 690C/1h
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
-10C
Hardness (HV) AW
PWHT

S
-0.025
0.012

P
-0.025
0.015

Cr
1.00
1.40
1.25

Min.
520
390
19
20
-

Mo
0.45
0.65
0.55

Cu
-0.15
<0.10

Typical
600
500
26
23
68
180
120
220
200

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
min. A
70
80
max. A
110
140

4.0
100
180

5.0
140
240

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

4.0
450
17.7
252

5.0
450
18.0
168

2.5
350
12.0
612

3.2
350
15.0
399

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h. For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
15
5
www.metrode.com

Cr
< 0.5

Ni
< 0.1
DS A-12-CHROMET 1L | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
< 0.2

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
5
13

LOW ALLOY STEELS

CHROMET 1X
1CR-Mo ALLOYED MMA ELECTRODE FOR TEMPER EMBRITTLEMENT RESISTANCE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode 1Cr-Mo deposit which meets specific requirements for improved temper embrittlement resistance with
prolonged service at 400-600C. Relevant trace elements (P, Sn, As, Sb) are controlled to ensure low Bruscato (X) and Watanabe
(J) factors.
Basic flux, metal powder type coatings on low carbon high purity core wire. Recovery is approximately 115% with respect to the
core wire and 65% with respect to whole electrode. Moisture resistant coating gives very low metal hydrogen levels.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.5M
BS EN ISO 3580-A
BS EN ISO 3580-B

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 4
QW442
A-No 3

E8018-B2 H4
E CrMo1 B 3 2 H5
E 5516-1CM

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn*
Si*
S
P
Cr
Mo
Cu
Sn
As
Min.
0.05
0.50
0.15
--1.00
0.45
---Max.
0.10
0.90
0.30
0.015
0.012
1.40
0.65
0.15
0.005
0.010
Typical
0.06
0.70
0.25
0.012
0.009
1.25
0.55
<0.05
0.002
0.003
* Mn+Si < 1.10%
Bruscato factor (X) : 10P + 5Sb + 4Sn + As (ppm)/100 = 15 Max
Watanabe factor (J) : (Mn+Si)x(P + Sn) x 104 = 180 max
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
PWHT 690C/1h (1) (SC = step cooled)
Min.
Typical
690C/5h typical
690C/5h + SC typical
Tensile strength (MPa)
550
610
610
595
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
460
525
515
490
Elongation (%) 4d
19
25
29
29
5d
20
21
25
25
Reduction of area %
-70
70
70
(2)
160
200
200
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
47
-30C
-100
160
140
Hardness (HV) AW
-300-320
--PWHT
-200-210
220
190
(1)
BS & AWS PWHT 690C/1h, DIN 690C/>30min, BS EN 720C/1h. (2) DIN & BS EN minimum average.
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)
Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
min. A
70
80
max. A
110
140

4.0
100
180

5.0
140
240

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

4.0
450
16.8
243

5.0
450
17.4
159

2.5
350
12.6
624

3.2
380
13.8
405

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h. For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Cr
Ni
Cu
F
OES (mg/m3)
15
5
< 0.5
< 0.1
< 0.2
18
5
14

www.metrode.com

DS A-12-CHROMET 1X | Rev. 01-03/16

LOW ALLOY STEELS

1CrMo
SOLID WELDING WIRE FOR TIG & MIG.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Copper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding of 1Cr-Mo steels, conforming to European and ISO specifications.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.28M
BS EN ISO21952-A
APPROVALS

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 3

ER80S-G
CrMo1Si (W = TIG, G=MIG)
TV

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
Min.
0.08
0.8
0.5
Max.
0.14
1.2
0.8
Typical
0.1
1.0
0.6

S
0.02
0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 690C/4h (AWS=1h)
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Impact ISO-V(J) -10C
Hardness HV
HB

Min.
550
470
19
20
-

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
TIG
Argon
MIG
Ar-5%CO2

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG

0.8
-15kg reel

Cr
0.9
1.3
1.2

Mo
0.45
0.65
0.5

Ni
<0.1

Typical TIG
635
520
28
23
>200
220
215

Current
DCDC+

1.2
-15kg reel

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
55
5
0.4

www.metrode.com

P
0.02
0.015

Typical MIG
590
480
26
22
>115
195
190

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2

1.6
5 kg tube
--

Ni
<0.1

DS A-12-1CrMo | Rev. 01-03/16

Parameters
100A, 12V
280A, 26V

2.4
5 kg tube
--

Mo
<0.5

Cu
0.4
0.1

3.2
5 kg tube
--

Cu
1.2

OES (mg/m3)
5

15

LOW ALLOY STEELS

ER80S-B2
SOLID WELDING WIRE FOR TIG & MIG.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Copper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding 1Cr-Mo creep resisting steels, conforming to the AWS/ASME specification.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.28M
BS EN ISO 21952-B

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 3

ER80S-B2
1CM

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
Min.
0.07
0.4
0.4
Max.
0.12
0.7
0.7
Typical
0.10
0.5
0.5

S
0.020
0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 690C/4h (AWS=620C /1h)
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Impact ISO-V(J) -10C
Hardness HV
HB

Min.
550
470
19
17
-

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
TIG
Argon
MIG
Ar-5%CO2

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
0.8
TIG
MIG 15kg reel

0.9
15kg reel

1.0
15kg reel

www.metrode.com

Cr
1.2
1.5
1.3

Mo
0.4
0.65
0.5

Ni
0.2
<0.1

Typical TIG
635
520
27
25
>200
220
215

Current
DCDC+

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
55
5
0.4

16

P
0.020
0.015

Typical MIG
590
480
26
20
>115
195
190

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2

1.2
15kg reel

1.6
5 kg tube
-

Ni
<0.1

DS A-12-ER80S-B2 | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
<0.5

2.0
5 kg tube
-

Cu
0.35
0.10

Parameters
100A, 12V
280A, 26V

2.4
5 kg tube
-

Cu
1.2

3.2
5 kg tube
-

OES (mg/m3)
5

LOW ALLOY STEELS

SA 1CrMo
SOLID WELDING WIRE FOR SAW.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for Sub Arc Welding of 1Cr-Mo steels

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.23M
EB2
BS EN ISO 24598-A SCrMo1

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (TYPICAL)


C
SA1CrMo wire
0.1
Deposit with LA436.
0.08

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 3

Mn
0.8
1.1

Si
0.15
0.4

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 690C/1h
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C

S
0.01
<0.01

Min.
550
470
20
20
47

P
0.012
<0.02

Cr
1.3
1.1

Mo
0.55
0.5

Cu
0.01
00.1

Typical
620
535
25
23
>100

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Current: DC or AC; DC+ve is preferred.
For 2.4mm: 300-500A, 28-36V, 350-700mm/min travel

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
SAW

2.4
25kg coil

3.2
25kg coil

FUME DATA
SAW fume negligible

www.metrode.com

DS A-12-SA1CrMo | Rev. 01-03/16

17

LOW ALLOY STEELS

LA436
SUB-ARC FLUX
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
LA436 is agglomerated aluminate basic flux (Boniszewski BI ~1.6) with silicon pick-up of ~0.3% and manganese pick-up of ~0.4%.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.23M
BS EN ISO 14174

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No --

F9 P0-EB3 B3
SA AB 1 67 AC H5

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (TYPICAL)


C
SA2CrMo wire
0.10
Deposit with LA436
0.08

Mn
0.8
1.1

Si
0.15
0.4

S
0.010
<0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES with SA 1CRMO WIRE


Typical PWHT 690-720C/1-2h
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C

P
0.012
<0.02

Cr
1.3
1.1

Mo
0.55
0.5

620
535
25
>100

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Current: DC or AC; DC+ve is preferred
For 2.4mm: 300-500A, 28-36V, 350-700mm/min travel

PACKAGING DATA
Metrode LA436 flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions for opened drums:
< 60%RH, > 18C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 300-350C/1-2h.

18

www.metrode.com

DS A-12-LA436 | Rev. 01-03/16

LOW ALLOY STEELS

CORMET 1
ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Cormet 1 is an all-positional flux cored wire suitable for welding fixed pipework. Made using a high purity steel sheath with a
metal recovery of about 90% with respect to the wire.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.29M
AWS A5.36
BS EN ISO 17634-B

E81T1-B2C/M-H4
E81T1-C1PZ-B2-H4 or E81T1-M21PZ-B2-H4 (dependent on shielding gas)
T55T1-1C/M-1CM

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
Min.
0.05
--Max.
0.12
1.25
0.80
Typical
0.06
1.0
0.3

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 690C/1-2h
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
-20C
Hardness (HV)

S
-0.03
0.01

P
-0.03
0.01

Cr
1.00
1.50
1.3

Min.
550
470
19
17
----

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 3

Mo
0.40
0.65
0.55

Cu
0.30
0.05

Typical
635
545
24
22
150
80
200

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 80%. The wire is also
suitable for use with 100%CO2. (Note: for 100%CO2 shielding gas, voltage should be 1-2V higher.). Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm)
Amp-Volt Range
Typical
stickout
1.2
160 260A, 24-30V
190A, 25V
15 25mm
1.6
220 350A, 26-32V
260A, 28V
15 25mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg.
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt%)
Fe
Mn
20
8

www.metrode.com

Ni
< 0.5

Cr3
1

Cr6
<1

DS A-12-CORMET 1 | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<1

F
8

OES (mg/m3)
5

19

LOW ALLOY STEELS

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet A-13

2 CR-1MO CREEP RESISTING STEEL


MICROSTRUCTURE
After PWHT, the microstructure consists of
tempered bainite.

ALLOY TYPE
2Cr-1Mo alloyed steel consumables for
elevated temperature service.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM
A387 Gr 21&22
A182 F22
A217 WC9
A234 WP22
A199 T21,T22
A200 T21,T22
A335 P22
A234 WP22

Also Cr-Mo-V steels


BS 1503 Gr 660
BS 1504 Gr 660
BS 3100 Gr B7
BS 3604 Gr 660

BS EN & DIN
11 CrMo 9-10 (1.7383)
10 CrMo 9-10 (1.7380)
GS-18CrMo 9 10 (1.7379)
GS-12CrMo 9 10 (1.7380)
6CrMo 9 10 (1.7385)
12CrMo 9 10 (1.7375)

BS
1501 Gr 622
1503 Gr 622
1504 Gr 622
3100 Gr B3
3604 Gr 622
3059 Gr 622/640 & 622/490

APPLICATIONS
These consumables are designed for prolonged
elevated temperature service up to 600C. Main
areas of application are associated with steam
generating power plant, eg piping, turbine castings,
steam chests, valve bodies and boiler superheaters.
Some of the consumables will also find service
in refineries where they are used for corrosion
resistance to sulphur bearing crude oil at 250-450C.
Some of the consumables will also find applications
in the chemical and petro-chemical industries where
they are used for resistance to hydrogen attack in
the fabrication of hydrocrackers, coal liquefaction
plant and NH3 pressure vessels operating at up to
450C. In the as-welded condition the consumables
also provide a useful source of 300HV hardness
weld deposit for build-up or hardsurfacing to resist
metal-to-metal wear, heavy impact and the repair
of P20 mould steel.

20

www.metrode.com

WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat and interpass temperature 250C
minimum, up to 300C for thick sections.
Maintain throughout welding cycle and some
time after completion of welding.
PWHT
Apart from some special applications, PWHT
will always be required. PWHT temperature is
typically 690C with time being dependent on
section thickness.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
There are Technical Profiles available which cover
some of the consumables on this data sheet.
Additional information is available on Chromet
2X and Cormet 2.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG
SAW
FCW

Product
Chromet 2
Chromet 2L
Chromet 2X *
2CrMo
ER90S-B3
SA 2CrMo
LA436
Cormet 2
Cormet 2L

Specification
AWS E9018-B3
AWS E8015-B3L
AWS E9018-B3
BS EN CrMo2Si
AWS ER90S-B3
AWS EB3
BS EN ISO SA AB 1
AWS E91T1-B3
AWS E91T1-B3L

* Chromet 2X is the temper embrittlement resistant


(TER) version of Chromet 2.

DS A-13 | Rev. 01-03/16

LOW ALLOY STEELS

CHROMET 2
2CR-1Mo MMA ELECTRODE.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode meeting AWS and BS EN national standards suitable for most power generation applications.
Basic flux, metal powder type coatings on low carbon high purity core wire. Recovery is approximately 115% with respect to the
core wire and 65% with respect to whole electrode. Moisture resistant coating gives very low weld metal hydrogen levels.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.5M
BS EN ISO 3580-A
BS en ISO 3580-B
APPROVALS

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 4
QW442
A-No 4

E9018-B3 H4
E CrMo2 B 3 2 H 5
E 6216-2C1M
TV

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn*
Si
S
min.
0.05
0.50
--max.
0.10
0.90
0.80
0.025
Typical
0.07
0.8
0.60
0.01
* Mn may exceed AWS 0.90% max.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
PWHT 690C/1h
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
Hardness (HV) AW
PWHT

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
2.00
2.50
2.3

Ni
-0.3
0.1

Min.
630
530
17
18
-47
---

Mo
0.90
1.20
1.0

Cu
-0.2
0.1

Nb
-0.01
0.01

Typical
670
570
22
20
65
140
300-320
220-250

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
70
max. A
110

3.2
80
140

4.0
100
180

5.0
140
240

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
12.9
330

4.0
450
16.8
246

5.0
450
18.0
174

2.5
350
12.9
624

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
15
5
www.metrode.com

Ni
<0.1

Cr
1
DS A-13-CHROMET 2 | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<0.2

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
5
21

LOW ALLOY STEELS

CHROMET 2L
LOW CARBON 2CR-1Mo MMA ELECTRODE.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode 2Cr-1Mo deposit with low carbon which produces lower hardness and residual stresses for resistance to sulphide stress corrosion cracking when operating in wet sour environments. The lower hardness of Chromet 2L can also be beneficial for welds that cannot be subsequently PWHT.
Basic flux, metal powder type coatings on low carbon high purity core wire. Recovery is approximately 115% with respect to the
core wire and 65% with respect to whole electrode. Moisture resistant coating gives very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.5M
BS EN ISO 3580-A
BS EN ISO 3580-B

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 4
QW442
A-No 4

E8015-B3L H4
E CrMo2L B 3 2 H5
E 5516-2C1ML

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn*
Si
Min.
0.03
0.50
-Max.
0.05
0.90
0.80
Typical
0.04
0.8
0.40
* Mn may exceed AWS 0.90% max.

S
-0.015
0.012

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 690C/1h
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
-10C
Hardness (HV) AW
PWHT

Min.
550
460
17
18
------

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
70
max. A
110
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton
STORAGE

2.5
350
12.0
621

P
-0.020
0.015

Cr
2.00
2.50
2.25

Mo
0.90
1.20
1.05

Cu
-0.15
< 0.10

Typical
630
540
24
20
70
160
90
250-260
210-220
3.2
80
140
3.2
350
15.0
396

4.0
100
180

5.0
140
240
4.0
450
17.4
228

3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Ni
Cr
Cu
F
OES (mg/m3)
15
5
<0.1
1
<0.2
18
5
22

www.metrode.com

DS A-13-CHROMET 2L | Rev. 01-03/16

LOW ALLOY STEELS

CHROMET 2X
2CR-1Mo MMA ELECTRODE FOR TEMPER EMBRITTLEMENT RESISTANCE.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode 2Cr-1Mo deposit which meets specific requirements for improved temper embrittlement resistance after prolonged
service at 400-600C. Relevant trace elements (P, Sn, As, Sb) are controlled to ensure low Bruscato (X) and Watanabe (J) factors.
Basic flux, metal powder type coatings on low carbon high purity core wire. Recovery is approximately 115% with respect to the
core wire and 65% with respect to whole electrode. Moisture resistant coating gives very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.5M
BS EN ISO 3580-A
BS EN ISO 3580-B

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 4
QW442
A-No 4

E9018-B3 H4
E CrMo2 B 3 2 H5
E 6216-2C1M

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
0.05
0.50
0.15
-Max.
0.10
0.90
0.30
0.015
Typical
0.06
0.7
0.25
0.012

P
-0.012
0.010

Cr
2.00
2.50
2.25

Mo
0.90
1.20
1.05

Cu
-0.15
< 0.05

Sn
-0.005
0.002

As
-0.010
0.003

Sb
-0.005
< 0.002

* Mn+Si < 1.10%


Bruscato factor (X) : 10P + 5Sb + 4Sn + As (ppm) = 15 max
100
Watanabe factor (J) : (Mn+Si)x (P + Sn) x 104 = 180 max

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 690C/1h (1) (SC= step cooled)
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
-30C
Hardness (HV) AW
PWHT
(1)

Min.
630
540
17
18
-47 (2)
----

BS & AWS PWHT 690C/1h, DIN 690C/>30min, BS EN 720C/1h.

Typical
670
570
22
19
65
140
80
300-320
220-250
(2)

690/5h typical
660
560
27
24
70
170
140
-195

690C/5h + SC typical
650
550
25
20
65
170
110
-205

DIN & BS EN minimum average.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
4.0
5.0
min. A
70
80
100
140
max. A
110
140
180
240
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
4.0
5.0
Length (mm)
350
380
450
450
kg/carton
13.5
13.8
17.1
17.1
Pieces/carton
681
375
270
171
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Ni
Cr
Cu
F
OES (mg/m3)
15
5
<0.1
1
<0.2
18
5
www.metrode.com

DS A-13-CHROMET 2X | Rev. 01-03/16

23

LOW ALLOY STEELS

2CrMo
SOLID WELDING WIRE FOR TIG & MIG.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Copper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding of 2Cr-1Mo steels, conforming to European and ISO specifications.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.28M
BS EN ISO 21952-A
APPROVALS

ER90S-G
CrMo2Si
TV

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 4

(W = TIG, G = MIG)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Min.
0.07
0.40
Max.
0.12
0.70
Typical
0.1
0.5

Si
0.40
0.70
0.5

S
-0.020
0.010

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 690C/1h (1)
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
Hardness (HV) HV
HB

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
TIG
Argon
MIG
Ar-5%CO2

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG

0.8
-15kg reel

www.metrode.com

Cr
2.30
2.70
2.4

Min.
620
540
17
15
----

1.2
-15kg reel

Ni
-0.20
<0.1

Mo
0.90
1.20
1

Typical TIG
660
550
26
21
> 150
225
220

Current
DCDC+

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt%) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Ni
55
5
<0.1

24

P
-0.020
0.015

Typical MIG
655
540
23
20
> 95
220
215

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2

1.6
5 kg tube
--

2.0
To order
--

Cr3
1.3

DS A-13-2CrMo | Rev. 02-03/16

Cu
1.2

Cu
-0.35
0.1

Parameters
100A, 12V
280A, 26V

2.4
5 kg tube
--

3.2
5 kg tube
--

Mo
< 0.5

OES (mg/m3)
5

LOW ALLOY STEELS

ER90S-B3
SOLID WELDING WIRE FOR TIG & MIG.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Copper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding 2Cr-1Mo creep resisting steels, conforming to the AWS/ASME specification.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.28M
BS EN ISO 21952-B

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 4

ER90S-B3
2C1M

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Min.
0.07
0.40
Max.
0.12
0.70
Typical
0.1
0.5

Si
0.40
0.70
0.5

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 690C/1h
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Impact ISO-V(J) -10C
Hardness (HV) HV
HB

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding
TIG
Argon
MIG
Ar-5%CO2

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG

0.8
-15kg reel

0.9
-15kg reel

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt%) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Ni
55
5
<0.1

www.metrode.com

S
-0.020
0.010

P
-0.020
0.015

Cr
2.30
2.70
2.4

Mo
0.90
1.10
1

Min.
620
540
17
15
----

Typical TIG
665
550
27
25
> 150
225
220

Current
DCDC+

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2

1.0
-15kg reel

Cu
-0.35
0.1

Ni
-0.20
< 0.1

Typical MIG
655
540
23
20
> 95
220
215

Parameters
100A, 12V
280A, 26V

1.2
-15kg reel

1.6
5 kg tube
--

2.4
5 kg tube
--

Cu
1.2

Mo
< 0.5

OES (mg/m3)
5

Cr3
1.3

DS A-13-ER90S-B3 | Rev. 01-03/16

25

LOW ALLOY STEELS

SA 2CrMo
SOLID WELDING WIRE FOR SAW.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for Sub Arc Welding of 2Cr-1Mo steels.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.23M
EB3
BS EN ISO 24598-A SCrMo2

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 4

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (TYPICAL)


C
SA2CrMo wire
0.10
Deposit with LA436
0.08

Mn
0.60
0.80

Si
0.12
0.40

S
0.010
< 0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES (LA436 FLUX)


PWHT 690C/1h
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C

P
0.012
< 0.02

Cr
2.40
2.10

Mo
1.00
1.00

Min.
620
540
17
18
47

Cu
0.15
0.15

Typical
640
560
24
23
> 100

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Current: DC or AC; DC+ve is preferred
For 2.4mm: 300-500A, 28-36V, 350-700mm/min travel

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
SAW

2.4
25kg coil

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt%) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Ni
55
5
<0.1

26

www.metrode.com

3.2
25kg coil

Cr3
1.3

DS A-13-SA2CrMo | Rev. 01-03/16

4.0
25kg coil

Cu
1.2

Mo
< 0.5

OES (mg/m3)
5

LOW ALLOY STEELS

LA436
SUB-ARC FLUX
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
LA436 is agglomerated aluminate basic flux (Boniszewski BI ~1.6) with silicon pick-up of ~0.3% and manganese pick-up of ~0.4%.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.23M
BS EN ISO 14174

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No --

F9 P0-EB3 B3
SA AB 1 67 AC H5

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (TYPICAL)


C
SA2CrMo wire
0.10
Deposit with LA436
0.08

Mn
0.6
0.8

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 690-720C/1-2h
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C

Si
0.15
0.4

S
0.010
<0.01

P
0.012
<0.02

Cr
2.4
2.1

Mo
1.0
1.0

640
560
24
> 100

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Current: DC or AC; DC+ve is preferred
For 2.4mm: 300-500A, 28-36V, 350-700mm/min travel

PACKAGING DATA
Metrode LA436 flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions for opened drums:
< 60%RH, > 18C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 300-350C/1-2h.

www.metrode.com

DS A-13-LA436 | Rev. 01-03/16

27

LOW ALLOY STEELS

CORMET 2 / 2L
ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRES
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Cormet 2 is an all-positional flux cored wire suitable for welding fixed pipework. Made using a high purity steel sheath with a metal recovery
of about 90% with respect to the wire.
Cormet 2L, which is the low carbon version, is available to order; this wire finds applications for as-welded repairs in power generation plant
and the lower hardness may provide some benefits in some petrochemical applications.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.29M
AWS A5.36M
BS EN ISO 17634-B

Cormet 2
E91T1-B3C/M-H4
E91T1-C1PZ-B3-H4 or
E91T1-M21PZ-B3-H4*
T62T1-1C/M-2C1M

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 4

Cormet 2L
E91T1-B3LC/M-H4
E91T1-C1PZ-B3L-H4 or
E91T1-M21PZ-B3L-H4*
T62T1-1C/M-2C1ML

* dependent on shielding gas

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C*
Mn
Si
Min.
0.05
--Max.
0.12
1.25
0.80
Typical
0.06
1
0.3

S
-0.030
0.01

P
-0.030
0.01

Cr
2.00
2.50
2.3

Mo
0.90
1.20
1.0

Cu
-0.30
0.05

* Cormet 2L C < 0.05%, typical 0.04%

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 690C/1h-2h
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
-20C
Hardness (HV)

Min.
620
540
17
15
----

Cormet 2 typical
680
570
21
19
150
60
220

Cormet 2Ltypical (as-welded)


----40
-270

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 80%. The wire is also suitable for
use with 100%CO2. (Note: for 100%CO2 shielding gas, voltage should be 1-2V higher.)
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:

Diameter (mm)
1.0
1.2
1.6

amp-volt range
120 - 220A, 22 - 30V
160 - 260A, 24 - 30V
220 - 350A, 26 - 32V

typical
150A, 25V
190A, 25V
260A, 28V

stickout
15 - 25mm
15 - 25mm
15 - 25mm

PACKAGING DATA
15kg spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton.
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
20
8

28

www.metrode.com

Cr3
1

Cr6
<1

Ni
< 0.5

DS A-13-CORMET 2 / 2L | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<1

F
8

OES (mg/m3)
5

LOW ALLOY STEELS

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet A-14

CrMoV CREEP RESISTING STEEL


ALLOY TYPE
1Cr-Mo alloyed steel consumables for elevated
temperature service
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

MICROSTRUCTURE
After PWHT, the microstructure consists of
tempered bainite.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

ASTM

Process

A389 grade C24 (cast)


A356 grade (cast)

MMA
FCW

DIN

Product
Chromet 1V
13CMV
Cormet 1V

Specification
BS EN ECrMoV1B
---

21 CrMoV 5 11 (1.8070)
15 CrMoV 5 10 (1.7745)
GS-17CrMo 5 11 (1.7706) (cast)

EN
G17CrMoV5-10 (1.7706)

GE
B50A224

APPLICATIONS
CrMoV base materials provide good creep rupture
propreties up to about 580C, with a reasonable degree
of corrosopn resistance in superheated steam.
Typical applications for the cast materials include
valve casings ans steam turbines, general use for
boilers, pressure vessels in the power generation and
petrochemical industries

www.metrode.com

DS A-14 | Rev. 01 -09/15

29

LOW ALLOY STEELS

CHROMET 1V
BASIC COATED MMA ELECTRODE FOR CrMoV CREEP RESISTING STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic, metal powder type, coating on low carbon high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant
coating provides very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.5M
BS EN ISO 3580-A

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No --

E9018-G H4
E CrMoV1 B 3 2

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
Min.
0.05
0.70
-Max.
0.15
1.50
0.50
Typical
0.08
0.85
0.3
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
PWHT 700C/1h

S
-0.025
0.012

P
-0.025
0.012

Room Temperature
min
typical
590
800
435
745
-20
15
16
24
60
-275

Tensile strength (MPa)


0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
Hardness (HV) HV

+350C
750
675
-----

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
min. A
70
80
max. A
110
140
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
350
13.8
690

Cr
1.00
1.30
1.10

Mo
0.90
1.30
1.10

High Temperature
+400C
730
650
-----

4.0
100
180

3.2
350
13.5
408

V
0.10
0.35
0.20

+450C
695
620
-----

5.0
140
240

4.0
450
16.8
243

5.0
450
17.4
165

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h. For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
15
5

30

www.metrode.com

Cr
< 0.5

Ni
< 0.1

Cu
< 0.2

DS A-14-CHROMET 1V | Rev. 01-03/16

Pb
< 0.1

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
5

LOW ALLOY STEELS

13 CMV
BASIC COATED MMA ELECTRODE FOR CrMoV CREEP RESISTING STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic, metal powder type, coating on low carbon high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant
coating provides very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
The 13CMV electrode is manufactured to order and is of a similar composition to the Chromet 1V although the carbon (at ~0.13%)
and vanadium (at ~0.25%) are typically higher. The 13CMV can also be manufactured by prior agreement to the GE specification
B50A273.
Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN ISO 3580-A
GE

(E CrMoV1 B 3 2)
B50A273

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No --

By prior agreement only

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
Min.
0.10
0.3
-Max.
0.15
1.0
0.50
Typical
0.13
0.6
0.3

S
-0.020
0.012

P
-0.030
0.012

Cr
1.00
1.50
1.2

Mo
0.90
1.30
1.10

V*
0.20
0.30
0.25

Ni
-0.4
0.05

* In the GE specification V = 0.40-0.55%

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
min. A
70
80
max. A
110
140

4.0
100
180

5.0
140
240

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

4.0
450
18.0
258

5.0
450
16.5
153

2.5
350
13.5
687

3.2
350
15.0
396

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h. For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
15
5

www.metrode.com

Cr
< 0.5

Ni
< 0.1

Cu
< 0.2

DS A-14-13 CMV | Rev. 01-03/16

Pb
< 0.1

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
5

31

LOW ALLOY STEELS

CORMET 1V
ALL POSITIONAL RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRE FOR CrMoV CREEP RESISTING STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Cormet 1V (available to order) is an all-positional flux cored wire suitable for welding fixed pipework. Made using high purity
steel sheath with a metal recovery of about 90% with respect to the wire.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.36M

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No --

E91T1-C1PZ-G-H4 or E91T1-M21PZ-G-H4 (dependent on shielding gas)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
Min.
0.10
Max.
0.15
Typical
0.13

(WELD METAL WT %)
Mn
Si
0.50
0.15
1.00
0.50
0.8
0.3

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 720C/3h
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
Hardness (HV) HV

S
-0.020
0.01

P
-0.020
0.01

Cr
1.00
1.50
1.3

Mo
0.90
1.30
1.1

Cu
-0.3
0.1

V
0.20
0.30
0.25

Ni
-0.3
0.1

Typical
650
550
50
230

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas: 80% Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 80%.
The wire is also suitable for use with 100%CO2.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below (when using 100%CO2 increase voltage by about 2V):
Diameter (mm)
amp-volt range
typical
1.2
160-260A, 24-30V
190A, 25V

stickout
15-25mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
20
8

32

www.metrode.com

Cr3
1

Cr6
<1

Ni
< 0.5

DS A-14-CORMET 1V | Rev. 01-03/16

F
8

Cu
<1

OES (mg/m3)
5

LOW ALLOY STEELS

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet A-15

5CrMo FOR ELEVATED TEMPERATURE


MICROSTRUCTURE
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists
of tempered bainite.

ALLOY TYPE
5%Cr-%Mo steel for elevated temperature
service up to 600C.

WELDING GUIDELINES
Owing to the as-deposited hardness (up to 400HV)
and the relatively poor fracture resistance of the
5CrMo bainitic microstructure, a preheat and
minimum interpass temperature of 200C should
be applied to ensure freedom from hydrogen
induced cold cracking. Properly controlled and
handled electrodes will provide weld metal with
hydrogen <5ml/100g. For TIG root runs or all-TIG
welds, a lower preheat of 150C may be acceptable,
though it should be recognised that faster cooling
rates may lead to partially martensitic and harder
deposits.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
PLATES
ASTM
A387 grade 5

PIPE / TUBE
ASTM
A335 grades P5, P5b
A234 grade WP5 (fittings)
A199 grade T5
A213 grades T5, T5b

BS
3604 grades HFS 625, CFS 625

DIN
12CrMo 19 5 (1.7362)
X7CrMo 6 1 (1.7373)
X11CrMo 6 1 (1.7374)

Full transformation of 5CrMo during welding


will be completed within a 200-350C working
range, so direct transfer (at >150C) to PWHT is
permissible, followed by NDE. If PWHT will be
applied after complete cool out and NDE, the
preheat temperature should be maintained for
some time after welding, according to thickness,
to promote hydrogen dispersal. The latter
precaution is less significant for the TIG and solid
wire MAG processes.

FORGINGS
ASTM
A182 grade F5, F5a
A336 grade F5

BS EN
1503 grade 625
1501 grade 625 (section & bar)

CAST
ASTM
A217 grade C5

BS EN
1504 grade 625
3100 grade B5

DIN
GS-12CrMo 19 5 (1.7353, 1.7363)

APPLICATIONS
For elevated temperature service up to 600C, with
corrosion resistance in superheated steam, hot
hydrogen gas and high sulphur crude oils.
Used primarily for boiler superheaters, heat exchangers,
piping and pressure vessels in oil refineries.
This weld metal has also been used successfully for
subsequent nitriding, for example in the repair of 3Cr1Mo-V and 2Cr-Mo-1A1 (BS En40C, En41) steels used for
moulds for injection-moulding of plastics.
www.metrode.com

PWHT
PWHT to temper the weldment would normally be
in the range 705-760C (eg. BS2633 & PD5500 710750C, ASME B31.3 705-760C). Minimum holding
time recommended is two hours. For castings the
minimum suggested PWHT temperature is lower,
with temperatures as low as 670C being specified.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG

DS A-15 | Rev. 01 -09/15

Product
Chromet 5
5CrMo

Specification
AWS E8015-B6
AWS ER80S-B6

33

LOW ALLOY STEELS

CHROMET 5
5%CR-0.5%MO MMA ELECTRODE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic metal powder type made on high purity low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating gives very low weld metal
hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.5M
E8015-B6 H4
BS EN ISO 3580-A
E CrMo5 B 3 2 H5
BS EN ISO 3580-B
E 6216-5CM

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 4
QW442
A-No 5

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C*
Mn
Si
S
P
min.
0.05
0.50
---max.
0.10
1.00
0.80
0.025
0.030
Typical
0.06
0.8
0.4
0.01
0.015
* Carbon 0.05-0.10% for E8015-B6 (<0.05% for E8015-B6L made to order).
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Typical properties after PWHT *
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
-10C
Hardness cap/mid

Min.
550***
460
19
18
-----

745C/1h **

Cr
4.0
6.0
5

Ni
-0.40
0.2

Mo
0.45
0.65
0.55

740C/2h
Typical
610
480
23
20
71
130
50
210/200

Typical
610
500
25
22
69
150
80
210/205

Cu
-0.3
0.05

745C/3h
Typical
540
360
28
25
74
140
50
205/160

* AWS A5.4 requires a PWHT of 840-870C/2h, (this PWHT is never applied in practice so is not shown).
** This is the AWS A5.5 PWHT (732-760C/1h). BS is 725-745C/2h, BS EN & DIN is 730-760C/1h.
*** BS EN and DIN minimum is 590MPa. There are no base material grades requiring such a high tensile strength ASTM is 414-552MPa
dependent on grade.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
70
max. A
110
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
350
12.0
636

3.2
80
140

4.0
100
180

3.2
350
13.5
396

5.0
140
240

4.0
450
17.1
246

5.0
450
16.8
156

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300-350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
15
5
34

www.metrode.com

Ni
<0.1

Cr
1.5

Cu
<0.2

DS A-15-CHROMET 5 | Rev. 01-03/16

Pb
<0.1

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
5

LOW ALLOY STEELS

5CrMo
SOLID WIRE FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW FOR 5%CR-0.5%MO CREEP RESISTING STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid copper coated wire for TIG and MIG, alloyed with 5%Cr-0.5%Mo.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.28M
AWS A5.23M
BS EN ISO 21952-A

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 5

ER80S-B6
EB6
CrMo5Si*

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
Min.
0.03
Max.
0.10
Typical
0.07

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

(WIRE WT %)
Mn
Si
0.40
0.30
0.70
0.50
0.5
0.4

S
-0.020
0.01

P
-0.020
0.01

Cr
5.5
6.0
5.7

Mo
0.50
0.65
0.55

Ni
-0.30
0.1

Cu
-0.3
0.2

V
-0.03
0.02

* Si is 0.30% min. in. BS EN ISO 21952-A specification

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical properties after PWHT
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
Hardness cap/mid
*

Min.
590
470
17
17
----

TIG 745C/1h
640
530
28
25
72
240
195/215

TIG 740C/2h
570
440
25
20
78
---

SAW 740C/1h
600
470
27
24
75
70
--

Minimum values after PWHT 745C (730-760C) for 1h according to AWS A5.28 for ER80S-B6 and BS EN 12070.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
TIG
Argon*
MIG
Ar + 1-3%O2 or 5-20% CO2
SAW
LA436
* Also required as a purge for root runs.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG
SAW

1.2
-15 kg spool
--

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
50
5
<0.1

www.metrode.com

Current
DCDC+
DC+

1.6
5 kg tube
---

Ni
<0.1

DS A-15 5CrMo | Rev. 01-03/16

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2
2.4

Parameters
140A, 14V
260A, 26V
400A, 30V, 450mm/min

2.4
5 kg tube
-25kg coil

Mo
<0.5

3.2
5 kg tube
---

Cu
1.2

OES (mg/m3)
5

35

LOW ALLOY STEELS

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet A-16

9CrMo FOR ELEVATED TEMPERATURE


ALLOY TYPE
9%Cr-1%Mo martensitic alloy for elevated
temperature service.

MICROSTRUCTURE
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists
of tempered bainite.
WELDING GUIDELINES

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

Owing to the as-deposited hardness (up to 450HV)


and the relatively poor fracture resistance of the
martensitic 9CrMo microstructure, a preheat and
minimum interpass temperature of 200C shall
be applied to ensure freedom from hydrogen
induced cracking. Properly controlled and handled
electrodes will provide weld metal with hydrogen
<5ml/100g. For TIG root runs or all-TIG welds, a
lower preheat of 150C may be acceptable.

PLATES
ASTM
A387 grade 9

PIPE / TUBE
ASTM
A335 grade 9
A234 grade WP9 (fittings)
A199 grade T9
A213 grades T9

BS

During welding, full transformation may not be


complete within a working range of 200-350C, so
partial cooling to around 150C is advised before
direct transfer to PWHT, followed by NDE. If PWHT
will be applied after complete cool out and NDE,
the preheat temperature should be maintained
for some time, according to thickness, to promote
hydrogen dispersal. The latter precaution is
less significant for the TIG and solid wire MAG
processes.

3604 grades CFS & HFS 629-470,


CFS & HFS 629-590

DIN
X12CrMo 9 1 (1.7386)
X7CrMo 9 1 (1.7388)

FORGINGS
ASTM
A182 grade F9
A336 grade F9

CAST
ASTM
A217 grade C12

BS EN
1504 grade 629
3100 grade B6

DIN
GS-12CrMo 10 1 (1.7389)

APPLICATIONS
For elevated temperature service up to 600C,
with reasonable degree of corrosion resistance in
superheated steam, hot hydrogen gas and high sulphur
crude oils, where higher performance than 5%Cr0.5%Mo steels is required.

PWHT
PWHT to temper the weldment would normally
be in the range 705-780C (eg. BS2633 710-750C,
PD5500 740-780C, ASME B31.3 705-760C).
Minimum holding time recommended is two
hours. For castings the minimum suggested
PWHT temperature is lower, with temperatures as
low as 670C being specified.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG /SAW
SAW

Used primarily for boiler superheater tubing, heat


exchangers, piping and pressure vessels in oil refineries
and power plants.

36

www.metrode.com

DS A-16 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Chromet 9
9CrMo
SA 9CrMo
LA436

Specification
AWS E8015-B8
AWS ER80S-B8
AWS EB8
BS EN ISO SA AB 1

LOW ALLOY STEELS

CHROMET 9
9%Cr-1%Mo MMA ELECTRODE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic metal powder type made on high purity low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal
hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.5M
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3580-A
BS EN ISO 3580-B

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 4
QW442
A-No 5

E8015-B8 H4
This classification has now been withdrawn from A5.4
E505-15
E CrMo9 B 3 2 H5
E 6216-9C1M

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C*
Mn
Si
S
P
min.
0.05
0.50
---max.
0.10
1.00
0.60
0.025
0.025
Typical
0.06
0.75
0.35
0.012
0.015
* Carbon 0.05-0.10% for E8015-B8 (<0.05% for E8015-B8L, made to order).
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Typical PWHT
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
0C
-10C
Hardness (HV)

Min.
590
530
19
18
-34
----

Cr
8.0
10.0
9.0

Ni
-0.40
0.2

Mo
0.90
1.20
1.0

740C/2h Typical
710
600
22
20
70
90
50
25
235

Cu
-0.3
<0.05

746C/3h Typical
680
550
26
25
70
130
-90
220

AWS PWHT is 732-760C /1 hour. BS EN PWHT is 740-780C/2 hours. See front page under PWHT for normal fabrication practice.
* ASTM base material minimum varies in the range 414-586MPa depending on grade.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
70
max. A
110
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
80
140

2.5
350
11.7
612

4.0
100
180

3.2
350
15.0
399

5.0
140
240

4.0
450
17.4
249

5.0
450
16.5
150

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300-350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
15
5
www.metrode.com

Ni
<0.1

Cr
2.5

Cu
<0.2

DS A-16-CHROMET 9 | Rev. 01-03/16

Pb
<0.1

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
2
37

LOW ALLOY STEELS

9CrMo
COPPER COATED TIG AND MIG WIRES FOR 9%Cr-1%Mo
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid copper coated wire for TIG and MIG.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.28M
BS EN ISO 21952-A

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 5

ER80S-B8
CrMo9

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Min.
0.06
0.40
Max.
0.10
0.60
Typical
0.07
0.50

Si
0.30
0.50
0.40

S
-0.020
0.01

P
-0.020
0.015

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values after 745C/1h:
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
Hardness cap/mid (HV)

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
TIG
Argon*
MIG
Ar + 1-3%O2 or 5-20% CO2
*

Ni
-0.50
0.10

Mo
0.80
1.20
0.90

Min.
590
470
17
18
---

Current
DCDC+

Cu
-0.35
0.10

TIG
730
612
27
23
80
225/230

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2

Parameters
140A, 14V
260A, 26V

Also required as a purge for root runs.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG

1.2
-To order

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
50
4
6

38

Cr
8.5
10.0
9.0

www.metrode.com

2.4
5 kg tube
--

Ni
<0.1

DS A-16 9CrMo | Rev. 01-03/16

3.2
To order
--

Mo
<0.5

Cu
1.2

OES (mg/m3)
5

LOW ALLOY STEELS

SA 9CrMo
SOLID WELDING WIRE FOR SAW
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for Sub Arc Welding of 9Cr-1Mo steels

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.23M
EB8
BS EN ISO 24598-A SCrMo9

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Min.
0.06
0.40
Max.
0.10
0.60
Typical
0.07
0.5

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 5

Si
0.30
0.50
0.4

S
-0.020
0.01

P
-0.020
0.015

Cr
8.5
10.0
9

Ni
-0.5
0.1

Mo
0.80
1.20
0.9

Cu
-0.35
0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values after 745C/1h:
Min.
Tensile strength (MPa)
590
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
435
Elongation (%) 4d
17
5d
18
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
34
Hardness cap/mid (HV)
-AWS PWHT is 730-760C /1 hour. EN ISO PWHT is 740-780C/2 hours. See front page under PWHT for normal fabrication
practice.Solid wire for Sub Arc Welding of 9Cr-1Mo steels

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Current: DC or AC; DC+ve is preferred
For 2.4mm: 300-500A, 28-36V, 350-700mm/min travel

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
SAW

2.4
25kg coil

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr 3
50
4
6

www.metrode.com

Ni
<0.1

DS A-16-SA 9CrMo | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
<0.5

Cu
1.2

OES (mg/m3)
5

39

LOW ALLOY STEELS

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet A-17

P91 MODIFIED 9CrMo


ALLOY TYPE
Modified 9CrMo for high temperature creep
resistance.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM
A 213 T91 (seamless tubes)
A 335 P91 (seamless pipes)
A 387 Gr 91 (plates)
A 182 / A336 F91 (forgings)
A 217 C12A (castings)
A 234 WP91
A 369 FP91

DIN / BS EN
1.4903 (X10CrMoVNb 9 1)

BS
1503 Gr91
3059-2 Gr91

AFNOR
NF A-49213/A-49219 Gr TU Z 10 CDVNb 09-01

APPLICATIONS
These consumables are designed to weld equivalent
type 91 9CrMo steels modified with small additions
of niobium, vanadium and nitrogen to give improved
long term creep properties.
These consumables are specifically intended for high
integrity structural service at elevated temperature
so the minor alloy additions responsible for its creep
strength are kept above the minimum considered
necessary to ensure satisfactory performance. In
this case, weldments will be weakest in the softened
(intercritical) HAZ region of parent material, as
indicated by so-called type IV failure in transverse
weld creep tests.
Modified 9CrMo steels are now widely used for
components such as headers, main steam piping,
valves and turbine casings, in fossil fuelled power
generating plants. They may also find future use in
oil refineries and coal liquefaction and gasification
plants.
MICROSTRUCTURE
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists
of tempered martensite with alloy carbides.

40

www.metrode.com

PWHT
Minimum preheat temperature 150C with
maximum interpass temperature of 300C; in
practice a preheat-interpass range of 200300C
is normal.
To ensure full martensite transformation, welds
shall be cooled to ~100C prior to PWHT.
ASME base material codes and AWS consumable
classifications allow PWHT down to 730C, whilst
BS EN consumable classifications specify 750C.
Optimum properties are obtained with a tempering
parameter (P) of around 21 or above, where
P = C+273 (log t + 20) x 103. Maximum PWHT
temperature varies, AWS consumable specifications
are 760C, BS EN 770C; BS 1503 allows up to 790C
for base material forgings.
When compared with directly matching weld
metal, the addition of some nickel and reduction
of niobium provides a useful improvement in
toughness after conveniently short PWHT at
750760C. PWHT above 765C is not generally
recommended for Ni-containing consumables,
because some re-hardening could occur due to
the proximity of Ac1. Some authorities specify weld
metal Ni + Mn < 1.5% to keep Ac1 high enough to
allow higher PWHT temperature if required.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
More detailed information on the products and
properties of P91 steels are available in the
Technical Profile "Welding Consumables for
P91 Steels for the Power Generation Industry"
available from Metrode Technical Department
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process

Product
Chromet 9MV-N
Chromet 9MVN+
MMA
Chromet 9-B9
Chromet 91VNB
9CrMoV-N
TIG/MIG
9CrMoV
MIG (MCW) Cormet M91
9CrMoV-N (wire)
SAW
LA490 (flux)
FCW
Supercore F91

DS A-17 | Rev. 01-03/16

Specification
AWS E9015-B91
AWS E9015-B91
AWS E9015-B91
AWS E9015-B91
AWS ER90S-B9
AWS ER90S-B9
AWS E90C-B9
AWS EB91
ISO SA CS 1FB 155 AC H5
AWS E91T1-B9

LOW ALLOY STEELS

CHROMET 9MV-N
MMA ELECTRODE TO AWS/BS EN WITH HIGH NI TO MA XIMISE TOUGHNESS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode Basic metal powder type made on high purity steel core wire with Ni addition and lower Nb for improved
toughness, conforming to BS EN ISO 3580-A.
Recovery is approx 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
Moisture resistant coatings giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.5M
BS EN ISO 3580-A
APPROVALS

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW422
P-No 15E group 1
QW432
F-No 4
QW442
A-No 5

E9015-B91 H4
E CrMo91 B 3 2 H5
TV

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn*
Si
S
P
Cr
min. 0.08
0.50
---8.0
max. 0.12
1.20
0.30
0.01
0.01
10.0
Typical
0.1
0.6
0.25
0.008
0.01
9.0
* Mn+Ni < 1.5
** ** Low Ni and low Ni+Mn variant is available, Chromet 9-B9.

Ni**
0.4
0.8
0.7

Mo
0.85
1.2
1.0

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical
PWHT 760C / 2h
Min. (1)
Tensile strength (MPa)
620
770
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
530
640
Elongation (%) 4d
17
22
5d
17
19
Reduction of area %
-60
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
47
65
Lateral expansion +20C
-1.00
Hardness (HV) after PWHT
-250
as-welded
-450
(1)
Minimum strength for parent material is lower than AWS requirement shown.
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)
Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
70
max. A
110
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
2.5
Length (mm)
350
kg/carton
14.1
Pieces/carton
702

Nb
0.04
0.07
0.05

550C
>450
>360
->15
>68
-----

V
0.15
0.25
0.2

N
0.03
0.07
0.05

600C
>375
>255
->17
>75
-----

Cu
-0.25
0.05

650C
>285
>175
->21
>80
-----

3.2
80
140

4.0
100
180

5.0
140
240

3.2
350
13.5
408

4.0
450
17.4
234

5.0
450
16.5
150

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding oven, or 50 150C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
15
5
www.metrode.com

Ni
<0.1

Cr
<3

Cu
<0.1

DS A-17-CHROMET 9MV-N | Rev. 02-03/16

Pb
< 0.1

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
1.7
41

LOW ALLOY STEELS

CHROMET 9MVN+
MMA ELECTRODE TO AWS/BS EN WITH HIGH NI TO MA XIMISE TOUGHNESS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode Basic type made on matching core wire with Ni addition and lower Nb for improved toughness, conforming to BS
EN ISO 3580-A and AWS specifications.
Recovery is approx 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
Moisture resistant coatings giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.5M
BS EN ISO 3580-A
APPROVALS

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW422
P-No 15E group 1
QW432
F-No 4
QW442
A-No 5

E9015-B91 H4
E CrMo91 B 3 2 H5
TV

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn*
Si
S
Min. 0.08
0.50
--Max.
0.12
1.20
0.30
0.01
Typical
0.1
0.67
0.25
0.008
* Mn+Ni < 1.5
** Low Ni variant is available, Chromet 9-B9.

P
-0.01
0.01

Cr
8.0
10.0
9

Ni**
0.4
0.8
0.7

Mo
0.85
1.2
1

Nb
0.04
0.07
0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 760C / 2h
Min. (1)
Tensile strength (MPa)
620
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
530
Elongation (%) 4d
17
5d
17
Reduction of area %
-Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
47
Hardness (HV) after PWHT
-(1)
Minimum strength for parent material is lower than AWS requirement shown.
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
70
max. A
110
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
2.5
Length (mm)
250
kg/carton
10.2
Pieces/carton
714

V
0.15
0.25
0.2

N
0.03
0.07
0.05

Cu
-0.25
0.05

Typical
720
590
22
19
62
90
250

3.2
80
140

4.0
100
180

5.0
140
240

3.2
350
13.5
408

4.0
350
14.1
276

5.0
450
16.5
150

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding oven, or 50 150C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
15
5
42

www.metrode.com

Ni
<0.1

Cr
<3

Cu
<0.1

DS A-17-CHROMET 9MVN+ | Rev. 02-03/16

Pb
< 0.1

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
1.7

LOW ALLOY STEELS

CHROMET 9-B9
MMA ELECTRODE MEETING AWS/ASME
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode Basic metal powder type made on high purity steel core wire manufactured to the requirements of AWS A5.5
E9015-B9 and BS EN ISO 3580-B.
Recovery is approx 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
Moisture resistant coatings giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.5M
BS EN ISO 3580-B

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW422
P-No 15E group 1
QW432
F-No 4
QW442
A-No 5

E9015-B91 H4
E 6216-9C1MV

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn*
Si
S
P
Cr
Ni*
Mo
Nb
V
N
Cu
Al
Min. 0.08
0.40
---8.0
0.2
0.85
0.03
0.15
0.03
--Max. 0.12
0.75
0.30
0.01
0.01
10.0
0.4
1.2
0.07
0.25
0.07
0.25
0.04
Typical
0.1
0.55
0.25
0.008
0.008
9
0.3
1
0.04
0.2
0.05
0.05
0.01
* Ni + Mn 1. 0%. Nickel is below 0.4% (as parent material) although AWS allows up to 1.0%Ni. See Chromet 9MV-N or Chromet
9MVN+ for variant with 0.41.0%Ni conforming to BS EN ISO specification.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
PWHT 760C / 2h
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
Lateral expansion +20C
Hardness (HV) after PWHT
as-welded
(1)

Typical
710
590
22
19
63
75
1.10
240
450

Min. (1)
620
530
17
17
----

---

550C
>450
>360
->15
>68
-----

600C
>375
>255
->17
>75
-----

650C
>285
>175
->21
>80
-----

Minimum strength for parent material is lower than AWS requirement shown.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
70
max. A
110

3.2
80
140

4.0
100
180

5.0
140
240

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.5
399

4.0
450
13.5
264

5.0*
450
16.5
150

2.5
350
13.5
657

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding oven, or 50 150C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
15
5
www.metrode.com

Ni
<0.1

Cr
<3

Cu
<0.1

DS A-17-CHROMET 9-B9 | Rev. 01-03/16

Pb
< 0.1

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
1.7
43

LOW ALLOY STEELS

CHROMET 91VNB
MMA ELECTRODE FOR ROOT WELDING
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode - Basic coated for root welding applications made on high purity steel core wire.
Recovery is approx 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
Moisture resistant coatings giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.5M
BS EN ISO 3580-A

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW422
P-No 15E group 1
QW432
F-No 4
QW442
A-No 5

E9015-B91 H4
E CrMo91 B 3 2 H5

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
Min. 0.08
0.40
---Max. 0.12
1.2
0.30
0.01
0.01
Typical
0.1
0.8
0.25
0.008 0.008

Cr
8.00
9.5
8.5

Ni
0.4
0.8
0.5

Mo
0.85
1.2
1.0

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 760C / 2h
Min. (1)
Tensile strength (MPa)
620
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
530
Elongation (%) 4d
17
5d
17
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
47
(1)
Minimum strength for parent material is lower than AWS requirement shown.

Nb
0.03
0.07
0.04

V
0.15
0.25
0.2

N
0.03
0.07
0.05

Cu
-0.25
0.05

Al
-0.04
0.01

Typical
750
600
20
18
55

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min A.
60
max A.
100
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
350
13.5
678

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding oven, or 50 150C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
15
5
44

www.metrode.com

Ni
<0.1

Cr
<3

Cu
<0.1

DS A-17-CHROMET 91VNB | Rev. 01-03/16

Pb
< 0.1

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
1.7

LOW ALLOY STEELS

9CrMoV-N
SOLID WIRE FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire, non-copper coated, for TIG, MIG and SAW
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.23M
AWS A5.28M
BS EN ISO 21952-A
BS EN ISO 24598-A
APPROVALS

TIG
-ER90S-B9
W CrMo91
-TV

MIG
-ER90S-B9
G CrMo91
--

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min. 0.08
0.40
0.15
-Max. 0.13
0.80
0.50
0.010
Typical 0.10
0.5
0.25
0.0054

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW422
P-No 15E group 1
QW432
F-No 4
QW442
A-No 5

SAW
EB91
--(S CrMo91)

P
-0.010
0.008

Cr
8.5
9.5
9.0

Ni
0.40
0.80
0.6

Mo
0.85
1.10
1.0

Nb
0.03
0.08
0.05

V
0.15
0.25
0.2

N
0.03
0.07
0.05

Cu
-0.10
0.03

Al
-0.04
<0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 760C / 2h

TIG
typical
780
675
22
19
70
220
265

Min.

Tensile strength (MPa)


0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
Hardness (HV) (mid)
* Minimum impact required by BS EN ISO is 47 J.

620
415
17
16
--- *
--

SAW typical
LA490 flux
720
610
25
23
70
45
230

PARAMETERS
TIG
MIG
SAW

Shielding gas
Argon
Ar + 1-3%O2 or 5-20% CO2
LA490

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG
SAW

0.8/0.9/1.0/1.2
0.7 / 5 / 15 kg spools to order.
15kg spool
to order

Current
DCDC+
DC+

1.6
5 kg tube
-to order

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %); TIG and SAW fume are negligible:
Fe
Mn
Ni
50
4
<0.4

www.metrode.com

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2
2.4

2.0
5 kg tube
-to order

Cr3
6

DS A-17-9CrMoV-N | Rev. 02-03/16

Cu
< 0.5

Parameters
100A, 12V
260A, 26V
420A, 28V, 390mm/min

2.4
5 kg tube
-25 kg coil

Mo
0.5

3.2
5 kg tube
-25kg coil

OES (mg/m3)
5

45

LOW ALLOY STEELS

9CrMoV
SOLID WIRE FOR TIG,MIG AND SAW
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire with Ni+Mn<1.0%, non-copper coated, for TIG, MIG and SAW

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW422
P-No 15E group 1
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 5

SPECIFICATIONS
TIG
ER90S-B9
W 9C1MV
-

AWS A5.23M
AWS A5.28M
BS EN ISO 21952-A
BS EN ISO 24598-B

MIG
ER90S-B9
G 9C1MV
-

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min. 0.08
0.40
0.15
-Max. 0.13
0.80
0.50
0.010
Typical 0.10
0.5
0.25
0.0054

SAW
EB 91
S 9C1MV

P
-0.010
0.008

Cr
8.5
9.5
8.7

Ni
0.10
0.40
0.3

Mo
0.85
1.10
1.0

Nb
0.03
0.08
0.05

V
0.15
0.25
0.2

N
0.03
0.07
0.05

Cu
-0.10
0.03

Al
-0.04
<0.01

*Ni + Mn 1. 0%.
Nickel is below 0.4% (as parent material) although AWS allows up to 1.0%Ni.
See 9CrMo-N for variant with 0.40.8%Ni conforming to BS EN ISO suffix A specification.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 750 760C / 2 3h

TIG
typical
760
650
22
19
70
220
255

Min.

Tensile strength (MPa)


0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
Hardness (HV) (mid)
* Minimum impact required by BS EN ISO is 47 J.

620
415
17
17
--- *
--

SAW
typical
690
580
25
23
70
65
220

PARAMETERS
TIG
MIG

Shielding gas
Argon
Ar + 1-3%O2 or 5-20% CO2

Current
DCDC+

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2

Parameters
100A, 12V
280A, 26V

SAW

LA490

DC+

2.4

420A, 28V, 390mm/min

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG
SAW

0.8/0.9/1.0/1.2
0.7 / 5 / 15 kg spools to order.
15kg spool

1.6
5 kg tube
--

2.0
5 kg tube
--

2.4
5 kg tube
--

3.2
5 kg tube
--

--

--

--

25 kg coil

25kg coil

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %); TIG and SAW fume are negligible:
Fe
Mn
Ni
50
4
<0.4

46

www.metrode.com

Cr3
6

DS A-17-9CrMoV | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
< 0.5

Mo
0.5

OES (mg/m3)
5

LOW ALLOY STEELS

LA490
SUB-ARC FLUX FOR USE WITH 9CRMOV-N AND 9CRMOV SOLID WIRES
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Agglomerated fluoride-basic flux for P91 and P92 modified 9CrMo creep resistant steels

SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN ISO 14174 (flux)
AWS A5.23M
(flux wire combination)

COMPOSITION (FLUX WT%)


SiO2 + Al2O3

SA FB 155 AC H5

30%
36%
27%
CaF2
Basicity index (Boniszewski) ~3.0

CaO + Mg O

F62P0-EB91-B91

ANALYSIS DEPOSIT (TYPICAL)


C
9CrMoV-N Wire 0.10
Deposit with LA490 0.09

Mn
0.5
0.7

Si
0.25
0.20

S
0.004
0.006

P
0.008
0.008

Cr
9.0
8.7

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 750760C / 2h
Min.
Tensile strength (MPa)
620
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
540
Elongation (%) 4d
17
5d
17
Reduction or area
-Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
--*
Hardness (HV) (mid)
-* Minimum impact required by BS EN ISO 24598-A : 38 J after 3h.

Ni
0.6
0.6

Mo
1.0
1.0

Nb
0.05
0.04

V
0.20
0.20

N
0.05
0.05

typical
720
610
25
23
70
45
230

OPERATING PARAMETERS
AC or DC+: typical 420A, 28V, 390mm/min

PACKAGING DATA
25kg moisture resistant aluminium Sahara bags.
If flux becomes damp, rebake at 300350C/ 12hours to restore to as-packed condition. For critical work, it is recommended to
redry to ensure <5ml H2/100g.

www.metrode.com

DS A-17-LA490 | Rev. 01-03/16

47

LOW ALLOY STEELS

CORMET M91
METAL CORED WIRE FOR MIG WELDING
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Metal cored wire for MIG welding. High purity steel sheath with 96% metal recovery with respect to wire.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.28M
AWS A5.36M
BS EN ISO 17634-B

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW422
P-No 15E group 1
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 5

E90C-B9
E90T15-M12PZ-B91
T69T15-0M-9C1MV

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn*
Si
S
P
Min. 0.08
0.60
---Max. 0.13
1.20
0.50
0.015
0.020
Typical
0.1
1
0.3
0.01
0.01
* Ni + Mn 1.50

Cr
8.0
10.0
9

Ni*
-0.80
0.3

Mo
0.85
1.20
1

Nb
0.03
0.07
0.05

V
0.18
0.25
0.2

N
0.03
0.07
0.05

Cu
-0.15
0.05

Al
-0.04
0.03

PARAMETERS
Operability is influenced by the type of shielding gas; higher CO2 levels, up to 20%, give better arc characteristics but lower CO2 and
O2 levels produce better impact properties. The best compromise is considered to be obtained from Ar-2%CO2 although if impact
properties are not a major concern, higher CO2 levels can be used to obtain optimum arc characteristics.
Diameter (mm)
1.2
1.6

Gas flow
15 25 l/min
15 25 l/min

Optimum
DC+ 260A 28V
DC+ 330A 29V

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 750 760C / 2 3h

Min.

Tensile strength (MPa)


0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
Lateral expansion + 20C
Hardness (HV)

typical
80/20
780
650
17
16
25
0.28
260

Ar-2%CO2
780
650
17
16
30
0.30
260

690
565
16
14
----

Stickout
10 20mm
15 25mm

Ar-He-CO2
780
650
17
16
35
0.45
260

PACKAGING DATA
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers. 15kg spools.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt%)
Fe
Mn
60
5

48

www.metrode.com

Ni
<0.5

Cr3
5

DS A-17-CORMET M91 | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
< 0.1

Cu
< 0.1

OES (mg/m3)
5

LOW ALLOY STEELS

SUPERCORE F91
ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
All-positional flux cored wire designed to weld equivalent modified 9CrMo steels (P91). Rutile flux system with an high purity strip
producing weld metal recovery of about 90%.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.29M
AWS A5.36M
BS EN ISO 17634-B

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 5

E91T1-B9C/M-H4
E91T1-C1PZ-B91-H4 or
(dependent on shielding gas)
E91T1-M21PZ-B91-H4
T69T1-1C/M-9C1MV

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
Min. 0.08
0.60
---Max. 0.13
1.20
0.50
0.015 0.020
Typical 0.1
0.8
0.3
0.010 0.016

Cr
8.0
10.0
9.0

Ni
-0.80
0.5

Mo
0.85
1.2
1.0

Nb
0.02
0.07
0.04

V
0.15
0.25
0.2

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 760C / 2h (6h)
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
Hardness (HV)

Min.
690
565
17
14
----

typical
760C/2h
790
660
20
18
55
28
260

typical
760C/6h
750
630
23
20
58
36
250

+566C
450
360
21
20
73
---

N
0.02
0.07
0.05

Cu
-0.15
0.05

Al
-0.04
0.01

High Temperature
+600C
420
288
27
25
81
---

Ni+Mn
-1.50
1.30

+650C
396
245
29
26
85
---

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 (or 15 25%CO2) or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm)
welding position
amp-volt rane *
1.2 (0.045in)
Positional
140-170A, 24-26V
* Using 100%CO2 the voltage should be increased by 1-2V

typical
160A, 25V

stickout
15-25mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg (33 lbs)
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %), shielding gas 80%Ar-20%CO2:
Fe
Mn
Ni
Cr3
18
8
< 0.5
3

www.metrode.com

Cr6
3

DS A-17-SUPERCORE F91 | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<1

F
8

OES (mg/m3)
1.7

49

LOW ALLOY STEELS

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet A-18

CONSUMABLES FOR E911 CrMo STEEL


ALLOY TYPE
Modified 9CrMo type generically called E911, with a
nominal composition of 9%Cr-1%Mo-1%W+NbVN.

WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat-interpass range for E911 is 200-300C.
Before PWHT it is preferable to cool to 100C or
lower to ensure full martensite transformation.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
EN/DIN
1.4905 X11CrMoWVNb 9 1 1
1.4906 G-X12CrMoWVNbN 10 1 1 (cast)

ASTM
A182/A336 F911 (forgings)
A213 T911 (seamless tube)
A234 WP911 (fittings)
A335 P911 (seamless pipe)
A369 FP911 (forged pipe)
A387 Grade 911 (plate)

APPLICATIONS
Electrodes for the new European creep-resistant steel
E911, which is essentially the ASTM P91 type with 1%W
added to increase creep strength for service up to at
least 600C.
These consumables are mainly intended for castings,
which have a slightly higher Cr level. Castings also have
up to 1%Ni to suppress retained ferrite; in wrought
products nickel is limited to 0.4%. For microstructural
control and to optimise toughness after PWHT, the
weld metal has about 0.6%Ni added.
Applications for E911 steels include components such
as headers, main steam piping, boiler tubes, turbine
casings and steam valves in fossil fuelled power
generating plants. It may also find future use in oil
refineries and coal liquefaction and gasification plants.

50

www.metrode.com

MICROSTRUCTURE
In the PWHT condition consists of tempered
martensite.

PWHT
PWHT requirements are essentially the same as
for P91, which requires PWHT in the range 730780C. Castings are often PWHT at temperatures
towards the bottom of this range but the time
is proportionally increased to ensure sufficient
tempering. As a general rule the tempering
parameter (P), should be 21, or higher, to achieve
adequate tempering.
P = C+273(20+logt) x 10-3
(t = time in hours)
Suggested conditions are 12h at 730C or 3h at
760C.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


This alloy is closely related to the P91 alloy (data
sheet A-17) and P92 alloy (data sheet A-20). The
9CrWV TIG wire (A-20) can be used in conjunction
with Chromet 10MW. Also see alloy 921 (data
sheet A-25).
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG

DS A-18 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Specification
Chromet 10MW E9015-G
Cormet 10MW E90C-G

LOW ALLOY STEELS

CHROMET 10MW
MMA ELECTRODE FOR E911 CREEP-RESISTING STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic low hydrogen flux system made on high purity steel core wire. Electrode is all-positional with a
moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.5M

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 4
QW442
A-No 5

E9015-G H4 (E911)

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
min. 0.08
0.50
0.15
--max. 0.14
1.20
0.30
0.015
0.02
Typical 0.11
0.8
0.25
0.008
0.010
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Typical after PWHT: 730C/12h
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
Hardness (HV)

Cr
9.0
10.5
9.5

Ni
0.40
0.80
0.5

Mo
0.85
1.2
1.0

W
0.85
1.2
1.0

Nb
0.04
0.08
0.05

V
0.18
0.25
0.22

N
0.03
0.07
0.05

Al
-0.02
0.01

typical
760
620
19
62
60
250

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC + ve or AC (OCV: 70V Min)


Diameter (mm)
3.2
min. A
80
max. A
140

4.0
100
180

5.0
140
240

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

4.0
450
16.5
225

5.0
450
16.8
159

3.2
350
13.5
399

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
15
5
www.metrode.com

Ni
< 0.2

Cr
<3

Cu
< 0.1

DS A-18-CHROMET 10MW | Rev. 01-03/16

Pb
< 0.1

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
1.7
51

LOW ALLOY STEELS

CORMET 10MW
METAL CORED WIRE FOR E911 CREEP-RESISTING STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Metal cored wire designed to weld equivalent E911 steels. Metal powder core with an alloyed strip producing weld metal
recovery of about 96%.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.28M

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No --

E90C-G(E911)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
min. 0.08 0.50
--max. 0.13
1.20
0.40 0.015
Typical 0.11
0.8
0.30
0.01

P
-0.02
0.017

Cr
9.0
10.0
9.5

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 755C / 3h
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
Hardness HV

Ni
0.40
0.85
0.6

Mo
0.9
1.2
1.0

W
0.9
1.2
1.0

Nb
0.04
0.08
0.05

V
0.18
0.25
0.2

N
0.03
0.07
0.05

B
-0.0015
0.0005

Al
-0.04
0.01

Cu
-0.1
0.05

Typical
770
650
11
9
20
14
260

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: Ar + 2.5-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min (operability is improved at higher CO2 contents but impact properties are better with
lower CO2 contents).
Current: DC+ ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm)
amp-volt, range
Stickout
1.2
260A 28V
15-25mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg (33 lbs)
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %), shielding gas 80%Ar-20%CO2:
Fe
Mn
Cr3
60
5
5

52

www.metrode.com

Ni
< 0.5

DS A-18-Cormet 10MW | Rev. 02-03/16

Pb
< 0.1

Cu
< 0.1

OES (mg/m3)
5.0

LOW ALLOY STEELS

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet A-19

12CrMoV CREEP RESISTING STEEL


ALLOY TYPE
12%Cr creep resisting steel also with nominally
1%Mo-0.5%W-0.3%V. The matching base material is
generically called X20.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
AISI
Type 422.

DIN
X20CrMoV 12 1 (1.4935)
G-X22CrMoV 12 1 (1.4931) cast.

BS
3604 grade 762.

APPLICATIONS
Chromet 12MV deposits high strength martensitic weld
metal of nominally 0.2%C-12%Cr-1%Mo modified with
vanadium and tungsten. The alloying is balanced with
a small addition of nickel to ensure a fully martensitic
microstructure.
12%CrMoV steels are used for critical heat and creep
resisting service up to at least 550C. The high
chromium level confers superior steam and fireside
corrosion performance compared with 2-9%CrMo
creep-resisting steels.
Used in cast and wrought form for high pressure
steam piping and headers, heat exchangers and
turbine components, particularly in the power
generation industry and sometimes in petrochemical
applications.
MICROSTRUCTURE
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of
tempered martensite.

WELDING GUIDELINES
The room temperature hardness of as-deposited
weld metal exceeds 500HV over a wide range
of cooling conditions. Preheat of 400C with
maximum interpass temperature of 500C is
specified by DIN 8575. These temperatures are
above the austenite-martensite transformation
range (Ms-Mf about 350-150C) and more recent
procedures have benefited from welding in
the 200-350C preheat range to reduce graincoarsening and promote some tempering of
partially transformed multipass weld metal.
After welding, the joint must be cooled slowly to
120C (100-150C) and held for 1-2 hours, to allow
transformation before post-weld heat treatment.
If immediate heat treatment is not possible, the
transformation step must be followed by a postheat of about 350C for 1-4 hours for hydrogen
release, before cooling below 60C is allowed. In
this condition, the hard weld zone is potentially
sensitive to stress corrosion cracking (SCC) and
must be kept dry, with minimum delay before
PWHT.
PWHT
For production welds typical PWHT is in the
temperature range 730-770C. Normally this
would be required for a minimum of three
hours but will vary according to thickness, see
appropriate application code for details.
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
The newer P91 materials have replaced many of
the original applications for this alloy (data sheet
A-17).
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process Product
Specification
MMA
Chromet 12MV BS EN E CrMoWV 12 B
TIG
12CrMoV
BS EN W CrMoWV 12 Si

www.metrode.com

DS A-19 | Rev. 01-03/16

53

LOW ALLOY STEELS

CHROMET 12MV
BASIC ALL-POSITIONAL MMA ELECTRODE FOR 12%CR CREEP RESISTING STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic low hydrogen metal powder type made on high purity core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal
hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN ISO 3580-A

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No --

E CrMoWV12 B 3 2 H5

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
min.
0.15
max.
0.22
Typical
0.20

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

(WELD METAL WT %)
Mn
Si
S
0.40
--1.30
0.80
0.025
0.8
0.25
0.010

P
-0.025
0.017

Cr
10.0
12.0
11

Ni
-0.8
0.5

Mo
0.80
1.20
1

W
0.40
0.60
0.5

V
0.20
0.40
0.3

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Room temperature

PWHT 760C / 3 hrs

350C

min *
typical
Tensile strength (MPa)
690
750
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
550
550
Elongation (%) 4d
-24
5d
15
21
Reduction of area %
-55
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
34
40
0C
-33
Hardness (HV)
-235
* Minimum requirements after PWHT of 740-780C/2 hours.

min
-370
-------

typ
590
450
18
16
50
----

Elevated temperature
400C
min
typ
-560
355
420
-20
-16
-48
-------

450C
min
-325
-------

typ
520
410
17
14
48
----

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
70
max. A
110

3.2
80
140

4.0
100
180

5.0
140
240

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.8
339

4.0
450
16.8
234

5.0
450
16.8
150

2.5
350
12.6
600

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2<10ml/100g, 300 - 350C/1-2h to ensure H2<5ml/100g. Maximum 420 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
20
4

54

www.metrode.com

Ni
0.1

Cr
3

Cu
<0.2

Mo
0.1

DS A-19-CHROMET 12MV | Rev. 01-03/16

V
0.1

F
16

OES (mg/m3)
1.7

LOW ALLOY STEELS

12CrMoV
SOLID TIG WIRE FOR 12%CR CREEP RESISTING STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG.

SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN ISO 21952-A

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No --

W CrMoWV 12 Si

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
min.
0.17
max.
0.24
Typical
0.2

(WIRE WT %)
Mn
Si
0.40
0.20
1.00
0.60
0.6
0.4

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 760C/2h
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 5d
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C

S
-0.020
0.005

P
-0.025
0.01

Cr
10.5
12.0
11

Ni
-0.80
0.6

min
690
550
15
34

Mo
0.80
1.20
1

V
0.20
0.40
0.3

W
0.35
0.80
0.5

typical
750
600
20
50

PARAMETERS
TIG

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG

Shielding
Argon

Diameter (mm)
2.4

Voltage
100A, 12V

2.4
5kg tube

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
55
4
8

www.metrode.com

Current
DC-

Ni
<0.5

DS A-19-12CrMoV | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
<0.5

Cu
<0.5

OES (mg/m3)
5

55

LOW ALLOY STEELS

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet A-20

P92 CREEP RESISTING STEEL


ALLOY TYPE
9Cr steel alloyed with W, Mo, V, Nb, and N for high
temperature creep resistance.

MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded condition the microstructure
consists of tempered martensite.
PWHT
Minimum preheat temperature 200C with
maximum interpass temperature of 350C;
in practice a preheat-interpass range of 200
300C is normal. To ensure full martensite
transformation welds shall be cooled to ~100C
prior to PWHT; up to 50mm wall thickness can
be cooled to room temperature whilst thick wall
forgings or castings should not be cooled below
~80C prior to PWHT.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM
A 213 T92 (seamless tubes)
A 335 P92 (seamless pipes)
A 387 Gr 92 (plates)
A 182 F92 (forgings)
A 369 FP92 (forged & bored pipe)

EN 10216-2 (seamless tubes)


X10CrWMoVNb 9-2

APPLICATIONS
These consumables are designed to weld equivalent
type 92 9%Cr steels modified with tungsten,
vanadium, niobium, nitrogen and a small addition
boron to give improved long term creep properties.
They are specifically intended for high integrity
structural service at elevated temperature so the
minor alloy additions responsible for its creep
strength are kept above the minimum considered
necessary to ensure satisfactory performance. In
practice, weldments will be weakest in the softened
(intercritical) HAZ region of parent material, as
indicated by so-called type IV failure in transverse
weld creep tests.
The rupture strength of P92 is up to 30% greater than
P91, and interest in its use is growing as a candidate
for components such as headers, main steam piping
and turbine casings, in fossil fuelled power generating
plants.

ASME base material codes allow PWHT down


to 730C but for weld metals PWHT is normally
carried out in the range 750-770C. Optimum
properties are obtained with PWHT at 760C for
4 hours.
When compared with directly matching weld
metal, the addition of some nickel and reduction
of niobium provides a useful improvement in
toughness after PWHT.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
More detailed information on the products and
properties of P92 steels are available in the
Technical Profile "Welding Consumables for
P92 Steels for the Power Generation Industry"
available from Metrode Technical Department.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG
SAW
FCW

56

www.metrode.com

DS A-20 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Chromet 92
9CrWV
9CrWV (wire)
LA490 (flux)
Supercore F92

Specification
AWS E9015-B92
AWS ER90S-G (92)
AWS EG (92)
ISO SA FB 155 AC H5
E91T1-C1PZ-B92-H4

LOW ALLOY STEELS

CHROMET 92
MMA ALL-POSITIONAL ELECTRODE FOR JOINING P92 CREEP RESISTING STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic coated MMA electrode made on matching core wire. Moisture resistant coatings giving very low weld metal hydrogen
levels.
Recovery is approximately 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.5M
BS EN ISO 3580-A
APPROVALS

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW422
P-No 15E group 1
QW432
F-No 4
QW442
A-No 5

E9015-B92 H4
E ZCrMoWVNb 9 0.5 2 B 3 2 H5
TV

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
Mn
min. 0.08
0.40
max. 0.13
1.00
Typical 0.11
0.6

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

(WELD METAL WT %)
Si
S
P
---0.40 0.015 0.020
0.25
0.01
0.01

Cr
8.0
9.5
9

Ni
-0.80
0.6

Mo
0.30
0.60
0.45

W
1.5
2.0
1.7

Nb
0.04
0.07
0.05

V
0.15
0.25
0.2

N
0.03
0.07
0.05

B
0.001
0.005
0.003

Al
-0.03
<0.01

Cu
-0.15
<0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 760C / 2-4h
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
Hardness (HV)

min.

typical

620
530
17
16
----

740
630
22
19
50
60
230-260

High Temperature
+600C
422
320
19.5
18
73
---

+550C
511
419
15
14
64
---

+650C
340
229
19.5
18
80
---

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
70
max. A
110

3.2
80
140

4.0
100
180

5.0
140
240

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
14.1
393

4.0
350
13.5
267

5.0
450
16.5
150

2.5
300
12
762

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding oven, or 50 150C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
15
5

www.metrode.com

Ni
< 0.1

Cr
<3

Cu
< 0.1

DS A-20-CHROMET 92 | Rev. 01-03/16

Pb
< 0.1

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
1.7

57

LOW ALLOY STEELS

9CrWV
SOLID WIRE FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire, non-copper coated, for TIG, MIG and SAW

SPECIFICATIONS

TIG
AWS A5.23M
-AWS A5.28M
ER90S-G (92)
BS EN ISO 21952-A W ZCrMoWVNb 9 0.5 1.5
APPROVALS
TV

MIG
-ER90S-G (92)
G ZCrMoWVNb 9 0.5 1.55

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
min. 0.08
0.40
---max. 0.13
0.80
0.40 0.015 0.015
Typical 0.10
0.75
0.30 0.0054 0.008

Cr
8.0
9.5
9

Ni
-0.80
0.5

Mo
0.30
0.60
0.45

SAW
EG (92)
-S ZCrMoWVNb 9 0.5 1.5

W
1.5
2.0
1.7

Nb
0.04
0.07
0.06

V
0.15
0.25
0.2

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW422
P-No 15E group 1
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 5

N
0.03
0.07
0.05

B
0.001
0.005
0.003

Al
-0.03
<0.01

Cu
-0.15
<0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 760C / 2-4h
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
Hardness (HV)

min.

typical

620
440
16
-----

800
700
22
19
70
220
265

+550C
455
374
24.5
22.5
82
---

High Temperature
+600C
387
282
20.5
19
85
---

+650C
312
200
28
25.5
89
---

PARAMETERS
Shielding
TIG
Argon
MIG Ar + 1-3%O2 or 5-20% CO2
SAW
LA490 flux

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG
SAW

Current
DC+
DC+
DC+

0.8/0.9/1.0/1.2
0.7 / 5 / 15 kg Spools to order
15kg spool
--

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %); TIG and SAW fume is negligible:
Fe
Mn
Ni
50
4
< 0.4

58

www.metrode.com

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2
2.4

1.6
5 kg tube
---

Cr
6

DS A-20-9CrWV | Rev. 01-03/16

Typical parameters
100A, 12V
260A, 26V
420A, 28V, 390mm/min

2.4
5 kg tube
-25kg spool

Mo
0.5

Cu
< 0.5

3.2
5 kg tube
-20kg spool

OES (mg/m3)
5

LOW ALLOY STEELS

LA490
SUB-ARC FLUXES FOR USE WITH 9CrW V SOLID WIRE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Agglomerated fluoride-basic flux for P91 and P92 modified 9CrMo creep resistant steels

SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN ISO 14174 (flux)
AWS A5.23M
(flux wire combination)

COMPOSITION (FLUX WT%)


SiO2 + Al2O3

SA FB 155 AC H5

30%
36%
27%
CaF2
Basicity index (Boniszewski) ~3.0

CaO + Mg O

F62PZ-EG(92)-G(92)

ANALYSIS DEPOSIT (TYPICAL)


C
9CrWV Wire 0.10
Deposit with LA490 0.09

Mn
0.5
0.8

Si
0.3
0.3

S
P
0.004 0.008
0.0056 0.008

Cr
9.0
8.5

Ni
0.6
0.45

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 760C / 4h
Min.
Tensile strength (MPa)
620
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
540
Elongation (%) 4d
17
5d
17
Reduction or area
65
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
27
Hardness (HV) (mid)
225
* Minimum impact required by BS EN ISO 24598-A : 38 J after 3h.

Mo
0.4
0.4

W
1.7
1.7

Nb
0.06
0.05

V
0.20
0.20

N
0.05
0.05

B
0.003
0.021

typical
710
580
24
22
70
60
230

OPERATING PARAMETERS
AC or DC+: typical 420A, 28V, 390mm/min

PACKAGING DATA
25kg moisture resistant aluminium Sahara bags.
If flux becomes damp, rebake at 300350C/ 12hours to restore to as-packed condition. For critical work, it is recommended to
redry to ensure <5ml H2/100g.

www.metrode.com

DS A-20-LA490 | Rev. 01-03/16

59

LOW ALLOY STEELS

SUPERCORE F92
ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
All-positional flux cored wire designed to weld equivalent P92 steels. Rutile flux system with an alloyed strip producing weld
metal recovery of about 90%.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.36M

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No
QW442
A-No

E91T1-C1PZ-B92-H4 or E91T1-M21PZ-B92-H4
(dependent on shielding gas)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
min. 0.08
0.40
--max. 0.13
1.20
0.40 0.015
Typical 0.11
0.8
0.30
0.01

P
-0.020
0.017

Cr
8.5
9.5
9

Ni
0.30
0.80
0.5

Mo
0.30
0.60
0.45

W
1.5
2.0
1.7

Nb
0.03
0.07
0.04

V
0.15
0.25
0.2

N
0.03
0.07
0.04

B
0.001
0.005
0.003

Al
-0.03
<0.01

Cu
-0.15
<0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 760C / 2-4h
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
Hardness (HV)

typical

+550C
471
385
18.5
17
68
---

775
650
21
18
50
25
260

High Temperature
+600C
400
294
25
22.5
77
---

+650C
308
194
26.5
24.5
81
---

+650C
215
125
25.5
23.5
86
---

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 (or 15 25%CO2) or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm)
Amp-Volt Range
Typical
1.2
140-170A, 24-26V
160A, 25V
* Using 100% CO2 the voltage should be increased by 1-2V

stickout
15 25mm

welding position
Positional

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg (33 lbs)
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %), shielding gas 80%Ar-20%CO2:
Fe
Mn
Ni
Cr3
18
8
< 0.5
3

60

www.metrode.com

Cr6
3

DS A-20-SUPERCORE F92 | Rev. 02-03/16

Cu
<1

F
8

OES (mg/m3)
1.7

LOW ALLOY STEELS

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet A-21

T23 CREEP RESISTING STEEL


ALLOY TYPE
2%Cr steel alloyed with W, Mo, V, Nb, and B for high
temperature creep resistance.

WELDING GUIDELINES

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

In many situations it is claimed that thin wall tube


can be welded without preheat; if preferred, and
for thicker wall sections, preheat of 150-200C
can be applied. Maximum interpass temperature
should be kept to 350C.

ASTM
A 213 T23 (seamless tubes)
A 335 P23 (pipe)

BS EN
10216 X7CrWVMoNb9-6 (proposed)

APPLICATIONS
These consumables are designed to weld equivalent
type 23 2%Cr steels modified with tungsten,
vanadium, niobium, and a small boron addition to give
improved long term creep properties. The Chromet
23L electrode is specifically designed for as-welded
applications but can also be subject to PWHT; the flux
cored wire will typically be used on thicker wall pipe
where it is envisaged that PWHT will be applied.
The consumables are intended for high integrity
service at elevated temperature so the minor alloy
additions responsible for creep strength are kept
within the parent material range.
The rupture strength of T23 can be up to twice that of
T22 and interest in its use is growing as a candidate for
components such as waterwalls in ultra-super-critical
boilers, in fossil fuelled power generating plants.

www.metrode.com

MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded condition the microstructure
consists of bainite.

For many current applications T23 tube is put


into service in the as-welded condition. During
production of the tube the typical tempering
cycle applied is 760C/30 minutes; the ASME code
case specifies a minimum tempering temperature
of 730C for base material. When it has been
applied PWHT in the range 715-740C has been
applied.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
J C Vaillant, B Vandenberghe, C Zakine, J Gabrel,
W Bendick: The T23/P23 Book Vallourec &
Mannesmann Tubes, 2006.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG

DS A-21 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Chromet 23L
2CrWV

Specification
E9015-G (23)
ER90S-G (23)

61

LOW ALLOY STEELS

CHROMET 23L
MMA ALL-POSITIONAL ELECTRODE FOR JOINING T23 CREEP RESISTING STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic coated MMA electrode made on high purity, alloyed core wire.
Moisture resistant coatings giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is approx 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.5M
BS EN ISO 3580-A

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW422
P-No 5B group 2
QW432
F-No 4
QW442
A-No 5

E9015-G (23) H4
E ZCrWV2 1.5 B 3 2 H5

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
Mn
min. 0.04
0.10
max. 0.10
1.00
Typical 0.05
0.5

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

(WELD METAL WT %)
Si
S
P
---0.50 0.015 0.020
0.25
0.01
0.01

Cr
1.9
2.6
2.2

Ni
-0.80
0.6

Mo
0.05
0.30
0.2

W
1.45
1.75
1.6

Nb
0.02
0.08
0.03

V
0.20
0.30
0.23

N
-0.03
0.02

B
0.0005
0.0060
0.001

Al
-0.03
<0.01

Cu
-0.15
<0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


typical as-welded
940
870
19
16
50
22
290-350

Tensile strength (MPa)


0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
Hardness (HV)

typical 715C/1h
700
625
22
20
60
70
220-260

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
70
max. A
110

3.2
80
140

4.0
100
180

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.8
366

4.0
450
16.2
228

2.5
350
10.2
717

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding oven, or 50 150C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
15
5
62

www.metrode.com

Ni
< 0.1

Cr
<3

Cu
< 0.1

DS A-21-CHROMET 23L | Rev. 01-03/16

Pb
< 0.1

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
1.7

LOW ALLOY STEELS

2CrWV
SOLID WIRE FOR TIG
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.28M
BS EN ISO 21952-A

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW422
P-No 5B group 2
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No --

ER90S-G (23)
W ZCrWV 2 1.5

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
min. 0.04
---max. 0.10
1.0
0.5
0.015
Typical 0.06
0.6
0.3
0.01

P
-0.020
0.01

Cr
1.9
2.6
2.4

Ni
-0.8
0.5

Mo
0.05
0.30
0.2

W
1.45
1.75
1.6

Nb
0.02
0.08
0.05

V
0.20
0.30
0.25

B
0.0005
0.0060
0.003

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Tensile strength (MPa)


0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
Hardness (HV) mid

typical
as-welded
950
875
21
19
55
50
325

Al
-0.03
<0.01

Cu
-0.25
0.15

typical

typical
715C/30min
755
700
23
20
70
190
255

740C/2h
640
555
28
24
80
>250
220

PARAMETERS
TIG

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG

Shielding
Argon

Current
DC-

Typical parameters
100A, 12V

2.4
5kg tube

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %); TIG fume is negligible:
Fe
Mn
Ni
55
5
1.3

www.metrode.com

Diameter (mm)
2.4

Cr
<0.5

DS A-21-2CrWV | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
<0.5

Cu
1.2

OES (mg/m3)
5

63

LOW ALLOY STEELS

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet A-23

WB36/P36 STEEL
ALLOY TYPE
WB36 is a NiMo base material with Cu and Nb
additions with good hot strength. Although
consumables of matching composition are not used
compatible alternatives have been found to provide
the required properties.

PWHT
WB36 is tempered during manufacture in the
temperature range 580-680C, depending on
specifications and requirements and following
welding PWHT is required for WB36. The PWHT
requirements will depend on a number of factors
but will normally be about 59030C.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
The consumables listed on this data sheet can be
used for a wide variety of applications (see also
data sheets A-50, A-61 and A-64) but this data sheet
concentrates on the welding of:
DIN
15NiCuMoNb5
1.6368

BS EN 10216-2
15NiCuMoNb5-6-4
1.6368

BS 3604

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
There is a Technical Profile P36 and the related
welding consumables.
For offshore oil well-head process pipework and
fittings, after PWHT these low nickel consumables
satisfy NACE MR0175 requirements (<1%Ni &
<22HRC) intended to ensure resistance to sulphideinduced stress corrosion cracking in sour service,
combined with good sub-zero toughness.

Grade 591

ASTM

Also find applications for the repair of medium


strength low alloy steel castings where a stressrelief only (rather than N+T) is to be applied.

Code Case 2353


A182 F36, A213 T36 & A335, P36

Proprietary
WB36 (V+M)

APPLICATIONS
WB36 is a high temperature construction steel for
service up to 450C; typical applications are below
400C designed on the basis of tensile rather than
creep properties. It is mainly used for feedwater
piping systems in place of standard carbon steels
(eg.A106 grade C) in conventional and nuclear power
stations. WB36 also finds applications for headers,
manifolds and fittings in power stations.

B Hahn, B Vanderberghe, J C Vaillant and W


Bendick: The WB36 BooK (15NiCuMo) Vallourec &
Mannesmann Tubes, 2002.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG
SAW

MICROSTRUCTURE
In the stress relieved condition the microstructure
consists of tempered ferrite/bainite.
WELDING GUIDELINES
The actual preheat and PWHT requirements will
depend on the thickness of the base material being
welded. Normally preheat/interpass temperatures
will be in the range 100-250C depending on wall
thickness.
64

www.metrode.com

DS A-23 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
1NiMo.B
MnMo
SA 1NiMo (wire)
LA436 (flux)

Specification
AWS E9018-G
AWS ER80S-D2
AWS EF3
BS EN SA AB 167

LOW ALLOY STEELS

1NiMo.B
ALL-POSITIONAL NIMO LOW ALLOY STEEL MMA ELECTRODE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic flux coating on high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating provides very low weld
metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.5M
BS EN 757
APPROVALS

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 4
QW442
A-No 10

E9018-G H4
E 55 4 1NiMo B 3 2 H5
TV

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
min.
0.05
max.
0.12
Typical
0.07

PE/4G

(WELD METAL WT %)
Mn
Si
1.0
-1.4
0.5
1.2
0.3

S
-0.020
0.01

P
-0.025
0.01

Cr
-0.3
0.1

Ni
0.8
1.2
1.0

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 590-620C/1-2h:
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) 0C

Min.

Typical

620
550
17
----

744
677
25
22
65
130

250C
650
505
22
-57

Mo
0.20
0.50
0.4

Cu
-0.10
0.05

High Temperature
350C
640
445
28
-69

V
-0.03
0.01

450C
545
432
24
-73

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
70
max. A
110

3.2
80
140

4.0
100
180

5.0
140
240

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.5
369

4.0
450
16.8
240

5.0
450
18.0
171

2.5
350
12.9
546

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 150C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
14
5

www.metrode.com

Ni
0.5

Cr
<0.1

DS A-23-1NiMo.B | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<0.2

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
5

65

LOW ALLOY STEELS

MnMo
SOLID MNMO LOW ALLOYED WIRE FOR TIG AND MIG
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid copper coated wire for TIG and MIG.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.28M
EN ISO 16834-B
EN ISO 14341-A
EN ISO 14341
BS EN 440

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 11

ER80S-D2, ER90S-D2
4M31
W 46 3 M G4Mo
A 4Mo / B S4M31
(G4Mo)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


Min.
Max.
Typical

C
0.07
0.12
0.1

Mn
1.60
2.10
1.9

Si
0.50
0.80
0.6

S
-0.025
0.005

P
-0.025
0.01

Ni
-0.15
0.05

Mo
0.40
0.60
0.5

Cu
-0.4
0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

MIG
----- High Temperature ----550C
600C
650C
Ar + 5%CO2 Ar + 20%CO2
Tensile strength (MPa)
550
640
725
605
650
665
585
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
470
530
625
490
525
490
460
Elongation (%) 4d
17
32
28
25
24
27
25
Impact ISO-V(J) -30C
47
200
>100
>100
---Hardness (HV) cap/mid
-235/210
235/220
220/205
---* Minimum as-welded values are for AWS ER80S-D2. As shown MAG welds using more oxidising shielding gas (higher CO2 + O2) have
lower strength. The AWS classification for ER80S-D2 is based on 100%CO2 which is seldom used; alternatively this wire can also be
classified as ER90S-D2 using low CO2 gas mixtures.
PWHT 760C / 2-4h

Min.

TIG

PARAMETERS
Shielding
Current
Diameter (mm)
Parameters
TIG
Argon
DC2.4
120A, 14V
MIG Ar + 1-3%O2 or 5-20% CO2 *
DC+
1.2
280A, 26V
* Ar + 5%CO2 provides the highest strength and best impact properties, see above. Other proprietary gas mixtures also suitable.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG

1.2
-15kg spool

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)(TIG fume inegligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
55
10
<0.1

66

www.metrode.com

1.6
5 kg tube
--

2.0
5 kg tube
--

Ni
<0.1

DS A-23-MnMo | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
<0.5

2.4
5 kg tube
--

Cu
1.2

3.2
5 kg tube
--

OES (mg/m3)
5

LOW ALLOY STEELS

SA 1NiMo
SOLID NIMO ALLOYED WIRE FOR SAW
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid copper coated wire for submerged arc welding. Nominal composition of 1%Ni-0.5%Mo capable of achieving 90ksi (620MPa)
tensile strength. Supplied to NACE MR0175 1.0%Ni maximum on request.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.23M
BS EN ISO 14171

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 10 (Nearest )

EF3
S 3Ni1Mo

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
min.
0.07
1.30
0.05
-max.
0.15
1.80
0.25
0.020
Typical
0.11
1.75
0.2
0.005
* Ni supplied to 1.0% maximum (NACE MR0175) on request.

P
-0.020
0.01

Ni *
0.8
1.2
0.9

Mo
0.45
0.65
0.55

Cr
-0.20
0.05

Cu
-0.30
0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 760C / 2h
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C

AW

590C/2h

700
600
20
90

680
560
28
140

PARAMETERS
SAW

Shielding
LA436 flux

Current
DC+

Diameter (mm)
2.4

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)

1.6

2.4

SAW

25 kg coil

25 kg coil

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
50
10
<0.5

www.metrode.com

Ni
<0.5

DS A-23-SA1NiMo | Rev. 01-03/16

Parameters
450A, 30V, 450mm/min

3.2
25 kg coil
To order

Mo
<1.5

4.0
25 kg coil

Cu
1.2

OES (mg/m3)
5

67

LOW ALLOY STEELS

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet A-25

C(F)B2 CREEP RESISTING STEEL


ALLOY TYPE
Advanced 9CrMoV alloy with nominal composition
0.12%C-9.5%Cr-1.5%Mo-1%Co-0.25%V-0.05%Nb+B
for high temperature creep resistance.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
For advanced creep resistant steel B2 developed in
the European COST programme in forged (FB2) or
cast (CB2) forms, such as GX-13CrMoCoVNbNB 9-2-1.
APPLICATIONS
COST alloy B2 was originally developed as a
turbine rotor material and its outstanding creep
performance (above P91 and E911) has been
confirmed with further optimisation. Applications
of CB2 and FB2 use are growing as a candidate
for components such as turbine rotors, vales and
casings, etc, in fossil fuelled power generating plants.
The weld metals deposited by Chromet WB2
electrode and Supercore WB2 flux cored wire are
designed to match the base material composition
quite closely for fabricating thick wall components
used in the construction of power plants operating
with advanced steam parameters up to at least
600C.

MICROSTRUCTURE
In the PWHT condition, the microstructure consists
of tempered martensite.

68

www.metrode.com

WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat and Interpass temperature range 200300C. Welding heat input should be kept below
~3kJ/mm.
PWHT
Cooling to <100C before PWHT is advisable to
ensure full transformation to martensite. PWHT:
730C/16-24h or preferably 760C/~4h for Chromet
WB2 and 730C/24h or preferably 760C/~6h for
Supercore WB2.
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
Equivalent solid wire is not currently available;
nearest for compatible properties is 9CrWV
(P92), see data sheet A-20.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Zhuyao Zhang and Graham B Holloway Welding
Consumables for Advanced Boron-Cobalt Alloyed
9%Cr-Mo Creep Resisting Steels for Power
Generation, IIW Doc IX-2420-12, 2012.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
FCW

DS A-25 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Chromet WB2

Specification
E9015-G H4
H4
Supercore WB2 E91T1-G
E91T1-C1PZ-G-H4

LOW ALLOY STEELS

CHROMET WB2
MMA ALL-POSITIONAL ELECTRODE FOR C(F)B2 CREEP RESISTING STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic coated MMA electrode made on matching core wire.
Moisture resistant coatings giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is approx 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.5M

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW422
P-No 15E group 1
QW432
F-No 4
QW442
A-No 2

E9015-G H4

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
min. 0.10
0.40
0.15
--max. 0.15
1.00
0.50
0.015
0.020
Typical 0.12
0.6
0.25
0.009
0.010

Cr
9.0
10.5
9.5

Ni
0.40
0.80
0.6

Mo
1.4
1.7
1.5

Nb
0.04
0.07
0.05

V
0.20
0.30
0.25

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 760C / 4h or equivalent

Typical
760C/4h
735
600
23
21
58
40
230-260

Min.

Tensile strength (MPa)


650
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
530
Elongation (%) 4d
17
5d
15
Reduction of area %
-Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
-Hardness (HV)
-* After PWHT at 730C/12h + 730C/12h.

Typical
760C/10h
730
590
21
19
56
40
230-260

+600C
425
320
21
19
71

---

N
0.001
0.035
0.02

B
0.003
0.010
0.005

High Temperature *
+650C
+700C
325
256
240
135
34
30
31
28
80
85

---

---

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
3.2
min. A
80
max. A
140

4.0
100
180

5.0
140
240

6.0
200
300

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

4.0
350
16.5
240

5.0
450
16.5
156

6.0
450
16.5
105

3.2
350
13.5
405

Co
0.80
1.20
1.0

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding oven, or 50 150C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
15
5
www.metrode.com

Ni
< 0.1

Cr
<3

Cu
< 0.1

DS A-25-CHROMET WB2 | Rev. 02-03/16

Pb
< 0.1

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
1.7
69

LOW ALLOY STEELS

SUPERCORE WB2
ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE FOR C(F)B2 CREEP RESISTING STEEL*
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
All-positional flux cored wire designed to weld equivalent C(F)B2 steels. Rutile flux system with an alloyed strip producing weld
metal recovery of about 90%.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.29M
AWS A5.36M

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No QW442
A-No -

E91T1-G H4
E91T1-C1PZ-G-H4 or E91T1-M21PZ-G-H4
(dependent on shielding gas)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


Min.
Max.
Typical

C
0.10
0.15
0.12

Mn
0.40
1.00
0.6

Si
0.15
0.50
0.25

S
-0.015
0.007

P
-0.020
0.017

Cr
9.0
10.5
9.5

Ni
0.40
0.80
0.7

Mo
1.4
1.7
1.5

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 760C / 4h or equivalent

Min.

Tensile strength (MPa)


650
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
530
Elongation (%) 4d
17
5d
15
Reduction of area %
-Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
-Hardness (HV)
-* After PWHT at 730C/12h + 730C/12h.

Typical
760C/4h
820
690
19
18
53
22
265

Typical
760C/10h
800
670
20
18
56
32
250

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 (or 15 25%CO2) or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm)
welding position
amp-volt range *
1.2
Positional
140-170A, 24-26V
(0.045in)
Down hand
180-260A, 28-30V
* Using 100%CO2 the voltage should be increased by 1-2V

Nb
0.04
0.07
0.05

V
0.20
0.30
0.25

N
0.001
0.035
0.02

B
0.005
0.015
0.008

Co
0.80
1.20
1.0

----- High Temperature *----+600C


+650C
+700C
450
345
242
360
230
144
15
19.5
47
14
18
43
64
73
89

---

---

typical
160A, 25V
210A, 30V

---

stickout
15-25mm
15-25mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg (33 lbs)
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %), shielding gas 80%Ar-20%CO2
Fe
Mn
Ni
Cr3
18
8
< 0.5
3

Cr6
3

*: Previously Supercore F921


70

www.metrode.com

DS A-25-SUPERCORE WB2 | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<1

F
8

OES (mg/m3)
1.7

LOW ALLOY STEELS

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet A-40

1%Ni FOR IMPROVED TOUGHNESS


MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded condition the microstructure is
ferritic with a component of acicular ferrite for
optimum toughness.

ALLOY TYPE
Low alloy steel alloyed with nominally 1%Ni for
improved toughness. Actual Ni content is kept
below 1% to ensure conformance with NACE
MR0175.

WELDING GUIDELINES
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
CMn steels with yield stress of 450MPa or where
good toughness is required down to 50C, such as:

Preheat will dependent on the grade and thickness


of the base material.
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS

ASTM

The 2%Ni (data sheet A-41) and 3%Ni (data sheet


A-42) are also designed for applications requiring
low temperature toughness.

A333 & A334 Grade 6.


A350 Grades LF2 & LF5.
A352 Grades LCB & LCC (cast).

API
5L X65

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

BS
4360 Grades 43E, 50E, 55C, 55EE, 55F.

APPLICATIONS
For welding higher strength steel structures where
PWHT is impracticable so that welds must possess
an appropriate degree of toughness and crack
resistance.

Process
MMA
TIG/MIG

Product
Tufmet 1Ni.B
1Ni

Specification
AWS E8018-C3
AWS ER80S-Ni1

The addition of about 1%Ni promotes microstructural


refinement, with improved tolerance to procedural
variations compared to plain CMn weld metal. Nickel
also increases atmospheric weathering resistance
and improves electrochemical balance between
weld and base metal, thus minimising preferential
weld area corrosion in marine environments. For
offshore oilfield sour service, a maximum of 1.0%Ni
is commonly required (NACE MR0175).
Also recommended where design requirements
specify toughness testing of higher strength low
alloy steel welds down to 50C eg. offshore
construction, pipelines and pressure vessels.

www.metrode.com

DS A-40 | Rev. 01-03/16

71

LOW ALLOY STEELS

TUFMET 1Ni.B
1%NI MMA ELECTRODE FOR GOOD LOW TEMPER ATURE TOUGHNESS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic, metal powder, type flux on high purity low carbon core wire.
Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.5M
E8018-C3 H4
BS EN ISO 2560-A
E 46 6 1Ni B 4 2 H5
BS EN ISO 2560-B
E5518-N2 A U
Conforms with
NACE MR0175

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 4
QW442
A-No 10

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
min.
-0.80
--max.
0.10
1.20
0.80
0.030
Typical
0.05
1.0
0.4
0.015
* BS and AWS 1.10%Ni max.

P
-0.030
0.015

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) - 20C
- 40C
- 50C
- 60C

Min.
550-680
470-550
24
20
--47
-47

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
70
max. A
110

3.2
80
140

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
350
12.0
627

Cr
-0.15
0.05

Ni
0.80
1.00*
0.9

Mo
-0.2
0.1

V
-0.05
0.01

Nb
-0.05
<0.05

Cu
-0.3
0.05

Typical
610
520
27
25
70
150
120
80
65
4.0
100
180

3.2
350
13.5
390

5.0
140
240

4.0
450
16.8
258

5.0
450
16.2
162

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld
metal during working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-350C/1-2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe
Mn
14
5

72

www.metrode.com

Ni
< 0.5

Cr
< 0.1

Cu
0.2

DS A-40-TUFMET 1Ni.B | Rev. 01-03/16

Pb
< 0.1

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
5

LOW ALLOY STEELS

1Ni
SOLID WIRE FOR TIG AND MIG
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid copper coated wire for TIG and MIG.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.28M
EN ISO 636-A
EN ISO 14341-A

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 10

ER80S-Ni1
W 42 6 W3Ni (TIG wire)
G 46 5 M 3Ni (MIG wire)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
Cr
Ni
Min.
0.06
0.80
0.40
---0.80
Max.
0.12
1.25
0.80
0.015
0.020
0.15
1.00
Typical
0.10
1
0.5
0.010
0.010
0.05
0.9
* Most wires have a typical Mo of 0.02% but some batches will have typically 0.3% Mo.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Yield strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
Impact ISO-V(J) - 50C
- 75C
Hardness (HV) cap/mid

min *
550
470
-24
27
---

Mo *
-0.35
0.02

TIG
550-650
460-510
472
32
> 120
> 110
195/240

Cu
-0.35
0.2

V
-0.05
0.01

MAG Ar + 5%CO2
571
475
498
35
> 130
> 50
190/205

* Minimum as-welded properties according to AWS. All-weld tests show actual proof stress values close to minimum or slightly
lower, depending on process, shielding gas and Mo content (higher Mo wires produce the higher typical strengths reported).
However, note that yield point is typically 10-20MPa above the 0.2% proof stress, and in either case, exceeds 450MPa (65ksi).

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding
Current
TIG
Argon
DCMIG
Ar + 5-20% CO2 *
DC+
* Ar + 1-5%CO2 and proprietary mixtures also suitable.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG

1.2
-15kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %)(TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
55
6
< 0.1

www.metrode.com

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2

1.6
5 kg tube
--

2.0
5 kg tube
--

Ni
0.5

Mo
< 0.1

DS A-40-1Ni | Rev. 01-03/16

Parameters
120A, 14V
280A, 26V

2.4
5 kg tube
--

Cu
1.2

3.0 (not 3.2)


5 kg tube
--

OES (mg/m3)
5

73

LOW ALLOY STEELS

METCORE DWA 55E


NI ALLOYED ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wire with a rutile flux system for spray transfer at low currents and easy operation in all welding positions.
The wire is alloyed with about 0.4%Ni and provides good as-welded ed toughness down to 40C.
Low moisture potential giving weld metal hydrogen content of typically < 5ml/100g.
Metal recovery 90% with respect to wire.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.20M
AWS A5.36M
BS EN ISO 17632-A
BS EN ISO 17632-B

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 1

E71T-5 (MJ )*
E71T1-M21A2-CS1-H4
T42 4 P M 1 H5
T494T12-1MAP-H5

* Meets suffix M (Ar+20%CO2) and J (27J at 40C) requirements.

Note that the new classification E71T-9MJ introduced in AWS A5.20-95 is strictly more appropriate.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
min.
---max.
0.08
1.75
0.90
Typical
0.05
1.1
0.5

S
-0.03
0.01

P
-0.03
0.02

Cr
-0.20
< 0.1

Ni
0.30
0.50
0.35

Mo
-0.30
< 0.1

V
-0.08
0.02

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded (PWHT with caution)

Typical

Min*

Tensile strength (MPa)


0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
Impact ISO-V(J) -40C
Hardness (HV)

as-welded
580
500
32
115
190

480
400
22
27
--

600C/4h **
575
485
29
>27
180

* As specified by AWS A5.20 E71T-5MJ as-welded.


** PWHT has a detrimental effect on impact energy but all batches are impact tested after PWHT of 600C/4h.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 80%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm)
amp-volt range
typical
stickout
1.2
130-300A, 16-32V
232A, 26V
15-25mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools supplied in cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
33
12

74

www.metrode.com

Cr
< 0.5

Ni
< 0.1

Cu
< 0.5

DS A-40-METCORE DWA 55E | Rev. 01-03/16

F
2

OES (mg/m3)
5

LOW ALLOY STEELS

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet A-41

2%Ni FOR IMPROVED TOUGHNESS


ALLOY TYPE
Nominally 2.5%Ni low alloy steels.

MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded condition the microstructure is
ferritic with a component of acicular ferrite for
optimum toughness.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
CMn and low alloy steel plate, pipe, forgings
and castings used extensively for service at low
temperature eg. LT50.
ASTM

WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat according to base material and thickness.
Although AWS consumable specifications require
PWHT many fabrications will be left as-welded.
The need for PWHT will generally be determined
by applicable design codes.

A203 Grade A & B plate.


A333 Grade 6 pipe.
A350 Grade LF1 & LF2 forgings.
A352 Grade LC2 casting.

BS
1501-224 Grade 490B plate.

Also proprietary medium tensile steels eg. Hyplus


29 (Corus) and Corten weathering steel (Corus, US
Steels).
APPLICATIONS
Fabrication of storage tanks, process plant and
associated pipework where good fracture toughness
from as-welded joints is demanded down to
temperatures in the region of -60C.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


The 1%Ni low alloy consumables (data sheet A-40)
and 3%Ni types (data sheet A-42) are also designed
for applications requiring low temperature
toughness.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG

Product
Tufmet 2Ni.B
2Ni

Specification
AWS E8018-C1
AWS ER80S-Ni2

The addition of about 2.5%Ni improves


microstructural refinement and tolerance to
procedural variations compared to plain CMn weld
metal. It also promotes the formation of a stable
patina as required for matching the characteristics
of weathering steels, and is an alternative to using
matching consumables (data sheet A-70).

www.metrode.com

DS A-41 | Rev. 01-03/16

75

LOW ALLOY STEELS

TUFMET 2Ni.B
2.5%NI MMA ELECTRODE FOR GOOD LOW TEMPER ATURE TOUGHNESS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic flux, metal powder type coating on low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving very low
weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.5M
BS EN ISO 2560-A
BS EN ISO 2560-B

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 4
QW442
A-No 10

E8018-C1 H4
(E 46 6 2Ni B 4 2 H5)
E5518-N5 P U

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
min.
-0.50
--max.
0.10
1.25
0.80
0.030
Typical
0.05
0.75
0.3
0.015

P
-0.030
0.010

Ni
2.00
2.60
2.4

Cr
-0.2
0.05

Mo
-0.2
0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded or PWHT 605C/1h *
Min.
Tensile strength (MPa)
550-680 **
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
460
Elongation (%) 4d
19
5d
20
Reduction of area (%)
-Impact ISO-V(J) - 60C
47
- 75C
-- ***
*
BS & BS EN ISO-A properties are as-welded, AWS & BS EN ISO-B after PWHT.
**
Maximum according to DIN 8529 is optional.
***
Typically >30J as-welded, meeting BS 2Ni.LB/AWS E7018-C1L properties.

Cu
-0.3
0.05

V
-0.05
0.01

Typical
600
520
25
23
70
100
65

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
70
max. A
110

3.2
80
140

4.0
100
180

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.8
405

4.0
450
16.8
270

2.5
350
12.0
627

Nb
-0.05
<0.01

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-350C/1-2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g.. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding ovens, or 50-150C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe
Mn
14
5
76

www.metrode.com

Ni
<0.5

Cr
<0.1

Cu
0.2

DS A-41-TUFMET 2Ni.B | Rev. 01-03/16

Pb
<0.1

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
5

LOW ALLOY STEELS

2Ni
SOLID WIRE FOR TIG AND MIG
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid copper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.28M
EN ISO 636-A
EN ISO 14341-A

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 4
QW442
A-No 10

ER80S-Ni2
W 2 Ni2 (TIG wire)
G 46 6 M 2Ni2 (MIG wire)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
0.06
0.12
0.08

Min.
Max.
Typical

Mn
0.8
1.25
1

Si
0.40
0.80
0.5

S
-0.025
0.010

P
-0.025
0.010

Ni
2.00
2.75
2.5

Cu
-0.35
0.10

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


MAG: Ar + 20%C02
TIG
MAG: Ar + 5%CO2
Typical values as welded (AW) and
min *
PWHT 605C/1h:
AW
PWHT
AW
PWHT
AW
PWHT
Tensile strength (MPa)
550
580
556
650
585
580
555
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
470
470
452
540
460
470
425
Elongation (%) 4d
24
32
35
28
32
28
32
Impact ISO-V(J) - 60C
27
175
200
45
140
40
100
-34
-50
-30
-101C
-Hardness (HV) cap/mid
-220/190
185/220
240/230
195/185
220/195
185/175
* Minimum properties after PWHT 620C/1h according to AWS. Actual tests show conformance as-welded, as required for most
fabrications. Proof stress values below AWS are found after PWHT at 605C/1h (=typical practice and PWHT for AWS E8018-C1/
Tufmet 2Ni.B).
Note that superior as-welded toughness may be obtained with Metrode 1Ni.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding
TIG
Argon
MIG
*

Ar + 5-20% CO2 *

Current
DC-

Diameter (mm)
2.4

Parameters
120A, 14V

DC+

1.2

280A, 26V

Ar + 1-5%O2 and proprietary mixtures also suitable.


Less oxidising shielding gas such as Ar + 5%CO2 produced the best mechanical properties, see above.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG

1.2
-15kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %)(TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
54
6
<0.1

www.metrode.com

1.6
5 kg tube
--

2.0
To order
--

Ni
1.5

Mo
<0.1

DS A-41-2Ni | Rev. 01-03/16

2.4
5 kg tube
--

Cu
1.2

3.2
To order
--

OES (mg/m3)
5

77

LOW ALLOY STEELS

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet A-42

TUFMET 3NiB
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
3.5%Ni alloyed steel electrode with basic flux, metal powder
type coating on low carbon mild steel core wire. Recovery is
approximately 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect
to whole electrode. Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld
metal hydrogen levels.

E8018-C2 H4
E 46 6 3Ni B 42
E5518-N7 P

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C

Mn

Si

Ni

-0.030
0.015

3.00
3.75
3.3

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


min

As welded or PWHT 605C/1h(1)

ASME IX QUALIFICATION

QW432 F-No 4

PB/2F

Min. -- 0.30 --Max. 0.10 1.25 0.80 0.020


Typical 0.05 0.5 0.3 0.01

SPECIFICATIONS

AWS A5.5M
BS EN ISO 2560-A
BS EN ISO 2560-B

PA/1G

QW442 A-No 10.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
3.5%Ni alloyed steels specifically for service at cryogenic
temperatures down to 80C

Plate
BS1501Grade 503 and A203 Grades D,E,F

typical

Tensile strength (MPa)


560-680(2)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
460
Elongation (%) 4d
19
5d
20
Reduction of area %
-Impact ISO-V(J) - 60C
-- 75C
30

620
540
> 22
25
70
100
> 90

(1)
BS & BS EN ISO-A properties are as-welded, AWS & BS EN ISO-B after
PWHT.
(2)
Maximum according to DIN 8529 is optional.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
4.0
min. A
70
80
100
max. A
110
140
180

Forgings
BS1503 Grade 503 and ASTM A350 Grade LF3

Castings
BS1504 Grade 503 LT60 and ASTM A352 Grade LC3

Pipe
ASTM A333 Grade 3
APPLICATIONS
Construction of cryogenic plant and associated pipework eg.
petrochemical industry, demanding resistance to weld brittle
fracture when operating at temperatures down to -80C in the
manufacture, storage and distribution of volatile liquids and
liquified gases.
As with Tufmet 2Ni.B, it can be used for welding C-Mn and low
alloy steels for critical applications demanding a combination of
strength and reliable toughness down to temperatures in the
region of -60C.
For applications specifying impact properties at -100C, the use of
matching 3.5%Ni weld metal may be unacceptable because of its
sensitivity to procedure, heat input etc, which results in excessive
scatter of the impact properties. In this situation nickel-base filler
metals are usually recommended eg. Metrode 20.70.Nb TIG root,
with Nimrod AKS or 182KS fill and cap. For all-TIG applications such
as thin-wall pipework, Metrode 2Ni TIG root followed by 20.70.Nb
may be used, or 20.70.Nb throughout.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
350
12.0
627

3.2
380
13.5
393

4.0
450
16.8
243

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited
shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Rebake 250-300C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-350C/1-2h
to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of rebaked electrodes at 100-200C in holding oven
or 50-150C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for
opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18C.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded condition the microstructure is ferritic with a
component of acicular ferrite for optimum toughness

WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat and interpass temperature according to base material
thickness

78

www.metrode.com

There is no matching TIG wire for this electrode, Metrode 2Ni TIG
wire is available which is suitable for root runs (data sheet A-41).

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
14

Mn
5

DS A-42-TUFMET 3NiB | Rev. 01-03/16

Ni
<0.5

Cr
<0.1

Cu
0.2

Pb
<0.1

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
5

LOW ALLOY STEELS

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet A-50

MnMo HIGH STRENGTH STEELS


ALLOY TYPE
Low alloy steel consumables with MnMo additions
for welding high strength steels.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
These consumables are used for a variety of ferritic
CMn and low alloy steels.
E9018-D1 is used for materials with a minimum
tensile strength requirement of 620MPa (90ksi); eg.
AISI 4130 (90ksi condition), ASTM A487 grades 2A, B
& C (cast).
E10018-D2 is used for materials with a minimum
tensile strength requirement of 690MPa (100ksi);
eg. AISI 4130, 4140, 8630; BS970 grades 709M40
(En19); DIN 42CrMo4 (1.7225), 34CrMo4 (1.7220); ASTM
A487 grades 4A, 4B, 4D & 6A (cast).
APPLICATIONS
Fabrication of higher strength steels for use in the
stress relieved condition.
For offshore oil well-head process pipework and
fittings, these low nickel consumables satisfy NACE
MR0175 requirements intended to ensure resistance
to sulphide-induced stress corrosion cracking in sour
service, combined with good sub-zero toughness.
Also finds applications for the repair of medium
strength low alloy steel castings where a stressrelief only (rather than N+T) is to be applied.
MICROSTRUCTURE
In the stress relieved condition the microstructure
consists of tempered bainite.

www.metrode.com

WELDING GUIDELINES
The actual preheat and PWHT requirements
will depend on the base material being welded.
Normally preheat/interpass temperatures will be
in the range 100-250C.
PWHT
The PWHT requirements will depend on a number
of factors including, base material, property
requirements, need to conform to NACE etc.
Temperatures will normally be about 620C but
when welding 4130 using E10018-D2 temperatures
up to about 645C may be required to temper the
HAZ.
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
Although MnMo wire is the nearest match to
the E9018-D1/E10018-D2 electrodes in terms
of composition when welding base materials
requiring high temperature or prolonged soak
PWHT (eg. 4130) it may not retain the required
strength. In these circumstances the 1CrMo or
2CrMo wires may prove useful (data sheets A-12
and A-13). See also alloy WB36 (data sheet A-23).

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG

DS A-50 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
E9018-D1
E10018-D2
MnMo

Specification
AWS E9018-D1
AWS E10018-D2
AWS ER80S-D2

79

LOW ALLOY STEELS

E9018-D1
ALL-POSITIONAL MnMo LOW ALLOY STEEL MMA ELECTRODE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic flux coating on high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating provides very low weld
metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.5M

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 4
QW442
A-No 11

E9018-D1 H4

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
min.
-1.25
-max.
0.10
1.75
0.80
Typical
0.07
1.5
0.4

S
-0.025
0.01

P
-0.025
0.015

Cr
--0.15

Ni
--0.15

Mo
0.25
0.45
0.35

Cu
--0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 620C/1h:
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) - 30C
- 50C
Hardness (HV)

Min.
630
550
17
15
-47
30
--

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
70
max. A
110

3.2
80
140

4.0
100
180

5.0
140
240

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.8
387

4.0
450
15.9
228

5.0
450
16.8
153

2.5
350
12.0
621

Typical
670
605
25
20
50
90
55
210

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe
Mn
16
7

80

www.metrode.com

Ni
<0.1

Cr
<0.1

DS A-50-E9018-D1 | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<0.2

F
17

OES (mg/m3)
5

LOW ALLOY STEELS

E10018-D2
MnMo LOW ALLOY STEEL MMA ELECTRODE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic flux coating on high purity mild steel core wire.
Moisture resistant coating provides very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.5M
BS EN 757

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 4
QW442
A-No 11

E10018-D2 H4
(E 624 MnMoB)

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


Min.
Max.
Typical

C
0.07
0.15
0.10

Mn
1.65
2.00
1.8

Si
0.20
0.60
0.4

S
-0.025
0.01

P
-0.025
0.015

Cr
--0.15

Ni
-0.9
0.6

Mo
0.25
0.45
0.35

Cu
--0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical after PWHT:
min
620C/1h *
645C/4h **
Tensile strength (MPa)
690
760
700
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
620
690
620
Elongation (%) 4d
16
25
26
5d
18
21
22
Reduction of area (%)
-65
67
Impact ISO-V(J) 0C
-->100
- 40C
27
>27
>60
Hardness HV
-250
230
HRC
--<22
*
PWHT according to AWS.
**
PWHT typically applied to weldments in alloy 4130 to meet <22HRC in HAZ for oilfield sour service (NACE MR0175).
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
min. A
70
80
max. A
110
140
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
350
13.5
690

3.2
350
12.6
351

4.0
100
180

5.0
140
240

6.0
200
300

4.0
450
16.8
243

5.0
450
17.1
159

6.0
450
16.5
105

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe
Mn
16
7

www.metrode.com

Ni
<0.1

Cr
<0.1

DS A-50-E10018-D2 | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<0.2

F
17

OES (mg/m3)
5

81

LOW ALLOY STEELS

MnMo
SOLID MnMo ALLOYED WIRE FOR TIG AND MIG
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid copper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.28M
BS EN ISO 16834-B
EN ISO 14341-A
EN ISO 14341
BS EN 440

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 11

ER80S-D2, ER90S-D2
4M31
W 46 3 M G4Mo
A 4Mo / B S4M31
(G4Mo)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
min.
0.07
1.60
max.
0.12
2.10
Typical
0.1
1.9

Si
0.50
0.80
0.6

S
-0.025
0.005

P
-0.025
0.01

Ni
-0.15
0.05

Mo
0.40
0.60
0.5

Cu
-0.4
0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as-welded
(AW) & PWHT

Min*

Tensile strength (MPa)


0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
Impact ISO-V(J) - 30C
- 45C
Hardness (HV)

550
470
17
47
---

TIG
AW
720
610
27
>80
>50
250

620C/1
640
530
32
>200
>100
220

645C/4
610
530
31
->130
220

MAG Ar + 5%CO2

MAG Ar + 20%CO2

AW
725
625
29
>100
>70
235

AW
625
510
28
>55
-215

620C/1
>635
>525
>25
->110
220

620C/1
605
490
25
>100
-205

* Minimum as-welded values are for AWS ER80S-D2. As shown MAG welds using more oxidising shielding gas (higher CO2 + O2) have
lower strength. The AWS classification for ER80S-D2 is based on 100%CO2 which is seldom used; alternatively this wire can also be
classified as ER90S-D2 using low CO2 gas mixtures. Maximum strength is found with Ar + 5%CO2, an economic procedure to obtain
as-welded properties equivalent to AWS ER100S-G (and the closest approximation to electrode E10018-D2).

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding
Current
Diameter (mm)
TIG
Argon
DC2.4
MIG
Ar + 5-20% CO2 *
DC+
1.2
* Ar + 5%CO2 provides the highest strength and best impact properties, see above.
Other proprietary gas mixtures also suitable.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG

1.2
-15kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
55
10
<0.1
82

www.metrode.com

1.6
5 kg tube
--

2.0
5 kg tube
--

Ni
<0.1
DS A-50-MnMo | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
<0.5

Parameters
120A, 14V
280A, 26V

2.4
5 kg tube
--

Cu
1.2

3.2
5 kg tube
--

OES (mg/m3)
5

LOW ALLOY STEELS

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet A-60

HIGH STRENGTH NI-MO LOW ALLOY


ALLOY TYPE
A range of Mn-Ni-Mo low alloy consumables covering
tensile strength requirements from 620MPa (90ksi) up
to 825MPa (120ksi). Some are designed for as-welded
applications whilst others are predominantly used
following a stress relief PWHT.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
These consumables are used for a variety of high
strength steels. Depending on strength requirements,
some examples are:
TUFMET
1NiMo
API 5A L80; BS 4360 grade 55F
RQT 601 (Corus); HY80; Navy Q1(N).

E11018-M
Q1(N); HY80; RQT 701 (Corus); QT445; NAXTRA 70; Hystal77.

TUFMET
3NiMo
HY80 & Q1(N);
possibly HY100 & Q2(N).

APPLICATIONS
All the consumables are used for a range of high
strength low alloy steels. The E11018-M and Tufmet
3NiMo electrodes in particular are used for military
applications by the MoD and US Navy for construction
and repair of naval craft and submarines. The Tufmet
1NiMo was developed for the offshore industry where
high strength and 50C toughness is required in the
as-welded condition.
All of the consumables also have applications for
general structural steel fabrications in HSLA steels,
which may be used for cranes, earth moving equipment,
and other highly stressed structural components.

MICROSTRUCTURE
The microstructure of all the consumables is
predominantly ferrite; some will contain high
proportions of acicular ferrite for optimum aswelded toughness (eg. Tufmet 1NiMo and Tufmet
3NiMo).
WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat according to base material and thickness,
although materials likely to be welded by the
higher strength consumables will normally
require 100C minimum preheat.
With some HSLA steels interpass temperatures
above 200C may result in a reduction of strength
and toughness.
PWHT generally dependent on base material
and application, the solid wire ER110S-G is not
recommended for applications requiring PWHT.
Further information can be found under each
individual product.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


The 1NiMo.B electrode (data sheet A-61) is used
for applications requiring maximum retained
strength after extended PWHT.
The MnMo consumables (data sheet A-50) may
be suitable for some of the same applications.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG

www.metrode.com

DS A-60 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Tufmet 1NiMo
E11018-M
Tufmet 3NiMo
ER110S-G

Specification
AWS E9016-G
AWS E11018-M
AWS E12016-G
AWS ER110S-G

83

LOW ALLOY STEELS

TUFMET 1NiMo
ALL-POSITIONAL MMA ELECTRODE WITH HIGH STRENGTH AND TOUGHNESS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a low hydrogen basic flux on a high purity mild steel core wire.
Moisture resistant coating ensures very low weld metal hydrogen levels. Provides minimum strength of 620MPa (90ksi) in the
as-welded and stress-relieved condition.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.5M
Approval:

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 4
QW442
A-No 10

E9016-G H4
Statoil R-SF-163

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
min.
0.030
1.30
max.
0.075
1.80
Typical
0.05
1.5
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Typical values as-welded and PWHT
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Impact ISO-V(J) 0C
- 50C

Si
0.25
0.60
0.35

S
-0.02
0.008

Min.
620-730
550-660
20
20
-60

P
-0.02
0.01

Ni
0.6
1.0
0.85

As-welded
670
600
28
25
->100

Mo
-0.3
0.15

PWHT 600C/4-8h
630
525
--130
>100

OPERATING PARAMETERS, AC (OCV: 60V MIN) OR DC -VE


Operation on DC+ve is not as favourable as above,
Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
100

3.2
80
140

4.0
100
180

5.0
140
240

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
15.0
447

4.0
450
18.0
300

5.0
450
16.8
180

2.5
350
13.5
663

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding oven, or 50 150C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
14
<7
84

www.metrode.com

Ni
<0.5

Cr
<0.5

Cu
0.2

DS A-60-TUFMET 1NiMo | Rev. 01-03/16

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
5

LOW ALLOY STEELS

E11018-M
ALL-POSITIONAL MMA ELECTRODE WITH HIGH STRENGTH AND TOUGHNESS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a low hydrogen basic, metal powder type, flux on a high purity mild steel core wire.
Moisture resistant coating ensures very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Conforms to military electrode specification used for Q1(N) and HY80 type steels used in naval construction by MoD and US Navy.
Also suitable for similar high strength steels requiring a minimum strength of 760MPa (110ksi) in the as-welded and stressrelieved condition.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.5M

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 4
QW442
A-No 12

E11018-M H4

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
min.
-1.30
-max.
0.10
1.80
0.60
Typical
0.05
1.7
0.35
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Typical as welded and PWHT
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
- 50C
Lateral expansion mm (mils) - 50C

S
-0.030
0.012
min
760
680-760
20
20
--30
--

P
-0.030
0.012

Cr
-0.40
0.2

Ni
1.50
2.50
2.2

As-welded
820
730
23
22
65
125
80
0.9 (37)

Mo
0.25
0.50
0.4

V
-0.05
0.02

PWHT 620C/2h
830
760
-16
--40
--

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
70
max. A
110

3.2
80
140

4.0
100
180

5.0
140
240

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
14.1
381

4.0
450
16.2
234

5.0
450
16.8
159

2.5
350
12.0
582

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding oven, or 50 150C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Ni
Cr
Cu
F
OES (mg/m3)
14
<7
<0.5
<0.5
0.2
18
5

www.metrode.com

DS A-60-E11018-M | Rev. 01-03/16

85

LOW ALLOY STEELS

TUFMET 3NiMo
ALL-POSITIONAL MMA ELECTRODE WITH HIGH STRENGTH AND TOUGHNESS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a low hydrogen basic flux on a high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating ensures very low
weld metal hydrogen levels.
The electrode was specially designed for welding HY80 and Q1(N) castings which are N+T following welding. Also suitable for other
high strength steels requiring minimum tensile strength of about 820MPa (120ksi) in the as-welded and stress-relieved condition;
or yield strength up to about 800MPa in the as-welded condition.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.5M
Approvals:

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 4
QW442
A-No 10

E12016-G H4
MoD NES 769 for Q1(N) in Q+T condition.

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
min.
0.02
0.8
-max.
0.06
1.5
0.5
Typical
0.045
1.2
0.4

S
-0.025
0.01

P
-0.025
0.015

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) 0C
- 50C
CTOD (mm) - 5C

min

As-welded

830
740
14
------

950
870
20
18
55
65
45
--

Cr
0.6
1.0
0.8

Ni
3.5
4.5
4

Mo
0.4
0.8
0.5

Stress relieved

Q+T 900C/1-6h WQ +

600-620C/1h
920
870
22
20
58
-30
--

635-650C/1-6h WQ
710-770
590-660
-20-25
65-70
-65-135
>0.46

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
3.2
min. A
80
max. A
140

4.0
100
180

5.0
140
240

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

4.0
450
17.7
267

5.0
450
16.5
156

3.2
350
13.8
381

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding oven, or 50 150C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
14
<7
86

www.metrode.com

Ni
<0.5

Cr
<0.5

Cu
0.2

DS A-60-TUFMET 3NiMo | Rev. 01-03/16

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
5

LOW ALLOY STEELS

ER110S-G
HIGH STRENGTH SOLID WIRE FOR TIG AND MIG
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid copper wire for TIG and MIG welding of Q+T steels requiring as-welded tensile strength up to about 760MPa (110ksi).
It is not recommended for applications requiring PWHT.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.28M

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 12

ER110S-G
(Classified on the basis of mechanical properties in the as-welded condition)

BS EN ISO 16834-A (Mn3Ni1CrMo)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
min.
0.05
max.
0.12
Typical
0.1

(WIRE WT %)
Mn
Si
1.4
0.4
1.8
0.8
1.6
0.5

S
-0.020
0.01

P
-0.020
0.01

Cr
0.2
0.4
0.3

Ni
1.2
1.8
1.4

Mo
0.2
0.4
0.3

V
0.04
0.13
0.09

Cu
-0.25
0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
Hardness (HV) cap/mid

min

TIG

MAG
Ar+5%CO2

MAG
Ar+20%CO2

760
660
15
---

940
870
23
120
300

835
740
21
60
280

730
660
21
50
255

* Minimum values for AWS ER110S-G MAG welds are typically obtained with low CO2 content shielding gases;
more oxidising gases give AWS ER100S-G properties, as shown above.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding
Current
Diameter (mm)
TIG
Argon
DC2.4
MIG
Ar + 5-20% CO2 *
DC+
1.2
* Ar + 5%CO2 provides the highest strength and best impact properties, see above.
Other proprietary gas mixtures also suitable.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG

1.0
-20kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %)(TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
50
10
1

www.metrode.com

Parameters
120A, 14V
280A, 26V

1.2
-15kg spool

Ni
0.4

DS A-60-ER110S-G | Rev. 01-03/16

2.4
5 kg tube
--

Mo
<1.5

Cu
1.2

OES (mg/m3)
5

87

LOW ALLOY STEELS

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet A-61

1NiMo.B
WELDING GUIDELINES

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

MMA electrode with low hydrogen basic flux coating on


high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating
ensures very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to the core wire, 65%
with respect to whole electrode.

Preheat and PWHT requirements dependent on base


material.
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
PA/1G

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

PE/4G

SPECIFICATIONS

AWS A5.5M
BS EN 757
APPROVALS

E9018-G H4
E 55 4 1NiMo B 3 2 H5
TV

ASME IX QUALIFICATION

QW432 F-No 4

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Min. 0.05
Max. 0.12
Typical 0.07

S
P
--0.020 0.025
0.01 0.01

Cr
-0.3
0.1

Ni
0.8
1.2
1.0

PWHT 610-650C/1-6h
min
Tensile strength (MPa)
620-780*
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
530 **
Elongation (%) 4d
17
5d
-Reduction of area %
-Impact ISO-V(J) - 20C
-- 40C
-- 60C
-Hardness (HV) AW
-* Maximum according to DIN 8529 is optional.
** Meets 550MPa minimum (DIN) according to yield point.

ASTM
A302 grades C &D.
A508 class 1, 1A, 2 & 3.
A533 grades A-D, class 1 & 2.

AISI
4130 and similar alloys.

BS

Mo
0.20
0.50
0.4

Cu
-0.10
0.05

typical
640-700
540-630
24-30
21-26
70
75-110
60
45
220

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)

1501 grades 271 & 281.


3604 grades HFS 591 & CFS 591.

Diameter (mm)
min. A
max. A

DIN
15NiCuMoNb5 (1.6368).

2.5
70
110

3.2
80
140

4.0
100
180

5.0
140
240

PACKAGING DATA

APPLICATIONS

Designed for welding low alloy steels used for pressure


vessels (often thick wall) and other applications where
high strength must be maintained after extended, or
multiple, PWHT cycles. These steels may also be used
at modest elevated temperature and tests have shown
typically 15% reduction in tensile strength at +300C
compared to the room temperature values for 1NiMo.B
weld metal.
It is also used for welding type 4130, and other high
strength steels, requiring good sub-zero toughness for
oilfield and well-head equipment. In comparison with
the MnMo types (data sheet A-50) 1NiMo.B has improved
resistance to softening at high tempering parameters.
MICROSTRUCTURE

In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of


tempered high strength ferrite.

www.metrode.com

Si
-0.5
0.3

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

QW442 A-No 10.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

88

Mn
1.0
1.4
1.2

Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
350
12.9
546

3.2
350
13.5
369

4.0
450
16.8
240

5.0
450
18.0
171

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen
<5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250-300C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-350C/12h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h
total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200C in holding oven
or 50-150C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions
for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
14

DS A-61-1NiMo.B | Rev. 01-03/16

Mn
5

Ni
0.5

Cr
<0.1

Cu
<0.2

Pb
<0.1

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
5

LOW ALLOY STEELS

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet A-70

LOW ALLOY Ni-Cu CONSUMABLES FOR


WEATHERING STEELS
ALLOY TYPE
Low alloy steel with Ni-Cu-Cr additions for welding
weathering steels.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat according to joint thickness and restraint.
Normally left in the as-welded condition so no
PWHT required.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
The Chromet 1L electrode (data sheet A-12) may
be preferred for welding vanadium treated
Corten B1 steel intended for non-critical elevated
temperature applications eg. chimney stacks.

ASTM
A588 Grades A, B, C, K.
A242 Types 1, 2.

DIN
1.8960, 1.8961, 1.8963

BS

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


The 2%Ni consumables (data sheet A-41) provide
comparable weathering resistance and are also
compatible with the weathering steels

4360 Grades WR50A, WR50B, WR50C.

Proprietary
Corten A, B1 (Corus and US Steel)

APPLICATIONS
Mainly used for weathering steels containing a
similar controlled copper addition and claimed
to offer a three-fold improvement in corrosion
resistance and a more stable patina compared with
plain CMn steel.
Applications include architectural structures,
bridges and exhaust gas flues, chimneys.
This weld metal also resists preferential corrosion
in seawater, particularly in arctic waters high in
oxygen and salinity, and has applications for welding
micro-alloyed and CMn steels in ice-breaker vessels
and off-shore structures.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG/SAW
SAW flux

Product
1NiCu.B
ER80S-W
LA436

Specification
AWS E8018-W2
AWS ER80S-G
BS EN SA AB 1

MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded condition the microstructure is
ferritic with a high proportion of acicular ferrite for
optimum toughness.

www.metrode.com

DS A-70 | Rev. 01-03/16

89

LOW ALLOY STEELS

1NiCu.B
MMA ELECTRODE FOR WELDING CORTEN TYPE WEATHERING STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic flux, metal powder type coating on low carbon mild steel core wire.
Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.5M
BS EN ISO 2560-B

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 4
QW442
A-No (not allocated)

E8018-W2 H4
E5518-NCC1 A

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
min.
0.04
0.50
0.35
max.
0.12
1.30
0.80
Typical
0.06
1
0.6

S
-0.02
0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
-20C
-40C
-60C
* Maximum according to DIN 8529 is optional.

P
-0.03
0.015

Cr
0.45
0.70
0.6

Ni
0.40
0.80
0.6

Min.
550-720 *
460
19
17
--27
---

Mo
--0.02
Typical
610
520
25
20
65
150
100
70
40

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
70
max. A
110

3.2
80
140

4.0
100
180

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.5
369

4.0
450
16.8
240

2.5
350
12.9
420

Cu
0.30
0.75
0.5

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300-350C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding oven or 50-150C in heated quivers:: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe
Mn
14
5
90

www.metrode.com

Ni
0.5

Cr
0.5

Cu
0.5

DS A-70-1NiCu.B | Rev. 01-03/16

Pb
0.1

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
5

LOW ALLOY STEELS

LOW ALLOY STEELS

ER80S-W
SOLID WIRE FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW OF CORTEN WEATHERING STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid copper coated wire for TIG, MIG and SAW welding.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.28M
BS EN ISO 16834-A

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No not allocated

ER80S-G
(Mn3Ni1Cu)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


Min.
Max.
Typical

C
0.04
0.12
0.09

Mn
1.0
1.6
1.4

Si
0.5
1.0
0.7

S
-0.025
0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT 760C / 4h or equivalent
Tensile strength (MPa)
Yield stress (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) - 20C
- 50C
Hardness (HV) mid/cap

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding
TIG
Argon
MIG
Ar + 5-20% CO2
SAW
LA436

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG
SAW

1.0
-15kg spool
--

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %)(TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
52
8
0.2

www.metrode.com

P
-0.025
0.01

Cr
-0.4
0.1

Min.
550
-470
24
-----

Current
DCDC+
DC+

Ni
0.6
1.2
0.8

Ar-20%CO2
610
525
500
28
62
110
75
190/245

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2
2.5

1.2
-15kg spool
--

Cu
0.2
0.6
0.4

1.6
5 kg tube
---

Ni
0.5

DS A-70-ER80S-W | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
< 0.5

Parameters
120A, 14V
280A, 26V
350A, 28V

2.4
5 kg tube
---

Cu
1.6

2.5
--25kg coil

OES (mg/m3)
5

91

LOW ALLOY STEELS

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet A-80

RAILROD
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

MMA electrode for rail welding utilising basic low hydrogen


flux coating with low moisture absorption characteristics.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65%
with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS

None strictly applicable, nearest AWS E12016-G and nearest


BS EN E69 Z Z B.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION

QW432 F-No -

PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Min. 0.06
Max. 0.12
Typical 0.09

Mn
0.7
1.5
1

Si
0.2
0.8
0.5

S
P
--0.020 0.025
0.008 0.012

Cr
2.0
2.6
2.3

Ni
-0.5
0.2

Mo
-0.5
0.2

typical

PWHT 610-650C/1-6h

Rail steels with up to 0.8% carbon and nominal tensile


strength of > 700 MPa.
APPLICATIONS

This electrode is especially designed for the butt welding


of rails with square preparation. It can also be used
for welding similar cross-sections such as bars, thick
plates, flanges, etc. The electrode is specially designed
to enable good fusion to the side walls to take place
without excessive slag interference. Weld metal has good
resistance to collapse under compression by rolling loads.
Applications include rails for rolling stock and crane rails
in dockyards, mines, steelworks and petrochemical plants.
Note that this technique has not been generally accepted
as an alternative to the thermit process for in-situ welding
of passenger track.
MICROSTRUCTURE

Mainly auto-tempered bainitic ferrite.

Tensile strength (MPa)


0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
Impact ISO-V(J) - 20C
- 40C
Hardness (HV)

900
700
17
18-48
14-43
280

* For comparison, typical thermit rail weld: 8J @ 20C, 5J @ 0C.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)

3.2

5.0

6.0

min. A
max. A

100
160

200
280

240
360

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)

3.2 *

5.0

6.0 *

Length (mm)

350

450

450

kg/carton

15.0

17.7

18.3

Pieces/carton

447

183

135

* supplied to order

WELDING GUIDELINES

STORAGE

Preheat typically 200C for >0.5%C rail steel, increasing


to 300C for >0.7%C rail steel. It is important to maintain
these minimum temperatures during welding. Maximum
suggested interpass temperature 400C. Slow cool under
insulation after welding.
This electrode is normally used in the downhand (flat)
position with a slag-over-slag technique. Rail ends are
square butt welded by setting 15-20mm apart with a
prepared 4-6mm thick steel insert at the weld root, then
copper shims are stacked to form an enclosure for the weld
pool whilst allowing excess slag to run free.
Good surface profile underneath the weld root area will
maximise fatigue resistance of the joint. Initial support for
depositing the root can utilise a copper backing plate or
wire-reinforced window glass. Before and during welding
it is important to use a sufficient preheat-interpass range,
and to retard cooling.
www.metrode.com

PB/2F

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

QW442 A-No -

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

92

PA/1G

3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton,


with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give
hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250-300C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g,
300-350C/1-2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420C,
3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200C in holding
oven or 50-150C in heated quiver: no limit, but
maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended
ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic
lid): < 60% RH, >18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
15

DS A-80-railrod | Rev. 01-03/16

Mn
5

Ni
< 0.2

Cr
0.8

Cu
< 0.2

Pb
< 0.1

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
5

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Section B : STAINLESS STEELS

Stainless steels begin with about 12%Cr, leading to a series of plain chromium steels with up to 28%Cr. At 0.1%C the leanest alloy type
410 is just martensitic, but transformation hardening is suppressed by increasing chromium in types 430 and 446, which are essentially
ferritic. Unfortunately, chromium also progressively raises the ductile-to-brittle transition temperature and restricts mechanical
properties. However, this is controlled by adding some nickel to form the basis of 12-17%Cr martensitics with greatly improved
properties, or 20-26%Cr duplex alloys (eg. data sheets B-60 to B-63).
This section deals with consumables giving compositions and properties close to those of the more common martensitic stainless
base materials. All are low hydrogen types and most have rutile flux coverings for use in the flat and H-V positions, since welds are
more common in plate, forgings and castings than fixed pipework. Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) is mandatory, particularly for
tempering the weld and HAZ of martensitic types. Procedural guidelines are given on relevant data sheets.
Excluding specialised proprietary creep-resistant 'super 12%Cr' martensitic stainless steels, the most common types can be broadly
sub-divided into 3 groups: plain chromium (410, 420), chromium-nickel soft-martensitic (CA6NM or 410NiMo), and precipitation
hardening (FV520, 17-4PH or 630). Raising carbon in 410 makes a much harder martensitic cutlery or tool steel type 420. Combining
0.15% carbon with 2% nickel turns ferritic 430 into a much stronger and tougher hybrid 431. Replacing carbon with more nickel in
alloys of up to 17%Cr gives tougher and more ductile 'soft' martensitic steels with better weldability. The new supermartensitics are
an improved extension of this group, which are currently welded using superduplex consumables.
Further additions of copper and other alloying enables these standard and proprietary alloys to be precipitation hardened during heat
treatment, making them the strongest of all stainless steels with useful ductility and toughness. Unfortunately, as alloying is raised
for strength or corrosion resistance, the as-cooled weld and HAZ may not fully transform to martensite without special PWHT. Not
far beyond this limit lie austenitic stainless steels (data sheets B-30 to B-35).
Compared with austenitic stainless steels, procedures for martensitics are complicated by the need for hydrogen cracking control
(particularly in thicker sections), and the need for PWHT which is most inconvenient for precipitation hardening types. To overcome
the need for PWHT of precipitation hardening types, two simplified alternatives are suggested with some compromise in strength:
use a leaner type 410NiMo with single PWHT, or duplex type (data sheet B-60, B-61 or B-62) and no PWHT. If required, the toughness
of matching welds in alloy 410 can be improved with a special 13%Cr-1.5%Ni variant, which might also be considered for alloy 431.
Again, a dissimilar type such as 309L (data sheet B-50) could be used without PWHT under some conditions.
Ferritic stainless steels are also produced with 12%Cr by lowering carbon and adding Al (alloy 405) or Ti (409). Hybrid utility ferritics
with controlled martensite (such as Cromweld 3CR12) have emerged more recently; a dissimilar type 309L with no PWHT is usual for
these. A specialised group of high purity 18-26% Cr+Mo superferritics are ideally welded with matching TIG filler, but rarely
encountered. The remaining heat-resistant plain 17-28%Cr ferritics are welded with matching consumables and preferably given
PWHT. Better as-welded properties are obtained using a 25%Cr-5%Ni electrode, particularly for the bulk of heavier welds.
The lower strength and non-hardenability of ferritics makes them less prone but not immune to hydrogen cracking. With increasing
chromium, ambient sensitivity to brittle cracking increases at notches or stress concentrations, so preheat is often advised for alloys
with 17%Cr or more. Grain growth in the HAZ is also a limiting feature of weldment properties particularly ductility and toughness.
The possibility of hot cracking in these and martensitic weld metals is poorly documented and in practice does not occur with the low
impurity levels typically present.

www.metrode.com

DS B-01 | Rev. 01-03/16

93

STAINLESS STEELS

MARTENSITIC STAINLESS STEEL CONSUMABLES

DataSheet

Alloy

B-10

410

Process
MMA
TIG/MIG

STAINLESS STEELS

MMA
B-11

410NiMo

B-12

17.4.PH/
FV520

TIG/MIG
FCW
MMA
TIG/MIG

Product

AWS Classifications

EN / EN ISO Classifications

13.RMP
13.1.BMP
12Cr
13.4.Mo.L.R
13.4.Mo.L.B
ER410NiMo
Supercore 410NiMo
FV520-1
17.4.Cu.RL
FV520-B
17-4PH

E410-26
(E410-15)
ER410
E410NiMo-26
E410NiMo-25
(ER410NiMo)
E410NiMoT1-1/4
ER630

E 13 R 5 2
(E 13 B 5 2)
13
E 13 4 R 5 2
E 13 4 B 6 2
13 4
T 13 4 P C/M 2
-

STANDARD AUSTENITIC STAINLESS STEEL CONSUMABLES


The stainless steels in most widespread use are standard austenitic types. They combine general ease of fabrication with useful
properties over a wide range of temperatures. Low carbon and other grades, effectively immune to HAZ corrosion (once known as
weld decay), are produced economically by continuous casting, a process which relies on a particular solidification mode that also
guarantees welds their resistance to hot cracking.
Consumables in this section are intended to match austenitic stainless steels, and some are modified for special service properties.
The majority of electrodes have rutile or acid-rutile flux coverings for ease of use, although improved basic types are gaining
popularity for fixed pipework. Many types have family variants optimised for particular user requirements: Supermet for downhand
and HV welds, Ultramet (rutile) for all-positional welding, Ultramet P (rutile) and Ultramet B (basic) types for pipewelding, Vertamet for
higher speed vertical-down welding, and Supercore for flux cored wires.
For normal service below about 400C, it is common to weld low carbon 304L with 308L consumables, and Ti-stabilised 321 or
unstabilised 304 with Nb-stabilised 347, although either is suitable for any combination of these 19%Cr-9%Ni alloys. Similarly,
19%Cr-12%Ni-2.5%Mo type 316L can be used instead of 318 (Nb-stabilised 316) for 316 and 316Ti as well as parent 316L. Above about
400C 'H' grades are usual, and these high temperature weld metals with >0.04% carbon for strength and stability are covered in
Section C. For cryogenic service, see below.
Austenitics are not thermally hardenable and in practice are annealed by quenching. Hydrogen is soluble in austenite and does not
cause weld cracking. Preheat is not needed or desirable except possibly to eliminate condensation. Interpass and heat input control
is usually more important in thinner sections to minimise distortion, since austenitics have lower thermal conductivity and higher
expansion rates than lower alloy steels. PWHT is rarely applied, although solution treatment may be specified in procedures for
upgrading castings.
Two interrelated issues have generated voluminous literature in connection with welding austenitics: ferrite and hot cracking. Only
a summary is possible here. Fully austenitic weld metal is potentially sensitive to solidification cracking during deposition as well as
microfissuring in reheated beads of multipass welds. Its prevention is helped by low heat input, controlling impurities and silicon
content and raising manganese (low silica rutile or basic fluxes are more suitable than acid rutile types here). However, when
composition balance promotes some weld metal ferrite, and in particular when ferrite is the leading phase formed during
solidification, abrupt resistance to cracking occurs - even in contaminated welds. The benefit of ferrite in weld deposits (typically
3-10FN in standard types) has been known for decades and is routinely measured and controlled in electrode production. Alternatively,
to predict ferrite from composition, Schaeffler (later Espy), DeLong and latest WRC diagrams progressively improve in accuracy.
However, the deeper significance of a primary ferritic solidification mode is shown in the Suutala diagram: above a Cr/Ni equivalent
ratio of 1.5, few welds crack. The new WRC diagram shows this boundary. Since the same principle applies to parent material, the
likelihood of cracking in autogenous or diluted welds can be checked - including those in free-machining grades with high sulphur or
selenium.
An arbitrary ferrite limit of 8-12FN is common, although ASME III (nuclear code) permits up to 18FN and castings often exceed it to
raise stress-corrosion resistance. However, for service down to 130C, a maximum of about 8FN is desirable, or less than 5FN at
196C. Fully austenitic welds are therefore toughest, but 308L and 316L consumables are available with 2-5FN controlled ferrite (suffix
CF on data sheets B-37 & B-38) which meet the usual criterion of >0.38mm (15 mils) Charpy lateral expansion. Ferrite is also limited
for two other service conditions. For high temperature service (300H products in Section C) control of ferrite, carbon and total alloying
minimises formation of brittle intermetallic phases. To resist nitric acid or the Huey test, molybdenum-bearing weld metal such as
316L must contain no ferrite (suffix NF), because unlike 308L it is preferentially attacked. Modified fully austenitic 316L (data sheet
B-33) is also useful for its cryogenic and non-magnetic properties.also useful for its cryogenic and non-magnetic properties.

94

www.metrode.com

DS B-01 | Rev. 01-03/16

DataSheet Alloy

Process

Product

AWS Classifications EN / EN ISO Classifications

Consumables for high strength low alloy steels requiring tensile strengths from 620MPa up to 825MPa
MMA

308L

TIG
MIG
SAW
FCW
MMA

B-31

347

TIG/MIG/SAW
MIG
FCW
MMA

B-32

316L

TIG
MIG
SAW
FCW
MMA

B-33

316NF

B-34

318

B-35

317L

TIG/MIG
FCW
MMA
TIG/MIG/SAW
MMA
TIG/MIG
FCW
MMA

B-37

308LCF

TIG
SAW
FCW
MMA

B-38

www.metrode.com

316LCF

TIG
SAW
FCW

DS B-01 | Rev. 01-03/16

E308L-17
E308L-16
E308L-16
E308L-15
ER308L
ER308LSi
ER308L
E308LT0-1/4
E308LT1-1/4
R308LT1-5
E347-16
E347-15
ER347
ER347Si
E347T0-1/4
E316L-17
E316L-16
E316L-16
E316L-15
ER316L
ER316LSi
ER316L
E316LT0-1/4
E316LT1-1/4
R316LT1-5
(E316LMn-16)
(E316LMn-15)
ER316LMn
(E316LT0-4)
E318-17
ER318
E317L-16
ER317L
E317LT1-1/4
E308L-16
E308L-15
ER308L
ER308L
E308LT1-1/4J
E316L-16
E316L-15
ER316L
ER316L
E316LT1-1/4J

E 19 9 L R 3 2
E 19 9 L R 3 2
E 19 9 L R 1 1
E 19 9 L B 4 2
W 19 9 L
G 19 9 L Si
S 19 9 L
T 19 9 L R C/M 3
T 19 9 L P C/M 2
TS308L-R I1
E 19 9 Nb R32
E 19 9 Nb B 4 2
19 9 Nb
G 19 9 Nb Si
T19 9 Nb R C/M 3
E 19 12 3 L R 3 2
E 19 12 3 L R 3 2
E 19 12 3 L R 11
E 19 12 3 L B 4 2
W 19 12 3 L
G 19 12 3 L Si
S 19 12 3 L
T 19 12 3 L R C/M 3
T 19 12 3 L P C/M 2
TS316L-R I1
E 18 15 3 L R 3 2
E 18 15 3 L B 4 2
20 16 3 Mn L
(T 18 16 5 N L R C/M 3)
E 19 12 3 Nb R 3 2
19 12 3 Nb
E 19 13 4 N L R 3 2
19 13 4 L
(T 19 13 4 N L P C/M 2)
E 19 9 L R 3 2
E 19 9 L B 4 2
19 9 L
19 9 L
T 19 9 L P C/M 2
T 19 9 L P C/M 2
E 19 12 3 L B 4 2
19 12 3 L
19 12 3 L
(T 19 12 3 L P C/M 2)

STAINLESS STEELS

B-30

Supermet 308L
Ultramet 308L
Ultramet 308LP
Ultramet B308L
308S92
Supermig 308LSi
308S92
Supercore 308L
Supercore 308LP
Superoot 308L
Ultramet 347
Ultramet B347
347S96
Supermig 347Si
Supercore 347
Supermet 316L
Ultramet 316L
Ultramet 316LP
Ultramet B316L
316S92
Supermig 316LSi
316S92
Supercore 316L
Supercore 316LP
Superoot 316L
Ultramet 316NF
Ultramet B316NF
ER316MnNF
Supercore 316NF
Supermet 318
318S96
Ultramet 317L
ER317L
Supercore 317LP
Ultramet 308LCF
Ultramet B308LCF
ER308LCF
ER308LCF
Supercore 308LCF
Ultramet 316LCF
Ultramet B316LCF
ER316LCF
ER316LCF
Supercore 316LCF

95

309L AND 309MO CONSUMABLES FOR DISSIMILAR WELDING

STAINLESS STEELS

There are three basic variants of 23%Cr-12%Ni type 309 consumables: unstabilised, Nb-stabilised and Mo-bearing. All are typically
low carbon (< 0.04%C) with ferrite above 10FN and they are essentially over-alloyed versions of standard austenitic consumables 308L,
347 and 316L respectively. The original purpose of this over-alloying was to compensate for the effect of dilution when used as the
first buffer layer in welding stainless-clad mild steel, for which they are still used. Choice of the appropriate variant is logically related
to the alloy required for subsequent and finishing layers.
However, as a consequence of their versatility, types 309L and 309Mo have also become two of the most widely used consumables
for dissimilar metal welds. A 309L type is most appropriate where one side of a joint is a stainless steel and the other side mild or low
alloy steel. The 12%Cr utility ferritics are also usually welded with this type. Consumables of type 309Mo have considerably greater
tolerance to dilution conferred by a higher ferrite content and for many applications they compete effectively with type 312 (data
sheet E-22).
Nb-stabilised type 309Nb should be used more cautiously because the presence of niobium can make this weld metal more prone to
hot cracking than the others if dilution conditions lead to a microstructure without ferrite. As a result of the embrittlement of ferrite,
PWHT is avoided for 309L types unless some reduction of ductility or toughness is acceptable. In conjunction with higher carbon base
materials, PWHT can also intensify carbide precipitation at the fusion boundary. Again, there are reasons to suspect that the
presence of Nb may exaggerate this effect.
For the above and other reasons, 309L types are not used in weldments for service at temperatures above about 300C, or lower than
about 50C. In these cases, nickel-base weld metal is used (see data sheets D-10 and D-11). A specially controlled type (suffix CF) is
available to match as closely as possible the heat-resisting parent alloy type 309 (data sheet C-21). Also see the 308Mo (armour
welding), 307 and 312 types in Section E for general purpose dissimilar welding applications.

DataSheet

Alloy

Process
MMA

B-50

309L

TIG
MIG
SAW
FCW
MMA

B-51

309Mo

TIG/MIG/SAW
FCW

B-53

309Nb

MMA

Product

AWS Classifications

Supermet 309L
Ultramet 309L
Ultramet 309LP
Ultramet B309L
309S92
Supermig 309LSi
309S92
Supercore 309L
Supercore 309LP
Supermet 309Mo
Ultramet B309Mo
Vertamet 309Mo
ER309Mo
Supercore 309Mo
Supercore 309MoP
Ultramet 309Nb

E309L-17
E309L-16
E309L-16
E309L-15
ER309L
ER309LSi
ER309L
E309LT0-1/4
E309LT1-1/4
E309LMo-17
E309LMo-15
E309LMo-17
(ER309Mo)
E309LMoT0-1/4
E309LMoT1-1/4
E309Cb-16

EN / EN ISO Classifications
E 23 12 L R
E 23 12 L R
E 23 12 L R
E 23 12 L B
W 23 12 L
G 23 12 L Si
S 23 12 L
T 23 12 L R
T 23 12 L P
E 23 12 2 L R
E 23 12 2 L B
E 23 12 2 L R
23 12 2 L
T 23 12 2 L R C/M 3
T 23 12 2 L P C/M 2
BS: 23.12.Nb.R

SUPERAUSTENITIC STAINLESS STEEL CONSUMABLES


LEAN DUPLEX, DUPLEX AND SUPERDUPLEX STAINLESS STEEL CONSUMABLES

Although duplex and superaustenitic stainless steels are distinct alloy groups, they are both designed to resist severe corrosion and
in some cases compete with each other. The duplex types have considerably higher strength. All have greatly increased resistance
to stress-corrosion compared with the standard austenitics. High resistance to general corrosion and especially pitting in high
chloride media is obtained with increased levels of chromium, molybdenum and nitrogen.
Duplex types are sub-divided into three groups based on their typical pitting resistance equivalent, PRE (%Cr + 3.3%Mo + 16%N).
Standard duplex types with typically 22%Cr have a PRE of around 35 and superduplex types with typically 25%Cr have a PRE above
40. Parent material composition and processing is designed to give a microstructure balanced with 50:50 ferrite and austenite. Weld
metals have similar composition except that nickel is increased to control ferrite in the as-welded condition within a desirable range
of 25-60% for optimum mechanical and corrosion properties. Nitrogen additions also play an essential role in promoting austenite
re-formation in weld metal and parent HAZ, as well as raising the pitting resistance.

96

www.metrode.com

DS B-01 | Rev. 01-03/16

The third group of duplex alloys, the lean duplex types, have a PRE of about 25 with corrosion performance comparable to 316L so they
are generally not used in highly corrosive environments. The main use has been for structural applications where the high strength
is beneficial. The lean duplex stainless steels are so called because some of the higher cost alloying, particularly Ni, is reduced to lower
the cost. The lean duplex types can be welded with standard duplex consumables but matching lean duplex consumables are also
offered (data sheet B-59).

The superaustenitic stainless steels occupy a region of alloying between the standard austenitics and nickel-base alloys. (In nickel
base alloys, nickel rather than iron forms the major balance of alloying). Since these alloys are fully austenitic, controlled interpass
temperatures and heat input are desirable to minimise any possibility of hot cracking. Note that although a matching electrode type
20.18.6.Cu.R is available for the most common 6%Mo superaustenitic type S31254, this is only used when post-weld solution treatment
is carried out. Otherwise S31254, and other superaustenitic alloys, are normally welded with overmatching nickel base types (Section
D).

DataSheet Alloy

Process

B-40

904L

B-41

20

B-42

825

B-45
B-46
B-47

310L
310MoLN
Matching 6%Mo

B-59

Lean duplex

MMA
TIG/MIG
MMA
MMA
TIG/MIG
MMA
MMA
MMA
MMA
FCW
MMA

B-60

Duplex

TIG/MIG/SAW
MCW
FCW
MMA
TIG/MIG/SAW
FCW

B-61

Zeron 100
superduplex

B-62

2507
superduplex

TIG

B-63

2553

MMA
FCW

Matching
composition

MMA

MMA

FCW

www.metrode.com

Product
Ultramet 904L
Ultramet B904L
20.25.4.Cu
E320LR-15
E825L-15
82-50
25.20.LR
Ultramet B310MoLN
20.18.6.Cu.R
Ultramet 2304
Supercore 2304P
Supermet 2205
Ultramet 2205
Supermet 2205AR
2205XKS
ER329N
Supercore M2205
Supercore 2205
Supercore 2205P
Zeron 100XKS
Zeron 100X
Supercore Z100XP
2507XKS
Ultramet 2507
2507
Supercore 2507
Supercore 2507P
Supermet 2506Cu
Supercore 2507Cu
Supermet 2506
Supermet 2507Cu

DS B-01 | Rev. 01-03/16

AWS Classifications EN / EN ISO Classifications


E385-16
E385-15
ER385
E320LR-15
ERNiFeCr-1
E2209-16
E2209-17
E2209-15
ER2209
EC2209
E2209T0-1/4
E2209T1-1/4
E2595-15
ER2594
E2594T1-4
E2594-15
E2594-16
ER2594
E2594T0-4
E2594T1-4
E2553-16
-

E 20 25 5 CuNL R
E 20 25 5 CuNL B
20 25 5 CuNL
DIN: EL-NiCr28Mo
BS: NA41
E 25 22 2 N L B
E 22 9 3 N L R
E 22 9 3 L N R
E 22 9 3 N L B
22 9 3 N L
T 22 9 3 N L M12 3
T 22 9 3 N L R C/M 3
T 22 9 3 N L P C/M 2
E 25 9 4 N L B
25 9 4 N L
TS 2594-F M21 1
E 25 9 4 N L B
E 25 9 4 N L R
W 25 9 4 N L
T 25 9 4 N L R M21 3
T 25 9 4 N L P M21 2
E 25 9 4 CuNL R
BS: 25.6.2.R
-

97

STAINLESS STEELS

In welding standard duplex alloys in general fabrication, procedures similar to the standard austenitics are usually satisfactory.
However, these alloys are frequently used for pipework in which root corrosion performance is critical and this requires more stringent
procedural control. Such controls are even more important for the superduplex alloys. Technical profiles are available which give
guidance on these issues.

NUCLEAR APPLICATIONS

STAINLESS STEELS

The next group consumables are intended for nuclear power applications. There are two types firstly those with an (N) suffix designed
to meet the requirements of the French RCC-M Nuclear Construction Code (data sheets B-80, B-81 and B-83). The second group are
the Nitric Acid Grade (NAG) 308L consumables designed for spent nuclear fuel reprocessing applications (data sheet B-88)

DataSheet
B-80

Alloy

Process

Product

AWS Classifications

EN / EN ISO Classifications

MMA

Ultramet 308L(N)
Ultramet B308L(N)
308S92(N)
Ultramet 316L(N)
Ultramet B316L(N)
316S92(N)
Ultramet 309L(N)
Ultramet B309L(N)
309S92(N)
NAG 19.9.L.R
NAG 19.9.L

E308L-16
E308L-15
ER308L
E316L-16
E316L-15
ER316L
E309L-16
E309L-15
ER309L
E308L-16
ER308L

E 19 9 L R
E 19 9 L B
W 19 9 L
E 19 12 3 L R
E 19 12 3 L B
W 19 12 3 L
E 23 12 L R
E 23 12 L B
W 23 12 L
E 19 9 L R
W 19 9 L

308L(N)
TIG
MMA

B-81

316L(N)
TIG
MMA

B-83
B-88

98

www.metrode.com

309L(N
NAG

TIG
MMA
TIG

DS B-01 | Rev. 01-03/16

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet B-10

12%Cr MARTENSITIC STAINLESS


ALLOY TYPE
12%Cr (410) martensitic stainless steel; the
13.1.BMP electrode also has 1.5%Ni.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
wrought
cast
410, 403
A487 grade CA15
S41000, S40300
1.4006 (X10Cr13)
1.4006 (G-X10Cr13)
1.4000, 1.4024
BS
410S21 (En56A)
410C21
403S17
The 13.1.BMP with 1.5%Ni is also suitable for ASTM
A487 CA15M and DIN 1.4008 (G-X8CrNi13).

ASTM
UNS
DIN

APPLICATIONS
These consumables are designed for welding wrought
or cast martensitic 12%Cr (type 410) stainless steel.
Fabrication welds of matching composition such as this
must be tempered by appropriate PWHT, owing to high
hardness (~450HV) and low ductility in the as-welded
condition. Conventional 410 has variable toughness
but following PWHT the 13.1.BMP electrode with 1.5%Ni
has good impact properties down to 10C or lower
depending on the heat treatment schedule.
Plain 12%Cr steels are the most simple and economic
alloys with stainless properties. Variants with Ti (409),
Al (405) or low carbon (410S) are more or less fully ferritic
with typically lower strength than type 410. These
types, and the newer utility ferritics, are normally
welded without PWHT using 309/309L consumables
(data sheet B-50). The same applies to type 410 when
PWHT is not practicable.
Type 410 contains just sufficient carbon to enable
air-hardening transformation to a predominantly
martensitic microstructure. Structural properties
below ambient are limited by its relatively high ductilebrittle transition temperature (particularly weldments),
and up to about 550C by its modest creep resistance.
It has useful resistance to general corrosion in nonaggressive media, sulphide-induced SCC in sour crude
oil service, and oxidation up to about 800C.
Typical applications include hydrocrackers, reaction
vessels, distillation plants and associated pipework in
refineries; furnace parts, linings; surfacing run-out rolls
in steel mills; cast valve bodies, turbine parts and burner
nozzles.
www.metrode.com

STAINLESS STEELS

MICROSTRUCTURE
In the PWHT condition the microstructure
consists of tempered martensite with some
retained ferrite.
WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat of 150-250C is required for heavier
sections. Following welding, components should
be cooled to room temperature before PWHT.
Weld metal and HAZs have poor ductility and
toughness in the as-welded condition, careful
handling is recommended prior to PWHT to
minimise physical shock.
PWHT
Plain 410 - A typical industrial PWHT following
welding for plain 410, consists of slowly cooling
to room temperature to allow full transformation
to take place (range is Ms-350C Mf-100C), then
temper at 680-760C followed by air cool. To
ensure <22HRC (NACE) in the weld area, PWHT at
745C is preferred.
13.1.BMP The optimum properties are obtained
after PWHT at around 700C, close to the Ac1
temperature for this weld metal, which (due
to the added nickel) has a lower Ac1 than plain
410. If needed PWHT time can be extended but
higher temperatures may cause re-hardening
with fresh martensite formation on cool-out.
Superior toughness can be achieved with a
double temper (cool to ambient between cycles)
and this is recommended to conform to NACE,
22HRC maximum.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG

DS B-10 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
13.RMP
13.1.BMP
12Cr

Specification
AWS E410-26
DIN E 13 1 MPB
AWS ER410

99

13.RMP
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR WELDING 410
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile metal powder MMA electrode made on pure low carbon core wire.
Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.

STAINLESS STEELS

Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.


Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 1
QW442
A-No 6

E410-26
E 13 R 5 2

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
min.
---max.
0.08
1.0
0.90
Typical
0.06
0.5
0.30

S
-0.025
0.010

P
-0.030
0.015

Cr
11.0
13.5
11.5

Ni
-0.60
0.4

Mo
-0.5
0.2

Cu
-0.50
0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

850C/2h *
745C/1h **
Min.
Typical
Min.
Typical
Tensile strength (MPa)
480
520
520
700
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
250
270
-610
Elongation (%) 4d
-36
20
21
5d
20
34
-18
Reduction of area %
-52
-59
* BS & BS EN PWHT: 840-870C for 2 hours, furnace cool to 595C at 55C/h. max. Air cool to ambient. This gives a relatively low
strength condition.
** AWS PWHT: 730-760C for 1 hour, furnace cool to 315C at 60C/h max., air cool to ambient. This gives a higher strength tempered
condition more representative of normal fabrication welds.

After PWHT

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
70
max. A
110
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
300
12.6
609

3.2
80
140

4.0
100
180

3.2
350
14.1
378

5.0
140
240

4.0
350
14.1
219

5.0
450
16.8
150

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 300 350C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 420 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
Ni
20
2
<0.5
100

www.metrode.com

Cr
3

Cu
<0.2

Mo
<0.1

DS B-10-13.RMP | Rev. 01-03/16

V
<0.1

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
1.7

13.1.BMP
13%CR-1.5%NI BASIC MMA ELECTRODE FOR WELDING 410
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic low hydrogen metal powder MMA electrode made on pure low carbon core wire.
Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.

(E410-15)
(E 13 B 5 2)

STAINLESS STEELS

Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4
BS EN ISO 3581

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 1
QW442
A-No 6

Nearest classifications

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
Cr
Ni
Mo *
Min.
0.02
0.4
---11.0
1.0
0.15
Max.
0.06
1.0
0.50
0.025
0.030
14.0
2.0
0.50
0.3
Typical
0.04
0.7
0.25
0.01
0.02
13
1.5
* Molybdenum is controlled to satisfy minimum requirements for ASTM A487 CA15M castings (0.15-1.0% Mo).

Cu
-0.5
0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical after PWHT
Min.
790C/5h + 700C/5h
680C/2h + 620C/2h
Tensile strength (MPa)
620
655
760
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
450
455
685
Elongation (%) 4d
18
26
20
5d
15
23
17
Reduction of area %
-70
67
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
-105
--10C
-90
60
Hardness (HRC)
<22 **
18
19
* Tensile properties based on ASTM CA15 and CA15M castings.
Specifications for wrought grades vary in tensile strength 415-700MPa.
** For conformance to NACE a double temper is mandatory.
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
4.0
5.0
min. A
70
80
100
140
max. A
110
140
180
240
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
4.0
5.0
Length (mm)
350
380
450
450
kg/carton
12.6
13.5
16.5
16.5
Pieces/carton
570
375
225
144
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 300 350C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 420 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
Ni
20
2
<0.5
www.metrode.com

Cr
3

Cu
<0.2

Mo
<0.1

DS B-10-13.1.BMP | Rev. 01-03/16

V
<0.1

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
1.7
101

12Cr
SOLID WIRE FOR WELDING 410

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG & MIG.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.9M
BS EN ISO 14343-A
BS EN ISO 14343-B

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 6

ER410
13
SS410

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C*
Mn
Min.
0.06
-Max.
0.12
0.6
Typical
0.1
0.4

Si
0.25
0.50
0.3

S
-0.02
0.01

P
-0.03
0.02

Cr
12.0
13.5
12.5

Ni
-0.3
0.2

Mo
-0.3
0.03

Cu
-0.3
0.2

* BS 2901: Pt2 requires 0.09-0.15%C.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values after PWHT

MIG: Ar+20%CO2

740C/1h (AWS)
695
530
22
19
50

Tensile strength (MPa)


0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
Hardness cap/mid HV
HRC

740C/3h
675
510
20
18
50
20
215/220
18/21

<20

225/230
--

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding
Current
Diameter (mm)
Parameters
TIG
Argon
DC2.4
100A, 12V
MIG
Ar / 1-3%O2 or Ar / 3-20%CO2 **
DC+
1.2
280A, 28V
* Also required as a purge for root runs.
** Most economic gas is Ar-20%CO2. This gas provides the highest resistance to weld metal porosity and carbon content typically
not exceeding 0.12%.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG

1.2
-15kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt%) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
55
4

102

www.metrode.com

1.6
2.5 kg tube
15kg spool

Cr3
8

Ni
<0.1

DS B-10-12Cr | Rev. 01-03/16

2.4
2.5 kg tube
--

Cu
<0.5

OES (mg/m3)
5

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet B-11

410NiMo MARTENSITIC STAINLESS

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM
UNS
BS EN / DIN
BS
AFNOR

wrought
F6NM
S41500
1.4313
--

cast
CA6NM

--

Z6 CND 1304-M

G-X5CrNi 13 4
425C11

APPLICATIONS
High strength (>760MPa) martensitic stainless steel
with better resistance to corrosion, hydro-cavitation,
sulphide-induced SCC, and good sub-zero toughness
when compared with plain 12%Cr steels (e.g. type 410/
CA15).
Weld metal of this type greatly overmatches the
strength of equivalent parent material and is
remarkably resistant to softening during PWHT. These
properties can be exploited for welding martensitic
precipitation-hardening alloys if corrosion conditions
are compatible with lower alloy weld metal, with
the advantage of a single PWHT at 450-620C for
tempering. The 410NiMo consumables are also used
for overlaying mild and CMn steels.
13%Cr-4%Ni alloys are used in cast or forged form
for hydraulic turbines, valve bodies, pump bowls,
compressor cones, impellers and high pressure pipes
in power generation, offshore oil, chemical and
petrochemical industries.
MICROSTRUCTURE
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of
tempered martensite with some retained austenite.

www.metrode.com

STAINLESS STEELS

ALLOY TYPE
12%Cr-4.5%Ni-0.5%Mo (410NiMo) soft martensitic
alloy.

WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat-interpass range of 100-200C is
recommended to allow martensite transformation
during welding. Cool to room temperature before
PWHT.
PWHT
For maximum resistance to sulphide-induced SCC
in sour oil conditions NACE MR0175 specifies a
hardness of <23HRc. This is often difficult to achieve
because weld metal and HAZ are very resistant to
softening by PWHT. A double temper for 5-10h
is necessary. Common practice is 675C/10h +
605C/10h with intermediate air cool to ambient.
Recent work indicates 650C + 620C is optimum,
and that intermediate air cooling to ambient or
lower is essential. Another authority suggests
raising the first PWHT cycle for full austenitisation
anneal at 770C/2h prior to final temper. Control of
distortion may be more critical in this case. In the
case of the Supercore 410NiMo flux cored wire it
has not been possible to reduce the hardness to
23HRC irrespective of the PWHT carried out.
If 410NiMo consumables are considered for welding
plain 12Cr martensitic stainless steels such as type
410 or CA15, the PWHT should not exceed about
650C unless a second temper at 590-620C is
applied.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process Product
13.4.Mo.L.R
MMA
13.4.Mo.L.B
TIG/MIG ER410NiMo
FCW
Supercore 410NiMo

DS B-11 | Rev. 01-03/16

Specification
AWS E410NiMo-26
AWS E410NiMo-25
AWS ER410NiMo
AWS E410NiMoT1-1/4

103

13.4.Mo.L.R

STAINLESS STEELS

RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR 410NiMo


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile metal powder type made on pure low carbon core wire.
Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 1
QW442
A-No 6

E410NiMo-26
E 13 4 R 5 2

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
min.
---max.
0.06
1.0
0.90
Typical
0.03
0.8
0.25

S
-0.025
0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical properties
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
- 40C
- 60C
Hardness (HV)

P
-0.03
0.01

Min.
760
500
15
15
------

Cr
11.0
12.5
12

Ni
4.0
5.0
4.5

PWHT (1)
940
695
17
16
45
45
35
30
270-300

Mo
0.40
0.70
0.6

Cu
-0.50
0.05

As-welded (2)
1000
780
4.5
3
10
27
13
8
350

(1) AWS & BS PWHT: 595-620C for 1 hour, air cooled. See front page for details on PWHT.
(2) This weld metal is not usually recommended for use in the as-welded condition, except for surfacing applications where a hardness of
330-400HV is useful.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
70
max. A
110
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
350
12.6
570

3.2
80
140

4.0
100
180

3.2
350
15.0
363

5.0
140
240

4.0
450
18.0
240

5.0
450
16.8
171

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 300 350C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
Ni
18
2
0.5
104

www.metrode.com

Cr
3

Cu
<0.2

Mo
<0.2

DS B-11-13.4.Mo.L.R | Rev. 01-03/16

V
<0.2

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
1.7

13.4.Mo.L.B
BASIC MMA ELECTRODE FOR WELDING 410NiMo

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

E410NiMo-25*
E 13 4 B 6 2

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic metal powder type made on pure low carbon core wire.
Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 1
QW442
A-No 6

* 2005 Edition

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
Min.
---Max.
0.06
1.0
0.90
Typical
0.03
0.7
0.25

S
-0.025
0.01

P
-0.03
0.01

Cr
11.0
12.5
12

Ni
4.0
5.0
4.5

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical properties
Min.
Tensile strength (MPa)
760
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
500
Elongation (%) 4d
15
5d
15
Reduction of area (%)
-Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
-(1) AWS PWHT: 595-620C for 1 hour, air cooled. See front page for details on PWHT.
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE
Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
70
max. A
110
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
80
140

2.5
350
12.6
570

Mo
0.40
0.70
0.6
PWHT (1)
900
650
17
16
45
50

4.0
100
180

3.2
350
14.1
330

Cu
-0.50
0.05

5.0
140
240

4.0
450
18.0
261

5.0
450
17.1
156

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 300 350C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
Ni
18
2
0.5

www.metrode.com

Cr
3

Cu
<0.2

Mo
<0.2

DS B-11-13.4.Mo.L.B | Rev. 01-03/16

V
<0.2

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
1.7

105

ER410NiMo
SOLID WIRE FOR WELDING 410NiMo

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.9M
BS EN ISO 14343-A
BS EN ISO 14343-B

(ER410NiMo)
13 4
(SS410NiMo)

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 6

Does not always strictly conform, see composition.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn *
Si *
Min.
-0.4
-Max.
0.05
1.0
0.60
Typical
0.02
0.8
0.4
* AWS requires 0.6%Mn max and 0.50%Si max.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Typical values after PWHT 610C/1h:
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Impact ISO-V(J) 0C
-50C
Hardness cap/mid HRC
HV

S
-0.02
0.005

P
-0.03
0.015

Cr
11.0
12.5
12.3

Ni
4.0
5.0
4.5

Mo
0.4
0.7
0.5

Cu
-0.3
0.1

TIG
890
850
23
20
90
60
25-30
300

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding
TIG
Argon*
MIG Ar with 1-2%O2 or 1-5%CO2 **

Current
DCDC+

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2

Parameters
100A, 12V
220A, 28V

* Also required as a purge for root runs.


** Proprietary gas mixtures with <5%CO2 are also suitable.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG

1.2
-15kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
54
5
8

106

www.metrode.com

1.6
2.5 kg tube
--

Ni
3.2

DS B-11-ER410NiMo | Rev. 01-03/16

2.0
To order
--

Mo
<0.5

2.4
2.5 kg tube
--

Cu
<0.5

OES (mg/m3)
5

SUPERCORE 410NiMo
ALL POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE FOR WELDING 410NiMo
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
All-positional rutile flux cored wire made on a high purity stainless steel strip
Metal recovery about 90% with respect to wire.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 1
QW442
A-No 6

E410NiMoT1-1/4
T 13 4 P C/M 2
TS410NiMo-FB1

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
Min.
---Max.
0.06
1.0
1.0
Typical
0.03
0.7
0.4

S
-0.025
0.005

P
-0.030
0.017

Cr
11.0
12.5
11.8

Ni
4.0
5.0
4.5

Mo
0.4
0.7
0.5

Cu
-0.3
0.03

STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.22M
BS EN ISO 17633-A
BS EN ISO 17633-B

Co
-0.05
0.03

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values

Min.

Tensile strength (MPa)


760
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
500
Elongation (%) 4d
15
5d
15
Reduction of area (%)
-Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
--40C
-Hardness HV
-HRC
-AWS PWHT = 593-621C/1 hour. BS EN PWHT = 580-620C/2 hours.

610C/1h

610C/10h

650C/10h
+620C/10h

940
850
20
17
50
45
30
330
31

870
700
23
19
55
50
40
310
27

-----50
35
310
28

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min.
Current DC+ve parameters as below (for 100%CO2 increase voltage by 1-3V):
Diameter (mm)
range
typical
1.2
150-280A, 25-32V
180A, 29V
1.6
200-350A, 26-34V
260A, 30V

stickout
15-25mm
15-25mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt %
Fe
Mn
18
3

www.metrode.com

CrVI
2.5

Ni
1

Mo
0.2

DS B-11-SUPERCORE 410NiMo | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<0.5

OES (mg/m3)
2

107

STAINLESS STEELS

Data Sheet B-12

MARTENSITIC PRECIPITATION
HARDENING STAINLESS STEELS
ALLOY TYPE
High strength martensitic precipitation hardening
stainless steels.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
FV520 Types:
ASTM
A564, A693, A705; Grade XM-25
S45000

BS
3146 Grade ANC 20. S grades; 2S.143; 3S.144; 3S.145

Proprietary
FV520B (Firth Vickers), Custom 450 (Carpenter)

630 / 17.4.PH Types:


ASTM
A564; Grade 630, A747; CB7Cu-1 (cast)

UNS
S17400

BS EN
10088-2; X5CrNiCuNb 16-4 (1.4542)

DIN
1.4548, 1.4549

Proprietary
Custom 630 (Carpenter)

APPLICATIONS
Used for welding very high strength martensitic
stainless steels, precipitation hardened by additions
of copper. Strength can be up to three times that of
standard 300 series austenitic stainless steels.
The FV520/450 type alloys have corrosion resistance
comparable to 304 stainless steel. The 630/17-4PH
types, with no Mo and higher carbon, do not have such
good resistance to intergranular and pitting corrosion
as the FV520/450 types.
Applications include pump shafts, impellers, hydraulic
equipment used in oil and gas industries, petrochemical,
marine and nuclear engineering.
MICROSTRUCTURE
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists
of precipitation hardened tempered martensite with
some retained austenite.

108

www.metrode.com

WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat not usually necessary for thickness up to
15mm, for thicker restrained sections, a preheatinterpass temperature range of 100-200C is
recommended.
Temperatures above 200C
will suppress martensite transformation with
consequent microstructural coarsening.
PWHT
When matching composition consumables are
used for welding these materials a PWHT must be
carried out. Normal practice is for the materials
to be used in the over-aged condition. PWHT for
over-ageing consists of: 750C for 2 hours, air cool
to 15C; followed by 550C for 2 hours and air cool.

UNS

17-4PH (Armco Steel),

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
On cooling the weld metal transforms from
austenite to martensite (Ms) below about 250C,
but a significant fraction of austenite is still
retained at ambient temperature. Since sub-zero
cooling is impractical, this austenite is destabilised
by annealing at 750-850C. Carbide precipitation in
the austenite raises its Ms temperature to enable
complete transformation when cooled, ensuring
more effective tempering and ageing during the
second PWHT cycle. Omission of the inconvenient
first PWHT cycle may give properties with greater
batch variability. The use of 410NiMo (B-11) allows
a simplified PWHT to be used, and when PWHT
is not possible 2205 duplex (B-60) or superduplex
(B-61 & B-62) consumables may allow PWHT to
be avoided without compromising mechanical
properties too much.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG
MCW

DS B-12 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
FV520-1
17.4.Cu.R
FV520B

17-4PH

Specification
-(AWS E630-16)
-AWS ER630

Metcore FV520

--

FV520-1
MMA ELECTRODE FOR FV520 BASE MATERIAL

SPECIFICATIONS
There are no national specifications for this electrode.

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile metal powder coating on pure low carbon steel core wire.
Moisture resistant coating gives very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No --

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
min.
-max.
0.05
Typical
0.03

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

(WELD METAL WT %)
Mn
Si
S
0.4
0.2
-1.0
0.5
0.030
0.6
0.3
0.010

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical properties PWHT
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Hardness (HV)

P
-0.030
0.015

Cr
13.0
15.5
14

Aged *
1230
1110
-10
30
420

Ni
4.5
6.0
5

Mo
1.2
2.0
1.5

Cu
1.2
2.0
1.6

Nb
0.15
0.5
0.3

Over-aged **
980
890
16
15
37
345

* 850C/2 hours, air cool to 15C + 450C/4 hours, air cool. Not recommended for structural work.
** 750C/2 hours, air cool to 15C + 550C/2 hours, air cool. More commonly applied PWHT.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
70
max. A
110
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
80
140

2.5
350
13.5
630

4.0
100
180

3.2
350
14.4
345

4.0
350
13.5
240

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 300 350C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 420 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
Ni
15
3
0.5

www.metrode.com

Cr
4

Cu
0.8

Mo
0.2

DS B-12-FV520-1 | Rev. 01-03/16

V
<0.1

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
1.2

109

17.4.Cu.R

STAINLESS STEELS

MMA ELECTRODE FOR 17-4PH BASE MATERIAL


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile metal powder coating on pure low carbon steel core wire.
Moisture resistant coating gives very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No --

SPECIFICATIONS
There are no national specifications for this electrode, but is is similar to AWS A5.4 E630-16

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
Min.
---Max.
0.10
1.0
0.8
Typical
0.02
0.7
0.25

S
-0.030
0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical properties PWHT
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Hardness (HV)

Over-aged *
1035
635
10
9
24
330

P
-0.030
0.01

Cr
14.0
16.5
15

Ni
3.5
4.5
4

Mo
-0.5
0.2

Cu
1.5
2.5
2

750C/2 hours, air cool to 15C + 550C/2 hours, air cool.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
70
max. A
110

3.2
80
140

4.0
100
180

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
15.0
345

4.0
450
18.6
246

2.5
350
12.3
528

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 300 350C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 420 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
Ni
15
3
0.5
110

www.metrode.com

Cr
4

Cu
0.8

Mo
0.2

DS B-12-17.4.Cu.R | Rev. 01-03/16

V
<0.1

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
1.2

FV520B
SOLID TIG WIRE FOR WELDING FV520 STAINLESS STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG welding.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Min.
-0.5
Max.
0.07
1.0
Typical
0.05
0.7

Si
0.2
0.5
0.3

S
-0.03
0.01

P
-0.03
0.02

Cr
13.2
14.7
14

Ni
5.0
6.0
5.5

Mo
1.2
2.0
1.6

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical PWHT
Aged *
Over-aged **
Over-aged ***
Tensile strenght (MPa)
1345
1100
1025
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
1240
1050
760
Elongation (%) 4d
5
19
22
5d
5
16
21
Reduction of area (%)
15
50
60
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
7
60
125
- 20C
-20
85
Hardness mid HV
450
380
315
*
850C/2 hours, air cool to 20C + 450C/4 hours, air cool. Not recommended for structural work.
**
750C/2 hours, air cool to 20C + 550C/2 hours, air cool. More commonly applied PWHT.
***
750C/2 hours, air cool to 20C + 620C/2 hours, air cool.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding
TIG
Argon*
* Also required as a purge for root runs.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG

1.6
5 kg tube

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
52
4
11

www.metrode.com

Current
DC-

Diameter (mm)
2.4

DS B-12-FV520B| Rev. 01-03/16

Nb
0.15
0.5
0.3

single cycle 550C


1200
1000
19
16
50
125
75
400

Parameters
120A, 14V

2.4
5 kg tube

Ni
4

Cu
1.2
2.0
1.7

STAINLESS STEELS

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No --

SPECIFICATIONS
There are no national specifications for this electrode.

3.2
5 kg tube

Mo
<0.5

Cu
2.7

OES (mg/m3)
4.5

111

17-4PH
SOLID TIG WIRE FOR WELDING 17-4PH STAINLESS STEEL

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG welding.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.9

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6

ER630

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
Min.
-Max.
0.05
Typical
0.03

(WIRE WT %)
Mn
Si
0.25
-0.75
0.75
0.6
0.4

S
-0.03
0.005

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical PWHT

P
-0.03
0.02

Cr
16.00
16.75
16.3

Ni
4.5
5.0
4.8

Mo
-0.75
0.2

Cu
3.25
4.00
3.5

Nb
0.15
0.30
0.2

Over-aged *

Tensile strength (MPa)


930
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
740
Elongation (%)
10
* 750C/2 hours, air cool to 15C + 550C/2 hours, air cool; or 1040C, air cool + 620C/4 hours.
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding
TIG
Argon*
* Also required as a purge for root runs.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG

Current
DC-

1.6
2.5 kg tube

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
50
4
13

112

www.metrode.com

Diameter (mm)
2.4

Parameters
120A, 14V

2.4
2.5 kg tube

Ni
3.5

DS B-121-17-4PH | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
<0.5

Cu
5.5

OES (mg/m3)
3.6

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet B-30

308L STAINLESS STEELS

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM
304L
304
304LN
CF3
CF8
321
347

BS

BS EN & DIN
1.4306
1.4301
1.4311
1.4308
1.4541
1.4543/1.4561/1.4550

UNS
304S11
304S15/16/31
304S61
304C12
304C15
321S31
347S31

S30403
S30400
S30453
S32100
S34700

STAINLESS STEELS

ALLOY TYPE
308L austenitic stainless steels for joining 304L base
materials.

WELDING GUIDELINES
No preheat, maximum interpass temperature
250C; no PWHT required.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
There is a Technical Profile available on sub-arc
welding with 308S92. There is also additional
information available covering the Supercore flux
cored wires.
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
308L stainless steel consumables for LNG, and
other cryogenic applications, are in data sheet
B-37. Stainless steel consumables for high
temperature applications on 304H can be found
in data sheets C-10 or C-12.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process

APPLICATIONS
Used to weld 18/8 stainless steels including 301, 302,
303, nitrogen bearing 304LN and titanium stabilised 321.
Service temperatures are typically 100C to about
400C.
Applications include food, brewery, pharmaceutical
equipment, architectural and general fabrication, and
nuclear engineering.
The 308L consumables covered here are not suitable
for 304/304H in elevated temperature structural
applications, see data sheets C-10 and C-12. For
cryogenic applications (196C) see data sheet B-37.

MMA
TIG
MIG
SAW

FCW

Product
Supermet 308L
Ultramet 308L
Ultramet B308L
Ultramet 308LP
308S92
Supermig 308LSi
308S92
SS300
SSB
Supercore 308L
Supercore 308LP
Superoot 308L

Specification
AWS E308L-17
AWS E308L-16
AWS E308L-15
AWS E308L-16
AWS ER308L
AWS ER308LSi
AWS ER308L
BS EN SA AF2
BS EN SA AF2
AWS E308LT0-1/4
AWS E308LT1-1/4
AWS R308LT1-5

MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, normally in
the range 3-10FN depending on the application.

www.metrode.com

DS B-30 | Rev. 01-03/16

113

SUPERMET 308L

STAINLESS STEELS

GENER AL PURPOSE RUTILE 308L MMA ELECTRODE


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode rutile aluminosilicate flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low typical carbon level.
Low hydrogen manufacturing technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity. Supermet Technology gives acid
rutile operability combined with controlled silicon content for maximum cracking/corrosion resistance.
Designed for ease of use, exceptional weld bead appearance and high weld metal integrity, primarily in the downhand and HV
positions; smaller sizes offer all-positional operability.
Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E308L-17
E 19 9 L R 3 2

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
Min.
-Max.
0.04
Typical
0.02

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

(WELD METAL WT %)
Mn
Si
S
0.5
--2.0
0.90
0.025
0.8
0.6
0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
18.0
21.0
19.5

Ni
9.0
11.0
10

Mo
-0.5
0.10

Min.
520
320
35
30
---

Cu
-0.5
0.05

FN
3
10
6

typical
590
450
45
40
45
80

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.0
2.5
min. A
50
60
max. A
70
90

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
12.0
333

4.0
450
16.5
243

5.0
450
16.5
156

2.0
300
10.5
846

2.5
300
11.4
609

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Cr
Ni
Mo
8
5
5
0.8
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B308L but this does not affect the OES.

114

www.metrode.com

DS B-30-SUPERMET 308L | Rev. 02-03/16

Cu
< 0.2

F*
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

ULTRAMET 308L
ALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR 304L

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581
Approvals

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode rutile flux coated 308L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet has all the benefits of an advanced
rutile flux design this includes optimum versatility for downhand welding with high cosmetic finish and weld metal integrity;
and all-positional welding with the 2.5/3.2mm electrodes including fixed pipework.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E308L-16
E 19 9 L R 3 2
TV

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
-0.5
--Max.
0.04
2.0
0.90
0.025
Typical
<0.03
1
0.6
0.01

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
18.0
21.0
19

Ni
9.0
11.0
9.5

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Min.
typical
Tensile strength (MPa)
520
590
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
320
450
Elongation (%) 4d
35
45
5d
30
42
Reduction of area %
-50
Impact ISO-V(J) -100C
-35
-196C
-- *
-* See Ultramet 308LCF (data sheet B-37) for as-welded cryogenic applications at 196C.

Mo
-0.50
0.1

Cu
-0.5
0.1

FN
3
10
6

1050C + WQ
540
290
50
48
64
-> 60

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
min. A
60
75
max. A
90
120

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

4.0
350
13.5
261

5.0
450
17.1
171

2.5
300
12.0
726

3.2
350
13.5
414

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Cr
Ni
Mo
Cu
F*
OES (mg/m3)
8
5
5
0.8
< 0.2
16
1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B308L but this does not affect the OES.
www.metrode.com

DS B-30-ULTRAMET 308L | Rev. 01-03/16

115

ULTRAMET B308L

STAINLESS STEELS

BASIC COATED MMA PIPE-WELDING ELECTRODE FOR 304L


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode designed and manufactured to give high moisture resistance using a basic flux system and high purity 304L
core wire. Ultramet B308L is particularly suited to the most demanding vertical and overhead welding applications including
fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G position. Under site conditions it is tolerant to adverse wind and drafts.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E308L-15
E 19 9 L B 4 2

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
Min.
-Max.
0.04
Typical
0.03

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

(WELD METAL WT %)
Mn
Si
0.5
-2.0
0.90
1.2
0.3

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
-196C

P
-0.030
0.015

Cr
18.0
21.0
19

Ni
9.0
11.0
10

Min.
520
320
35
30
--

Mo
-0.50
0.1

Cu
-0.5
<0.1

FN
3
10
6

Typical
600
440
44
40
60
80-120
35-50

--

--

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE ONLY


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

S
-0.025
0.01

3.2
75
120

2.5
300
12.0
700

4.0
100
155

3.2
350
13.5
405

4.0
350
13.5
266

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Cr
Ni
Mo
8
5
5
0.8
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B308L but this does not affect the OES.
116

www.metrode.com

DS B-30-ULTRAMET B308L| Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
< 0.2

F*
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

ULTRAMET 308LP
ALL-POSITIONAL PIPE WELDING AND ROOT WELDING ELECTRODE

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode rutile flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low typical carbon level. Ultramet 308LP is a fully allpositional electrode capable of the most demanding fixed pipework applications including ASME 5G/6G.
The Ultramet 308LP electrode has also been designed to deposit single-side root runs without the need for a gas purge.
The electrode is also suitable for vertical-down welding on thin sheet material.
Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E308L-16
E 19 9 L R 1 1

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
Min.
-Max.
0.04
Typical
0.02

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

(WELD METAL WT %)
Mn
Si
S
0.5
--2.0
0.90
0.025
0.8
0.8
0.01

PG/3Gd

P
-0.030
0.02

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) -105C

Cr
18.0
21.0
19

Ni
9.0
11.0
10

Min.
520
320
35
30
--

Mo
-0.1
0.01

Cu
-0.5
0.1
Typical
620
450
45
43
50
35

--

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.0
min. A
50
max. A
70

2.5
60
90

3.2
75
120

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
300
12.0
702

3.2
350
14.1
447

2.0
300
11.7
1086

FN
3
10
6

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Cr
Ni
Mo
8
5
5
0.8
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B308L but this does not affect the OES.
www.metrode.com

DS B-30-ULTRAMET 308LP | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
< 0.2

F*
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

117

308S92 and SUPERMIG 308LSi


SOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.

AWS A5.9M
BS EN ISO 14343-A
BS EN ISO 14343-B
APPROVALS

308S92 (TIG & Sub-arc)


ER308L
19 9 L
SS308L
TV (TIG)

Supermig 308LSi (MIG)


ER308L Si
G 19 9 L Si
SS308L Si

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si *
S
P
Min.
-1.0
0.30
--Max. 0.025
2.0
0.65
0.020
0.030
Typical
0.01
1.7
0.4
0.01
0.015
* Supermig 308LSi: Si range is 0.65 1.0%, typically 0.8%.

Cr
19.5
21.0
20

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded

TIG
Tensile strength (MPa)
605
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
465
Elongation (%) 4d
35
5d
33
Impact ISO-V(J) -130C
110
-196C *
80
Hardness cap/mid HV
200/220
* For applications requiring cryogenic toughness see data sheet B-37.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
Current
TIG
Argon
DCDC+
MIG
Ar+2%O2*
SAW
SS300**
DC+
*
Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with < 3%CO2.
**
SSB, L2N and LA491 also suitable.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG (308S92)
MIG (Supermig 308LSi)
SAW (308S92)

0.8
-15kg reel
--

1.0
5 kg tube
15kg reel
--

1.2
5 kg tube
15kg reel
--

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
32
12
16

118

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 3

SPECIFICATIONS

www.metrode.com

1.6
5 kg tube
---

Ni
8

Ni
9.0
11.0
10

Mo
-0.3
0.1

Cu
-0.3
0.15

Typical
MIG
570
435
42
40
70
30-60
200/220

SAW + SS300
570
450
41
37
50
30
195/215

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2
2.4

2.0
5 kg tube
---

Mo
< 0.5

DS B-30-308S92 and SUPERMIG 308LSi | Rev. 01-03/16

FN
3
12
10

2.4
5 kg tube
-25kg coil

Parameters
100A, 12V
260A, 26V
350A,28V

3.2
5 kg tube
-25kg coil

Cu
< 0.5

4.0
--25kg coil

OES (mg/m3)
3.1

SUPERCORE 308L, 308LP


RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRES

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.22M
BS EN ISO 17633-A
BS EN ISO 17633-B
Approvals

Supercore 308L
E308LT0-1/4
T 19 9 L R C/M 3
TS308L-FB0
TV, DNV, LRS

Supercore 308LP
E308LT1-1/4
T 19 9 L P C/M 2
TS308L-FB1
TV

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
Min.
-0.5
0.2
Max.
0.04
2.0
1.0
Typical
0.03
1.3
0.7

S
-0.025
0.02

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
-110C
Hardness HV

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wires the wires are made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 308L combines
easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance for downhand and HV welding.
Supercore 308LP is designed for all-positional welding including fixed pipework.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.
The Supercore 308L wire is not suitable for applications requiring PWHT or solution annealing for these applications, it is
recommended that Supercore 308LP is used.

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
18.5
20.5
19.5

Ni
9.0
11.0
10

Min.
520
320
35
30
-----

Mo
-0.3
0.1

Cu
-0.3
0.1

FN
3
12
8

Typical
560
400
43
42
60
80
40
200

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm)
amp-volt range
typical
1.2
120 280A, 22 34V
180A, 29V
1.2P
120 250A, 22 32V
150A, 25V
1.6
200 350A, 26 36V
250A, 30V

stickout
15 20mm
15 20mm
15 25mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg.
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
12
6

www.metrode.com

Ni
1

Cr3
7

Cr6
1

DS B-30-SUPERCORE 308L, 308LP | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<1

F
12

OES (mg/m3)
1

119

SUPEROOT 308L

STAINLESS STEELS

FLUX CORED TIG WIRE FOR ROOT WELDS WITHOUT BACK PURGE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored TIG wire Superoot 308L is made with a seamless austenitic stainless steel sheath, which results in a robust moisture
resistant wire and rutile flux system.
Superoot 308L is designed specifically for situations where it is impractical to apply back-purge for the TIG root run, or where
there is an economic benefit in eliminating back-purge.
Metal recovery is 90% with respect to the whole wire.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.22M
BS EN ISO 17633-B

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 6

R308LT1-5
TS308L-RI1

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
Min.
-0.5
-Max.
0.03
2.5
1.2
Typical
0.02
1.7
0.8
Typically 8FN.

S
-0.03
0.005

P
-0.04
0.020

Cr
18.0
21.0
19.6

Ni
9.0
11.0
10.3

Mo
-0.5
0.1

Cu
-0.5
0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Typical
Tensile strength (MPa)
640
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
450
Elongation (%) 4d
47
Note: In practice, mechanical properties of the root bead are assessed with the whole joint and subsequent filler.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding
Current
Diameter (mm)
Voltage
TIG
Argon*
DC2.2
90A, 12V
* No back-purge is required.
Satisfactory application of Superoot 308L requires the use of a keyhole welding technique. Further details are available on request.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt%)
Fe
Mn
32
12

120

www.metrode.com

2.2
1 kg tube

Ni
8

Cr3
16

Mo
<0.5

DS B-30-SUPEROOT 308L | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
< 0.5

F
--

OES (mg/m3)
3.1

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet B-31

347 STAINLESS STEELS

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM-ASME
321
347
CF8C (cast)

BS

BS EN & DIN
1.4541
1.4543 / 1.4561 / 1.4550
1.4552 (cast)

UNS
321S31
347S31
347C17 (cast)

S32100
S34700

APPLICATIONS
Used to weld titanium and niobium stabilised 18/8
stainless steel types 321 and 347. Also suitable
for unstabilised grades such as 304/304L. Service
temperatures are typically -100C to about 400C.
Applications are similar to 308L (B-30) and include food,
brewery, pharmaceutical equipment, architectural and
general fabrication, and nuclear engineering.
The 347 consumables covered here are generally not
suitable for service in elevated temperature structural
applications where 0.04-0.08% carbon is specified for
creep resistance, see data sheets C-11 and C-12.
For cryogenic applications requiring >0.38mm (15mils)
charpy lateral expansion at 196C, use unstabilised
weld metal with low carbon and controlled ferrite (B30).

www.metrode.com

STAINLESS STEELS

ALLOY TYPE
347 austenitic stainless steel for joining 321 and 347
base materials.

MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite,
normally in the range 3-12FN.
WELDING GUIDELINES
No preheat, maximum interpass temperature
250C; no PWHT required.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
There is a Technical Profile available on sub-arc
welding with 347S96. There is also additional
information available covering the Supercore flux
cored wires.
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
The 308L consumables cover many of the
same base materials and applications (B-30).
For elevated temperature applications 347H
consumables should be used (C-11).
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG
MIG
SAW
FCW

DS B-31 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Ultramet 347
Ultramet B347
347S96
Supermig 347Si
347S96
SS300
SSB
Supercore 347

Specification
AWS E347-16
AWS E347-15
AWS ER347
AWS ER347Si
AWS ER347
BS EN SA AF2
BS EN SA AF2
AWS E347T0-1/4

121

ULTRAMET 347
ALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR 321/347

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA rutile flux coated 347 electrode on high purity 304L core wire.
Ultramet 347 has all the benefits of an advanced rutile flux design, including all-positional fixed pipework welding with the
2.5/3.2mm diameter electrodes.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E347-16
E 19 9 Nb R 3 2

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
-0.5
--Max.
0.04
2.0
0.9
0.025
Typical
0.02
0.7
0.7
0.01
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As-welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
-196C
-196C

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
18.0
21.0
19

Ni
9.0
11.0
9.5

Min.
560
350
30
25
-----

Mo
-0.50
0.05

Nb
10xC
1.00
0.4

Typical
650
500
40
37
52
70
20
53

Cu
-0.50
0.07

(1050C + WQ)

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
min. A
60
75
max. A
90
120

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

4.0
350
13.5
261

5.0
450
16.5
159

2.5
300
11.4
660

3.2
350
13.5
399

FN
4
12
6

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Ni
Cr
8
5
0.8
5
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B347 but this does not affect the OES.
122

www.metrode.com

DS B-31-ULTRAMET 347 | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<0.2

F*
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

ULTRAMET B347
BASIC PIPE-WELDING ELECTRODE FOR 321/347

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with basic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity 304L core wire. Designed to give good moisture resistance
and hence freedom from weld porosity. The electrode is particularly suited to positional welding of fixed pipework qualified in
the ASME 5G/6G position and is tolerant to adverse wind and draughts under site conditions. Compared with rutile types, the
basic flux gives a more convex fillet bead profile and although the slag does not self-lift, it is easily removed and gives welds of
exceptional appearance and quality.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E347-15
E 19 9 Nb B 4 2

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
-0.5
--Max.
0.06
2.0
0.9
0.025
Typical
0.03
1.2
0.3
0.01
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) -50C
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE
Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
18.0
21.0
19

Ni
9.0
11.0
9.5

Mo
-0.50
0.05

Nb
10xC
1.00
0.5

Min.
560
350
30
25
---

Cu
-0.50
0.07

FN
4
12
6

typical
650
500
40
37
52
90

3.2
75
120

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
Length (mm)
300
350
kg/carton
12.0
13.5
Pieces/carton
669
396
* 350mm is the standard length, 450mm is available to order.

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

4.0
350/450
13.5/17.4
258/267

5.0
450
17.4
162

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Ni
Cr
8
5
0.8
5
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B347 but this does not affect the OES.

www.metrode.com

Cu
<0.2

DS B-31-ULTRAMET B347 | Rev. 01-03/16

F*
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

123

347S96 and SUPERMIG 347Si


SOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG & SAW OF 321/347

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.9M
BS EN ISO 14343-A
BS EN ISO 14343-B

347S96 (TIG, MIG & sub-arc)


ER347
19 9 Nb
SS347

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
Min.
-1.0
0.30
Max.
0.08
2.5
0.65
Typical < 0.04
1.5
0.4

S
-0.020
0.005

Supermig 347Si (MIG)


ER347Si
G 19 9 Nb Si
SS347 Si

P
-0.030
0.02

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Impact ISO-V(J) 20C
- 50C
- 196C
Hardness cap/mid HV

Cr
19.0
21.0
19.5

1.0
-15kg spool
--

1.2
-15kg spool
--

1.6
2.5 kg tube
-25kg coil

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
32
12
16

124

www.metrode.com

W=TIG, G=MIG, S=SAW

Ni
9.0
11.0
9.7

Mo
-0.3
0.2

TIG
660
450
42
40
230
150
35
220/240

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
Current
TIG
Argon*
DCDC+
MIG
Ar+2%O2**
SAW
SS300 or SSB
DC+
*
Also required as a purge for root runs.
**
Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He mixtures with <3%CO2.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG
SAW

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

Ni
8

Nb
10xC
1.0
0.6

Cu
-0.3
0.1

FN
4
12
8

MIG/Supermig 347Si
650
475
47
42
100

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2
2.4

2.0
To order
---

Mo
<0.5

DS B-31-347S96 and SUPERMIG 347Si | Rev. 01-03/16

Parameters
100A, 12V
260A, 26V
350A,28V

2.4
2.5 kg tube
-25kg coil

Cu
<0.5

3.2
2.5 kg tube
-25kg coil

OES (mg/m3)
3.1

SUPERCORE 347
DOWNHAND RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRE FOR 321/347
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wire made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 347 combines easy operability,
high deposit quality and good weld bead appearance for downhand and HV welding. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect
to wire.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

E347T0-1/4
T19 9 Nb R C/M 3
TS347-FB0

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
-0.5
--Max. 0.08
2.0
1.0
0.025
Typical 0.03
1.2
0.4
0.01

STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.22M
BS EN ISO 17633-A
BS EN ISO 17633-B

P
-0.030
0.02

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C

Cr
18.0
21.0
19

Ni
9.0
11.0
10.5

Mo
-0.3
0.1

Min.
550
350
30
25
--

Nb
8xC
1.0
0.5

Cu
-0.3
0.1

FN
4
12
8

Typical
600
435
47
42
50
90

--

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85% argon.
The wire is suitable for use on CO2 but with some loss of cosmetic appearance and increased spatter.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below (for 100%CO2 increase voltage by 2-3V):
Diameter (mm)
amp-volt range
typical
stickout
1.2
120 280A, 22 34V
180A, 29V
15 20mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt %
Fe
Mn
17
11

www.metrode.com

Ni
2

Cr3
4

Cr6
5

DS B-31-SUPERCORE 347 | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<1

F
5

OES (mg/m3)
1

125

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet B-32

STAINLESS STEELS

316L STAINLESS STEELS


ALLOY TYPE

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
There are Technical Profiles available on Superoot
316L and sub-arc welding with 316S92. There is
also additional information available covering
the Supercore flux cored wires.

316L Mo bearing austenitic stainless.


MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM
316L
316
316LN
CF3M
CF8M

BS

BS EN & DIN
1.4404 / 1.4401
1.4436
1.4406 / 1.4429
1.4408
1.4437

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


316L stainless steel consumables for LNG, and
other cryogenic applications, are in data sheet
B-38. Stainless steel consumables for high
temperature applications on 316H can be found
in data sheets C-12 or C-13.

UNS
316S11 / 13
316S16 / 31 / 33
316S61
316C12 / 16 / 71

S 31603
S 31600
S 31653

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process

APPLICATIONS
These consumables are used for Mo bearing austenitic
stainless steels with 1.5 3% Mo. They are also
suitable for Ti or Nb stabilised and nitrogen-bearing
or free machining versions of the above alloys. Type
316/316L steels are widely used for their good resistance
to pitting, many acids and general corrosion.
The 316L consumables covered here are not suitable
for 316/316H in elevated temperature structural
applications, see data sheets C-12 and C-13. For
cryogenic applications (196C) see data sheet B-38.

MMA
TIG
MIG
SAW

FCW

MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, normally in
the range 2-10FN depending on the application.
WELDING GUIDELINES
No preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250C;
no PWHT required.

126

www.metrode.com

DS B-32 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Supermet 316L
Ultramet 316L
Ultramet B316L
Ultramet 316LP
316S92
Supermig 316LSi
316S92
SS300
SSB
Supercore 316L
Supercore 316LP
Superoot 316L

Specification
AWS E316L-17
AWS E316L-16
AWS E316L-15
AWS E316L-16
AWS ER316L
AWS ER316LSi
AWS ER316L
BS EN SA AF2
BS EN SA AF2
AWS E316LT0-1/4
AWS E316LT1-1/4
AWS R316LT1-5

SUPERMET 316L
GENER AL PURPOSE RUTILE 316L MMA ELECTRODE

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode rutile aluminosilicate flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low typical carbon level. Low hydrogen
manufacturing technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity. Supermet Technology gives acid rutile operability
combined with controlled silicon content for maximum cracking/corrosion resistance. Designed for ease of use, exceptional weld
bead appearance and high weld metal integrity, primarily in the downhand and HV positions; smaller sizes offer all-positional
operability. Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E316L-17
E 19 12 3 L R 3 2

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
-0.5
--Max.
0.04
2.0
0.90
0.025
Typical
0.02
0.8
0.6
0.01
* DIN & BS EN require Mo 2.5 3.0%.

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
17.0
20.0
19

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded
Min.
Tensile strength (MPa)
520
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
320
Elongation (%) 4d
30
5d
25
Reduction of area %
-Impact ISO*-V(J) +20C
--196C
-* See data sheet B-38 for as-welded cryogenic applications at 196C

Ni
11.0
13.0
12

Mo*
2.0
3.0
2.7

Cu
-0.5
0.1

typical
600
480
42
39
60
70

FN
3
10
6

1050C + WQ
550
320
52
49
52
-35

--

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
1.6
2.0
2.5
25
50
60
min. A
45
70
90
max. A

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
12.6
339

4.0
450
17.4
249

5.0
450
16.8
159

1.6
250
8.7
1344

2.0
300
10.5
846

2.5
300
11.4
603

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Cr
Ni
Mo
8
7
5
1
0.5
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B316L but this does not affect the OES.
www.metrode.com

DS B-32-SUPERMET 316L | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
< 0.2

F*
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

127

ULTRAMET 316L

STAINLESS STEELS

ALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR 316L


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode rutile flux coated 316L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet has all the benefits of an advanced
rutile flux design this includes optimum versatility for downhand welding with high cosmetic finish and weld metal integrity;
and all-positional welding with the 2.5/3.2mm electrodes including fixed pipework.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581
Approvals

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E316L-16
E 19 12 3 L R 3 2
TV, LRS

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
-0.5
--Max.
0.04
2.0
0.90
0.025
Typical
<0.03
1
0.6
0.01
* DIN & BS EN require Mo 2.5 3.0%.

P
-0.030
0.02

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Min.
Tensile strength (MPa)
520
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
320
Elongation (%) 4d
30
5d
25
Reduction of area %
-Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
--100C
--196C
-Hardness HV
-* See data sheet B-38 for as-welded cryogenic applications at 196C.

Cr
17.0
20.0
19

Ni
11.0
13.0
12

typical
580
480
43
41
65
70
40
-230

Mo*
2.0
3.0
2.6

Cu
-0.5
<0.1

FN
3
10
6

1050C + WQ
540
305
52
50
58
--40
185

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
min. A
60
75
max. A
90
120

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

4.0
350
13.5
261

5.0
450
16.5
159

2.5
300
11.4
618

3.2
350
12.9
393

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Cr
Ni
Mo
Cu
F*
OES (mg/m3)
8
7
5
1
0.5
< 0.2
16
1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B316L but this does not affect the OES.
128

www.metrode.com

DS B-32-ULTRAMET 316L | Rev. 01-03/16

ULTRAMET B316L
BASIC COATED MMA PIPE-WELDING ELECTRODE FOR 316L
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode designed and manufactured to give high moisture resistance using a basic flux system and high purity 304L
core wire. Ultramet B316L is particularly suited to the most demanding vertical and overhead welding applications including
fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G position. Under site conditions it is tolerant to adverse wind and drafts.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E316L-15
E 19 12 3 L B 4 2

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
Min.
-Max.
0.04
Typical
<0.03

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

(WELD METAL WT %)
Mn
Si
0.5
-2.0
0.90
1.2
0.3

S
-0.025
0.01

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
17.0
20.0
19

Ni
11.0
13.0
12

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Min.
Tensile strength (MPa)
520
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
320
Elongation (%) 4d
30
5d
25
Reduction of area %
--Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
-196C
-Lateral expansion * (mm) -196C
0.38
* See data sheet B-38 for as-welded cryogenic applications at 196C.

Mo
2.0
3.0
2.6

Cu
-0.5
<0.1

FN
3
10
6

Typical
600
470
37
33
50
80
45
0.5

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE ONLY


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.5
396

4.0
350
13.5
261

5.0
450
16.5
159

2.5
300
12.0
681

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Cr
Ni
Mo
8
7
5
1
0.5
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B316L but this does not affect the OES.

www.metrode.com

DS B-32-ULTRAMET B316L | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
< 0.2

F*
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

129

ULTRAMET 316LP

STAINLESS STEELS

ALL-POSITIONAL PIPE WELDING AND ROOT WELDING ELECTRODE


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode rutile flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low typical carbon level. Ultramet 316LP is a fully allpositional electrode capable of the most demanding fixed pipework applications including ASME 5G/6G. The Ultramet 316LP
electrode has also been designed to deposit single-side root runs without the need for a gas purge. The electrode is also suitable
for vertical-down welding on thin sheet material.
Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E316L-16
E 19 12 3 L R 1 1

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
-0.5
--Max.
0.04
2.5
0.90
0.025
Typical
0.02
0.8
0.8
0.01

PG/3Gd

P
-0.030
0.02

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) -105C

Cr
17.0
20.0
19

Ni
11.0
13.0
12

Min.
520
320
30
25
--

Mo
2.0
3.0
2.7

Cu
-0.5
0.1
Typical
620
500
38
35
45
40

--

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.0
min. A
50
max. A
70

2.5
60
90

3.2
75
120

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
300
12.3
747

3.2
350
14.4
459

2.0
300
11.7
1089

FN
3
10
6

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Cr
Ni
Mo
8
7
5
1
0.5
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B316L but this does not affect the OES.
130

www.metrode.com

DS B-32-ULTRAMET 316LP | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
< 0.2

F*
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

316S92 and SUPERMIG 316LSi


SOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.

AWS A5.9M
BS EN ISO 14343-A
BS EN ISO 14343-B
Approvals

316S92 (TIG & sub-arc)


ER316L
19 12 3 L
SS316L
TV, LRS

Supermig 316LSi (MIG)


ER316LSi
G 19 12 3 LSi
SS316LSi
TV, LRS

STAINLESS STEELS

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

SPECIFICATIONS

W=TIG, G=MIG, S=SAW


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)
C
Mn
Si *
S
P
Min.
-1.0
0.30
--Max.
0.03
2.0
0.65
0.020
0.030
Typical
0.01
1.4
0.5
0.01
0.015
* Supermig 316LSi: Si range is 0.65 1.0%, typically 0.85%.

Cr
18.0
20.0
18.5

Ni
11.0
14.0
12.8

Mo
2.5
3.0
2.6

Cu
-0.3
0.15

FN
3
10
6

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded

Typical
MIG
570
435
42
40
> 70
30-60
200/220

Min.

TIG
Tensile strength (MPa)
510
605
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
320
465
Elongation (%) 4d
30
35
5d
30
33
Impact ISO-V(J) -130C
> 100
-> 60
-196C
-Hardness cap/mid HV
-200/220
* See data sheet B-38 for as-welded cryogenic applications at 196C.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
Current
TIG
Argon
DCDC+
MIG
Ar+2%O2*
SAW
SS300**
DC+
*
Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with < 3%CO2.
**
SSB also suitable.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG (316S92)
MIG (Supermig 316LSi)
SAW (316S92)

0.8
To order
15kg reel
--

0.9
-15kg reel
--

1.0
5 kg tube
15kg reel
--

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
30
12
15

www.metrode.com

1.2
5 kg tube
15kg reel
--

Ni
11

SAW + SS300
570
450
41
37
> 45
30
195/215

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2
2.4

1.6
5 kg tube
---

Mo
1.5

DS B-32-316S92 and SUPERMIG 316LSi | Rev. 01-03/16

Parameters
100A, 12V
260A, 26V
350A,28V

2.0
5 kg tube
---

Cu
< 0.5

2.4
5 kg tube
-25kg coil

3.2
5 kg tube
-25kg coil

OES (mg/m3)
3.3

131

SUPERCORE 316L, 316LP

STAINLESS STEELS

RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRES


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wires the wires are made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 316L combines
easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance for downhand and HV welding. Supercore 316LP is
designed for all-positional welding including fixed pipework. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.
The Supercore 316L wire is not suitable for applications requiring PWHT or solution annealing for these applications, it is
recommended that Supercore 316LP is used.
SPECIFICATIONS
Supercore 316L
AWS A5.22M
E316LT0-1/4
BS EN ISO 17633-A
T 19 12 3 L R C/M 3
BS EN ISO 17633-B
TS316L-FB0
Approvals (1.2 & 1.6mm) TV, LRS

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

Supercore 316LP
E316LT1-1/4
T 19 12 3 L P C/M 2
TS316L-FB1
TV, LRS, ABS, DNV

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
Cr
Ni
Min.
-0.5
0.2
--17.0
11.0
Max.
0.04
2.0
1.0
0.025
0.030
20.0
13.0
Typical
0.03
1.3
0.5
0.02
0.02
18
12.5
* 0.9mm diameter Supercore 316L is typically 2.3%Mo and does not conform to BS EN ISO 17633-A.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
-110C
Hardness cap/mid HV

Min.
510
320
30
25
-----

Mo
2.5
3.0
2.7

Cu
-0.3
0.1

FN
3
12
6

Typical
580
440
40
38
50
70
40
200/210

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: Either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not
exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm)
amp-volt range
typical
stickout
0.9 (Supercore 316L only)
75 170A, 20 30V
120A, 26V
15 20mm
1.2
120 280A, 21 35V
180A, 28V
15 20mm
1.2P
120 250A, 20 32V
160A, 26V
15 20mm
1.6
200 350A, 26 36V
250A, 30V
15 25mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg.
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
13.5
1.5
132

www.metrode.com

Ni
1.5

Cr3
7.5

Cr6
1

DS B-32-SUPERCORE 316L, 316LP | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<1

F
11

OES (mg/m3)
1.2

SUPEROOT 316L
FLUX CORED TIG WIRE FOR ROOT WELDS WITHOUT BACK PURGE

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.22M
BS EN ISO 17633-B

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored TIG wire Superoot 316L is made with a seamless austenitic stainless steel sheath, which results in a robust moisture
resistant wire and rutile flux system. Superoot 316L is designed specifically for situations where it is impractical to apply backpurge for the TIG root run, or to gain the economic benefit of eliminating back-purge. For most applications, the use of a 316L
root bead is considered compatible with subsequent filling with 308L, 347 or 316L as appropriate.
Metal recovery is 90% with respect to the whole wire.

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

R316LT1-5
TS316L-RI1

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
Min.
-1.0
0.2
Max.
0.03
2.0
1.0
Typical
0.01
1.6
0.8
Typically 5FN.

S
-0.025
0.005

P
-0.03
0.020

Cr
17.0
20.0
19.2

Ni
11.0
14.0
12.5

Mo
2.0
3.0
2.2

Cu
-0.5
0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Typical
Tensile strength (MPa)
605
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
450
Elongation (%) 4d
38
Note: In practice, mechanical properties of the root bead are assessed with the whole joint and subsequent filler.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding
Current
Diameter (mm)
Voltage
TIG
Argon*
DC2.2
90A, 12V
* No back-purge is required.
Satisfactory application of Superoot 316L requires the use of a keyhole welding technique. Further details are available on request.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt%)
Fe
Mn
30
12

www.metrode.com

2.2
1 kg tube

Ni
11

Cr3
15

Cu
< 0.5

DS B-32-SUPEROOT 316L | Rev. 01-03/16

F
--

OES (mg/m3)
3.3

OES (mg/m3)
3.1

133

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet B-33

STAINLESS STEELS

NON-MAGNETIC 316L CONSUMABLES


ALLOY TYPE
Nil-ferrite, modified 316L alloy for non-magnetic,
cryogenic and nitric acid applications.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
For type 316L and similar parent materials where
ferrite-free and non-magnetic weld metal is required;
also suitable for 304/304L and 316/316L for cryogenic
service.
May be suitable for welding 200 series stainless steels,
eg. UNS S20910 (XM-19), Nitronic 50 (Armco) and other.
nitrogen strengthened stainless steels.
APPLICATIONS
The high nickel and nitrogen levels provide a fully
austenitic and non-magnetic weld deposit with
maximum magnetic permeability of 1.01. A typical
tensile strength above 600MPa is also achieved by
means of the controlled level of nitrogen. A high
manganese content ensures freedom from microfissuring in the ferrite-free weld metal.
Applications exploiting non-magnetic properties
include welding of 316L fittings for minesweepers and
offshore downhole instrumentation collars.
The fully austenitic microstructure gives excellent
strength and toughness at cryogenic temperatures
for joining 304L and 316L LPG and LNG storage vessels.
Useful toughness is also maintained down to liquid
helium temperatures -269C (4K) for superconducting
applications. Impact testing procedures at this
temperature are complex and expensive, with results of
questionable validity. To qualify the toughness of weld
metal for service at 4K, the ASME Code Committee
has proposed >0.53mm (21mils) at 196C (77K). This
proposal is based on correlations between fracture
toughness and Charpy data at these temperatures.

MICROSTRUCTURE
Fully austenitic.
WELDING GUIDELINES
No preheat required, and maximum interpass
temperature 150C.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
ASTM A262 practice C (Huey) corrosion test
(immersion in boiling, 65%, nitric acid for five
48 hour periods): typical corrosion rates are
0.71.2m/48hr (0.13-0.22mm/year). Stamicarbon
requirement is 3.3m/48hr.
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
The 310L and 904L alloys may also be useful for
low magnetic permeability applications.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process Product

BS EN E 18 15 3 L R 3 2

Ultramet B316NF

BS EN E 18 15 3 L B 4 2

TIG/MIG ER316MnNF
Supercore 316NF
FCW

BS EN 20 16 3 Mn N L

MMA

Unlike conventional 316L weld metal containing ferrite,


which suffers preferential attack in concentrated nitric
acid, the nil-ferrite alloy has excellent resistance and
is suitable for deposition directly onto CMn steel to
provide corrosion resistant overlays.

134

www.metrode.com

Specification

Ultramet 316NF

DS B-33 | Rev. 01-03/16

(BS EN T 18 16 5 N L R C/M 3)

ULTRAMET 316NF
ALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile (low silica) flux on high purity 304L core wire.
Special control of residuals coupled with a high manganese content ensures freedom from microfissuring.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

(E316LMn-16)
E 18 15 3 L R 3 2

STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5

Nearest classification

This is nearest because the electrode


does not strictly conform to AWS

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
-2.5
--Max.
0.04
4.0
0.9
0.025
Typical < 0.03
3.0
0.4
0.01
Maximum magnetic permeability 1.01

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
16.5
19.5
18

Ni
14.0
17.0
16

Mo
2.5
3.5
2.8

Cu
-0.5
< 0.1

N
0.1
0.2
0.15

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded
Min.
Typical
Tensile strength (MPa)
560
610
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
300
430
Elongation (%) 4d
-38
5d
30
35
Reduction of area %
-54
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C *
-60
Lateral expansion(mm, mils) -196C *
-0.7mm / (28mils)
* Useful impact properties are maintained down to 4K (-269C) and exceeds proposed ASME Code recommendation.
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)
Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
min. A
60
75
max. A
90
120

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

4.0
350
15.0
267

5.0
350
16.5
189

2.5
300
13.5
684

3.2
350
15.0
402

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Ni
Cr
Cu
8
10
1.5
5
<0.2
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B316NF but this does not affect OES.
www.metrode.com

DS B-33-ULTRAMET 316NF | Rev. 01-03/16

F*
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

OES (mg/m3)
1

135

ULTRAMET B316NF
BASIC ALL-POSITIONAL MMA PIPE WELDING ELECTRODE

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity 304L core wire. Special control of residuals coupled with a high manganese to ensure
freedom from microfissuring.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

(E316LMn-15)
E 18 15 3 L B 4 2

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5

Nearest classification

This is nearest because the electrode


does not strictly conform to AWS

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
Min.
-2.5
-Max.
0.04
4.0
0.9
Typical < 0.03
3.5
0.4
Maximum magnetic permeability 1.01.

S
-0.025
0.01

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
16.5
19.5
18

Ni
14.0
17.0
16

Mo
2.5
3.5
2.8

Cu
-0.5
< 0.1

N
0.1
0.2
0.15

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded
Min.
Typical
Tensile strength (MPa)
560
610
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
300
440
Elongation (%) 4d
-38
5d
30
35
Reduction of area %
-50
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C *
-50
Lateral expansion(mm, mils) -196C *
-0.6 / (24mils)
* Useful impact properties are maintained down to 4K (-269C) and exceeds proposed ASME Code recommendation.
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE
Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.5
393

4.0
350
13.5
252

5.0
350
16.5
153

2.5
300
12.0
678

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Ni
Cr
Cu
8
10
1.5
5
<0.2
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B316NF but this does not affect OES.
136

www.metrode.com

DS B-33-ULTRAMET B316NF | Rev. 01-03/16

F*
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

OES (mg/m3)
1

ER316MnNF
NON-MAGNETIC SOLID WIRES FOR TIG AND MIG
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding.

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No --

ER316LMn
20 16 3 Mn N L

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
Min.
-6.0
0.30
Max.
0.025
8.0
0.65
Typical
0.02
7
0.5
Maximum magnetic permeability 1.01.

S
-0.02
0.01

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
19.0
21.0
20

Ni
15.0
18.0
16

Mo
2.5
3.5
3

Cu
-0.3
0.15

STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.9M
BS EN ISO 14343-A

N
0.12
0.20
0.15

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded
TIG
Tensile strength (MPa)
732
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
527
Elongation (%) 4d
39
5d
34
Reduction of area (%)
68
Impact ISO-V(J) - 100C
140
- 196C *
95
Lateral expansion mm (mils) - 196C *
1.0 (40)
Hardness cap/mid HV
175/220
* Useful impact properties are maintained down to 4K (-269C) and exceeds proposed ASME Code recommendation.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
Current
TIG
Argon*
DCMIG
Ar+2%O2**
DC+
* Proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with <3%CO2 also suitable.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG

1.0
-15kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
26
22
15

www.metrode.com

1.2
-15kg spool

Ni
13

DS B-33-ER316MnNF | Rev. 01-03/16

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2

Parameters
100A, 12V
260A, 26V

1.6
2.5 kg tube
--

Mo
1.5

2.4
2.5 kg tube
--

Cu
< 0.5

OES (mg/m3)
3.3

137

SUPERCORE 316NF
RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRE

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wire made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system.
Supercore 347 combines easy operability, high deposit quality and good weld bead appearance for downhand and HV welding.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to wire.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.22M
BS EN ISO 17633-A
Approval

(E316LT0-1/4)
(T 18 16 5 N L R C/M 3)
TV

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
Min.
-2.0
0.2
Max.
0.04
3.0
1.0
Typical
0.03
2.5
0.4
Maximum magnetic permeability 1.01.

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No --

Nearest classification
Nearest classification

S
-0.025
0.01

P
-0.03
0.025

Cr
17.0
19.0
18

Ni
14.0
16.0
15

Mo
2.5
3.5
3

N
0.08
0.20
0.12

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Min.
Typical
Tensile strength (MPa)
560
605
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
300
410
Elongation (%) 4d
30
37
5d
25
34
Impact ISO-V(J) - 196C *
-50
Lateral expansion (mm) - 196C *
0.38 (15mils)
0.6
Hardness HV
-185
* Useful impact properties are maintained down to 4K (-269C) and exceeds proposed ASME Code recommendation.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 80%.
The wire is suitable for use on 100%CO2 with some loss of cosmetic appearance and increased spatter.
Current: DC+ve parameters as below (for 100%CO2 increase voltage by ~3V):
Diameter (mm)
amp-volt range
typical
stickout
1.2
130A-25V to 280A-34V
180A-29V
12-20mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 12.5kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
12
18

138

www.metrode.com

Ni
2

Cr3
4

Cr6
4

DS B-33-SUPERCORE 316NF | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<1

F
6

OES (mg/m3)
1.2

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet B-34

318 STAINLESS STEELS


WELDING GUIDELINES
No preheat, maximum interpass temperature
250C.

Nb stabilised, Mo-bearing stainless steel.


MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

wrought

cast

ASTM/ASME

316Ti, 316Cb

CF10MC

DIN & BS EN

1.4571 / 1.4573
1.4580 / 1.4583
320S31 / 33

1.4579 / 1.4581

BS
UNS

Supermet 318 is not recommended for cryogenic


applications, nor elevated temperature structural
service.

318C17

S31635,
31640

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS

APPLICATIONS
Use to weld titanium or niobium-stabilised grades of
molybdenum-bearing austenite stainless steels, or
as an alternative electrode for unstabilised grades
such as 316/316L. It is not recommended for structural
service above about 400C.
It is also used for depositing corrosion resistance
overlays and valve seat inlays on medium carbon alloy
steels, and for this reason the electrode is normally
supplied with a typical ferrite content of 3-14FN.

The 316L consumables can be used for many of the


same base materials and applications (data sheet
B-32). For cryogenic applications see controlled
ferrite 316L consumables (data sheet B-32) and for
elevated temperature see 316H (C-13) or 16.8.2 (C-12)
consumables.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG
SAW

MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite with 3-14FN (3-12% ferrite), typically 10FN.

www.metrode.com

STAINLESS STEELS

ALLOY TYPE

DS B-34 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Supermet 318
318S96
318S96
SS300
SSB

Specification
AWS E318-17
AWS ER318
AWS ER318
BS EN SA AF2
BS EN SA AF2

139

SUPERMET 318

STAINLESS STEELS

NB STABILISED MO-BEARING STAINLESS STEEL MMA ELECTRODE


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile-aluminosilicate flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low (<0..025%) typical carbon levels.
Designed for ease of use, exceptional weld bead appearance, and high weld metal integrity, primarily in the downhand and H-V
welding positions. Smaller sizes up to 3.2mm offer excellent all-positional operability.
Low hydrogen manufacturing technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E318-17
E 19 12 3 Nb R 3 2

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
min.
-0.5
--max.
0.04
2.0
0.90
0.025
Typical 0.025
0.8
0.7
0.01

P
-0.030
0.02

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C

Cr
17.0
20.0
19

Ni
11.0
13.0
11.5

Mo
2.5
3.0
2.7

Nb
10 x C
1.0
0.6

Min.
560
350
25
25
---

Cu
-0.50
0.1
Typical
630
500
36
35
55
65

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 55V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
14.1
387

4.0
350
13.2
237

5.0
450
18.0
165

2.5
300
11.4
564

FN
6
13
9

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
8
7

140

www.metrode.com

Ni
1

Cr
5

Mo
0.5

DS B-34-SUPERMET 318 | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<0.2

F
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

318S96
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

ER318
19 12 3 Nb
SS318

STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.9M
BS EN ISO 14343-A
BS EN ISO 14343-B

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


Min.
Max.
Typical

C
-0.07
0.035

Mn
1.0
2.0
1.8

Si
0.30
0.65
0.45

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
Hardness cap/mid HV

S
-0.02
0.01

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
18.5
20.0
19.5

1.2
-15kg spool
--

Nb
10xC
1.0
0.6

Cu
-0.3
0.2

FN
3
12
10

35
90
200/215

1.6
5 kg tube
---

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
30
12
15

www.metrode.com

Mo
2.5
3.0
2.5

TIG
655
440
42

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding
Current
TIG
Argon*
DCMIG
Ar+2%O2 **
DC+
SAW
SS300 ***
DC+
*
Also required as a back purge for root runs.
**
Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He mixtures with <3%CO2.
***
SSB also suitable.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG
SAW

Ni
11.0
13.0
11.5

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2
2.4

Parameters
100A, 12V
260A, 26V
350A, 28V

2.0
5 kg tube
---

Ni
11

DS B-34-318S96 | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
1.5

2.4
5 kg tube
-25 kg coil

Cu
<0.5

OES (mg/m3)
3.3

141

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet B-35

STAINLESS STEELS

317L STAINLESS STEELS


ALLOY TYPE

MICROSTRUCTURE

19%Cr-13%Ni-3.5%Mo (317L) austenitic stainless steel.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
wrought

cast

317 / S31700
317L / S31703

CG8M
CG3M

WELDING GUIDELINES
No preheat required, and a maximum interpass of
150C is desirable. Normally used in the as-welded
condition.

ASTM/UNS
DIN & BS EN

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

1.4438

BS
317S16
317S12

The 317LM and 1.4539 alloys, with 4-5%Mo, can be


welded with the overmatching 904L consumables
(data sheet B-40).

317C16
317C12

APPLICATIONS
Use to weld 317/317L stainless steels in which the
raised Mo level provides improved resistance to
pitting in high chloride environments and to some
acids (not nitric acid). These steels are used in marine,
chemical process, papermaking, and food processing
applications.
Also suitable for 316/316L and their stabilised versions
when the benefits of higher molybdenum weld metal
are required to maximise weld area pitting resistance.
Not suitable for structural service above about 400C,
or for cryogenic applications.

142

www.metrode.com

Austenite with 3-10FN (3-9% ferrite), typically 5FN.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


317L falls between the lower alloyed 316L (data
sheet B-32) and the higher alloyed 904L (data sheet
B-40) materials.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG
FCW

DS B-35 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Ultramet 317L
ER317L
Supercore 317LP

Specification
AWS E317L-16
AWS ER317L
AWS E317LT1-1/4

ULTRAMET 317L
ALL-POSITIONAL MMA ELECTRODE FOR 317L STAINLESS STEEL

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low (<0.025%) typical carbon levels. A controlled addition of nitrogen, in
conjunction with ~3.8%Mo, provides improved pitting corrosion resistance compared to 316L. Ultramet 317L gives both welder
and weld metal all the benefits of advanced rutile electrode design. These features include optimum versatility for downhand
and positional welding, combined with high cosmetic finish and full volumetric weld metal integrity. The smaller electrode sizes
are particularly suited to vertical and overhead welding applications including fixed pipework. Low hydrogen manufacturing
technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity.
Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E317L-16
E 19 13 4 N L R 3 2

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
min.
-1.0
--max.
0.04
2.5
0.90
0.025
Typical
0.02
1.2
0.6
0.01

P
-0.030
0.02

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
-50C

Cr
18.0
20.0
19

Ni
12.0
14.0
13

Mo
3.5
4.0
3.8

Min.
550
350
30
25
----

Cu
-0.50
0.1

N
0.08
0.20
0.12

FN
3
10
5

Typical
620
470
38
36
45
55
30

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.5
381

4.0
350
13.5
225

5.0
450
18.6
171

2.5
300
12.0
669

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
8
6

www.metrode.com

Ni
1

Cr
6

Cu
<0.2

DS B-35-ULTRAMET 317L | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
0.6

F
16

OES (mg/m3)
0.8

143

ER317L
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG AND MIG

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.9M
BS EN ISO 14343-A
BS EN ISO 14343-B

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

ER 317, ER 317L
19 13 4 L
SS317, SS317L

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


Min.
Max.
Typical

C
-0.03
0.015

Mn
1.0
2.5
1.5

Si
0.30
0.65
0.4

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C

S
-0.02
0.01

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
18.5
20.0
19

1.0
-15kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible):
Fe
Mn
Ni
28
12
12

144

www.metrode.com

Mo
3.0
4.0
3.5

Cu
-0.3
0.15

FN
2
10
5

TIG
630
450
35
75

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding
Current
DCTIG
Argon*
MIG
Ar+2%O2 **
DC+
*
Also required as a purge for root runs.
**
Proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with <3%CO2 also suitable.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG

Ni
13.0
15.0
14

1.2
-15kg spool

Cr3
15

DS B-35-ER317L | Rev. 01-03/16

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2

Parameters
100A, 12V
260A, 26V

1.6
2.5 kg tube
--

2.4
2.5 kg tube
--

Mo
2

Cu
<0.5

OES (mg/m3)
1

SUPERCORE 317LP
ALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wire made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 317LP is designed for allpositional welding including fixed pipework but provides excellent operability in the flat and HV positions as well. Metal recovery
is about 90% with respect to the wire.

E317LT1-1/4
(T 19 13 4 N L P C/M 2)
TS317L-FB1

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

Nearest classification

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
min.
-0.5
0.2
-max.
0.04
2.5
1.0
0.025
Typical
0.03
1
0.6
0.02

P
-0.030
0.02

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
-50C
Hardness HV

STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.22M
BS EN ISO 17633-A
BS EN ISO 17633-B

Cr
18.0
20.0
19

Ni
12.0
14.0
13

Mo
3.0
4.0
3.5

Min.
550
350
20
20
-----

Cu
-0.5
0.1

N
-0.20
0.07

FN
3
10
6

Typical
570
440
27
25
30
55
45
220

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm)
1.2

amp-volt range
120 280A, 22 34V

typical
180A, 29V

stickout
15 20mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg spool.
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
17
10

www.metrode.com

Ni
1.5

Cr3
3

Cr6
5

DS B-35-SUPERCORE 317LP | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<1

F
5

OES (mg/m3)
1

145

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet B-37

STAINLESS STEELS

CRYOGENIC 308LCF CONSUMABLES


ALLOY TYPE
Controlled ferrite 308L austenitic stainless steels
for joining 304L base materials used in cryogenic
applications.

WELDING GUIDELINES
No preheat, maximum interpass temperature
250C (300C may be acceptable on thicker
section material); no PWHT required.
For optimum impact properties use heat inputs
at the higher end of the allowable ranges.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM
304L
304
304LN
CF3
CF8

BS

BS EN & DIN
1.4306
1.4301
1.4311
1.4308

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
There is a Technical Profile covering the use
of the controlled ferrite consumables for LNG
applications.
G B Holloway et al Stainless steel arc welding
consumables for cryogenic applications.
Stainless Steel World America 2004 Conference,
Houston, 2004.

UNS
304S11
304S15 / 16 / 31
304S61
304C12
304C15

S 30403
S 30400
S 30453

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS

APPLICATIONS
Used to weld 18/8 stainless steels with service
temperatures down to 196C. The controlled ferrite
SMAW electrodes and flux cored wires are specifically
designed for cryogenic service; they are not batch
selected consumables.
Applications include pipework and vessels subject to
cryogenic service (-196C) eg LNG.
Standard 308L consumables for general purpose
fabrication can be found in data sheet B-30. The 308L
consumables covered here are not suitable for 304/304H
in elevated temperature structural applications, see
data sheets C-10 and C-12.

General purpose 308L stainless steel consumables


are in data sheet B-30.
Stainless steel
consumables for high temperature applications
on 304H can be found in data sheets C-10 or C-12.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG
SAW
FCW

MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, 2-5FN (38FN for solid wires).

146

www.metrode.com

DS B-37 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Ultramet 308LCF
Ultramet B308LCF
ER308LCF
ER308LCF
SS300
Supercore 308LCF

Specification
AWS E308L-16
AWS E308L-15
AWS ER308L
AWS ER308L
BS EN SA AF2
AWS E308LT1-1/4J

ULTRAMET 308LCF
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR CRYOGENIC 304L APPLICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode special rutile flux coated 308L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Versatile downhand and positional
capability, Ultramet 308LCF has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed for cryogenic service requiring >0.38mm
lateral expansion at minus 130-196C. Also suitable for unusual occasions when 304L is specified for service up to 550C and
corrosion conditions preclude the use of 308H.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E308L-16
E 19 9 L R 3 2

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
Min.
-Max.
0.04
Typical <0.025

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

(WELD METAL WT %)
Mn
Si
S
0.5
--2.0
0.90
0.025
1
0.6
0.01

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
18.0
21.0
18.5

Ni
9.0
11.0
10

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded
Min.
Tensile strength (MPa)
520
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
320
Elongation (%) 4d
35
5d
30
Reduction of area (%)
-Impact ISO*-V(J) -100C
--196C
-Lateral expansion* (mm) -196C
0.38
* Batch tested for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at 196C

Mo
-0.50
0.1

Cu
-0.5
<0.1

FN
2
5
3

typical
600
445
50
46
43
45
35
0.50

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
min. A
60
75
max. A
90
120

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

4.0
350
13.5
261

5.0
450
16.2
159

2.5
300
11.4
627

3.2
350
13.5
414

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Cr
Ni
Mo
8
5
5
0.8
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B308LCF but this does not affect the OES
www.metrode.com

DS B-37-ULTRAMET 308LCF | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
< 0.2

F*
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

147

ULTRAMET B308LCF

STAINLESS STEELS

BASIC MMA PIPE-WELDING ELECTRODE FOR CRYOGENIC 304L APPLICATIONS


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode designed and manufactured to give high moisture resistance using a basic flux system and high purity 304L
core wire. Ultramet B308LCF is particularly suited to the most demanding vertical and overhead welding applications including
fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G position. Under site conditions it is tolerant to adverse wind and drafts.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E308L-15
E 19 9 L B 4 2

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
-0.5
--Max.
0.04
2.0
0.90
0.025
Typical
0.03
1.2
0.3
0.01

P
-0.030
0.015

Cr
18.0
21.0
18.5

Ni
9.0
11.0
10

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Min.
Tensile strength (MPa)
520
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
320
Elongation (%) 4d
35
5d
30
Reduction of area %
-Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
--196C
-Lateral expansion * (mm) -196C
0.38
* Batch tested for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at 196C.

Mo
-0.50
0.05

Cu
-0.5
<0.1

typical
600
440
44
40
60
80-120
35-50
0.55

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE ONLY


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.5
405

4.0
350
13.5
266

2.5
300
12.0
700

FN
2
5
3

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Cr
Ni
Mo
8
5
5
0.8
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B308LCF but this does not affect the OES

148

www.metrode.com

DS B-37-ULTRAMET B308LCF | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
< 0.2

F*
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

ER308LCF
SOLID WIRES FOR CRYOGENIC 304L APPLICATIONS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Batch selected solid wire for TIG and sub-arc welding.

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

ER308L
19 9 L
SS308L

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
Min.
-1.0
0.30
Max.
0.025
2.0
0.65
Typical
0.01
1.7
0.4

S
-0.020
0.01

P
-0.030
0.015

Cr
19.5
21.0
20

Ni
9.0
11.0
10

Mo
-0.3
0.1

Cu
-0.3
0.15

STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.9M
BS EN ISO 14343-A
BS EN ISO 14343-B

FN
3
8
7

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded

Typical

Min.

TIG
Tensile strength (MPa)
510
605
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
320
465
Elongation (%) 4d
30
35
5d
30
33
-Impact ISO-V(J) -130C
110
-196C
-80
Lateral expansion * (mm) -196C
0.38
1.0
* ER308LCF SAW wire batch tested, with SS300 flux, for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas
TIG
Argon
SAW
SS300
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
SAW

1.6
2.5 kg tube
--

Current
DCDC+

www.metrode.com

196C.C.

Diameter (mm)
2.4
2.4

2.0
2.5 kg tube
--

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
32
12
16

SAW + SS300
550
390
41
37
50
45
0.5

Parameters
100A, 12V
350A,30V

2.4
2.5 kg tube
25kg coil

Ni
8

DS B-37-ER308LCF | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
< 0.5

3.2
2.5 kg tube
25kg coil

Cu
< 0.5

OES (mg/m3)
3.1

149

SUPERCORE 308LCF

STAINLESS STEELS

RUTILE ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE FOR CRYOGENIC 304L APPLICATIONS


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Supercore 308LCF has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed for cryogenic service requiring >0.38mm lateral
expansion at minus 130-196C.
Supercore 308LCF is designed for all-positional welding including fixed pipework. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to
the wire.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.22M
BS EN ISO 17633-A
BS EN ISO 17633-B

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

E308LT1-1/4J
T 19 9 L P C/M 2
TS308L-FB1

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
-0.5
0.2
-Max.
0.04
2.0
1.0
0.025
Typical
0.03
1.4
0.6
0.01

P
-0.030
0.02

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
-130C
-196C
Lateral expansion * (mm) -196C
* Batch tested for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at 196C.

Cr
18.0
21.0
18.6

Ni
9.0
11.0
10.5

Mo
-0.3
0.1

Min.
520
320
30
30
--

Cu
-0.3
0.1

FN
2
5
3

Typical
540
400
50
46
50
74
40
36
0.70

--

--0.38

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
CCurrent: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm)
amp-volt range
typical
stickout
120 280A, 22 34V
180A, 29V (downhand)
1.2
15 25mm
150A, 25V (positional)
15 20mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg (33 lbs)
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
17
10

150

www.metrode.com

Ni
1.5

Cr3
3

Cr6
5

DS B-37-SUPERCORE 308LCF | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<1

F
5

OES (mg/m3)
1

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet B-38

CRYOGENIC 316LCF CONSUMABLES

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM
316L
316
316LN
CF3M
CF8M

BS

BS EN & DIN
1.4404 / 1.4401
1.4436
1.4406 / 1.4429
1.4408
1.4437

WELDING GUIDELINES
No preheat, maximum interpass temperature
250C (300C may be acceptable on thicker
section material); no PWHT required.
For optimum impact properties use heat inputs
at the higher end of the allowable ranges.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
There is a Technical Profile covering the use
of the controlled ferrite consumables for LNG
applications.
G B Holloway et al Stainless steel arc welding
consumables for cryogenic applications.
Stainless Steel World America 2004 Conference,
Houston, 2004.

UNS
316S11 / 13
316S16 / 31 / 33
316S61
316C12
316C16 / 71

STAINLESS STEELS

ALLOY TYPE
Controlled ferrite 316L austenitic stainless steels
for joining 316L base materials used in cryogenic
applications.

S 31603
S 31600
S 31653

APPLICATIONS
These consumables are used for Mo bearing austenitic
stainless steels with 1.5 3% Mo. Type 316/316L steels
are widely used for their good resistance to pitting,
many acids and general corrosion. . The controlled
ferrite SMAW electrodes and flux cored wires are
specifically designed for cryogenic service; they are not
batch selected consumables.
Applications include pipework and vessels subject to
cryogenic service (-196C) eg LNG.
Standard 316L consumables for general purpose
fabrication can be found in data sheet B-32. The 316L
consumables covered here are not suitable for 316/316H
in elevated temperature structural applications, see
data sheets C-12 and C-13.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


General purpose 316L stainless steel consumables
are in data sheet B-32.
Stainless steel
consumables for high temperature applications
on 316H can be found in data sheets C-12 or C-13.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG
SAW
FCW

Product
Ultramet 316LCF
Ultramet B316LCF
ER316LCF
ER316LCF
SS300
Supercore 316LCF

Specification
AWS E316L-16
AWS E316L-15
AWS ER316L
AWS ER316L
BS EN SA AF2
AWS E316LT1-1/4J

MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, 2-5FN (38FN for solid wires).

www.metrode.com

DS B-38 | Rev. 01-03/16

151

ULTRAMET 316LCF

STAINLESS STEELS

RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR CRYOGENIC 316L APPLICATIONS


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode special rutile flux coated 316L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Versatile downhand and positional capability,
Ultramet 316LCF has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed for cryogenic service requiring >0.38mm lateral expansion
at minus 130-196C. Also suitable for unusual occasions when 316L is specified for service up to 550C and corrosion conditions
preclude the use of 316H.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M
E316L-16
QW432
F-No 5
Nearest classification
BS EN ISO 3581
(E 19 12 3 L R 3 2)
QW442
A-No 8
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
Min.
-0.5
---Max.
0.04
2.0
0.90
0.025
0.030
Typical
<0.03
1
0.6
0.01
0.02
* Does not conform to DIN & BS EN which requires Mo 2.5 3.0%.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As-welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO*-V(J) + 20C
-100C
-196C
Lateral expansion * (mm) -196C
Hardness HV
* Batch tested for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at 196C.

Cr
17.0
20.0
18

Ni
11.0
13.0
12

Min.
520
320
30
25
----0.38
--

Mo*
2.0
3.0
2.2

Cu
-0.5
<0.1

FN
2
5
3

typical
595
440
43
39
48
70
50
30
0.40
230

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
min. A
60
75
max. A
90
120
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
Length (mm)
300
350
kg/carton
11.4
13.5
Pieces/carton
618
396

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

4.0
350
13.5
261

5.0
450
16.5
165

STORAGE

3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift
of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended
ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
8
7

Cr
5

Ni
1

Mo
0.5

* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B316LCF but this does not affect the OES.
152

www.metrode.com

DS B-38-ULTRAMET 316LCF | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
< 0.2

F*
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

ULTRAMET B316LCF
BASIC MMA PIPE-WELDING ELECTRODE FOR CRYOGENIC 316L APPLICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode designed and manufactured to give high moisture resistance using a basic flux system and high purity 304L
core wire. Ultramet B316L is particularly suited to the most demanding vertical and overhead welding applications including fixed
pipework in the ASME 5G/6G position. Under site conditions it is tolerant to adverse wind and drafts.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E316L-15
(E 19 12 3 L B 4 2) Nearest classification

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
Min.
-0.5
---Max.
0.04
2.0
0.90
0.025
0.030
Typical
<0.03
1.2
0.3
0.01
0.02
* Does not conform to DIN & BS EN which requires Mo 2.5 3.0%.

Cr
17.0
20.0
19

Ni
11.0
13.0
12

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Min.
Tensile strength (MPa)
520
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
320
Elongation (%) 4d
30
5d
25
Reduction of area %
-Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
--196C
-Lateral expansion * (mm) -196C
0.38
* Batch tested for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at 196C.

Mo *
2.0
3.0
2.2

Cu
-0.5
<0.1

FN
2
5
3

typical
600
470
37
33
50
80
35
0.45

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE ONLY


Diameter (mm)
min. A
max. A

2.5
60
90

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
300
12.0
669

3.2
350
13.5
396

4.0
450
17.4
255

STORAGE

3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift
of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended
ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Cr
Ni
Mo
8
7
5
1
0.5
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B316LCF but this does not affect the OES.
www.metrode.com

DS B-38-ULTRAMET B316LCF | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
< 0.2

F*
16

OES (mg/m3)
1
153

ER316LCF
SOLID WIRES FOR CRYOGENIC 316L APPLICATIONS

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wires for TIG and sub-arc welding.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.9M
BS EN ISO 14343-A
BS EN ISO 14343-B

ER316L
19 12 3 L
SS316L

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
Min.
-1.0
0.30
Max.
0.025
2.0
0.65
Typical
0.01
1.4
0.5

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

W=TIG, S=SAW

S
-0.020
0.01

P
-0.030
0.015

Cr
18.0
20.0
18.5

Ni
11.0
14.0
12.8

Mo
2.5
3.0
2.6

Cu
-0.3
0.15

FN
3
8
6

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical
TIG
Tensile strength (MPa)
510
605
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
320
465
Elongation (%) 4d
30
50
5d
25
45
-Impact ISO-V(J) -130C
> 100
-196C
-> 60
Lateral expansion * (mm) -196C
0.38
1.0
* ER316LCF SAW wire batch tested, with SS300 flux for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at 196C.

As welded

Min.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding
TIG
Argon
SAW
SS300
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
SAW

Current
DCDC+

1.6
2.5kg tube
--

2.0
2.5kg tube
--

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt%), (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
30
12
15

154

www.metrode.com

Ni
11

DS B-38-ER316LCF | Rev. 01-03/16

SAW + SS300
560
400
41
37
> 45
40
0.5

Diameter (mm)
2.4
2.4

Voltage
100A, 12V
350A, 28V

2.4
2.5kg tube
25kg coil

3.2
2.5kg tube
--

Mo
1.5

Cu
< 0.5

OES (mg/m3)
3.3

SUPERCORE 316LCF
RUTILE ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE FOR CRYOGENIC 316L APPLICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.22M
BS EN ISO 17633-A
BS EN ISO 17633-B

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Supercore 316LCF has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed for cryogenic service requiring >0.38mm lateral
expansion at minus 130-196C.
Supercore 316LCF is designed for all-positional welding including fixed pipework. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the
wire.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

E316LT1-1/4J
(T 19 12 3 L P C/M 2) Nearest classification
TS316L-FB1

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
Cr
Min.
-0.5
0.2
--17.0
Max.
0.04
2.0
1.0
0.025
0.030
20.0
Typical
0.03
1.4
0.6
0.01
0.02
18.0
* Does not conform to BS EN ISO 17633-A which requires Mo 2.5 3.0%.

Ni
11.0
13.0
12.4

Mo *
2.0
3.0
2.2

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Min.
Tensile strength (MPa)
510
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
320
Elongation (%) 4d
30
5d
25
Reduction of area %
--Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
-130C
--196C
-Lateral expansion * (mm) -130C
--196C
0.38
* Batch tested for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at 196C.

Cu
-0.5
0.1

FN
2
5
3

Typical
550
410
40
38
45
75
45
34
0.70
0.55

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm)
amp-volt range
typical
120 280A, 22 34V
180A, 29V (downhand)
1.2
150A, 25V (positional)
160A, 26V

stickout
15 20mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg (33 lbs)
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
14
12
www.metrode.com

Ni
2.5

Cr3
4

Cr6
4

DS B-38-SUPERCORE 316LCF | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<1

F
5

OES (mg/m3)
1.2
155

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet B-40

STAINLESS STEELS

904L STAINLESS STEELS


ALLOY TYPE
904L is a nominally 20%Cr-25%Ni-5%Mo-2%Cu fully
austenitic alloy with good corrosion resistance.

WELDING GUIDELINES
No preheat or PWHT is required, interpass should
be controlled to 150C maximum and heat input
should also be controlled particularly with larger
diameter MMA electrodes.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM - ASME
N08904

BS
1449: 904S13
1504: 364C11 (cast)

MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded condition the weld metal
microstructure is fully austenitic.

DIN
1.4505
1.4506
1.4536
1.4539
1.4585
1.4500 (cast)

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process

Proprietary alloys
Uddelholm 904L
2RK65 (Sandvik)
Cronifer 1925LC (VDM)
254SLX (Avesta Polarit)
Uranus B6 & B6M (Creusot Loire)

MMA
TIG/MIG

Suitable for copper-free variants of the above alloys


and also to overmatch leaner alloys such as 317L, 317LN,
317LM, 317LMN, 1.4439, 1.4440 and S31726.
APPLICATIONS
These consumables give a fully austenitic, low carbon
weld metal with molybdenum and copper, with good
resistance to corrosion in sulphuric, phosphoric and
other inorganic and organic acids.
They are not normally chosen for resistance to
corrosion in concentrated nitric acid. For service in
severe chloride pitting media, overmatching nickelbase weld metal is recommended, see alloy 625 (data
sheet D-20).
It is the preferred weld metal for some lower alloy
austenitics such as Creusot UHB 34L and UHB 734L for
wet process phosphoric acid service.
Applications include tanks and process vessels, piping
systems, agitators and rotors and cast pumps and valves
for use in the fertiliser, phosphoric, sulphuric and acetic
acid plants, and in salt and seawater environments. It
is also used in some offshore applications, including
overlays on mild and low alloy steels.

156

www.metrode.com

DS B-40 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Ultramet 904L
Ultramet B904L
20.25.4Cu

Specification
E385-16
E385-15
ER385

ULTRAMET 904L
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR ALLOY 904L
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode (formerly 21.26.5.CuNb.R) with a special rutile flux on low carbon, high purity austenitic stainless steel core wire.
Careful control of carbon, silicon, manganese and molybdenum contents to give resistance to microfissuring.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 9

E385-16
E 20 25 5 Cu N L R 5 2

STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
-1.0
--Max.
0.03
2.5
0.90
0.02
Typical
0.02
1.2
0.55
0.015

P
-0.030
0.02

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO*-V(J) -196C
Hardness cap/mid HV

Cr
19.5
21.5
20.5

Ni
24.0
26.0
25

Mo
4.2
5.2
4.6

Min.
560
320
30
25
----

Cu
1.2
2.0
1.5

Nb
-0.5
0.02
typical
620
420
38
35
50
50
185/200

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.5
360

4.0
350
14.1
213

2.5
300
12.0
504

N
-0.25
0.09

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 250 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Ni
Cr
Mo
8
8
2
7
1.5
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B904L but this does not affect the OES.

www.metrode.com

DS B-40-ULTRAMET 904L | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
0.5

F*
18

OES (mg/m3)
0.7

157

ULTRAMET B904L
BASIC ALL-POSITIONAL MMA PIPE-WELDING ELECTRODE FOR ALLOY 904L

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Special basic flux on low carbon, high purity austenitic stainless steel core wire. Careful control of carbon, silicon, manganese and
molybdenum contents to give resistance to microfissuring.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 9

E385-15
E 20 25 5 Cu N L B 6 2

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
Min.
-Max.
0.03
Typical 0.025

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

(WELD METAL WT %)
Mn
Si
S
1.0
--2.5
0.90
0.02
2
0.4
0.005

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
Hardness cap/mid HV

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
19.5
21.5
21

Ni
24.0
26.0
25

Mo
4.2
5.2
4.8

Min.
560
320
30
25
----

Cu
1.2
2.0
1.8

Nb
-0.5
0.05

N
-0.25
0.08

typical
620
440
41
38
60
50
190/215

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm)
min. A
max. A

2.5
60
90

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
300
11.4
471

3.2
350
13.5
359

4.0
350
14.1
273

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 250 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Ni
Cr
Mo
8
8
2
7
1.5
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B904L but this does not affect the OES.
158

www.metrode.com

DS B-40-ULTRAMET B904L | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
0.5

F*
18

OES (mg/m3)
0.7

20.25.4.Cu
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG AND MIG FOR ALLOY 904L
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding.

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 9

ER385
20 25 5 Cu L
SS385

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Min.
-1.0
Max.
0.025
2.5
Typical
0.01
1.7
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Typical values as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
Hardness cap/mid HV

Si
0.25
0.50
0.3

S
-0.015
0.001

0.8
15kg spool

Current
DCDC+

1.2
-15kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
28
13
16

www.metrode.com

Cr
19.5
21.5
20

Ni
24.0
26.0
25

Mo
4.2
5.2
4.5

Cu
1.2
2.0
1.5

TIG
650
490
35
32
210
175/195

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding
TIG
Argon*
MIG
Ar+2%O2 **
* Also required as a purge for root runs.
** Ar-He-CO2 proprietary mixtures also suitable.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG

P
-0.020
0.015

STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.9M
BS EN ISO 14343-A
BS EN ISO 14343-B

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2

1.6
2.5kg tube
--

Ni
20

DS B-40-20.25.4.Cu | Rev. 01-03/16

Voltage
100A, 12V
230A, 30V

2.0
2.5kg tube
--

Mo
3

Cu
2.5

2.4
2.5kg tube
--

OES (mg/m3)
2.5

159

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet B-41

STAINLESS STEELS

CONSUMABLES FOR ALLOY 20


ALLOY TYPE
20%Cr-34%Ni-3.5%Cu-2.5%Mo (alloy 20) austenitic
corrosion resistant alloy.

Repair of alloy 20 castings may present particular


problems with HAZ regions being sensitive
to fissuring and weld metal increasing in
crack sensitivity if silicon pick-up takes place.
Troublesome castings may require buttering at
very low heat input with small diameter electrodes
and minimum dilution.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM
A351, A744 Grade CN-7M

BS
1504 Grade 332C11

Proprietary
Alloy 20, 20Cb, 20Cb-3 (Carpenter)
Paramount P20 (Lake & Elliot)
Langalloy 20V (Meighs)

APPLICATIONS
This electrode is usually made to order. It gives a
fully austenitic, niobium stabilised weld metal with
molybdenum and copper and a high resistance
to corrosion in sulphuric acid, other mineral acids,
organic acids and their mixtures. Most parent
material specifications are for castings.
Applications include tanks, process piping, heat
exchangers, agitators and rotors, cast pumps and
valves; for use in the chemical processing, metal
cleaning and pickling industries.
MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded condition the microstructure is
fully austenitic.

160

www.metrode.com

WELDING GUIDELINES
No preheat, interpass to be controlled to 150C
maximum and heat input to be controlled
particularly with 4mm diameter electrodes.

PWHT
Welds are normally left in the as-welded condition
but castings to ASTM specifications may require
solution treatment at 1125C following major
repairs.
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
The 825 consumables (data sheet B-42) are similar
high alloy corrosion resistant products and can be
offered as a technically compatible alternative in
some applications.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA

DS B-41 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
E320LR-15

Specification
AWS E320LR-15

E320LR-15
MMA ELECTRODE FOR ALLOY 20

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a specially balanced basic-fluoride-rutile flux on an over-matching high purity core wire. The E320LR-15
electrode is manufactured with strict controls on the maximum carbon, silicon, sulphur and phosphorus (to optimise as-welded
corrosion resistance); and also restricted ranges for manganese and niobium. This low residual (LR) electrode is intended to
reduce sensitivity to microfissuring whilst maintaining excellent corrosion resistance, but interpass temperature and heat input
still need to be controlled.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 9

E320LR-15

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
min.
-max.
0.03
Typical
0.02

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

(WELD METAL WT %)
Mn
Si
1.5
-2.5
0.30
2
0.2

S
-0.015
0.005

P
-0.020
0.01

Cr
19.0
21.0
20

Ni
32.0
36.0
34

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Min. (1)
Tensile strength (MPa)
520
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
-Elongation (%) 4d
30
5d
25
Reduction of area (%)
-Impact ISO-V(J) - 20C
-- 40C
-Hardness cap/mid HV
-(1) ASTM N08020 parent material requires TS >550MPa, PS >240MPa

Mo
2.0
3.0
2.5

Nb
8xC
0.40
0.3

Cu
3.0
4.0
3.5

Typical
535
345
36
30
37
117
98
156/182

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm)
min. A
max. A

2.5
60
80

3.2
70
110

4.0
90
150

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
275
12.0
714

3.2
350
13.8
411

4.0
325
13.5
261

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 300 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe
Mn
5
5
www.metrode.com

Ni
2

Cr
6

Mo
1

DS B-41-E320LR-15 | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
1

F
20

OES (mg/m3)
0.8
161

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet B-42

STAINLESS STEELS

CONSUMABLES FOR ALLOY 825


ALLOY TYPE

MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded condition the weld metal
microstructure is fully austenitic.

Cr-Ni-Mo-Cu alloy of the generic 825 type.


MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

WELDING GUIDELINES
No preheat required, interpass should be restricted
to 150)C maximum and the heat input should
be controlled particularly with 4mm and 5mm
diameter electrodes.

Matching 825 materials:

ASTM/ UNS
N08825

DIN
2.4858

BS
1501 & 3072 Grade NA16

Proprietary
Incoloy 825 (Special Metals)
Incoloy 825CP, cast (Special Metals)
Nicrofer 4221 (Krupp VDM)

The E825L-15 MMA electrode is also suitable for the


28%Cr alloy 28 materials:
ASTM/ UNS
N08028

DIN

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Some authorities accept or prefer overmatching
type 625 weld metal (data sheet D-20) but 825 is the
conventional type for welding alloy 825. Both the
E825L-15 electrode and 82-50 wire are also suitable
for welding the leaner alloy 20 type materials. The
MMA electrode E825L-15 (but not the 82-50 wire)
can also be used for welding the 28%Cr, alloy 28
type, materials.
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS

1.4563

The 625 alloy (data sheet D-20) is sometimes used


for welding 825 and alloy 28 materials.

Proprietary
Nicrofer 3127LC (Krupp VDM)
Sanicro 28 (Sandvik)

Also suitable for lower nickel materials of the alloy


20 type.

APPLICATIONS
The consumables deposit Cr-Ni-Mo-Cu weld metal
with a high corrosion resistance to organic acids
and hot sulphuric acid. The high nickel content
gives good resistance to stress corrosion cracking in
chloride and H2S environments.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG

Applications include tanks and process vessels,


pipework systems, heat exchangers, agitators and
rotors, and cast pumps and valves for use in the
chemical processing and increasingly offshore oil and
gas industries. Also suitable for corrosion resistant
overlays and for welding dissimilar materials.

162

www.metrode.com

DS B-42 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
E825L-15
82-50

Specification
DIN EL-NiCr28Mo
AWS ERNiFeCr-1

E825L-15
MMA ELECTRODE FOR AUSTENITIC ALLOY 825

Does not strictly conform; Ni & Cu are higher in E825L-15 compared to the E383-15 classification

DIN

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode for welding 825, alloy 28 and alloy 20 type materials. Specially balanced basic-fluoride-rutile flux on high purity
825 core wire. The electrodes are designed for fixed pipework welds including the demanding ASME 5G/6G positions. Careful
control of carbon, manganese, silicon and nitrogen to maximise corrosion resistance in the as-welded condition and to ensure
high resistance to solidification cracking and microfissuring in multipass welds. The composition is controlled to give a Pitting
Resistance Equivalent (PRE) of about 40, where PRE = %Cr + 3.3%Mo.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432 F-No 5
AWS A5.4M
(E383-15)
(This is nearest because the electrode
does not strictly conform to AWS.

EL-NiCr28Mo

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


min.
max.
Typical

C
-0.03
0.02

Mn
1.0
3.0
2

Si
-0.5
0.3

S
-0.015
0.01

P
-0.030
0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
- 196C
Hardness (HV)

Cr
27.0
31.0
28

Ni
35.0
40.0
38

Mo
3.2
4.5
3.5

Min.
550
240
30
25
-----

Cu
1.5
3.0
2

Nb
-1.0
0.3

Fe
-30
27

Typical
640
410
40
39
43
120
65
220

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm)
min. A
max. A

2.5
60
80

3.2
70
110

4.0
90
150

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
275
10.8
612

3.2
325
13.8
387

4.0
325
14.1
261

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 300 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe
Mn
4
5

www.metrode.com

Ni
3

Cr
7

Mo
1

DS B-42-E825L-15 | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
1

F
20

OES (mg/m3)
0.7

163

82-50
SOLID TIG AND MIG WIRE FOR AUSTENITIC ALLOY 825

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding of 825 and alloy 20 type materials. The 82-50 wire only has a nominal 21%Cr and so is not
suitable for alloy 28. Note MIG wire is to order only.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 45

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.14M
ERNiFeCr-1
BS EN ISO 18274
SNi8065
Also known generically as filler metal 65 (FM65)
CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)
min.
max.
Typical

C
-0.05
0.02

Mn
-1.0
0.5

Si
-0.50
0.3

S
-0.015
0.005

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Hardness cap/mid HV

P
-0.020
0.015

Cr
19.5
23.5
22

Ni
38.0
46.0
40

Mo
2.5
3.5
3

Cu
1.5
3.0
2

Al
-0.20
0.1

Ti
0.60
1.2
0.8

TIG (Ar+2%H2)
580
350
39
35
35
190/205

TIG (Ar)
475
350
18
16
35
165/180

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding
Current
Diameter (mm)
DCTIG
Argon*
2.4
DC+ **
MIG
Argon
1.2
*
Also required as a purge for root runs. Ar+1-5%H2 can prove beneficial see mechanical properties.
**
Pulsed current may provide better arc transfer characteristics.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG (To order)

1.2
-15kg spool

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt%), (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
23
2
19

164

www.metrode.com

Fe
22.0
bal
30

1.6
2.5kg tube
--

Ni
29

DS B-42-82-50 | Rev. 01-03/16

Voltage
100A, 12V
220A, 30V

2.4
2.5kg tube
--

Mo
2

Cu
3

OES (mg/m3)
1.7

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet B-45

310L STAINLESS STEELS


STAINLESS STEELS

ALLOY TYPE
Low carbon 25%Cr-20%Ni (310L) for corrosion
resisting applications.

MICROSTRUCTURE
Fully austenitic.
WELDING GUIDELINES
No preheat is required. Owing to the inherent
hot cracking susceptibility of fully austenitic weld
metal it is desirable to keep interpass temperature
below 150C and heat input below 1.5kJ/mm..

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
BS EN / DIN
X1CrNi25 21 (1.4335)

AFNOR
Z1 CN 25 20
Z2 CN 25 20 M (cast)

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


The standard 310 alloy, with 0.1%C (data sheet
C-30) is related but is used for entirely different
high temperature applications and the two alloys
cannot be interchanged.

Proprietary
2RE10 (Sandvik)
Uranus 65 (Usinor Industeel))
Cronifer 2521LC (Krupp VDM)

APPLICATIONS
310L consumables are designed for welding special
low-carbon 25%Cr-20%Ni alloys which are used for
their excellent resistance to oxidising media, e.g.
nitric acid. Applications range from the chemical
process plant used in fertiliser production to the
waste nuclear fuel reprocessing industries. It is not
intended for welding standard type 310 used for
heat resisting applications (see data sheet C-30).

The 316NF consumables (data sheet B-33) and the


Ultramet B310MoLN electrode can be used for
similar corrosion resisting applications.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA

Product
25.20.L.R

Specification
None

The electrode can also be used for surfacing steels


to give a deposit with properties similar to the bulk
weld metal, but care should be taken to deposit
sufficient layers to eliminate any effects of dilution.
The low carbon fully austenitic deposit has
excellent cryogenic toughness and it can be used
as an alternative to 308L/316L types for welding
conventional austenitic materials where superior
impact values are required at temperatures at or
below -196C.

www.metrode.com

DS B-45 | Rev. 01-03/16

165

25.20.L.R

STAINLESS STEELS

MMA ELECTRODE FOR 310L STAINLESS STEEL


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Special low silica basic rutile flux on low carbon stainless steel core wire.
Detrimental residual elements including silicon are kept to low levels for optimum corrosion performance.
Coupled with raised manganese, these features also ensure excellent resistance to microfissuring hot cracking.
Suitable for all-positional welding up to 3.2mm diameter.
Recovery is about 140% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
There are no national specifications for this electrode.
Approvals: Approved for welding equivalent parent material Uranus 65 by independent tests.

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No --

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
min.
-max. 0.040
Typical
0.03

PE/4G

(WELD METAL WT %)
Mn
Si
4.0
-7.0
0.4
5
0.3

S
-0.020
0.008

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded

P
-0.025
0.01

Cr
24.0
26.0
25

Ni
19.0
22.0
21

Mo
-0.2
0.1

Nb
-0.3
<0.1

Cu
-0.3
0.08

Typical

Tensile strength (MPa)

520

0.2% proof strength (MPa)


Elongation (%) 4d

350

5d

30

37

Reduction of area (%)

55

Impact ISO-V(J) - 196C

90

Hardness (HV)

170

ALL-WELD CORROSION PROPERTIES


The weld metal has been subjected to the Huey test (ASTM A262 practice C: 5 x 48hr periods in boiling 65% nitric acid).
The corrosion rates were as follows:
Condition
Corrosion rate
Selective attack
As-welded
0.40 m/48hr (= 0.07mm or 3 mils/year)
< 0.01mm
PWHT 815C/2hrs
0.73 m/48hr (= 0.13mm or 5 mils/year)
< 0.13mm
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
Diameter (mm)
3.2
4.0
min. A
75
100
max. A
120
155
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.5
318

4.0
350
13.2
192

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift
of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 200C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 250 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended
ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe
Mn
9
10
166

www.metrode.com

Ni
2

Cr
7.5
DS B-45-25.20.L.R | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<0.2

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
0.6

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet B-46

310MoLN STAINLESS STEELS


STAINLESS STEELS

ALLOY TYPE
25%Cr-22%Ni-2.5%Mo-0.15%N (alloy 310MoLN)
austenitic corrosion resistant alloy.

MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded condition the microstructure is
fully austenitic. Typical magnetic permeability is
<1.01.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

WELDING GUIDELINES
No preheat required and interpass should be
controlled to 150C maximum. It is also desirable
for heat input to be limited to a maximum of 1.5kJ/
mm, particularly with 4mm diameter electrodes.

AISI
310MoLN

AFNOR
Z1 CND 25.22.Az

UNS
S31050

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
The alloy has excellent resistance to the ASTM
A262 practice C corrosion test (Huey test). Typically
required to meet <0.16g/m2/h (0.18mm/year), and
selective attack <0.07mm.

DIN / EN
1.4465 (X2CrNiMoN 25-25-2)
1.4466 (X1CrNiMoN 25-22-2)

Proprietary
Uranus 25 22 2 (Usinor Industeel)
2RE69, 3R60U.G (Sandvik)
Cronifer 25.25.LCN (VDM)
HR3ELM (Sumitomo)

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

APPLICATIONS
Ultramet B310MoLN is used primarily for welding
similar wrought or cast 310MoLN parent alloys. It
is particularly suited to positional welding, including
fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 6G position,
in material thickness from 3mm up to the heaviest
sections.

Process
MMA

Product
Ultramet B310MoLN

Specification
BS EN: E 25 22 2 NLB

The 310MoLN alloy has very good resistance to


pitting, intergranular corrosion, chloride bearing
media and nitric acid. The main applications of the
alloy are in the production and processing of urea
and sulphuric acid.
Applications are mainly for joining matching steels
although it can also be used for surfacing.

www.metrode.com

DS B-46 | Rev. 01-03/16

167

ULTRAMET B310MoLN
MMA ELECTRODE FOR ALLOY 310MOLN

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a specially balanced basic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity stainless steel core wire. Low silicon and
high manganese levels ensure freedom from microfissuring.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN ISO 3581

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
(This is nearest because the electrode
does not strictly conform to AWS)

E 25 22 2 N L B 4 2

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
min.
-max.
0.04
Typical
0.03

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

(WELD METAL WT %)
Mn
Si
3.0
-5.0
1.0
4
0.4

S
-0.025
0.005

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) - 50C
Hardness cap/mid HV

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
24.0
27.0
25

Ni
20.0
23.0
22

Mo
2.0
3.0
2.2

N
0.10
0.20
0.15

Min.
510
320
-25
----

Cu
-0.50
0.05

Typical
640
430
37
36
50
75
185/205

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm)
min. A
max. A

2.5
60
90

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
300
11.4
465

3.2
350
13.8
375

4.0
350
13.8
21.0

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 300 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe
Mn
9
10
168

www.metrode.com

Ni
2

Cr
7.5

Cu
<0.2

DS B-46-ULTRAMET B310MoLN | Rev. 02-03/16

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
0.6

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet B-47

20.18.6.CU.R
Preheat not required. Interpass temperature is restricted
to minimise the possibility of hot cracking in the parent
HAZ. In susceptible castings, buttering with 100C
maximum interpass temperature and <1.0kJ/mm heat input
may be required prior to filling the joint using more relaxed
parameters.

MMA electrode with basic-rutile flux system, including


alloying, made on high purity stainless steel core wire.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire and 65%
with respect to the whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS
There are no national specifications for this electrode.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)


PA/1G

PC/2G

PB/2F

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)

ASTM

C Mn Si
S
P
Cr Ni Mo
Min. -- 0.2 0.2 --- 19.5 17.5 6.0
Max. 0.03 1.0 0.8 0.02 0.03 21.0 20.0 7.0
Typical 0.02 0.8 0.3 0.01 0.02 20.5 18.5 6.5
PRE = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N

A351 CK3MCuN (cast).


A182 F44.
S31254

BS EN
1.4547

Cu
N PRE
0.5 0.15 40
1.0 0.28 -0.7 0.2 44

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Proprietary
254SMO (Outokumpu)

APPLICATIONS
This electrode deposits weld metal that closely matches
the composition of equivalent 6%Mo superaustenitic
parent material, usually castings, and is used only when
post weld solution annealing is applied.
As deposited weld metal of this type has inherent Mo
segregation and it is essential that welds are fully solution
annealed to obtain the excellent pitting resistance this alloy
is capable of. When solution annealing is not possible the
use of over-matching nickel base electrodes (Nimrod 625KS,
Nimrod C22KS or Nimrod C59KS) is normal practice.
The main applications for this electrode are in foundry
repair or fabrication of castings for use in process plant
where high resistance to chloride pitting and crevice
corrosion is required. Applications include: heat exchangers
and pipework for seawater contaminated oil and gas plant,
equipment for pulp bleaching, gas cleaning systems (FGD),
and components handling acid solutions with halides.

MICROSTRUCTURE
Fully austenitic.

HEAT TREATMENT
To eliminate segregation this weld metal must be
solution annealed. High Mo austenitic alloys are prone to
intermetallic phase formation (sigma, chi) at 600-1000C.
This damage could occur in the HAZ and weld metal during
welding but will certainly occur as the temperature rises
slowly during PWHT.
A minimum temperature of 1200C is required to dissolve
these intermetallic phases and some authorities require
>1230C. This is followed by water quenching to prevent
further intermetallic formation on cooling.

www.metrode.com

STAINLESS STEELS

WELDING GUIDELINES

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Solution annealed 1200-1250C/2h + WQ


min*
Tensile strength (MPa)
550
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
260
Elongation (%) 4d
35
5d
-Reduction of area %
-Impact ISO-V(J) - 50C
-Hardness (HV)
-* Minimum properties for CK3MCuN castings.

typical
716
380
50
47
54
>120
200

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
min. A
max. A

3.2
80
110

4.0
130
160

3.2
350
15.0
378

4.0
350
14.1
201

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for
longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of
electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture
pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
Maximum 250 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50-200C in holding oven or
50-150C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions
for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:

DS B-47 | Rev. 01-03/16

Fe
8

Mn
8

Ni
7

Cr
2

Mo
1.5

Cu
1

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
0.7

169

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet B-50

STAINLESS STEELS

309L STAINLESS STEELS


ALLOY TYPE
24%Cr-13%Ni (309L) austenitic stainless for dissimilar
joint buffer layers etc.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Mainly used under high dilution conditions,
particularly dissimilar welds between stainless and
CMn steels.
APPLICATIONS
There are 3 main areas of application:
Buffer layers and clad steels: Overlays on CMn, mild
steel or low alloy steels and for joining 304L/321 clad
plate. Subsequent layers are deposited with an
electrode chosen to match the cladding, eg 308L, 347.
Dissimilar joints: Tolerance to dilution is exploited in
joining stainless types 410, 304L, 321 and 316L to mild
and low alloy steels such as stiffeners, brackets and
other attachments. Service temperatures above 400C
are normally avoided. It is also used for welding 12%Cr
utility ferritics such as Cromweld 3CR12, to itself and
other steels.
Similar metal joints: Wrought and cast steels of 23Cr12Ni type (eg ASTM 309 and CH8, BS 309S24 and 309C30)
can be welded if the service requirement is corrosion
resistance below 400C. However, for high temperature
structural service, weld metal with controlled higher
carbon and lower ferrite should be used (Thermet
309CF data sheet C-21).
MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite with ferrite in the range 8-20FN. The solid
wires tend to have lower ferrite than the MMA and FCW
consumables, the ferrite falling in the range 8-15FN for
the solid wires.

170

www.metrode.com

WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat and interpass temperatures depend on
base material hardenability. For guidance, no
preheat on mild steels; up to 250C on hardenable
steels.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
There is a Technical Profile on sub-arc welding
with 309S92 and also additional information
covering the Supercore flux cored wires.
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
The 309Mo consumables (B-51), 307 (E-21) and 29.9
types (E-22) cover similar applications. For high
temperature applications refer to the controlled
ferrite 309 types (C-21) and high carbon 309H (C22) for matching high carbon cast alloys.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG
MIG
SAW
FCW

DS B-50 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Supermet 309L
Ultramet 309L
Ultramet B309L
Ultramet 309LP
309S92
Supermig 309LSi
309S92
SS300
SSB
Supercore 309L
Supercore 309LP

Specification
AWS E309L-17
AWS E309L-16
AWS E309L-15
AWS E309L-16
AWS ER309L
AWS ER309LSi
AWS ER309L
BS EN SA AF2
BS EN SA AF2
AWS E309LT0-1/4
AWS E309LT1-1/4

SUPERMET 309L
GENER AL PURPOSE RUTILE 309L MMA ELECTRODE

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
Min.
-Max.
0.04
Typical
0.02

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

(WELD METAL WT %)
Mn
Si
S
0.5
--2.5
0.90
0.025
0.8
0.6
0.01

P
-0.030
0.02

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO*-V(J) +20C
Hardness (HV)

Cr
22.0
25.0
24

Ni
12.0
14.0
13

Min.
560
320
30
30
---

Mo
-0.5
0.05

Cu
-0.5
0.1

FN
8
20
15

Typical
620
500
40
36
50
55
220

--

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
min. A
60
75
max. A
90
120

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

4.0
450
18.3
258

5.0
450
18.0
171

2.5
300
11.4
579

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode rutile aluminosilicate flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low typical carbon level. Low hydrogen
manufacturing technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity. Supermet Technology gives acid rutile operability
combined with controlled silicon content for maximum cracking/corrosion resistance. Designed for ease of use, exceptional weld
bead appearance and high weld metal integrity, primarily in the downhand and HV positions; smaller sizes offer all-positional
operability.
Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M
E309L-17
QW432
F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581
E 23 12 L R 3 2
QW442
A-No 8
APPROVALS
TV, ABS
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

3.2
350
13.5
354

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Cr
Ni
Mo
9
6
7
1
0.1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B309L but this does not affect the OES.

www.metrode.com

DS B-50-SUPERMET 309L | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
< 0.2

F*
17

OES (mg/m3)
0.7

171

ULTRAMET 309L

STAINLESS STEELS

ALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE 309L MMA ELECTRODE


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode rutile flux coated 309L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet has all the benefits of an advanced
rutile flux design this includes optimum versatility for downhand welding with high cosmetic finish and weld metal integrity;
and all-positional welding with the 2.5/3.2mm electrodes including fixed pipework. The 2.5mm electrodes are also designed for
open butt root welding.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581
APPROVALS

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E309L-16
E 23 12 L R 3 2
TV

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
-0.5
--Max.
0.04
2.5
0.90
0.025
Typical
0.03
0.8
0.6
0.01
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J)
- 20C
Hardness (HV)

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
22.0
25.0
23.5

Ni
12.0
14.0
13

Min.
560
320
30
30
--

Mo
-0.50
0.1

Cu
-0.5
0.1

FN
8
20
15

Typical
595
495
41
38
59

--

45

--

230

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
min. A
60
75
max. A
90
120

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

4.0
350
13.5
252

5.0
450
18.0
165

2.5
300
11.4
660

3.2
350
13.5
393

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Cr
Ni
Mo
9
6
7
1
0.1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B309L but this does not affect the OES.

172

www.metrode.com

DS B-50-ULTRAMET 309L | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
< 0.2

F*
17

OES (mg/m3)
0.7

ULTRAMET B309L
BASIC COATED 309L MMA ELECTRODE FOR PIPE-WELDING

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581
BS 2926
DIN 8556

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode designed and manufactured to give high moisture resistance using a basic flux system and high purity 304L
core wire. Ultramet B309L is particularly suited to the most demanding vertical and overhead welding applications including
fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G position. Under site conditions it is tolerant to adverse wind and drafts.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E309L-15
E 23 12 L B 4 2
23.12.L B
E 23 12 L B 20+

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
Min.
-0.5
-Max.
0.04
2.5
0.90
Typical
0.03
1.2
0.3

S
-0.025
0.01

P
-0.030
0.02

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
-50C
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE ONLY
Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90

Cr
22.0
25.0
23.5

Ni
12.0
14.0
13

Min.
560
320
30
30
--

Cu
-0.5
0.1

FN
8
20
15

Typical
630
490
36
34
45
75
50

--

-3.2
75
120

Mo
-0.50
0.1

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
4.0 *
Length (mm)
300
350
350/450
kg/carton
12.0
13.8
14.1/17.4
Pieces/carton
675
402
267/267
*
350mm is the standard length for 4.0mm diameter; 450mm is available to order.
**
5.0mm diameter made to order.

5.0 **
450
17.1
159

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Cr
Ni
Mo
9
6
7
1
0.1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B309L but this does not affect the OES.
www.metrode.com

DS B-50-ULTRAMET B309L | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
< 0.2

F*
17

OES (mg/m3)
0.7

173

ULTRAMET 309LP

STAINLESS STEELS

ALL-POSITIONAL PIPE WELDING AND ROOT WELDING ELECTRODE


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode rutile flux on high purity 309L core wire giving very low typical carbon level. Ultramet 309LP is a fully allpositional electrode capable of the most demanding fixed pipework applications including ASME 5G/6G. The Ultramet 309LP
electrode has also been designed to deposit single-side root runs without the need for a gas purge. The electrode is also suitable
for vertical-down welding on thin sheet material.
Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E309L-16
E 23 12 L R 1 1

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

PG/3Gd

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
-0.5
--Max.
0.04
2.5
0.90
0.025
Typical
0.03
0.8
0.6
0.01

P
-0.030
0.02

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
-20C
Hardness (HV)

Cr
22.0
25.0
23.5

Ni
12.0
14.0
13

Mo
-0.50
0.1

Cu
-0.5
0.1

Min.
560
320
30
30
--

FN
8
20
15

Typical
635
525
40
38
45
47
42
230

--

---

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.0
min. A
50
max. A
80

3.2
75
120

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
12.0
453

2.0
300
11.7
1090

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Cr
Ni
Mo
9
6
7
1
0.1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B309L but this does not affect the OES.
174

www.metrode.com

DS B-50-ULTRAMET 309LP | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
< 0.2

F*
17

OES (mg/m3)
0.7

309S92, SUPERMIG 309LSi


309L SOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.

AWS A5.9M
BS EN ISO 14343-A
BS EN ISO 14343-B
APPROVALS

309S92 (TIG & sub-arc)


ER309L
23 12 L
SS309L
TV

Supermig 309LSi (MIG)


ER309L Si
G 23 12 L Si
SS309L Si

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si *
S
P
Min.
-1.0
0.30
--Max.
0.03
2.5
0.65
0.020
0.030
Typical
0.015
1.7
0.5
0.005
0.015
* Supermig 309LSi: Si range is 0.65 1.0%, typically 0.8%.

Cr
23.0
25.0
23.5

Ni
12.0
14.0
13

Mo
-0.3
0.1

Cu
-0.3
0.15

STAINLESS STEELS

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

SPECIFICATIONS

FN
8
20
12

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical

As welded

TIG
590
450
43
41
55
>200
->150
205/225

Tensile strength (MPa)


0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%)

4d
5d

Reduction of area (%)


Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
- 20C
- 75C
Hardness cap/mid HV

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
Current
TIG
Argon*
DCDC+
MIG
Ar+2%O2**
SAW
SS300***
DC+
*
Also required as a purge for root runs.
**
Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with < 3%CO2.
***
SSB also suitable.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG (309S92)
MIG (Supermig 309LSi)
SAW (309S92)

0.8
-15kg spool
--

1.0
-15kg spool
--

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
32
12
20

www.metrode.com

1.2
-15kg spool
--

Ni
11

MIG
560
430
42
39
56
100
80
-175/215

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2
2.4

1.6
5 kg tube
-25kg coil

Mo
< 0.5

DS B-50-309S92, SUPERMIG 309LSi | Rev. 01-03/16

2.0
5 kg tube
---

Parameters
100A, 12V
260A, 26V
350A,28V

2.4
5 kg tube
-25kg coil

Cu
< 0.5

3.2
5 kg tube
-25kg coil

OES (mg/m3)
2.5

175

SUPERCORE 309L, 309LP


RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRES

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wires the wires are made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 309L combines
easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance for downhand and HV welding. Supercore 309LP is
designed for all-positional welding including fixed pipework. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.22M
BS EN ISO 17633-A
BS EN ISO 17633-B
Approvals

Supercore 309L
E309LT0-1/4
T 23 12 L R C/M 3
TS309L-FB0
TV, LRS

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

Supercore 309LP
E309LT1-1/4
T 23 12 L P C/M 2
TS309L-FB1
TV, ABS, DNV

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
Min.
-0.5
-Max.
0.04
2.0
1.0
Typical
0.03
1.3
0.6

S
-0.025
0.02

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
22.0
25.0
24

Ni
12.0
14.0
12.5

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Min.
Tensile strength (MPa)
520
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
320
Elongation (%) 4d
30
5d
25
Reduction of area (%)
-Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
--110C
-Hardness (HV)
-* These values are for Supercore 309LP. Values for Supercore 309L are 45J at +20C, 40J at -20C.

Mo
-0.3
0.1

Cu
-0.3
0.1

FN
12
22
15

Typical
560
445
40
36
52
65 *
55 *
205

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: Either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not
exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm)
amp-volt range
typical
stickout
1.2
120 280A, 22 34V
180A, 29V
15 20mm
1.2P
120 250A, 22 32V
150A, 25V
15 20mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
9
4

176

www.metrode.com

Ni
1

Cr3
6

Cr6
1

DS B-50-SUPERCORE 309L, 309LP | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<1

F
15

OES (mg/m3)
1.2

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet B-51

309Mo STAINLESS STEELS

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Mainly used under high dilution conditions,
particularly dissimilar welds between stainless and CMn
steels. There are no comparable base materials.
APPLICATIONS
There are 3 main areas of application:
Buffer layers and clad steels: Overlays on CMn, mild
steel or low alloy steels and for joining 316L clad plate.
Subsequent layers are deposited with an electrode
chosen to match the cladding, eg 316L, 318. Also as a
buffer layer prior to hardsurfacing with chromium
carbide types.
Dissimilar joints: Tolerance to dilution is exploited in
joining stainless types 410, 304L, 321 and 316L to mild
and low alloy steels such as stiffeners, brackets and
other attachments. Service temperatures above 300C
are normally avoided. For some of these applications
a more economic alternative may be suitable, eg 309L,
307.
Hardenable steels: The high level of alloying and ferrite
level tolerates dilution from a wide range of alloyed and
hardenable steels to give crack-free welds.

STAINLESS STEELS

ALLOY TYPE
23%Cr-13%Ni-2.5%Mo (309Mo) austenitic stainless
steel.

WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat and interpass temperatures depend on
base material hardenability. For guidance, no
preheat on mild steels, up to 250C on hardenable
steels.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
There is a Technical Profile available on sub-arc
welding with 309Mo. There is also additional
information available covering the Supercore flux
cored wires.
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
The 309L consumables (B-50), 307 consumables
(E-21) and 29.9 consumables (E-22) cover a similar
range of applications.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG
SAW

FCW

Product

Specification

Supermet 309Mo

AWS E309LMo-17

Vertamet 309Mo

AWS E309LMo-17

ER309Mo

EN ISO 23 12 2 L

ER309Mo

EN ISO 23 12 2 L

SS300

EN ISO SA AF2 64

SSB

EN ISO SA AF2

Supercore 309Mo

AWS E309LMoT0-1/4

Supercore 309MoP

AWS E309LMoT1-1/4

MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite with ferrite normally in the range 10-30FN.

www.metrode.com

DS B-51 | Rev. 01-03/16

177

SUPERMET 309Mo
GENER AL PURPOSE RUTILE 309MO MMA ELECTRODE

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Acid rutile electrode made on nearly matching austenitic steel core wire.
Moisture resistant coating gives sound porosity-free deposits.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E309LMo-17
E 23 12 2 L R 3 2

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
Min.
-Max.
0.04
Typical
0.02

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

(WELD METAL WT %)
Mn
Si
S
0.5
--2.5
0.9
0.025
0.8
0.6
0.01

P
-0.030
0.02

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO*-V(J) +20C
Hardness (HV)

Cr
22.0
25.0
23.5

Ni
12.0
14.0
12.5

Mo
2.0
3.0
2.5

Min.
560
350
30
30
----

Cu
-0.5
0.05

FN
10
30
25

Typical
680
510
37
35
40
50
220

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
min. A
60
75
max. A
90
120

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

4.0
450
17.7
246

5.0
450
18.0
162

2.5
300
12.0
609

3.2
350
13.2
336

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Ni
Cr
9
6
1
7
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B309Mo but this does not affect the OES.

178

www.metrode.com

Cu
< 0.5

DS B-51-SUPERMET 309Mo | Rev. 01-03/16

F*
17

OES (mg/m3)
0.7

VERTAMET 309Mo
RUTILE VERTICAL-DOWN 309MO MMA ELECTRODE

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile-aluminosilicate flux on high purity 309L core wire giving very low typical carbon levels. Low hydrogen manufacturing
technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity. The electrode is designed for all-positional use where the emphasis
is on fast welding speeds achieved by the vertical-down welding technique (BS EN 287-1 PG position). For fillet and lap joints in
thinner sheet material, an added advantage is reduced distortion resulting from the lower heat input of vertical-down welding.
Although designed primarily for vertical-down it can be successfully used in all other positions.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E309LMo-17
E 23 12 2 L R 1 1

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

PG/3Gd

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
-0.5
--Max.
0.04
2.5
0.90
0.025
Typical
0.02
0.8
0.8
0.01
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
22.0
25.0
23

Ni
12.0
14.0
12

Min.
560
350
30
30
--

Mo
2.0
3.0
2.4

Cu
-0.5
0.1

FN
10
30
15

Typical
580
380
42
38
50

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 45V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90
65
Typical vertical-up
Typical vertical-down
85

3.2
75
120
80
110

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
300
12.9
467

2.5
300
12.9
837

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Ni
Cr
9
6
1
7
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B309Mo but this does not affect the OES.

www.metrode.com

Cu
< 0.5

DS B-51-VERTAMET 309Mo | Rev. 01-03/16

F*
17

OES (mg/m3)
0.7

179

ER309Mo
SOLID 309Mo WIRES FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.9M
EN ISO 14343-A
EN ISO 14343-B

(ER309LMo)
23 12 2 L
(SS309LMo)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
Min.
-Max.
0.03
Typical
0.015

Nearest classification
Nearest classification

(WELD METAL WT %)
Mn
Si
1.0
0.30
2.5
0.65
1.7
0.5

S
-0.02
0.005

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
Hardness cap/mid (HV)

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8
Most relevant F & A No because wire does not conform to AWSA5.9

P
-0.030
0.015

0.8
-15kg spool
--

1.0
-15kg spool
--

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
32
12
20

180

www.metrode.com

Ni
11.0
15.5
14.5

Mo
2.0
3.5
2.7

Cu
-0.3
0.2

FN
5
20
10

TIG
610
440
35
31
54
> 90
205/220

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
Current
TIG
Argon
DCDC+
MIG
Ar+2%O2*
SAW
SS300**
DC+
* Proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with <3%CO2 also suitable.
** SSB also suitable.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG
SAW

Cr
21.0
25.0
22

1.2
-15kg spool
--

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2
2.4

1.6
2.5 kg tube
---

Ni
11

DS B-51-ER309Mo | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
1.5

2.0
2.5 kg tube
---

Parameters
100A, 12V
260A, 26V
350A,28V

2.4
2.5 kg tube
-25kg coil

Cu
<0.5

3.2
2.5 kg tube
-25kg coil

OES (mg/m3)
2.5

SUPERCORE 309Mo, 309MoP


RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRES

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.22M
EN ISO 17633-A
EN ISO 17633-B
Approvals

Supercore 309Mo
E309LMoT0-1/4
T 23 12 2 L R C/M 3
TS309LMo-FB0
DNV

Supercore 309MoP
E309LMoT1-1/4
T 23 12 2 L P C/M 2
TS309LMo-FB1
DNV, LRS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
-0.5
--Max.
0.04
2.0
1.0
0.025
Typical
0.03
1.3
0.7
0.01

P
-0.030
0.02

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
Hardness (HV)

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wires made using an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 309Mo combines easy
operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance for downhand and HV welding. Supercore 309MoP is
designed for all-positional welding.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to wire.

Cr
22.0
25.0
23

Ni
12.0
14.0
12.8

Mo
2.0
3.0
2.3

Min.
550
350
25
25
--

Cu
-0.3
0.1

FN
15
25
20

Typical
700
550
32
30
40
50
245

--

--

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm)
amp-volt range
typical
stickout
1.2
120A-22V to 280A-34V
180A-29V
15-20mm
1.2P
120A-22V to 250A-32V
160A-26V
15-20mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
11
6

www.metrode.com

Ni
2

Cr3
8.5

Cr6
1

DS B-51-SUPERCORE 309Mo, 309MoP | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<1

F
11

OES (mg/m3)
0.8

181

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet B-53

STAINLESS STEELS

ULTRAMET 309Nb
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

MMA electrode with rutile flux system made on high purity


304L stainless steel core wire. Deposits a low carbon 309
type weld metal with a minimum niobium level of 0.7%.
Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire and 65%
with respect to the whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

E309Nb-16 (previously E309Cb-16)


E 23 12 Nb R 32

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432 F-No 5

QW442 A-No 8

There are no comparable parent materials;


used for overlays only.

PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Min. -- 0.5
Max. 0.04 2.5
Typical 0.03 1.5

Si
S
P
Cr
---- 22.0
0.9 0.025 0.030 25.0
0.5 0.01 0.02 23

Ni Mo Nb Cu
12.0 -- 0.70 -14.0 0.50 1.00 0.50
12.5 0.05 0.8
0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical

Tensile strength (MPa)


0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %

660
470
34
31
52

PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)

APPLICATIONS

Ultramet 309Nb is designed specifically for use where


niobium stabilised weld metal is required in overlays, or
inlays, on CMn or low alloy steels. A minimum niobium
content of 0.7% in undiluted weld metal ensures a fully
stabilised deposit of approximately 347 composition is
produced in the first layer on mild and medium carbon
steels.
It may also be useful for the first run when welding 321
or 347 clad steels, prior to completion with 347 type weld
metal. It is not recommended as an alternative to 309L
types for dissimilar welded joints.
MICROSTRUCTURE

In the as-welded condition the microstructure consists of


austenite with a ferrite content of 8-20FN.
WELDING GUIDELINES

Preheat is dependent on the base material hardenability,


eg none on mild steel, up to 200C on hardenable (0.4%C)
steels.
With a typical dilution of 25-30% on a medium carbon
steel, Ultramet 309Nb could produce a fully austenitic
weld deposit. It is well known that weld metals containing
niobium are especially sensitive to hot cracking when
little or no ferrite is present. Therefore it is desirable to
minimise dilution in the first layer of overlays by controlling
parameters and bead overlap (aim for 50% overlap).
If PWHT is applied there will be some weld metal
embrittlement, although ductility should remain
acceptable after normal times and temperature. However
fusion boundary embrittlement can be more severe and
acceptability should be established with representative
procedure tests.
www.metrode.com

PB/2F

As welded

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

182

PA/1G

Diameter (mm)
min. A
max. A

2.5
60
90

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

2.5
300
13.8
717

3.2
350
15.6
441

4.0
350
15.9
288

5.0
450
18.0
168

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for
longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of
electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture
pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 200C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
Maximum 250 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200C in holding oven or
50-200C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions
for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
9

Mn
6

DS B-53-ULTRAMET 309Nb | Rev. 01-03/16

Ni
1

Cr
7

Mo
<0.5

Cu
<0.2

F
17

OES (mg/m3)
0.7

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet B-59

LEAN DUPLEX STAINLESS STEELS


STAINLESS STEELS

ALLOY TYPE

MICROSTRUCTURE
Multipass welds in the as-welded condition contain
about 2550% ferrite depending on dilution and
heat input/cooling rate conditions.

Ferritic-austenitic lean duplex stainless steels.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
BS EN & DIN

WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat not generally required.
Interpass
temperature 150C max, although for many
applications this could be relaxed to 250C. Heat
input in the range 1.02.5 kJ/mm (depending on
material thickness) should be acceptable. Welds
are left in the as-welded condition.

X2CrNiN23L
1.4362

ASTM/UNS
S32304
S32101
S32001

Proprietary alloys include:


Sandvik
Usinor Industeel
Avesta Polarit
AK Steel

SAF 2304
Uranus 35N
LDX 2101
Nitronic 19D

APPLICATIONS
Lean duplex stainless steels (LDSS) provide cost
savings compared to 22%Cr duplex stainless steels
because of the reductions in Ni and Mo. The LDSS
also provide a strength advantage compared to
austenitic stainless steels and generally have
comparable corrosion resistance to austenitic
stainless steels.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


The 22%Cr duplex consumables (data sheet B-60)
are related and can also be used for welding the
lean duplex stainless steels.
There is no matching solid wire available. The
ER329N (AWS ER2209) wire should be used for MIG/
TIG/SAW applications, data sheet B-60.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
FCW

Product
Ultramet 2304
Supercore 2304P

Specification
---

The LDSS are finding more widespread use in


todays economic climate, particularly in structural
applications. Uses include: bridges and structural
work generally replacing austenitic stainless steels
and carbon steels rather than replacing standard
duplex alloys.

www.metrode.com

DS B-59 | Rev. 01-03/16

183

ULTRAMET 2304
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR LEAN DUPLEX STEELS

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode made on high quality stainless steel core wire with rutile flux system optimised for all welding positions except
vertical down.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No-QW442
A-No--

Proposed E2101-16

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
min.
-max.
0.04
Typical
0.03
PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N

Mn
0.5
1.5
0.7

Si
-0.9
0.7

S
-0.02
0.015

P
-0.03
0.025

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
- 20C
- 50C

Cr
22.5
25.5
24.5

Ni
8.0
9.5
9.1

Mo
0.1
0.8
0.2

Min.
690
480
20
-----

Cu
-0.5
0.3

N
0.10
0.20
0.13

PREN
24
31
27

Typical
790
640
31
42
55
50
37

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV 55V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
50
max. A
90

3.2
65
120

4.0
100
160

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.5
130

4.0
450
17.4
86

2.5
300
12
229

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 380 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe
Mn
7
6

184

www.metrode.com

Cr
6

Ni
1

Mo
0.2

DS B-59-ULTRAMET 2304 | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<0.2

F
16

OES (mg/m3)
0.8

SUPERCORE 2304P
ALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRE FOR LEAN DUPLEX STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS
NONE

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
High performance rutile all positional flux cored wire produced in the most versatile size of 1.2mm.
Made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system.
Weld metal carbon content is typically <0.04% when using either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas.
Metal recovery about 90% with respect to the wire.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No-QW442
A-No--

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
min.
-0.5
--max.
0.04
2.0
1.00
0.02
Typical
0.03
1.0
0.6
0.01
PREN (pitting resistance equivalent) = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N

P
-0.03
0.02

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
- 20C
Impact ISO-V(J)
- 50C
Hardness (HV)

Cr
22.5
25.5
24.5

Ni
8.0
10.0
9.2

Mo
0.1
0.8
0.2

Min.
690
480
20
20
-----

Cu
-0.75
0.2

N
0.08
0.20
0.14

PREN
24
31
27

Typical
760
610
35
32
50
70
55
240

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: Either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not
exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm)
amp-volt range
typical
stickout
1.2 P
120A-22V to 250A-34V
150A-25V
15-20mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe
Mn
10
12

www.metrode.com

Ni
2

Cr3
4

Cr6
5.5

DS B-59-SUPERCORE 2304P | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<0.5

F
9

OES (mg/m3)
0.9

185

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet B-60

STAINLESS STEELS

22%Cr DUPLEX STAINLESS STEELS


ALLOY TYPE
22%Cr standard ferritic-austenitic duplex stainless
steels.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat not generally required.
Interpass
temperature 150C max. Heat input in the range
1.02.5 kJ/mm (depending on material thickness)
should be acceptable but some codes restrict the
max to 1.75 or 2.0kJ/mm.

UNS

ASTM
A182 Gr F51
A890 Gr 4A (cast)

S31803
S32205
S32101
S32304
S32001
J92205 (cast)

BS
318S13

BS EN & DIN

PWHT
Although welds in wrought duplex stainless steels
are almost always left in the as-welded condition,
major repairs to castings are generally specified
in the solution treated condition. Experience has
indicated good properties following 1120C/3-6h +
water quench with or without a cooling step to
1060C before quenching.

1.4462
X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

Proprietary alloys include:


Sandvik
Avesta Polarit
Creusot Ind
Bhler
VDM
S+C
Sumitomo

SAF2205
2205
UR 45N
A903
Cronifer 2205LCN
Maresist F51 (cast)
SM22Cr

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A Technical Profile covering duplex and
superduplex stainless steels is available.

Lean and Mo-free duplex including:


(UNS S32304 / DIN 1.4362 / X2CrNiN23L)
Sandvik
SAF 2304
Creusot Ind
UR35N
LDX 2101
Avesta Polarit

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


Lean duplex (data sheet B-59), superduplex (data
sheets B-61, B-62 and B-63) and duplex matching
consumables for casting repairs.

APPLICATIONS
Duplex stainless steel pipe, plate, fittings and forgings
have an approximate 50:50 microstructure of austenite
with a ferrite matrix.
This, coupled with general alloying level, confers:
- high strength compared with standard
austenitic steels, eg type 316L.
- good general corrosion resistance in a range
of environments.
- high resistance to chloride induced stress
corrosion cracking (CSCC).
- high resistance to pitting attack in chloride
environments, eg seawater.
These alloys are finding widening application in the
offshore oil/gas, chemical and petrochemical process
industries, eg pipework systems, flowlines, risers,
manifolds etc.

186

www.metrode.com

MICROSTRUCTURE
Multipass welds in the as-welded condition
contain about 2550% ferrite depending on
dilution and heat input/cooling rate conditions.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process

Product
Supermet 2205
Ultramet 2205
MMA
Supermet 2205AR
2205XKS
TIG/SAW ER329N
MIG
ER329N
MCW
Supercore M2205
SAW flux SSB
Supercore 2205
FCW
Supercore 2205P

DS B-60 | Rev. 01-03/16

Specification
AWS E2209-16
AWS E2209-17
AWS E2209-15
AWS ER2209
AWS ER2209
AWS EC2209
BS EN SA AF2 DC
AWS E2209T0-1/4
AWS E2209T1-1/4

SUPERMET 2205
OVER ALLOYED RUTILE ELECTRODE FOR 22%Cr DUPLEX STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

STAINLESS STEELS

MMA electrode with enhanced Cr, Mo and N levels, giving higher weld pitting resistance than the nearest AWS specification A5.4 E2209-16.
See Ultramet 2205 for rutile type conforming to AWS.
Supermet 2205 is made on high quality stainless steel core wire with a rutile flux system designed to give minimum carbon content coupled
with optimum operating characteristics.
Supermet 2205 is designed for welding wrought, forged or cast standard duplex stainless steels for service in the as-welded condition.
Good properties are also obtained when solution treated, as frequently required for casting repairs. The electrode has a rutile flux system
and is used primarily for downhand and H-V welding applications. Smaller sizes offer excellent all-positional operability.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No 8

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
E2209-16 nearest classification
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
-0.5
0.3
-Max.
0.03
2.0
1.0
0.02
Typical
0.02
1
0.7
0.01
PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded
Min.
Tensile strength (MPa)
690
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
480
Elongation (%) 4d
20
Reduction of area %
-Impact ISO*-V(J) +20C
-- 20C
-- 30C
-- 40C
-- 50C
-OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 55V MIN)
Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
50
max. A
90

P
-0.03
0.02

Cr
24.0
26.0
25

Ni
8.5
10.0
9.5

Typical
850
650
30
40
60-73
45-55
40-52
35-47
30-40
3.2
65
120

Mo
3.0
4.0
3.4

Pipe butt weld


867
752
25
35
-45-50
42-46
38-43
35-40
4.0
100
160

Cu
-0.5
0.1

N
0.14
0.25
0.17

PREN
36
43
38

1120C/ 3h + WQ
800
480
32
---> 90
> 70
> 35
5.0
130
190

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
4.0
5.0
Length (mm)
300
350
350
450
kg/carton
12.0
13.2
13.8
18.6
Pieces/carton
630
354
255
165
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 380 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Cr
Ni
Mo
Cu
F*
OES (mg/m3)
7
6
6
1
0.2
<0.2
16
0.8
* F = 28% for basic coated 2205XKS but this does not affect OES.
www.metrode.com

DS B-60-SUPERMET 2205 | Rev. 01-03/16

187

ULTRAMET 2205

STAINLESS STEELS

RUTILE ALL-POSITIONAL MMA ELECTRODE FOR 22%Cr DUPLEX STEELS


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode made on duplex stainless steel core wire with a rutile flux system designed to give minimum carbon content
coupled with optimum operating characteristics. The electrode has a rutile flux system optimised for all welding positions except
vertical down and provides excellent operability.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E2209-16
E 22 9 3 N L R 3 2

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
-0.5
0.3
-Max. 0.03
2.0
0.90
0.02
Typical 0.02
1
0.7
0.01
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
- 20C
- 50C
Hardness (HRC) HV10

P
-0.03
0.02

Cr
22.0
23.5
23.2

Ni
8.5
10.0
9

Mo
2.8
3.5
3.2

Min.
690
480
20
20
------

Cu
-0.5
0.1

N
0.14
0.2
0.17

PREN
34
38
36

typical
850
675
27
25
40
> 54 (> 0.8)
43-48 (> 0.5)
32-41 (>0.38)
< 305 (< 28)

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
min. A
60
75
max. A
90
120

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
190

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

4.0
350
13.5
249

5.0
350
13.5
174

2.5
300
12.0
654

3.2
350
13.5
378

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 380 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Cr
Ni
7
6
6
1
* F = 28% for basic coated 2205XKS but this does not affect OES.

188

www.metrode.com

Mo
0.2

DS B-60-ULTRAMET 2205 | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<0.2

F*
16

OES (mg/m3)
0.8

SUPERMET 2205AR
RUTILE DOWNHAND MMA ELECTRODE FOR 22%Cr DUPLEX STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode made on high quality stainless steel core wire with a rutile flux system designed to give minimum carbon
content coupled with optimum operating characteristics.
The electrode has a rutile flux system optimised for operability.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E2209-17
E 22 9 3 N L R 3 3

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
-0.5
--Max.
0.04
2.0
1.00
0.025
Typical
0.03
0.8
0.7
0.01

P
-0.030
0.02

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
- 20C
- 50C
Hardness (HRC) HV10

2.5
300
11.4
594

Ni
8.5
10.5
9

Mo
2.5
3.5
3.2

Min.
690
450
20
20

Cu
-0.5
0.1

N
0.14
0.2
0.17

PREN
35
38
36

Typical
830
680
28
26
45
40
35
< 310 (< 28)

--

----

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

Cr
21.5
23.5
23

3.2
75
120
3.2
350
13.5
363

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
190

4.0
450
18.0
249

5.0
450
18.6
165

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 380 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Cr
Ni
7
6
6
1
* F = 28% for basic coated 2205XKS but this does not affect OES.

www.metrode.com

Mo
0.2

DS B-60-SUPERMET 2205AR | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<0.2

F*
16

OES (mg/m3)
0.8

189

2205XKS

STAINLESS STEELS

BASIC PIPE-WELDING MMA ELECTRODE FOR 22%Cr DUPLEX STEELS


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode made on duplex stainless core wire with a special basic flux to give optimum all-positional operability.
Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
The electrode has a basic flux system and is recommended where the highest sub-zero toughness is required, and for the most
demanding positional welding applications such as fixed pipework in the ASME 6G position.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581
Approvals

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E2209-15
E 22 9 3 N L B 4 2
ABS, DNV, TV

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
-0.5
--Max.
0.04
2.0
0.90
0.02
Typical
0.03
1
0.6
0.01
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
- 50C
- 75C
Hardness (HV)

P
-0.03
0.02

Cr
22.0
23.5
23

Ni
8.5
10.0
9

Min.
690
450
20
20
--

Mo
3.0
3.5
3.2

Typical
750-870
630-700
28
26
45
> 85
> 60
> 30
260-290

--

47
---

Cu
-0.75
0.1

N
0.15
0.20
0.17

PREN
35
38
36

1120 1135C +WQ


790
480
41
37
64
-> 75
-240

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE ONLY


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
50
max. A
75

3.2
70
95

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
190

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.5
402

4.0
350
13.5
273

5.0
350
13.5
171

2.5
300
12.0
720

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 380 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Cr
Ni
7
6
6
1
* F = 28% for basic coated 2205XKS but this does not affect OES.
190

www.metrode.com

Mo
0.2

DS B-60-2205XKS | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<0.2

F*
16

OES (mg/m3)
0.8

ER329N
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid TIG, MIG and sub-arc wires for welding 2205 type duplex stainless steels.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

ER2209
22 9 3 N L
SS2209
DNV, TV

STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.9M
BS EN ISO 14343-A
BS EN ISO 14343-B
Approvals

For TIG wires

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
Cr
Ni
Mo
Cu
N
Min.
-1.0
0.25
--22.5
8.0
3.0
-0.14
Max.
0.03
2.0
0.65
0.020
0.030
23.5
9.5
3.5
0.3
0.20
Typical
0.015
1.6
0.5
0.001
0.015
23
8.2
3.2
0.1
0.17*
Duplex weld metal microstructure with austenite + 30-50% ferrite.
Pitting resistance equivalent PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N is > 35.
* ER329N MIG spooled wire is selected for suitability for both MIG and auto-TIG, with typically 0.15%N to control porosity.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded

Min.

Tensile strength (MPa)


0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Impact ISO-V(J) - 30C
- 50C
- 75C
Hardness HV
HRC
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas
TIG
Argon
MIG
Ar / He / CO2
SAW
SSB flux *

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG
SAW

0.8
-15kg reel
--

690
450
20
20
------

Current
DCpulsed
DC+

1.0
-15kg reel
--

SAW + SSB
790
630
30
27
75 (>55)
55 (>35)
-275 (< 320)
23 (< 28)

Diameter (mm)
1.6 / 2.4
1.2
2.4

1.2
2.5 kg tube
15kg reel
--

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
28
10
20

www.metrode.com

Typical
MIG
800-835
560-620
28-35
30
> 70
> 60
-270 (< 310)
23 (< 28)

TIG
790
620
36
33
180 (> 140)
180 (> 120)
125 (>70)
270 (< 310)
23 (< 28)

1.6
2.5 kg tube
15kg reel
25kg coil

Ni
8

DS B-60-ER329N | Rev. 01-03/16

2.0
2.5 kg tube
-To order

Mo
1.5

Parameters
100A, 12V
180A, 28V
350A,30V

2.4
2.5 kg tube
-25kg coil

Cu
< 0.5

3.2
2.5 kg tube
-25kg coil

OES (mg/m3)
2.5

191

SUPERCORE M2205
METAL CORED WIRE FOR 22%CR DUPLEX STEELS

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
The wire is made with an austenite stainless steel sheath and high purity metal powders.
Metal recovery is about 96% with respect to the wire.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.22M
BS EN ISO 17633-A
BS EN ISO 17633-B

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

EC2209
T 22 9 3 N L M M12 3
TS2209-FB0

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
-0.5
--Max.
0.03
2.0
0.90
0.025
Typical
0.02
1.4
0.8
0.010
* PRE (pitting resistance equivalent) = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Impact ISO-V(J) - 20C
- 50C
Hardness HV

P
-0.030
0.018

Cr
21.5
23.5
22.5

Ni
7.5
9.5
8.5

Mo
2.5
3.5
3.0

Min.
690
480
20
20
----

Cu
-0.5
0.15

N
0.08
0.20
0.15

PRE*
34
38
35

Typical Ar-38%He-2%CO2
820
680
30
27
50
38
280

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: Stainshield heavy, Ar-38%-He-2%CO2 shielding gas at 15-20l/min.
Current: DC+ve
Diameter (mm)
amp-volt range
typical
1.2
180A-27V to 250A-32V
200A-29V

stickout
10-20mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
28
10

192

www.metrode.com

Cr3
20

Ni
8

Mo
1.5

DS B-60-SUPERCORE M2205 | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
< 0.5

OES (mg/m3)
2.5

SUPERCORE 2205, 2205P


FL AT AND ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRES FOR 22%CR DUPLEX STEELS

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.22M
BS EN ISO 17633-A
BS EN ISO 17633-B
Approvals

Supercore 2205
E2209T0-1/4
T 22 9 3 N L R C/M 3
TS2209-FB0

Supercore 2205P
E2209T1-1/4
T 22 9 3 N L P C/M 2
TS2209-FB1
LRS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
Min.
-0.5
---Max.
0.04
2.0
1.00
0.02
0.030
Typical
0.03
1.2
0.7
<0.01
0.02
* PRE (pitting resistance equivalent) = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) - 20C
- 50C
- 75C
Hardness (HV)

Min.
690
480
20
20
------

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
High performance rutile flux cored wires produced in the most versatile size of 1.2mm.
Supercore 2205 is suited to welding in the flat and horizontal-vertical positions (material > 6mm).
Supercore 2205P is optimised for positional welding, both vertical up and for fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G or 6G welding positions (pipe typically > 150mm diameter, > 15mm wall).
Made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system.
Weld metal carbon content is typically <0.03% when using either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas.
Metal recovery about 90% with respect to the wire.

Cr
21.5
24.0
23

Ni
8.5
10.0
9.2

Mo
2.8
4.0
3.1

Supercore 2205P typical


800
630
32
29
45
65
45
30
270

Cu
-0.3
0.1

N
0.08
0.20
0.12

PRE*
34
38
35

Supercore 2205 typical


800
610
30
26
36
50
40
270

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: Either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not
exceed 85%. Gas mixtures without oxygen additions can be helpful for optimum weld metal toughness.
Fillet weld penetration and profile will be related to the skill level of the operator.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm)
amp-volt range
typical
stickout
1.2
150A-25V to 280A-34V
200A-30V
15-20mm
1.6
200A-28V to 330A-34V
230A-30V
15-25mm
1.2 P
120A-22V to 250A-34V
150A-25V
15-20mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt %
Fe
Mn
11
6
www.metrode.com

Ni
1

Cr3
9

Cr6
1.5

DS B-60-SUPERCORE 2205, 2205P | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
0.1

F
12

OES (mg/m3)
0.9
193

SSB FLUX
SUB-ARC FLUX

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Agglomerated basic non-alloying flux for submerged arc welding.

SPECIFICATIONS
DIN 32522
BS EN ISO 14174

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No --

BFB6 63353 DC8M


SA AF2 DC

COMPOSITION (TYPICAL)
C
ER329N wire 0.015
deposit
0.02

Mn
1.6
1.3

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
Impact ISO-V(J) - 30C
- 50C
Hardness HV
HRC

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Current: DC +ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm)
1.6
2.4

Si
0.5
0.5

S
0.001
--

P
0.015
--

Cr
23
22.5

Ni
8.5
8.5

Mo
3.2
3.1

Cu
0.1
0.1

790
630
30
75 (>55)
55 (>35)
275 (< 320)
23 (< 28)

amp-volt range
200-350A, 27-31V
250-450A, 28-32V

typical
300A, 28V
350A, 29V

stickout
20-25mm
20-25mm

PACKAGING DATA
Metrode SSB Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 20kg metal drums.
Preferred storage conditions for opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18C.
If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 250-400C/1-3h.

194

www.metrode.com

DS B-60-SSB FLUX | Rev. 01-03/16

N
0.17
0.15

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet B-61

25%Cr SUPERDUPLEX STEELS - ZERON 100

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
MATCHING
wrought
UNS S32760
DIN 1.4501
ASTM A182 F55

cast
UNS J93380, DIN 1.4508
ASTM A890 6A,
ACI CD3MWCuN

OTHER SUPERDUPLEX, INCLUDING


wrought
UNS S32750
UR47N (CLI)
S32520
Ferralium SD40 (Meighs)
DP3W (Sumitomo)
7-Mo Plus (Carpenter)
2507 (Sandvik/Avesta)
cast
UNS J93404
ASTM A890 5A

UNS S32550
UR52N+ (CLI)
UNS S39274
UNS S32950

MICROSTRUCTURE
Multipass welds in the as-welded or solution
annealed condition consist of an austenite-ferrite
duplex microstructure with an approximate 3060% ferrite level, depending on heat input/cooling
conditions.
WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat not generally required.
Interpass
temperature 150C max. Heat input in the range
1.02.0 kJ/mm (depending on material thickness)
should be acceptable but most codes restrict the
max to 1.5 or 1.75kJ/mm.
PWHT
Although welds in wrought duplex stainless steels
are almost always left in the as-welded condition,
major repairs to castings are generally specified
in the solution treated condition. Experience has
indicated good properties following 1120C/3-6h +
water quench.

DIN 1.4469
ACI CE3MN

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Further information on the welding of Zeron 100
is available in the Metrode Technical Profile on
duplex and superduplex.

APPLICATIONS
Zeron 100 has an exceptional combination of
strength and resistance to corrosion and erosion in
a wide range of aggressive media. The presence of
Cu+W provides superior resistance to sulphuric and
hydrochloric acids when compared to similar alloys
without these additions. Offshore applications exploit
the high resistance to pitting and stress-corrosion
cracking in seawater. It is also highly resistant
to caustic alkalis and phosphoric acid. Service
temperature range is usually limited to 50C to
280C, the upper limit owing to thermal instability
("450C" and sigma embrittlement).
It is widely used in oil and gas production and process
pipework, risers, manifolds, pressure vessels, valves,
pumps, desalination plant, systems for flue-gas
desulphurisation (FGD) and also in the mining, chemical
and pharmaceutical industries. Zeron 100 wires are
also used for joining supermartensitic stainless steels.
www.metrode.com

STAINLESS STEELS

ALLOY TYPE
25%Cr ferritic-austenitic superduplex stainless steels
matching the proprietary Zeron 100 alloy.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


2507 superduplex (data sheet B-62) and matching
consumables for casting repair (solution annealed)
applications.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG/ SAW
SAW flux
FCW

DS B-61 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product

Specification

Zeron 100XKS

BS EN E25 9 4 N L B

Zeron 100X

BS EN 25 9 4 N L

SSB

BS EN SA AF 2

Supercore Z100XP AWS E2594T1-4

195

ZERON 100XKS

STAINLESS STEELS

BASIC PIPE-WELDING MMA ELECTRODE FOR SUPERDUPLEX STEELS


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic coated all-positional MMA electrode for welding Zeron 100 and other superduplex alloys for service in the as-welded
condition. This electrode is overmatching with respect to nickel content to achieve correct austenite-ferrite microstructural
phase balance. It is designed for the most demanding vertical and overhead welding positions such as fixed pipework qualified in
the ASME 6G position.
Fully alloyed matching Zeron 100 core wire including W and Cu. Moisture resistant flux technology.
Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581
Weir Materials
Approvals

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E2595-15
E 25 9 4 N L B 4 2
MDS 12809/08
ABS, DNV

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
Cr
min.
-----24.0
max. 0.03
1.0
1.0
0.01
0.03
26.0
Typical 0.025
0.9
0.5
0.005
0.02
25
Pitting resistance equivalent PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N
Pitting resistance equivalent PREW = Cr + 3.3Mo + 1.65W + 16N
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) - 20C
- 50C
Hardness (HV)

Ni
9.0
10.0
9.3

Mo
3.5
4.0
3.6

W
0.5
1.0
0.7

Min.
760
550
15
20
-----

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
50
max. A
75
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
2.5
Length (mm)
300
kg/carton
12.0
Pieces/carton
696

Cu
0.5
1.0
0.7

N
0.2
0.3
0.23

PREN
40
-41

PREW
40
-42

PWHT (1)
800-950
650-750
30
22-27
40-45
> 55
> 40
270-320

3.2
70
95

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

3.2
350
14.1
360

4.0
350
13.5
270

5.0
350
13.5
168

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
Ni
7
6
1
196

www.metrode.com

Cr
7

Cu
0.5

Mo
0.2

DS B-61-ZERON 100XKS | Rev. 01-03/16

V
<0.1

F
28

OES (mg/m3)
0.7

ZERON 100X
SOLID WELDING WIRE FOR SUPERDUPLEX STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.
For applications where Zeron 100X wire is to be used for welding supermartensitic stainless steels it is possible for wire to be
supplied with a total hydrogen content of 3ppm maximum.

P
-0.03
0.02

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) -50C
-75C
Hardness cap/mid (HV)

Min.
760
550
15
20
-----

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
TIG
Argon
MIG
Ar / He / CO2
SAW
SSB flux

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG
SAW

0.8
-To order
--

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
Ni
7
6
1

www.metrode.com

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

ER2594
25 9 4 N L (prefix W=TIG, G=MIG, S=SAW)
MDS 12809/07
ABS, TV, DNV (TIG and SAW in conjunction with SSB flux)

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
----Max. 0.03
1.0
1.0
0.01
Typical 0.015
0.7
0.4
0.002

Cr
24.0
26.0
25

Ni
9.0
10.0
9.3

Mo
3.5
4.0
3.7

TIG
870
695
36
32
68
130
>100
290

Cu
0.5
1.0
0.7

N
0.2
0.3
0.23

SAW
885
700
26
24
48
40
-290

Diameter (mm)
1.6 / 2.4
1.2
1.6

1.2
-To order
--

Cr
7

W
0.5
1.0
0.6

MIG
860
645
25
23
28
60
-290

Current
DCpulsed
DC+

1.0
-To order
--

1.6
2.5 kg tube
To order
25kg coil

Cu
0.5

STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.9M
BS EN ISO 14343-A
Weir Materials
Approvals

Mo
0.2

DS B-61-ZERON 100X | Rev. 01-03/16

2.0
2.5 kg tube
---

V
<0.1

PREN
40
-41

PREW
40
-42

TIG at 160C
769
523
39
34
72
----

Parameters
100A, 12V
180A, 28V
350A,30V

2.4
2.5 kg tube
-25kg coil

F
28

3.2
2.5 kg tube
---

OES (mg/m3)
0.7

197

SSB FLUX
SUB-ARC FLUX

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Agglomerated basic non-alloying flux for submerged arc welding.

SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN ISO 14174

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No --

SA AF2 DC

COMPOSITION (TYPICAL)
C
Zeron 100X wire 0.015
Deposit 0.02

Mn
0.7
0.6

Si
0.4
0.4

S
0.002
0.002

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES WITHZERON 100X WIRE


Typical values as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) - 50C
Hardness (HV)

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Current: DC +ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm)
1.6
2.4

amp-volt range
200-350A, 27-31V
250-450A, 28-32V

P
0.023
0.02

Cr
25
24.5

Ni
9.3
9.3

min
750
550
-20
----

Mo
3.7
3.6

Cu
0.7
0.7

W
0.7
0.7

SAW
890
700
25
24
>40
40
290

typical
300A, 28V
350A, 29V

stickout
20-25mm
20-25mm

PACKAGING DATA
Metrode SSB Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 20kg metal drums.
Preferred storage conditions for opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18C.
If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 250-400C/1-3h.

198

www.metrode.com

DS B-61-SSB FLUX | Rev. 01-03/16

N
0.23
0.21

SUPERCORE Z100XP
RUTILE ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE FOR SUPERDUPLEX STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wire made with an alloyed stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system.
Supercore Z100XP combines easy operability, high deposit quality for both positional pipework and downhand welding.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.

STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.22M
BS EN ISO 17633-B

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

E2594T1-4
TS 2594-F M21 1

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
Cr
Min.
-0.5
---24.0
Max. 0.04
1.5
1.0
0.02
0.03
26.0
Typical 0.03
1.0
0.5
0.005
0.02
24.5
Pitting resistance equivalent PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N
Pitting resistance equivalent PREW = Cr + 3.3Mo + 1.65W + 16N

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) -20C
-50C
Hardness
HV
HRC

Ni
8.5
10.0
9.1

Mo
3.5
4.0
3.7

Cu
0.5
1.0
0.6

Min.
760
550
15
18
----

W
0.5
1.0
0.6

N
0.2
0.3
0.22

PREN
40
-41

PREW
40
-42

T ypical
880
690
27
25
33
40
32
280
26

---

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2:
Diameter (mm)
range
typical
stickout
1.2
120 250A, 22 34V
180A, 29V
15 20mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt %
Fe
Mn
14
4
www.metrode.com

Ni
1

Cr3
11

Cr6
3

DS B-61-SUPERCORE Z100XP | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<1

F
10

OES (mg/m3)
1.0
199

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet B-62

STAINLESS STEELS

25%Cr SUPERDUPLEX STEELS - 2507


ALLOY TYPE
25%Cr ferritic-austenitic superduplex stainless steels.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
25%Cr superduplex:
UNS S32750, S32760 *
ASTM A182 F53, F55
BS EN 10088-2 X2CrNiMoN25-7-4 (1.4410)
SAF 2507 (Sandvik/Avesta)
Uranus 47N (CLI)

MICROSTRUCTURE
Multipass welds in the as-welded or solution
annealed condition consist of an austenite-ferrite
duplex stainless steel microstructure with an
approximate 30-60% ferrite level, depending on
heat input/cooling conditions.
WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat not generally required.
Interpass
temperature 150C max. Heat input in the range
1.02.0 kJ/mm (depending on material thickness)
should be acceptable but most codes restrict the
max to 1.5 or 1.75kJ/mm.

Castings:
UNS J93404
ASTM A890 Gr5A, 6A *
ACI CE3MN
* Zeron 100 (see DS: B-61)

APPLICATIONS
Superduplex stainless steel pipe, plate, fittings and
forgings have an approximate 50:50 microstructure
of austenite with a ferrite matrix. This, coupled with
general alloying level confers:
- high strength compared with standard austenitic
steels eg. type 316L.
- good general corrosion resistance in a range of
environments.
- high resistance to chloride induced stress corrosion
cracking (CSCC).
- high resistance to pitting attack in chloride
environments eg. seawater.
These alloys are finding widening application in the
offshore oil/gas, chemical and petrochemical process
industries, eg. pipework systems, flowlines, risers,
manifolds etc.

PWHT
Although welds in wrought duplex stainless steels
are almost always left in the as-welded condition,
major repairs to castings are generally specified
in the solution treated condition. Experience has
indicated good properties following 1120C/3-6h +
water quench.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Further information on the welding of 2507
superduplex is available in the Metrode Technical
Profile on duplex and superduplex.
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
Zeron 100 superduplex (data sheet B-61) and
matching consumables for casting repair (solution
annealed) applications.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG
FCW

200

www.metrode.com

DS B-62 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
2507XKS
Ultramet 2507
2507
Supercore 2507
Supercore 2507P

Specification
AWS 2594-15
AWS 2594-16
AWS ER2594
AWS E2594T0-4
AWS E2594T1-4

2507XKS
BASIC PIPE-WELDING MMA ELECTRODE FOR SUPERDUPLEX STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic coated all-positional MMA electrode for welding superduplex alloys for service in the as-welded condition. This electrode is
overmatching with respect to nickel content to achieve correct austenite-ferrite microstructural phase balance. It is designed for
the most demanding vertical and overhead welding positions such as fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G/6G position, and for
applications requiring the highest toughness.
Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No--

E2594-15
E 25 9 4 N L B 4 2

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
Cr
Ni
Mo
Cu
N
PREN
min.
-0.5
---24.0
8.5
3.5
-0.20
40
max. 0.04
2.0
1.0
0.02
0.03
26.0
10.5
4.5
0.5
0.30
46
Typical 0.03
1
0.5
0.01
0.02
25
9.5
3.8
0.1
0.22
41
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded
Min.
typical
>1120C/>3h + WQ transverse *
Tensile strength (MPa)
800
870
>760
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
550
700
-Elongation (%) 4d
22
28
-5d
18
25
-Reduction of area %
-45
-Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
-85
--50C
-60
>80
-75C
--35
Hardness (HV)
-280-330
<300
* Representative properties for solution treated welds in castings of ASTM A890 grade 5A. Ferrite >30%.
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE
Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
50
max. A
75
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
2.5
Length (mm)
300
kg/carton
12.0
Pieces/carton
669

3.2
70
95

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
190

3.2
350
13.5
420

4.0
350
13.5
267

5.0
350
13.5
165

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
Ni
Cr
Cu
Mo
7
6
1
7
0.5
0.2
* F = 28% for basic coated 2507XKS electrode but this does not affect the OES.
www.metrode.com

DS B-62-2507XKS | Rev. 01-03/16

V
<0.1

F*
16

OES (mg/m3)
0.7
201

ULTRAMET 2507
RUTILE ALL-POSITIONAL MMA ELECTRODE FOR SUPERDUPLEX STEELS

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile coated MMA electrode for welding superduplex alloys for service in the as-welded condition. This electrode is
overmatching with respect to nickel content to achieve the correct austenite-ferrite microstructural phase balance.
Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No --

E2594-16
E 25 9 4 N L R 3 2

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
-0.5
--Max.
0.04
1.5
1.0
0.02
Typical
0.03
1
0.8
0.01
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) -20C
-50C
Hardness HV
HRC

P
-0.03
0.02

Cr
24.0
26.0
25

Ni
8.5
10.5
9.5

Mo
3.5
4.5
4

Min.
750
550
22
20
------

Cu
-0.5
0.1

N
0.20
0.30
0.23
Typical
890
750
26
24
35
28
>21
275-315
28

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 55V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.5
393

4.0
350
13.8
249

2.5
300
11.4
609

PREN
40
46
42

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
Ni
Cr
Cu
Mo
7
6
1
7
0.5
0.2
* F = 28% for basic coated 2507XKS electrode but this does not affect the OES.

202

www.metrode.com

DS B-62-ULTRAMET 2507 | Rev. 01-03/16

V
<0.1

F*
16

OES (mg/m3)
0.7

2507
SOLID WELDING WIRE FOR SUPERDUPLEX STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No --

ER2594
W 25 9 4 N L

STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.9M
BS EN ISO 14343-A

COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %))


Min.
Max.
Typical

C
-0.03
0.02

Mn
-2.5
0.8

Si
-1.0
0.4

S
-0.02
0.005

P
-0.03
0.02

Cr
24.0
27.0
25

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES WITHZERON 100X WIRE


Typical values as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) - 50C
Hardness cap/mid HV

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
TIG
Argon

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG

www.metrode.com

Mo
3.0
4.5
3.9

W
-0.5
0.05

Cu
-0.5
0.05

Min.
760
550
15
20
----

Current
DC-

DS B-62-2507 | Rev. 01-03/16

PREN
40
-42

Parameters
100A, 12V

2.0
2.5 kg tube

Ni
8

N
0.20
0.30
0.25

TIG
870
695
36
32
68
130
300

Diameter (mm)
1.6 / 2.4

1.6
2.5 kg tube

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
28
10
22

Ni
8.0
10.5
9.3

2.4
2.5 kg tube

Mo
2

Cu
1.3

OES (mg/m3)
2.3

203

SUPERCORE 2507, 2507P


RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRES FOR SUPERDUPLEX STEELS

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wire made with an alloyed stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. The Supercore 2507 combines easy operability,
high deposit quality and exceptional bead appearance for downhand and HV welding. Supercore 2507P combines easy operability,
high deposit quality for both positional pipework and downhand welding. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.22M
BS EN ISO 17633-A

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No --

Supercore 2507
Supercore 2507P
E2594T0-4
E2594T1-4
T 25 9 4 N L R M21 3 T 25 9 4 N L P M21 2

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
Min.
-0.5
---Max. 0.04
2.0
1.0
0.02
0.03
Typical 0.03
1.0
0.5
0.010
0.02
Pitting resistance equivalent PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
-20C
-50C
Hardness (HV)

Cr
24.0
26.0
24.5

Ni
8.5
10.5
9.3

Mo
3.5
4.5
3.8

Cu
-0.5
0.05

W
-0.5
0.05

Min.
760
550
15
18
----

T ypical
870
660
30
29
38
60
45

---

300

N
0.20
0.30
0.23

PREN
40
-41

35

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2:
Diameter (mm)
range
typical
stickout
1.2
120 280A, 22 34V
180A, 29V
15 20mm
1.2P
120 250A, 22 32V
150A, 25V
15 20mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt %
Fe
Mn
11
6

204

www.metrode.com

Ni
1

Cr3
9

Cr6
2

DS B-62-SUPERCORE 2507, 2507P | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<1

F
12

OES (mg/m3)
1.0

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet B-63

25%Cr SUPERDUPLEX STEELS WITH 2%Cu


STAINLESS STEELS

ALLOY TYPE
25%Cr ferritic-austenitic superduplex stainless steels
with nominally 25%Cr-8%Ni-3.5%Mo-1.5%Cu-0.2%N.

MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded, or solution annealed condition,
the microstructure is an austenite-ferrite duplex
with about 25-60% ferrite.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
WELDING GUIDELINES
For general fabrication welds no preheat is
generally required and interpass is kept below
150C. For castings and other highly restrained
welds a preheat-interpass range of 100-225C is
helpful in avoiding any risk of hydrogen cracking.

ASTM
A240 UNS S32550 (wrought).
A351 & A744 grade CD4MCu.
A890 grade 1A/UNS J93370.
A890 grade 1B/UNS J93372.

DIN
1.4515 (G-X3CrNiMoCuN 26 6 3).
1.4517 (G-X3CrNiMoCuN 26 6 3 3).

BS
3100 grade 332C13.
3146 grade ANC21.

Proprietary
Ferralium 255 and SD40 (Meighs).
Uranus 50M, 55, 52N, 52N+ (CLI).
Ferrinox 255 (Advanced Metals).

APPLICATIONS
These consumables are designed to match similar
alloys, usually supplied as castings. The addition of
copper improves corrosion resistance in sulphuric
acid media and potentially increases strength and
wear resistance, but as-welded toughness and
pitting performance in chloride media are reduced
in comparison to alloys with <1%Cu. Although the
composition is controlled to ensure a minimum
Pitting Resistance Equivalent (PRE) of 40 to match
the superduplex alloys and maximise resistance to
pitting consumables with <1%Cu may be preferred
for non-sulphuric acid media unless PWHT is applied
(see later).
Applications include pumps and valves, corrosion/
wear resisting parts, and process equipment for use
in offshore oil and gas industries, pulp, paper and
textile industries, and chemical and petrochemical
plant.

www.metrode.com

PWHT
The consumables are designed to be predominantly
used in the solution annealed condition. Castings
will invariably require solution annealing and
both electrode and flux cored wire provide higher
toughness and somewhat lower strength after
solution annealing. The G48A performance is also
better following solution annealing. Typical PWHT
is carried out at 1120C for about 2-3 hours and then
water quenched.
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
Solid filler wire to match these alloys (AWS ER2553)
has only 6%Ni, so welds usually have excess
ferrite. The best alternative is Zeron 100X with
0.7%Cu (DS B-61). Copper-free 2507 electrodes are
also available (DS B-62).

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
FCW

DS B-63 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Supermet 2506Cu
Supercore 2507Cu
Supercore 2507CuP

Specification
AWS E2553-16
(AWS E2553T0-4)
(AWS E2553T1-4)

205

SUPERMET 2506Cu
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR COPPER BEARING SUPERDUPLEX STEELS

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode made on a low carbon stainless steel core wire with a rutile flux containing additional elements for alloying and
deoxidation. Nitrogen and nickel are controlled to give a balanced duplex structure to minimise the risk of cracking, particularly
in highly restrained welds.
Recovery is about 140% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No5
QW442
A-No 8

E2553-16
E 25 9 3 Cu N L R 5 2

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
min.
-0.5
---max.
0.04
1.5
1.0
0.025
0.030
Typical
0.03
1
0.4
0.01
0.02
* PRE (Pitting Resistance Equivalent) = %Cr + 3.3%Mo + 16%N

Cr
24.0
27.0
25.5

Ni
7.5
8.5
8

Mo
2.9
3.9
3.5

Cu
1.5
2.5
1.7

N
0.18
0.25
0.22

PRE *
40
-41

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


1120C/2h + WQ
As-welded
Min. *
Typical
Min.
Typical
Tensile strength (MPa)
690
775
760
925
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
485
575
550
780
Elongation (%) 4d
16
32
15
17
5d
--15
16
Reduction of area (%)
-40
-25
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
-70
-35
- 30C
-60
-22
Hardness HV
-260
-340
HRC
---30
* These properties are appropriate for ASTM CD4MCu castings solution treated for optimum corrosion resistance; rapid cooling is
important for best impact properties.

Typical as-welded and PWHT

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
2.5
Length (mm)
300
kg/carton
12.0
Pieces/carton
513

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

3.2
350
15.0
321

5.0
130
210

4.0
350
14.1
219

5.0
450
16.5
111

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 300 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
Ni
9
5
1
206

www.metrode.com

Cr
7.5

Cu
1

Mo
0.6

DS B-63-SUPERMET 2506Cu | Rev. 01-03/16

V
<0.1

F
16

OES (mg/m3)
0.6

SUPERCORE 2507Cu, 2507CuP


RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRES FOR CU CONTAINING SUPERDUPLEX STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.22M
BS EN ISO 17633-A
BS EN ISO 17633-B

Supercore 2507Cu
E2553T0-4
T 25 9 4 Cu N L R C/M 3
TS2553-FB0

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wire made with an alloyed stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 2507Cu combines easy operability,
high deposit quality and exceptional bead appearance for downhand and HV welding (material >6mm). Supercore 2507CuP is
optimised for positional welding, both vertical up and for fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G or 6G welding positions (pipe
typically >150mm diameter, >15mm wall).
Made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Weld metal carbon content is typically <0.03% when using
either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas.
Metal recovery about 90% with respect to the wire.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

Supercore 2507CuP
Nearest classification
E2553T1-4
T 25 9 4 Cu N L P C/M 2
Nearest classification
TS2553-FB1

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
min.
----max.
0.04
1.5
1.0
0.02
Typical
0.03
0.8
0.5
0.005
Pitting resistance equivalent PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N

P
-0.03
0.02

Cr
24.0
26.0
24.5

Ni
8.5
10.5
9.3

Mo
3.2
4.2
3.7

Cu
1.0
2.0
1.4

N
0.2
0.3
0.25

PREN
40
-41

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded

1120C/2h + WQ
typical
760
450
40
39
-65
45
250

Typical as welded and PWHT


Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) - 20C
- 50C
Hardness (HV)

Min.
750
550
-20
-----

Typical
780
590
35
33
32
40
>27
300

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2:
Diameter (mm)
amp-volt range
typical
stickout
1.2
140 280A, 22 35V
180A, 28V
15 20mm
1.2P
120 250A, 20 32V
180A, 26V
15 20mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
14
10

www.metrode.com

Ni
1.5

Cr3
5

Cr6
5

DS B-63-SSUPERCORE 2507Cu, 2507CuP | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
1

F
5

OES (mg/m3)
1.0

207

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet B-80

STAINLESS STEELS

NUCLEAR 308L CONSUMABLES


ALLOY TYPE
308L austenitic stainless steels conforming to RCC-M
for joining 304L base materials used in nuclear
applications.

304L
304
304LN
CF3
CF8

No preheat, maximum interpass temperature


250C; no PWHT required.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Requirements are taken from the relevant
consumable data sheets in the French RCC-M
code.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM

WELDING GUIDELINES

BS EN & DIN
1.4306
1.4301
1.4311
1.4308

For consumable qualification data sheets (B-93


and B-94) in accordance with RCC-M S 5142 please
contact Metrode Technical Department.

UNS
S 30403
S 30400
S 30453

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS

APPLICATIONS
Used to weld 304L (18/8) stainless steels for applications
in the nuclear industry requiring conformance to the
RCC-M code.
Standard 308L consumables for general purpose
fabrication can be found in data sheet B-30. 308H
consumables for elevated temperature service can be
found in data sheets C-10 and C-12. Controlled ferrite
308L consumables for cryogenic applications can be
found in data sheet B-37.

See data sheet B-81 and B-83 for related 316L


and 309L consumables conforming to the RCC-M
requirements.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG

MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, 5-15FN.

208

www.metrode.com

DS B-80 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Ultramet 308L(N)
Ultramet B308L(N)
308S92(N)

Specification
AWS E308L-16
RCC-M S 2920
AWS E308L-15
RCC-M S 2920
AWS ER308L
RCC-M S 2910

ULTRAMET 308L(N)
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581
RCC-M

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode special rutile flux coated 308L electrode on high purity 304L core wire.
Versatile downhand and positional capability, Ultramet 308L(N) has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed to
meet the requirements of the RCC-M data sheet S 2920.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E308L-16
E 19 9 L R 3 2
S 2920

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
Min.
-0.5
---Max. 0.035
2.0
0.90
0.025
0.025
Typical <0.025
0.7
0.6
0.01
0.02
* Ferrite calculated in accordance with DeLong diagram.

Cr
18.00
21.00
19.5

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded
Min.
Tensile strength (MPa)
520
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
320
Elongation (%) 4d
35
5d
30
Reduction of area (%)
-Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
60 (42) *
* Minimum average (minimum individual value).

Ni
9.00
11.00
9.5

Mo
-0.50
0.1

Cu
-0.5
<0.1

Typical
600
465
47
45
55
65

Co
-0.20
0.04

Min +350C
-125
-----

N
--0.08

FN *
5
15
8

Typical +350C
410
305
30
-60
--

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
min. A
60
75
max. A
90
120

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

4.0
350
13.5
261

5.0
450
16.5
159

2.5
300
11.4
627

3.2
350
13.5
411

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
8
5

www.metrode.com

Cr
5

Ni
0.8

Mo
-

Cu
< 0.2

DS B-80-ULTRAMET 308L(N) | Rev. 01-03/16

F
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

209

ULTRAMET B308L(N)

STAINLESS STEELS

BASIC MMA ELECTRODE


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode special basic flux coated 308L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Versatile downhand and positional
capability, Ultramet B308L(N) has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed to meet the requirements of the RCC-M
data sheet S 2920.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581
RCC-M

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E308L-15
E 19 9 L B 4 2
S 2920

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
Min.
-0.5
---Max. 0.035
2.0
0.90
0.025
0.025
Typical 0.02
1.2
0.3
0.01
0.02
* Ferrite calculated in accordance with DeLong diagram.

Cr
18.00
21.00
19.5

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded
Min.
Tensile strength (MPa)
520
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
320
Elongation (%) 4d
35
5d
30
Reduction of area (%)
-Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
60 (42) *
* Minimum average (minimum individual value).

Ni
9.00
11.00
9.5

Mo
-0.50
0.1

Typical
600
440
44
42
55
100

Cu
-0.5
<0.1

Co
-0.20
0.04

Min +350C
-125
-----

N
--0.05

Typical +350C
410
300
30
-60
--

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
min. A
60
75
max. A
90
120

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

4.0
350
13.5
261

5.0
450
16.5
159

2.5
300
11.4
627

3.2
350
13.5
411

FN *
5
15
8

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
8
5

210

www.metrode.com

Cr
5

Ni
0.8

Mo
-

DS B-80-ULTRAMET B308L(N) | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
< 0.2

F
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

308S92(N)
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG welding that meets the requirements of RCC-M data sheet S 2910.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

ER308L
W 19 9 L
SS308L
S 2910

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
Min.
-1.00
0.30
--Max. 0.030
2.50
0.60
0.020
0.025
Typical
0.01
1.7
0.4
0.01
0.015
* Ferrite calculated in accordance with DeLong diagram.

Cr
19.5
21.0
20

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded
Min. +20C
Tensile strength (MPa)
520
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
320
Elongation (%) 4d
35
5d
30
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
60 (42) *
* Minimum average (minimum individual value).

Typical +20C
605
465
48
39
160

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
TIG
Argon
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG

1.2
5kg or 15kg spool

Current
DC-

Mo
-0.3
0.1

Cu
-0.3
0.15

Min +350C
-125
----

Diameter (mm)
2.4

1.6
2.5 kg tube

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
32
12
16

www.metrode.com

Ni
9.00
11.00
10

DS B-80-308S92(N) | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
< 0.5

FN *
5
15
8

Typical +350C
400
290
30
---

Parameters
100A, 12V

2.0
2.5 kg tube

Ni
8

Co
-0.20
0.04

STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.9M
BS EN ISO 14343-A
BS EN ISO 14343-B
RCC-M

2.4
2.5 kg tube

Cu
< 0.5

OES (mg/m3)
1

211

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet B-81

STAINLESS STEELS

NUCLEAR 316L CONSUMABLES


ALLOY TYPE
316L austenitic stainless steels conforming to RCC-M
for joining 316L base materials used in nuclear
applications.

316L
316
316LN
CF3M
CF8M

No preheat, maximum interpass temperature


250C; no PWHT required.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Requirements are taken from the relevant
consumable data sheets in the French RCC-M
code.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM

WELDING GUIDELINES

BS EN & DIN
1.4401 / 1.4404
1.4436
1.4406 / 1.4429
1.4408
1.4437

For consumable qualification data sheets (B-90


and B-92) in accordance with RCC-M S 5142 please
contact Metrode Technical Department.

UNS
S 31603
S 31600
S 31653

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


See data sheet B-80 for related 308L consumables
conforming to the RCC-M requirements

APPLICATIONS
Used to weld 316L (19/12/3) stainless steels for
applications in the nuclear industry requiring
conformance to the RCC-M code.
Standard 316L consumables for general purpose
fabrication can be found in data sheet B-32. 316H
consumables for elevated temperature service can be
found in data sheets C-12 and C-13. Controlled ferrite
316L consumables for cryogenic applications can be
found in data sheet B-38.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG

MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, 5-15FN

212

www.metrode.com

DS B-81 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Ultramet 316L(N)
Ultramet B316L(N)
316S92(N)

Specification
AWS E316L-16
RCC-M S 2925
AWS E316L-15
RCC-M S 2925
AWS ER316L
RCC-M S 2915

ULTRAMET 316L(N)
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581
RCC-M

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode special rutile flux coated 308L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Versatile downhand and positional
capability, Ultramet 316L(N) has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed to meet the requirements of the RCC-M
data sheet S 2925.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E316L-16
E 19 12 3 L R 3 2
S 2925

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
Min.
-0.5
---Max. 0.035
2.0
0.90
0.025
0.025
Typical <0.025
0.7
0.6
0.01
0.02
* Ferrite calculated in accordance with DeLong diagram.

Cr
18.00
20.00
19.5

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded
Min.
Tensile strength (MPa)
520
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
320
Elongation (%) 4d
35
5d
30
Reduction of area (%)
-Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
60 (42) *
* Minimum average (minimum individual value).

Ni
12.00
13.0
12.5

Mo
2.5
3.00
2.6

Typical +20C
600
500
38
36
55
65

Cu
-0.75
<0.1

Co
-0.20
0.04

Min +350C
-140/130
-----

N
--0.1

Typical +350/+360C
470/470
340/340
33/30
-50/50
--

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
12.9
393

4.0
350
13.5
261

2.5
300
11.4
618

FN *
5
15
8

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
8
5

www.metrode.com

Cr
5

Ni
1

Mo
0.5

DS B-81-ULTRAMET 316L(N) | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
< 0.2

F
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

213

ULTRAMET B316L(N)

STAINLESS STEELS

BASIC MMA ELECTRODE


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode special basic flux coated 308L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Versatile downhand and positional
capability, Ultramet B316L(N) has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed to meet the requirements of the RCC-M
data sheet S 2925
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581
RCC-M

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E316L-15
E 19 12 3 L B 4 2
S 2925

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
Min.
-0.5
---Max. 0.035
2.0
0.90
0.025
0.025
Typical 0.025
1.3
0.3
0.01
0.02
* Ferrite calculated in accordance with DeLong diagram.

Cr
18.00
20.00
19.5

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded
Min.
Tensile strength (MPa)
520
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
320
Elongation (%) 4d
30
5d
30
Reduction of area (%)
-Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
60 (42) *
* Minimum average (minimum individual value).

Ni
12.00
13.0
12.5

Mo
2.5
3.00
2.6

Typical +20C
600
470
39
37
58
85

4.0
100
155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

4.0
350
13.5
397

3.2
350
13.5
397

Co
-0.20
0.04

Min +350C
-140/130
-----

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
min. A
60
75
max. A
90
120
2.5
300
12.0
669

Cu
-0.75
<0.1

N
--0.05

FN *
5
15
10

Typical +350/+360C
480/480
350/350
30/30
-50/50
--

5.0
130
210

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
8
5

214

www.metrode.com

Cr
5

Ni
1

Mo
0.5

DS B-81-ULTRAMET B316L(N) | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
< 0.2

F
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

316S92(N)
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG welding that meets the requirements of RCC-M data sheet S 2915.

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

ER316L
W 19 12 3 L
SS316L
S 2915

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
Min.
-1.00
0.30
--Max. 0.030
2.50
0.60
0.020
0.025
Typical
0.01
1.7
0.4
0.01
0.015
* Ferrite calculated in accordance with DeLong diagram.

Cr
18.00
20.00
19

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded
Min.
Tensile strength (MPa)
520
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
210
4d
-Elongation (%)
5d
30
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
60 (42) *
* Minimum average (minimum individual value).

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
TIG
Argon
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG

1.6
2.5 kg tube

FUME DATA
Fe
Mn
Cr3
32
12
16
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)

www.metrode.com

STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.9M
BS EN ISO 14343-A
BS EN ISO 14343-B
RCC-M

Ni
12.00
14.00
12.5

Typical +20C
605
465
48
33
110

Current
DC-

Mo
2.5
3.00
2.6

Cu
-0.3
0.15

Min +350C
-140/130
----

Diameter (mm)
2.4

Co
-0.20
0.04

FN *
5
15
10

Typical +350/+360C
410/410
280/280
30/30
---

Parameters
100A, 12V

2.4
2.5 kg tube

Ni
8

DS B-81-316S92(N) | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
< 0.5

Cu
< 0.5

OES (mg/m3)
3.1

215

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet B-83

STAINLESS STEELS

NUCLEAR 309L CONSUMABLES


ALLOY TYPE
309L austenitic stainless steel electrode conforming
to RCC-M for dissimilar joints in nuclear applications.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Mainly used under high dilution conditions, particularly dissimilar welds between stainless and CMn
steels.
APPLICATIONS
Buffer layers and clad steels: Overlays on CMn, mild
steel or low alloy steels and for joining 304L/321 clad
plate. Subsequent layers are deposited with an
electrode chosen to match the cladding, eg 308L, 347.
Dissimilar joints: Tolerance to dilution is exploited in
joining stainless types 410, 304L, 321 and 316L to mild
and low alloy steels such as stiffeners, brackets and
other attachments. Service temperatures above 400C
are normally avoided. It is also used for welding 12%Cr
utility ferritics such as Cromweld 3CR12, to itself and
other steels.

WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat and interpass temperatures depend on
base material hardenability. For guidance, no
preheat on mild steels; up to 250C on hardenable
steels.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Requirements are taken from the relevant
consumable data sheets in the French RCC-M
code.
For consumable qualification data sheets (B-93,
B-94 and B-95) in accordance with RCC-M S 5142
please contact Metrode Technical Department.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


See data sheet B-80 and B-81 for related 308L
and 316L consumables conforming to the RCC-M
requirements.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite with ferrite in the range 8-18FN.

Process
MMA
TIG

216

www.metrode.com

DS B-83 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Ultramet 309L(N)
Ultramet B309L(N)
309S92(N)

Specification
AWS E309L-16
RCC-M S 2930
AWS E309L-15
RCC-M S 2930
AWS ER309L

ULTRAMET 309L(N)
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581
RCC-M

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode special rutile flux coated 309L electrode on high purity 304L core wire.
Versatile downhand and positional capability, Ultramet 309L(N) has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed to meet
the requirements of the RCC-M data sheet S 2930.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E309L-16
E 23 12 L R 3 2
S 2930

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
Min.
-0.5
---Max. 0.030
2.5
0.90
0.025
0.025
Typical 0.025
0.8
0.6
0.01
0.02
* Ferrite calculated in accordance with DeLong diagram
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As-welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C

Cr
22.00
25.00
23.5

Ni
12.00
14.00
12.3

Mo
-0.50
0.1

Min.
520
320
30
25
---

Cu
-0.75
<0.1

Co
-0.15
0.04

FN *
8
18
14

Typical
600
485
40
38
55
50

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.5
393

4.0
350
13.5
252

2.5
300
12.6
687

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt % typical)
Fe
Mn
9
6

www.metrode.com

Cr
7

Ni
1

Mo
0.1

Cu
< 0.2

DS B-83-ULTRAMET 309L(N) | Rev. 01-03/16

F*
17

OES (mg/m3)
0.7

217

ULTRAMET B309L(N)

STAINLESS STEELS

BASIC MMA ELECTRODE


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode special basic flux coated 309L electrode on high purity 304L core wire.
Versatile downhand and positional capability, Ultramet 309L(N) has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed to meet
the requirements of the RCC-M data sheet S 2930.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581
RCC-M

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E309L-15
E 23 12 L B 4 2
S 2930

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
Min.
-0.5
---Max. 0.030
2.5
0.90
0.025
0.025
Typical
0.02
1.2
0.3
0.01
0.02
* Ferrite calculated in accordance with DeLong diagram.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As-welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C

Cr
22.00
25.00
23.5

Ni
12.00
14.00
12.3

Mo
-0.50
0.1

Min.
520
320
30
25
---

Cu
-0.75
<0.1

Co
-0.15
0.04

FN *
8
18
14

Typical
620
490
37
35
55
80

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.5
393

4.0
350
13.5
252

2.5
300
12.6
687

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt % typical)
Fe
Mn
9
6

218

www.metrode.com

Cr
7

Ni
1

Mo
0.1

DS B-83-ULTRAMET B309L(N) | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
< 0.2

F*
17

OES (mg/m3)
0.7

309S92(N)
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG welding that meets the manufacturing quality requirements of RCC-M.

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

ER309L
W 23 12 L
SS309L

STAINLESS STEELS

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.9M
BS EN ISO 14343-A
BS EN ISO 14343-B

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
-1.00
0.30
-Max.
0.025
2.50
0.60
0.020
Typical
0.01
1.7
0.4
0.01
* Ferrite calculated in accordance with DeLong diagram.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As-welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
* Minimum average (minimum individual value).
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas
TIG
Argon
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG

Cr
23.0
25.0
23.5

Ni
12.0
14.0
13

Mo
-0.3
0.1

Cu
-0.3
0.05

FN *
8
18
12

min +20C
590
450
43
41
>200

Current
DC-

1.6
2.5 kg tube

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
32
12
20

www.metrode.com

P
-0.025
0.015

Diameter (mm)
2.4

Parameters
100A, 12V

2.0
2.5 kg tube

Ni
11

DS B-83-309S92(N) | Rev. 01-03/16

2.4
2.5 kg tube

Mo
< 0.5

Cu
< 0.5

OES (mg/m3)
2.5

219

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet B-88

STAINLESS STEELS

NUCLEAR NAG 308L CONSUMABLES


ALLOY TYPE
308L austenitic stainless steels for joining Nitric Acid
Grade (NAG) 304L base materials. The consumables
are manufactured to BNFL (now Sellafield Ltd)
specifications.

WELDING GUIDELINES
No preheat, maximum interpass temperature
250C, no PWHT required.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
These products are approved and certified by
Sellafield Ltd (SL) and are only supplied to SL
contractors for use on SL projects.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM
304L

Huey tests on weld deposits achieve corrosion


rates of <0.3mm/year as-welded and <0.6mm/year
in the sensitised condition.

BS
304S11

BS EN & DIN
1.4306

UNS

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS

S30403
304L material that meets the specific NAG requirements.

APPLICATIONS
Used to weld nitric acid grade (NAG) 304L stainless
steels used in the construction of waste nuclear
fuel processing plant.
It is also suitable for the welding of conventional
304L stainless steels for nuclear applications
particularly for QA reasons where NAG and
conventional 304L steels are being fabricated
together.

Standard 308L consumables for general fabrication


applications are in data sheet B-30. RCC-M nuclear
grade 308L consumables are in data sheet B-80
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG

MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded condition the weld metal
microstructure consists of austenite with ferrite
content of about 6FN.

220

www.metrode.com

DS B-88 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
NAG 19.9.L.R
NAG 19.9.L

Specification
NF 0086/1
NF 0087/1

NAG 19.9.L.R
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR WELDING NITRIC ACID GR ADE 304L STAINLESS STEEL

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581
BNFL (now Sellafield Ltd.)

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode rutile flux coated 308L electrode on special high purity 304L core wire.
A special flux system is used to maintain carbon, sulphur and phosphorus within specified limits and also give porosity-free
deposits.
All electrode sizes have optimum versatility for downhand welding with high cosmetic finish and weld metal integrity; and all
positional welding with the 2.5/3.2 mm electrodes.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E308L-16
E 19 9 L R 3 2
NF 0086/1

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
min.
-0.2
--max. 0.025
2.0
0.80
0.015
Typical 0.02
1
0.5
0.01

P
-0.018
0.015

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C

Cr
18.0
21.0
19.5

Ni
9.0
11.0
10

Mo
-0.20
0.05

Cu
-0.30
0.1

Min.
510
320
35
30
---

W
-0.30
0.01

B
-0.0010
0.0005

Typical
590
420
45
42
55
90

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.5
411

4.0
350
12.9
237

5.0
350
12.9
156

2.5
300
12
684

FN
3
10
6

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 300 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe
Mn
8
5

www.metrode.com

Ni
0.8

Cr
5

Mo
--

DS B-88-NAG 19.9.L.R | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<0.2

F
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

221

NAG 19.9.L
SOLID WIRE FOR WELDING NITRIC ACID GR ADE 304L STAINLESS STEEL

STAINLESS STEELS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG welding.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.9M
BS EN ISO 14343-A
BS EN ISO 14343-B
BNFL (now Sellafield Ltd.)

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

ER308L
W 19 9 L
SS308L
NF 0087/1

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


min.
max.
Typical

C
-0.025
0.015

Mn
1.0
2.0
1.7

Si
-0.65
0.3

P
-0.018
0.015

Cr
19.5
22.0
20

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Impact ISO-V(J) - 20C

TIG
605
465
48
39
160

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
TIG
Argon

Current
DC-

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
0.8
TIG 1kg or 5kg spool

222

S
-0.015
0.004

www.metrode.com

1.2
5kg or 15kg spool

1.2
2.5 kg tube

Ni
9.0
11.0
10

Mo
-0.20
0.1

Cu
-0.30
0.07

Diameter (mm)
2.4

1.6
2.5 kg tube

DS B-88-NAG 19.9.L | Rev. 01-03/16

W
-0.30
0.02

B
-0.0010
0.0003

Parameters
100A, 12V

2.4
2.5 kg tube

3.2
2.5 kg tube

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Section C : HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

CONSUMABLES FOR ELEVATED TEMPERATURE SERVICE


The 300H consumables are designed for welding matching high carbon stainless steels typically used at service temperatures of 400800C. To ensure optimum performance under these service conditions not only is the carbon controlled (normally 0.04-0.08%C) but
the ferrite and total alloying are also carefully regulated to minimize the formation of brittle intermetallic phases.

Consumables in the 330, 800 and HP40 alloy sections are designed to match a wide range of special austenitic alloys which are used
primarily for resistance to creep and hot corrosion or oxidation. In all types, the presence of a controlled level of carbon is essential
for hot strength. Parent alloys with 0.4% carbon or more are produced predominantly in cast form and have quite low room
temperature ductility, but in general this does not have an adverse effect on weldability.
Preheat is not normally required for welding these alloys, with the exception of the highest alloy high carbon types containing
tungsten which can suffer from cold cracking due to build up of residual stresses and low ductility. Interpass temperature and heat
input control is more important for the lower carbon types to minimise any possibility of hot cracking. The presence of a copious
primary carbide eutectic tends to suppress hot cracking in the higher carbon types. PWHT is rarely applied to any of the alloys in this
section, although service-aged base material may require solution treatment to restore satisfactory ductility prior to welding.

DataSheet
Alloy
Process
Product
300H stainless steel consumables for elevated temperature service
Ultramet 308H
MMA
Ultramet B308H
C-10
308H
TIG/MIG/SAW
308S96
Supercore 308H
FCW
Supercore 308HP
Ultramet 347H
MMA
Ultramet B347H
C-11
347H
TIG/SAW
ER347H
FCW
Supercore 347HP
Supermet 16.8.2
MMA
E16.8.2-15
TIG
ER16.8.2
C-12
16.8.2
SAW
ER16.8.2
Supercore 16.8.2
FCW
Supercore 16.8.2P
17.8.2.RCF
MMA
C-13

316H

TIG/MIG/SAW
SAW FLUX

www.metrode.com

AWS Classifications

EN / EN ISO Classifications

E308H-16
E308H-15
ER308H
E308HT0-1/4
E308HT1-1/4
E347-16
E347-15
ER347
E347HT1-1/4
E16.8.2-17
E16.8.2-15
ER16.8.2
ER16.8.2
( E 16.8.2-16)

E 19 9 H R 3 2
E 19 9 H B 4 2
19 9 H
TS308H-FB0
TS308H-FB1
E 19 9 Nb R 3 2
E 19 9 Nb B 4 2
19 9 Nb
T 19 9 Nb P M 2
W 16 8 2
S 16 8 2
BS 17.8.2.R

Ultramet 316H

AWS E316H-16

E 19 12 2 R 3 2

Ultramet B316H

AWS E316H-15

E 19 12 2 B 4 2

316S96

ER316H

19 12 3 H

SS300

BS EN SA AF2 AC

SSB

BS EN SA AF2 DC

DS C-01 | Rev. 01-03/16

223

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

The 309 consumables in this section should not be confused with the 309L/309Mo types used for dissimilar welding (B-50 and B-51).
The 309 consumables in Section C generally have controlled carbon and ferrite and are designed for matching base materials for
elevated temperature service.

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


224

DataSheet Alloy
Process
Product
High temperature 309 alloys
C-20
253MA
MMA
Supermet 253MA
MMA
Thermet 309CF
C-21
309
TIG/MIG
309S94
High temperature austenitic stainless steel
C-25
Super 304H
TIG
MT304H
310 stainless steels for high temperature service
25.20 Super R
MMA
C-30
310
Ultramet B310Mn
TIG/MIG/SAW
310S94
C-31
310H
MMA
Thermet 310H
Consumables for alloys 330 and 800
MMA
Thermet 800Nb
C-40
800
TIG/MIG
21.33.MnNb
C-41
330
MMA
Thermet R17.38H
C-45
25.35.Nb
MMA
Thermet 25.35.Nb
Consumables for HP40 and other high carbon cast alloys
MMA
Thermet HP40Nb
C-50
HP40Nb
TIG/MIG
25.35.4C.Nb
MMA
Thermet 35.45.Nb
C-60
35.45
TIG/MIG
35.45.Nb
C-70
HP50
MMA
Thermet HP50WCo
C-80
22H
MMA
Thermet 22H
C-90
657
MMA
Nimrod 657

www.metrode.com

DS C-01 | Rev. 01-03/16

AWS Classifications EN / EN ISO Classifications


E309H-16
ER309

(E 22 12 R 3 2)
22 12 H

(E310-16)
(E310-15)
ER310
E310H-15

E 25 20 R 3 2.
E 25 20 B 4 2
25 20
E 25 20 H B 4 2

(E330H-16)
-

BS 15.35.H.R
-

ENiCr-4

BS 25.35.H.Nb.B
-

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet C-10

308H STAINLESS STEELS


ALLOY TYPE

MICROSTRUCTURE

For 304/304H materials used at elevated temperatures.

cast

304H/S30409

CF10, CF8
302C25, 304C15

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

1.4948
304S51

APPLICATIONS
The 308H consumables are designed to match
unstabilised 18Cr-10Ni austenitic stainless steels
for elevated temperature strength and oxidation
resistance. These steels and the weld metal have
carbon content controlled to 0.04-0.08%.
Composition limits of the MMA electrodes and
FCAW wires are tightened above those of BS/AWS
specifications in order to meet requirements of Shell
and other operators of refinery equipment. Weld
metal Cr and Ni are kept low and ferrite is controlled
to minimise embrittlement by sigma phase. Beneficial
and detrimental minor elements and residuals are also
controlled to optimise high temperature properties.
No bismuth-bearing constituents are allowed in these
consumables, to ensure <0.002%Bi as required by API
582.
The 308H consumables should also be considered for
welding thick (>12mm) stabilised grades 321H or 347H
to avoid in-service HAZ cracking and low creep rupture
ductility associated with 347 weld metal. Note that
some authorities recommend the use of type 16-8-2
types for these steels, including 304H.

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

wrought

WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat not required; maximum interpass
temperature 250C. No PWHT required.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM/UNS
DIN
BS

Austenite with delta ferrite controlled 2-8FN.

Farrar J.C.M. and Marshall A.W.: Type 300H


austenitic stainless steel weld metals for high
temperature service
Marshall A.W. and Farrar J.C.M.: Influence of
residuals on properties of austenitic stainless steel
weld metal, with particular reference to energy
industries (Conference) Stainless Steels 84, pp
271-285, Metals Society, London 1985.
There is also a Metrode Technical Profile covering
the use of these products in the petrochemical
industry on cat crackers.
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
See also the consumables in the related alloy
groups of 347H (C-11), 16.8.2 (C-12) and 316H (C-13).
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG
SAW
FCW

Product
Ultramet 308H
Ultramet B308H
308S96
308S96
SS300
SSB
Supercore 308H
Supercore 308HP

Specification
AWS E308H-16
AWS E308H-15
AWS ER308H
AWS ER308H
BS EN SA AF2
BS EN SA AF2
AWS E308HT0-1/4
AWS E308HT1-1/4

308H is widely used in petrochemical and chemical


process plant, particularly for the fabrication of
cyclones, transfer lines used to re-circulate the
catalyst in catalytic crackers (cat crackers) operating in
the range 400-815C.

www.metrode.com

DS C-10 | Rev. 01-03/16

225

ULTRAMET 308H
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR 304H STAINLESS STEEL

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with rutile flux on matching core wire.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
Ultramet 308H gives both welder and weld metal all the benefits of advanced rutile electrode design.
These features include optimum versatility for downhand and positional welding, combined with high cosmetic finish and full
volumetric weld metal integrity.
The smaller sizes are particularly suited to vertical and overhead welding applications including fixed pipework.
In addition, the 2.5mm diameter is specifically designed to enable the root pass to be deposited in single side butt welds using
standard MMA equipment without a gas purge.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M
E308H-16
QW432
F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581
E 19 9 H R 3 2
QW442
A-No 8
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
min.
0.04
0.5
-max.
0.08
1.5
0.9
Typical
0.05
1
0.6
Mo + Nb + Ti = 0.25% max
Note: Cr content of 2.5mm is typically 19.5%.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
Hardness (HV)

S
-0.025
0.01

P
-0.030
0.02

Min.

Typical

560
350
35
30
----

610
445
45
43
35
80
190-210

Cr
18.0
21.0
18.5

Ni
9.0
11.0
9.5

650C
297
234
-28
55
---

Mo
-0.25
0.1

Cu
-0.5
0.05

High Temperature
732C
231
187
-51
63
---

FN
2
8
3

816C
181
156
-53
64
---

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
4.0
5.0
min. A
60
75
100
130
max. A
90
120
155
210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
4.0
5.0
Length (mm)
300
350
350
450
kg/carton
12.0
13.5
13.5
17.1
Pieces/carton
726
414
261
171
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for much longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Ni
Cr
Cu
F
OES (mg/m3)
8
5
0.8
5
< 0.2
16
1
226

www.metrode.com

DS C-10-ULTRAMET 308H | Rev. 01-03/16

ULTRAMET B308H
SOBASIC PIPE WELDING MMA ELECTRODE FOR 304H STAINLESS STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with basic carbonate-fluoride flux on matching core wire.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
Ultramet B308H is particularly suited to positional welding, including fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 6G position, in materials
thickness from 3mm up to the heaviest sections.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E308H-15
E 19 9 H B 4 2

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

PA/1G

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Min.
0.04
Max.
0.08
Typical
0.05
Mo + Nb + Ti = 0.25% max

Mn
0.5
2.0
1

Si
-0.9
0.4

S
-0.025
0.01

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
18.0
21.0
18.5

Ni
9.0
11.0
9.5

Mo
-0.25
0.1

Cu
-0.5
0.05

FN
2
8
3

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
Hardness (HV)

Min.

Typical

560
350
35
30
----

650
460
41
38
48
100
210

650C
298
223
-24
60
---

High Temperature
732C
225
168
-48
63
---

816C
154
111
-47
54
---

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.5
414

4.0
350
13.5
261

5.0
450
16.5
159

2.5
300
12.0
726

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for much longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
8
5

www.metrode.com

Ni
0.8

Cr
5

Cu
< 0.2

DS C-10-ULTRAMET B308H | Rev. 01-03/16

F
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

227

308S96
SOLID WIRE FOR 304H STAINLESS STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.9M
BS EN ISO 14343-A
BS EN ISO 14343-B

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

ER308H
19 9 H
SS308H

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
min.
0.04
1.0
0.30
-max.
0.08
2.0
0.65
0.020
Typical
0.05
1.8
0.4
0.002
Typical ferrite level of undiluted weld metal is in the range 3-8FN.
ER19-10H (on request) has Cr 20.0, Mo 0.25, Nb 0.05, Ti 0.05.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Typical values as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
Hardness HV
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas
TIG
Argon
MIG
Ar/2%O2 or Ar/1-3%CO2
SAW
SS300 or SSB flux
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
0.8
TIG
-MIG
To order
SAW
--

1.0
-To order
--

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
32
12
16

228

www.metrode.com

P
-0.030
0.015

Cr
19.5
20.5
19.9

Ni
9.0
10.0
9.5

Mo
-0.25
0.1

Cu
-0.25
0.1

TIG
630
450
43
> 100
195/215

Current
100A, DC260A, DC+
350A, DC+

1.2
To order
15kg spool
--

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2
2.4

1.6
2.5kg tube
-25kg coil

Ni
8

DS C-10-308S96 | Rev. 01-03/16

2.0
To order
---

Mo
<0.5

Voltage
12V
28V
30V

2.4
2.5kg tube
-25kg coil

Cu
<0.5

3.2
2.5kg tube
-To order

OES (mg/m3)
3.1

SUPERCORE 308H / 308HP


DOWNHAND AND ALL-POSITIONAL FCW FOR 304H STAINLESS STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wires made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system.
Supercore 308H is designed for ease of use, exceptional weld bead appearance and high weld metal integrity, primarily in downhand
and H-V welding situations with plate and material of a 6mm thickness or greater.
Supercore 308HP designed for all-positional welding from 1G/2G up to 5G/6G pipework.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to wire.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.22M
BS EN ISO 17633-B

Supercore 308H
E308HT0-1/4
TS308H-FB0

(WELD METAL WT %)
Mn
Si
1.0
-2.0
1.0
1.3
0.5

S
-0.03
0.01

P
-0.04
0.02

Cr
18.0
20.0
18.8

Ni
9.0
11.0
9.5

Mo
-0.5
0.1

Cu
-0.5
0.1

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
min.
0.04
max.
0.08
Typical
0.05

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

Supercore 308HP (1.2mm only)


E308HT1-1/4
TS308H-FB1

FN
3
8
5

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
Aged at 730C/1000h

Min.

Typical

550
-30
30
----

620
420
40
36
50
100
90

650C
287
213
-30
58
---

High Temperature
732C
222
177
-46
69
---

816C
163
140
-40
74
---

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm)
amp-volt range
typical
stickout
1.2
120A-22V to 280A-34V
180A-29V
12 20mm
1.2P
120A-22V to 250A-32V
150A-25V
12 20mm
1.6
200A-28V to 330A-34V
230A-30V
15 25mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to prevent any possibility of porosity it is advised that part-used spools are returned
to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH maximum, 18C minimum.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt %
Fe
Mn
13
8

www.metrode.com

Ni
1

Cr3
7

Cr6
2

DS C-10-SUPERCORE 308H / 308HP | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<1

F
12

OES (mg/m3)
1

229

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet C-11

347H STAINLESS STEELS


ALLOY TYPE
Controlled, high carbon Nb stabilised stainless steel
for elevated temperature service.

MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite with 2-9FN, typically 4FN (solid wire
typically 8FN).

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

ASTM-ASME
321H
347H

BS EN & DIN

WELDING GUIDELINES

1.4941
1.4961

BS

UNS

321S51
347S51

S32109
S34709

No preheat or PWHT required; maximum


interpass temperature 250C.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


APPLICATIONS
Used to weld titanium and niobium stabilised 18/8 high
carbon stainless steel types 321H and 347H.
Applications include catalytic crackers (cat crackers),
cyclones, transfer lines, furnace parts, steam piping,
superheater headers, some gas and steam turbine
components, used in petrochemical, chemical process
plants and in power generation industries.
Note that the alloy 16.8.2 (data sheet C-12) was
developed as a more ductile alternative to 347H
consumables to avoid in-service HAZ failure in 347H
base material of >12mm thickness. For this reason
when joining thicker section 321H/347H the 16.8.2
consumables are considered a preferable alternative.

The 308H (data sheet C-10), 16.8.2 (data sheet


C-12) and 316H (data sheet C-13) consumables are
also relevant for many of the same materials and
applications.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG
FCW

For welding 321/347 for general corrosion resisting


applications at temperatures up to about 400C use 347
(data sheet B-31) or 308L (data sheet B-30) consumables.
For cryogenic applications requiring >0.38mm (15mils)
charpy lateral expansion at 196C, use unstabilised
weld metal with low carbon and controlled ferrite (B37).

230

www.metrode.com

DS C-11 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Ultramet 347H
Ultramet B347H
ER347H
Supercore 347HP

Specification
AWS E347-16
AWS E347-15
AWS ER347
AWS E347HT1-1/4

ULTRAMET 347H
ALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR 321H/347H STAINLESS STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA rutile flux coated 347 electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet 347H has all the benefits of an advanced rutile flux
design, including all-positional fixed pipework welding with the 2.5/3.2mm diameter electrodes.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E347-16
E 19 9 Nb R 3 2

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength
(MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
18.0
21.0
19

Room Temperature
Min.
Typical
560
650

Ni
9.0
11.0
9.5

Mo
-0.50
0.05

Nb *
8xC
1.00
0.5

Cu
-0.50
0.07

FN
2
8
4

650C
354

High Temperature
732C
308

815C
233

350

500

283

269

206

30
25
--

40
37
52

-19
47

-20
38

-7
23

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
min. A
60
75
max. A
90
120

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

4.0
350
12.9
243

5.0
450
16.5
168

2.5
300
12.0
693

3.2
350
13.5
417

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
0.04
0.5
--Max.
0.08
2.0
0.9
0.025
Typical
0.05
0.7
0.7
0.01
* BS requires 10xC minimum.

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Ni
Cr
8
5
0.8
5
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B347 but this does not affect the OES.

www.metrode.com

DS C-11-ULTRAMET 347H | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<0.2

F*
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

231

ULTRAMET B347H
BASIC PIPE-WELDING MMA ELECTRODE FOR 321H/347H STAINLESS STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with basic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity 304L core wire. Designed to give good moisture resistance and
hence freedom from weld porosity. The electrode is particularly suited to positional welding of fixed pipework qualified in the
ASME 5G/6G position and is tolerant to adverse wind and draughts under site conditions.
Compared with rutile types, the basic flux gives a more convex fillet bead profile and although the slag does not self-lift, it is
easily removed and gives welds of exceptional appearance and quality.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M
E347-15
QW432
F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581
E 19 9 Nb B 4 2
QW442
A-No 8

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
0.04
0.5
--Max. 0.08
2.0
0.9
0.025
Typical 0.05
1.5
0.3
0.01
* BS requires 10xC minimum.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As-welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)

P
-0.030
0.02

Room Temperature
Min.
Typical
560
650
350
500
30
40
25
37
-52

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90

3.2
75
120

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.5
396

2.5
300
11.4
627

Cr
18.0
21.0
19

Ni
9.0
11.0
9.5

Mo
-0.50
0.05

Nb *
8xC
1.00
0.6

Cu
-0.50
0.07

High Temperature
732C
311
265
-14
30

650C
354
263
-18
43

4.0
100
155

FN
2
8
5

815C
248
223
-5
19

5.0
130
210

4.0
350
13.5
258

5.0
450
16.8
159

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
Ni
Cr
8
5
0.8
5
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B347 but this does not affect the OES.
232

www.metrode.com

Cu
<0.2

DS C-11-ULTRAMET B347H | Rev. 01-03/16

F*
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

ER347H
SOLID WIRES FOR 321H/347H STAINLESS STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.9M
BS EN ISO 14343-A
BS EN ISO 14343-B

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

ER347
19 9 Nb
SS347

S
-0.020
0.005

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
19.0
20.0
19.5

Ni
9.0
11.0
9.2

Mo
-0.3
0.1

Nb
10xC
1.0
0.6

Cu
-0.3
0.1

FN
3
9
8

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
Min.
0.04
1.0
0.30
Max.
0.08
2.5
0.65
Typical 0.055
1.7
0.4
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
Hardness cap/mid (HV)

Typical
TIG
660
450
42
40
67
125
190/230

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
TIG
Argon *
MIG
Ar/2%O2 or Ar/1-3%CO2
* Also required as a purge for root runs.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG

650C
398
318
23
21
55
---

Current
DCDC+

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.0

1.0
-15kg coil

815C
235
184
22
21
52
---

Parameters
100A, 12V
190A, 26V

2.4
2.5 kg tube
--

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
32
12
16

www.metrode.com

High Temperature
732C
312
244
22
20
53
---

Ni
8

DS C-11-ER347H | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
< 0.5

Cu
< 0.5

OES (mg/m3)
3.1

233

SUPERCORE 347HP
ALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRE FOR 321H/347H STAINLESS STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wire made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system.
Supercore 347HP is designed for all-positional welding from 1G/2G up to 5G/6G fixed pipework.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.22M
BS EN ISO 17633-A
BS EN ISO 17633-B
APPROVALS

E347HT1-1/4
T 19 9 Nb P C/M 2
TS347-FB1
DNV

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
0.04
0.5
--Max. 0.08
2.0
1.0
0.025
Typical 0.05
1.4
0.6
0.01

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
18.0
21.0
19.5

Ni
9.0
11.0
10.2

Mo
-0.3
0.1

Nb
8xC
1.0
0.5

Cu
-0.3
0.1

FN
4
9
5

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C

Min.
550
350
30
25
---

Room Temperature
Typical
630
470
43
40
46
70

High Temperature
732C
310
265
24
22
43
--

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85% argon.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm)
amp-volt range
typical
stickout
180A, 29V (downhand)
1.2
120-280A, 22-34V
12-20mm
160A, 25V (positional)

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
17
11

234

www.metrode.com

Ni
2

Cr3
4

Cr6
5

DS C-11-SUPERCORE 347HP | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<1

F
5

OES (mg/m3)
1

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet C-12

16.8.2 FOR HIGH TEMPERATURE


3XXH STAINLESS STEELS
ALLOY TYPE
16.8.2 for high temperature 3XXH stainless steels.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
DIN
ASTM/UNS
1.4948
1.4941
1.4961
-

BS
304S51
321S51
347S51
316S51, 316S53

WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat is not required; maximum interpass
temperature 250C. Welds are left as-welded, no
PWHT required.

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

304H / S30409
321H / S32109
347H / S34709
316H / S31609

MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite with delta ferrite of 1-6FN typically. Hot
cracking is not reported at low FN.

APPLICATIONS
The 16.8.2 consumables have a controlled composition,
optimised for performance in structural service at temperatures
up to about 800C. With molybdenum specifically at the lower
limit for AWS 16.8.2, it is essentially a dilute hybrid between
E308H and E316H. Rather than matching any single parent
material, it has applications for welding all the 3XXH series of
stainless steels with 0.04-0.10% carbon, which combine creep,
oxidation and general corrosion resistance.
A low total Cr+Mo with controlled carbon and ferrite content
ensures high resistance to thermal embrittlement by
intermetallic phases (and also excellent toughness at low
temperatures). A strictly limited level of Mo provides valuable
effects on creep ductility and thermal fatigue, balanced against
control of oxidation under stagnant conditions above 650C,
and sigma or chi phase formation in service. No bismuthbearing constituents are allowed in these consumables, to
ensure <0.00 2%Bi as required by API 582.
For 304H, some authorities now choose 16.8.2 specifically to
avoid hot ductility and creep-fatigue problems in thick sections
which traditionally would have been welded with 308H.
Historically, this weld metal was initially developed to avoid inservice HAZ failure in 347H of >12mm thickness. For the same
reasons it is also a candidate for 321H, although HAZ failures
here are not so well documented. For thermal stability, it is
equally suitable for 316H in preference to matching weld metal.
In some applications, the chromium in 16.8.2 weld metal may
be considered too low for satisfactory resistance to corrosion
(possibly under dew-point conditions during plant shutdown).
However, the weld root is normally on the process side, and
is conventionally deposited by TIG using higher chromium
weld metal. Similar electrodes for capping runs are available
if required.
Applications include catalytic crackers (cat crackers), cyclones,
transfer lines, furnace parts, thick wall steam piping, superheater
headers, some gas and steam turbine components used in
petrochemical, chemical process plants and in power generation
industries.
Owing to the lean composition and controlled ferrite content,
the 16.8.2 consumables also show useful cryogenic toughness
down to -196C.

www.metrode.com

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
O R Carpenter and R D Wylie: "16-8-2 Cr-Ni-Mo for
welding electrodes" Met. Prog. 1956, 70, (5), 65-73.
This paper describes the original development
(by Babcock and Wilcox) of E16-8-2 to weld 347
for power plant applications.
R D Thomas: "HAZ cracking in thick sections of
austenitic stainless steels" Part 1, Weld J 1984,
63, 12, 24-32; Part 2 idem 355s-368s. This detailed
review covers all standard stainless steels,
in particular for high temperature structural
applications.
There is also a Metrode Technical Profile available
on the use of 16.8.2 consumables in cat crackers.
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
See also the consumables in the related alloy
groups of 308H (C-10), 347H (C-11), 316H (C-13).
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG
FCW

DS C-12 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Supermet 16.8.2
E16.8.2-15
ER16.8.2
Supercore 16.8.2/P

Specification
AWS E16.8.2-17
AWS E16.8.2-15
AWS ER16.8.2
None relevant

235

SUPERMET 16.8.2
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR 3X XH STAINLESS STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
General purpose, all-positional MMA electrode with rutile-aluminosilicate flux on high purity 304L core wire.
Manufactured with controlled hydrogen and moisture resistant flux covering technology to ensure high resistance to weld
porosity.
Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E16-8-2-17
(E 16 8 2 R)

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
Min.
0.04
0.5
---Max.
0.08
2.5
0.60
0.03
0.03
Typical
0.05
1
0.45
0.01
0.02
* Mo controlled around 1.0 1.3% unless requested otherwise.
BS EN E16 8 2 R has Mo 1.50 2.50%.

Cr
14.5
16.5
15.5

Ni
7.5
9.5
8.5

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded

Min.

Typical

Cu
-0.75
0.1

High Temperature
732C
232
179
-47
59
---

650C
310
225
-28
52
---

Tensile strength (MPa)


550
> 620
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
-> 410
Elongation (%) 4d
35
42
5d
25
42
Reduction of area (%)
-45
+ 20C
-> 70 (>1.3)
Impact ISO and LE*-V(J(mm))
- 50C
-> 50 (>0.9)
* LE = Charpy lateral expansion, mm (0.38mm = 15 mils)

Mo*
1.0
2.0
1.2

FN
1
6
3

816C
161
126
-43
55
---

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 55V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
min. A
60
75
max. A
90
120

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

4.0
350
13.5
249

5.0
450
18.0
165

2.5
300
12.0
648

3.2
350
13.5
381

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for much longer
than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase
the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
8
5

236

www.metrode.com

Ni
0.7

Cr
5

Mo
0.1

DS C-12-SUPERMET 16.8.2 | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
0.2

F
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

E16.8.2-15
BASIC PIPE WELDING MMA ELECTRODE FOR 3X XH STAINLESS STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with fully basic lime-fluoride flux on high purity 304L core wire. E16.8.2-15 is a basic coated all-positional electrode
suited to the most demanding vertical and overhead welding applications, including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G positions.
Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E16-8-2-15
(E16 8 2 B)

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
Min.
0.04
0.5
---Max.
0.08
2.5
0.60
0.03
0.03
Typical
0.05
1.8
0.3
0.01
0.02
* BS EN E16 8 2 B has Mo 1.50 2.50%
Mo controlled around 1.0 1.3% unless requested otherwise.

Cr
14.5
16.5
15.5

Ni
7.5
9.5
8.5

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded

Min.

Typical

550
-35
----

> 620
> 410
40
37
35
> 50

Tensile strength (MPa)


0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO -V(J) -100C

Mo*
1.0
2.0
1.2

Cu
-0.75
0.06

High Temperature
732C
230
187
-36
70
--

650C
294
216
-27
61
--

FN
1
6
3

816C
165
132
-57
75
--

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE. UNSUITABLE FOR AC.


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.5
397

4.0
350
13.5
255

2.5
300
12.0
686

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

PA/1G

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for much longer
than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase
the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
8
5

www.metrode.com

Ni
0.7

Cr
5

Mo
0.1

DS C-12-E16.8.2-15 | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
0.2

F
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

237

ER16.8.2
SOLID WIRE TIG AND SAW FOR 3X XH STAINLESS STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG welding and sub-arc welding of 300H stainless steel.

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.9M
BS EN ISO 14343-A
BS EN ISO 14343-B

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

ER16-8-2
16 8 2
S 16-8-2

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
0.04
1.0
0.3
-Max.
0.10
2.0
0.6
0.02
Typical
0.06
1.4
0.4
0.01
* Mo 1.0 1.3% on request. Typical ferrite level 1-6FN.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C

TIG
620
450
35
---

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
TIG
Argon
SAW
SS300 or SSB flux
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
SAW

Typical

--

www.metrode.com

Cr
14.5
16.5
15.5

Ni
7.5
9.5
8.5

Mo*
1.0
2.0
1.3

Cu
-0.3
0.1

SAW
630
360
29
29
30

650C
315
221
-31
67

High Temperature
732C
241
178
-36
69

816C
173
147
-42
65

30

--

--

--

Current
100A
350A, DC+

1.6
2.5 kg tube
--

Diameter (mm)
2.4
2.4

Voltage
12V
30V

2.4
2.5 kg tube
25kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
40
10
12

238

P
-0.03
0.01

Ni
7

DS C-12-ER16.8.2 | Rev. 01-03/16

3.2
2.5 kg tube
25kg spool

Mo
0.5

Cu
< 0.5

OES (mg/m3)
4.2

SUPERCORE 16.8.2 / 16.8.2P


RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRES FOR 3X XH STAINLESS STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
These wires are made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system with alloying controlled to maximise high
temperature strength and resistance to service embrittlement.
Supercore 16.8.2 is made in 1.6mm only and is designed for applications primarily in the downhand and HV positions on plate and
material of about 6mm thickness and above.
Supercore 16.8.2P is made in 1.2mm only and is designed for welding in all welding positions from ASME 1G/2G up to 5G/6G
pipework, and also provides very good operability in the flat/HV position.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to wire.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.22M
BS EN ISO 17633-B

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No 8

None applicable
(TS16-8-2-FM1) nearest classification

Cr
14.5
17.0
16.2

Ni
7.5
10.0
9.2

Mo
1.0
2.0
1.1*

Cu
-0.5
0.1

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
Min.
0.04
0.5
---Max.
0.08
2.0
0.70
0.03
0.04
Typical
0.05
1.2
0.5
0.01
0.02
* Mo controlled around 1.0 1.3% unless requested otherwise.

FN
1
8
4

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded

Min.

Typical

Tensile strength (MPa)


0.2% proof strength (MPa)

560
-4d
35
Elongation (%)
5d
25
Reduction of area (%)
-+ 20C
-Impact ISO-V(J) (mm) -130C
--196C
-* LE = Charpy lateral expansion, mm (0.38mm = 15 mils)

High Temperature
732C
224
180
-44
68
----

650C
290
207
-30
66
----

620
410
42
42
50
100 (1.8)
50 (0.8)
45 (0.7)

816C
160
134
-39
79
----

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm)
amp-volt range
typical
stickout
1.2
120A-22V to 280A-34V
180A-29V
12 20mm
1.2P
120A-22V to 280A-34V
150A-25V
12 20mm
1.6
200A-28V to 350A-34V
300A-30V
15 25mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to prevent any possibility of porosity it is advised that part-used spools are returned
to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH maximum, 18C minimum.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
17
11

www.metrode.com

Ni
1.5

Cr3
4

Cr6
4

DS C-12-SUPERCORE 16.8.2 / 16.8.2P | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<1

F
5

OES (mg/m3)
1.2

239

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet C-13

316H STAINLESS STEELS


ALLOY TYPE
For 316/316H materials used at elevated temperatures
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

ASTM

240

316/316H
CF10M

BS

UNS

316S51
316S52
316S53
316C16
316C71

S31609

WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat not required, maximum interpass
temperature 250C. PWHT not required.

APPLICATIONS
These consumables are designed for welding
316/316H austenitic stainless steels operating at high
temperatures (500-800C) under long term creep
conditions. The 17.8.2.RCF MMA electrode is a modified
316H weld metal of lean composition to resist thermal
embrittlement.
The consumables can also be used for welding 321/321H
and 347/347H grades in high temperature structural
service. This is particularly important in thick
highly restrained weldments, since the possibility of
premature service failure by intergranular HAZ cracking
is reduced by using more ductile weld metal rather
than 347H.
Used for welding steam piping, superheater headers,
furnace parts, some gas and steam engine turbine
components, in the petro-chemical industry, in fossil
and nuclear fuelled power stations.

www.metrode.com

MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite with delta ferrite typically controlled in
the range 2-8FN.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
There is a Metrode Technical Profile available
covering 3XXH consumables and their use in
refinery cat crackers.
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
See also the consumables in the related alloy
groups of 308H (C-10), 347H (C-11) and 16.8.2 (C-12).
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process

Product
17.8.2.RCF
MMA
Ultramet 316H
Ultramet B316H
TIG/MIG/SAW 316S96
SS300
SAW flux
SSB

DS C-13 | Rev. 01-03/16

Specification
BS 17.8.2.R
AWS E316H-16
AWS E316H-15
AWS ER316H
BS EN SA AF2 AC
BS EN SA AF2 DC

17.8.2.RCF
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR 316H STAINLESS STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a rutile (low silica) flux on high purity 304L core wire, giving a tightly controlled level of silicon and residual
elements to minimise formation of intermetallic phases (sigma, chi) during service.
Designed primarily for downhand and HV welding although for structural applications it is usable positionally.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

(E16.8.2-16) Nearest classification

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
Min.
0.06
Max.
0.10
Typical
0.08

PE/4G

(WELD METAL WT %)
Mn
Si
S
0.5
--2.5
0.50
0.030
1.6
0.25
0.008

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

P
-0.040
0.02

Cr
16.5
18.5
17

Room Temperature
Min.
Typical
560
> 630
-> 460
-> 30
25
> 30
-> 45
-> 50
-200

As-welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact energy -100C
Hardness HV

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

PA/1G

Ni
8.0
9.5
8.5

4.0
100
155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

4.0
350
14.7
267

3.2
350
14.4
411

Cu
-0.50
<0.1

High Temperature
732C
274
197
-44
61
---

650C
369
287
-28
55
---

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
min. A
60
75
max. A
90
120
2.5
300
12.6
684

Mo
1.5
2.5
2

FN
3
8
5

815C
191
147
-53
75
---

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 200C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 250 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
8
5
www.metrode.com

Ni
0.7

Cr
5

Mo
0.1

DS C-13-17.8.2.RCF | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
< 0.2

F
16

OES (mg/m3)
1
241

ULTRAMET 316H
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR 316H STAINLESS STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile coated electrode made on high purity 304 core wire, previously called Metrode E316H-16. The higher alloy content
compared to 17.8.2.RCF does increase the risk of intermetallic formation during service at elevated temperatures (500-800C).
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

E316H-16
E 19 12 2 R 3 2

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

PA/1G

PB/2F

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
Min.
0.04
Max.
0.08
Typical
0.05

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

(WELD METAL WT %)
Mn
Si
0.5
-2.0
0.90
1
0.6

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

S
-0.025
0.01

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
17.0
20.0
18

Room Temperature
Min.
Typical
550
570
350
450
30
35
25
33
-50
-70
-210

As-welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact energy +20C
Hardness HV

Ni
11.0
13.0
12

Mo
2.0
3.0
2.2

Cu
-0.5
0.1

High Temperature
732C
268
204
-43
53
---

650C
352
264
-32
58
---

815C
197
152
-54
60
---

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE. UNSUITABLE FOR AC.


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.5
393

4.0
350
13.5
261

2.5
300
11.4
633

FN
3
8
5

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 200C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 250 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
8
5

242

www.metrode.com

Ni
0.7

Cr
5

Mo
0.1

DS C-13-ULTRAMET 316H | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
< 0.2

F
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

ULTRAMET B316H
BASIC PIPE WELDING MMA ELECTRODE FOR 316H STAINLESS STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode designed and manufactured to give high moisture resistance using a basic flux system and high purity 304L core
wire. Ultramet B316H is particularly suited to the most demanding vertical and overhead welding applications including fixed
pipework in the ASME 5G/6G position. Under site conditions it is tolerant to adverse wind and drafts. The higher alloy content
compared to 17.8.2.RCF does increase the risk of intermetallic formation during service at elevated temperatures (500-800C).
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No 8

E316H-15
E 19 12 2 B 4 2

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
Min.
0.04
Max.
0.08
Typical
0.05

PE/4G

(WELD METAL WT %)
Mn
Si
S
0.5
--2.0
0.90
0.025
1.0
0.3
0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
17.0
20.0
18

Room Temperature
Min.
Typical
550
620
350
450
30
35
25
33
-50
-100
-210

As-welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact energy +20C
Hardness HV

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

PA/1G

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE ONLY


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90

3.2
75
120

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.5
396

2.5
300
12.0
681

Ni
11.0
13.0
12

Mo
2.0
3.0
2.2

Cu
-0.5
0.1

High Temperature
732C
240
200
44
43
58
---

650C
360
265
29
26
58
---

FN
3
8
5

815C
170
140
49
48
45
---

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 200C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 250 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
8
5

www.metrode.com

Ni
0.7

Cr
5

Mo
0.1

DS C-13-ULTRAMET B316H | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
< 0.2

F
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

243

316S96
SOLID WIRE FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW OF 316H STAINLESS STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG, MIG and SAW which can not only be used in conjunction with E316H-16, but also with 17.8.2.RCF and other 300H
consumables.

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.9M
BS EN ISO 14343-A
BS EN ISO 14343-B

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No 8

ER316H
19 12 3 H
SS316H

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
0.04
1.0
0.30
-Max.
0.08
2.5
0.65
0.02
Typical
0.05
1.8
0.5
0.01

P
-0.025
0.02

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d

Typical
650
460
35

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
TIG
Argon
SAW
SS300 or SSB flux
MIG
Ar + 2%O2/CO2
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
MIG
TIG
SAW

Current
100A, DC350A, DC+
220A, DC+

1.2
15 kg reel
-

www.metrode.com

Ni
11.0
14.0
13

Mo
2.0
3.0
2.2

Cu
-0.3
0.15

Diameter (mm)
2.4
2.4
1.2

Ni
11

DS C-13-316S96 | Rev. 01-03/16

FN
3
8
4

Voltage
12V
30V
26V

1.6
2.5 kg tube
-

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
30
12
15

244

Cr
18.0
20.0
19

2.4
2.5 kg tube
25kg spool

Mo
1.5

Cu
< 0.5

OES (mg/m3)
3.3

SS300 and SSB FLUXES


SUB-ARC FLUX
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
SS300 and SSB are agglomerated basic fluxes producing weld deposits with minimal Si pick-up and low Mn and Cr losses. SS300
has a BI of ~1.6 and SSB has a BI of ~2.2.

SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN ISO 14174

SS300 flux
SA AF2 AC

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No --

SSB flux
SA AF2 DC

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (TYPICAL)


wire (316S96)
Deposit (with SS300/SSB flux)

C
0.05
0.04

Mn
1.8
1.6

Si
0.5
0.6

S
0.01
0.01

P
0.02
0.02

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES with 316S96


Typical PWHT 690-720C/1-2h
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm)
2.4

amp-volt range
250-450A, 28-32V

Cr
19
18

Ni
13
13

Mo
2.2
2.2

Cu
0.15
0.15

typical
650
460
35

typical
350A, 30V

stickout
20-25mm

PACKAGING DATA
Metrode SS300 Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums and SSB Flux in 20kg metal drums. Preferred storage
conditions of opened drums: <60%RH, >18C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored or has been stored for a long period,
it should be redried in the range 250-400C/1-3h

www.metrode.com

DS C-13-SS300SSB | Rev. 01-03/16

245

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet C-20

OXIDATION RESISTANT 253MA ALLOY


ALLOY TYPE
Iron based 22%Cr-10%Ni alloy with controlled
additions of C, Si, N and rare earths (RE), predominantly
cerium, with excellent oxidation resistance.

MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite with controlled ferrite of about 5FN.

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
wrought
S30815
1.4818 X6CrNiSiNCe 19-10
1.4828 X15CrNiSi 20-12
1.4835 (X9CrNiSiNCe 21-11-2).
1.4893 (X8CrNiSiN 21 11).
DIN
1.4891 (X4CrNiSiN 18 10)
Avesta 253MA
Proprietary
Also suitable for similar material:
ASTM UNS S30415
Avesta 153MA

WELDING GUIDELINES
No preheat required, it is desirable to keep
interpass below 150C.

APPLICATIONS
Designed to match equivalent alloys with good hot
strength coupled with excellent resistance to oxidation
up to about 1100C. Resistance to sulphidation under
oxidising conditions is superior to many higher nickel
heat-resistant alloys. Resistance to nitriding and
carburisation is satisfactory except under reducing
conditions where higher nickel alloys are superior.

Process
MMA

ASTM - ASME
BS EN 10095

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


There are other consumables that also provide
excellent oxidation resistance but they are
generally more highly alloyed than the 253MA
alloy.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Also satisfactory for dissimilar combinations of


materials with related levels of alloying. However,
control of hot cracking in this high silicon weld metal
is dependent on some ferrite being present during
solidification. Caution is therefore required when
considering dilution by dissimilar materials which could
promote fully austenitic solidification, such as type 310
and other high nickel alloys. Combinations with alloys
stabilised with Ti and especially Nb should be avoided,
due to the possibility of embrittlement by Si-rich
eutectics with these elements.
Applications include furnaces and furnace parts, high
temperature flues, exhaust and heat recuperator
systems, combustion nozzles.

246

www.metrode.com

DS C-20 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Supermet 253MA

Specification
--

SUPERMET 253MA
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR MATCHING ALLOY 253MA
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
All-positional MMA electrode with an acid rutile flux system on alloyed core wire.
Controlled Si and rare earth (RE) additions (mainly cerium) provide excellent oxidation resistance.
Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
There are no applicable national standards

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No 8

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)

Ni
9.0
11.0
10.3

Mo
-0.50
0.1

N
0.14
0.20
0.16

Cu
-0.50
0.1

Ce *
-trace
0.005

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
Cr
Min. 0.04
-1.4
--21.0
Max. 0.10
1.0
2.0
0.020
0.035
23.0
Typical 0.06
0.8
1.5
0.01
0.02
22
* Cerium is present but actual value not reported on test certificate.

FN
3
10
5

Typical
705
550
40
38
50

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
50
max. A
75

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.5
366

4.0
350
14.4
261

2.5
300
11.4
594

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
9
6

www.metrode.com

Ni
1

Cr
7

Cu
<0.2

DS C-20-SUPERMET 253MA | Rev. 01-03/16

F
17

OES (mg/m3)
0.7

247

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet C-21

CONTROLLED FERRITE 309 CONSUMABLES


ALLOY TYPE
23%Cr-12%Ni (309) alloy with a controlled ferrite and
carbon content to match similar heat resistant alloys.

MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite with up to 8% ferrite and some carbides.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS


HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

wrought

cast

S30900 (309)

A351 Grades
CH8, CH10, CH20.

S30908 (309S)
S30909 (309H)

DIN

1.4829
(X12CrNi 22 12)

1.4832
(G-X25CrNiSi20 14)

BS
EN

309S24

309C30

ASTM/UNS

WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat not required for most applications.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


The 309L consumables (data sheet B-50) typically
used for dissimilar joints are related but are not
used for the same high temperature applications.

1.4833 (X12CrNi23-12)

APPLICATIONS
These consumables deposit 309 type weld metal with
a controlled carbon of about 0.08% and low ferrite
content. These controls are designed to increase
the high temperature strength and microstructural
stability for service applications above 400C. The
widely used 309L dissimilar weld metal has lower hot
strength and is more prone to embrittlement during
long term high temperature service for which it is not
intended.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG

The main application for this electrode is for welding


steels of similar composition although some high
temperature steels of dissimilar composition, such as
ferritic CrAl and CrSiAl alloys are applicable. It is also
a candidate for welding utility ferritic stainless steels
for elevated temperature service.
309 steels have useful oxidation resistance up to about
1000C and the lower nickel content gives better
sulphidation resistance than 310 types.
They are normally used in furnace or flue-gas systems
and ducting where the structural creep requirements
are modest.

248

www.metrode.com

DS C-21 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Thermet 309CF
309S94

Specification
AWS E309H-16
AWS ER309

THERMET 309CF
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE WITH CONTROLLED CARBON AND FERRITE CONTENT
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a rutile flux coating on high purity 304L core wire.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

E309H-16
(E 22 12 R 3 2)

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

Cr 20.0-23.0%

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
min.
0.06
max.
0.15
Typical
0.08

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

PA/1G

PE/4G

(WELD METAL WT %)
Mn
Si
0.5
0.2
2.0
0.8
1.5
0.3

S
-0.025
0.01

P
-0.030
0.02

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Hardness (HV)

Cr
22.0
24.0
22.7

Ni
12.0
14.0
12.8

Mo
-0.5
0.1

Cu
-0.50
0.1

Min.
560
350
30
25
---

FN
2
8
5

Typical
605
460
34
31
30
210

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
15.0
432

4.0
350
15.0
285

5.0
350
15.9
183

2.5
300
13.5
899

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 250 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
9
www.metrode.com

Cr

Ni

Cu

OES (mg/m3)

<0.2

17

0.7

DS C-21-THERMET 309CF | Rev. 01-03/16

249

309S94
SOLID WIRE WITH CONTROLLED CARBON AND FERRITE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.9M
BS EN ISO 14343-A
BS EN ISO 14343-B
UNS

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

ER309
22 12 H
SS309
S30980

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


Min.
Max.
Typical

C
0.04
0.12
0.07

Mn
1.0
2.5
1.7

Si
0.30
0.65
0.5

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Hardness cap/mid (HV)

S
-0.02
0.01

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
23.0
24.0
23.5

1.0
-15kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible):
Fe
Mn
Cr3
32
12
20

250

www.metrode.com

Mo
-0.3
0.1

Cu
-0.3
0.1

FN
3
12
6

TIG
580
415
42

39
56
175/215

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding
Current
TIG
Argon*
DCMIG
Ar+2%O2 **
DC+
*
Also required as a purge for root runs.
**
Proprietary Ar, and Ar-He mixtures with <3%CO2 are also suitable.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG

Ni
12.0
14.0
13

1.2
-15kg spool

Ni
11

DS C-21-309S94 | Rev. 01-03/16

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2

Parameters
120A, 14V
260A, 26V

1.6
2.5 kg tube
--

Mo
<0.5

2.4
2.5 kg tube
--

Cu
<0.5

OES (mg/m3)
2.5

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet C-25

SUPER 304H STAINLESS STEELS


MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded condition the multi-pass weld
metal microstructure consists of austenite
matrix with precipitates and carbo-nitrides.
During service creep strength is enhanced by the
precipitation of copper rich precipitates, Nb carbonitride and NbCrN.

ALLOY TYPE
High carbon 304 alloy with copper, niobium and
nitrogen additions to provide improved creep
performance.

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
EN 10216-5
1.4907 / X10CrNiCuNb 18 9 3.

ASTM A213
UNS S30432.
Grade 18Cr-9Ni-3Cu-Cb-N in ASME Code Case 2328-1 2003.
VdTV material data sheet 550 (2003).

Proprietary alloys include:


Super 304H (Sumitomo)
DMV 304HCu (Salzgitter Mannesmann Stainless Tubes)

WELDING GUIDELINES
For most applications no preheat or PWHT is
required. Maximum interpass temperature 150C
and heat input 1.5kJ/mm although these controls
may need to be tightened depending on tube
dimensions.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


APPLICATIONS
This alloy was designed for use as superheater and
reheater boiler tube in the latest generation of Ultra
Super Critical (USC) coal fired power plant.
The alloy is designed to cope with the latest power
plant designs were steam temperatures can be in
the region of 600C; although ASME Code Case 2328-1
specifies allowable stresses up to 815C.

www.metrode.com

This wire can also be used to weld TP347HFG


high temperature stainless steel (Nippon Steel &
Sumitomo Metal).

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
TIG/MIG

DS C-25 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
MT304H

Specification
-

251

MT304H
SOLID WIRE FOR TIG WELDING OF SUPERCORE 304H
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Straight lengths and spooled wire for manual and automatic TIG welding.

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

SPECIFICATIONS
There are no national specifications for this wire.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
min.
0.07
2.5
-max.
0.13
4.0
0.40
Typical
0.1
3.2
0.2

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO -V(J) +20C
-50C
Hardness cap/mid (HV)

S
-0.015
0.005

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
0.9
TIG
-Spooled
0.7/5/12.5kg spools (To order)

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible):
Fe
Mn
Cr3
24
18
16

www.metrode.com

P
-0.015
0.005

Cr
17.0
20.0
18

TIG
Room Temperature
720
570
30
28
47
90
80
200/240

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding
TIG
Argon

252

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No --

Ni
14.5
18.0
16

Cu
2.5
3.5
2.8

TIG High Temperature


650C
466
371
18
-30
----

550C
528
388
25
-43
----

Current
DC-

Mo
0.7
1.2
0.9

Diameter (mm)
2.4

1.0
-0.7/5/12.5kg spools (To order)

Ni
13

DS C-25-MT304H | Rev. 01-03/16

N
0.15
0.25
0.2

750C
371
336
7
-16
----

Parameters
120A, 12V

2.0
2.5 kg tube
--

Mo
1

Nb
0.5
1.0
0.7

Cu
3

2.4
2.5 kg tube
--

OES (mg/m3)
2.8

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet C-30

310 STAINLESS STEELS


ALLOY TYPE

MICROSTRUCTURE
Fully austenitic.
Typical magnetic permeability <1.01.

25%Cr-20%Ni (310) stainless steel.


MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM/UNS

cast

310 / S31000
310S / S31008
1.4841, 1.4842, 1.4845
310S24, 310S31
Immaculate 5 (Firth Vickers)
Sirius 3 (CLI)
15RE10 (Sandvik)

CK20
1.4840
310C45

WELDING GUIDELINES
No preheat required. Preferably keep interpass
temperature below 150C and heat input below
1.5kJ/mm; this is particularly important for high
heat input processes eg. SAW.

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

DIN
BS
Proprietary

wrought

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


APPLICATIONS
These consumables are used primarily for welding
similar wrought or cast 25%Cr-20%Ni (310) parent
alloys with up to 0.25% carbon. Parent metal and weld
metal are fully austenitic, unlike the other common
300 series stainless steels. For maximum resistance
to solidification cracking and microfissuring, the MMA
weld metal manganese range is raised to 2-5% in
accordance with European practice.
The high alloy content of type 310 gives useful
oxidation resistance up to peak temperatures of about
1200C for heat shields, furnace parts and ducting.
These consumables can also be used for mixed welding
and dissimilar joints including those where PWHT is
applied, but it should be noted that the relatively high
thermal expansion coefficient may promote thermal
fatigue in transition joints which are subject to thermal
cycling. In such cases, nickel base consumables are
usually preferred (eg. D-10, D-11).

These standard 310 alloy should not be confused


with 0.4% carbon 310H cast alloys of the HK40
type (see data sheet C-31), or the very low carbon
310L alloys which are used in severely corrosive
conditions (see data sheet B-45).

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process

Product
25.20 Super R
MMA
Ultramet B310Mn
TIG/MIG/SAW 310S94

Specification
(E310-16)
(E310-15)
AWS ER310

Other uses include buffer layers and for surfacing.


The fully austenitic weld metal can be useful for
specialised applications requiring low magnetic
permeability (typically <1.01). 310 weld metals are
also inherently tough down to 196C and therefore
suitable for cryogenic installations involving any of the
standard 300 series austenitic stainless steels.

www.metrode.com

DS C-30 | Rev. 01-03/16

253

25.20 SUPER R
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR 310 STAINLESS STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with low silica rutile flux on high purity 310 core wire.
Low silicon and high manganese levels are desirable to ensure freedom from microfissuring.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

(E310-16)
E 25 20 R 3 2

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
(This is nearest because the electrode
does not strictly conform to AWS)
QW442
A-No 9

AWS specification has Mn range of 1.0-2.5%.

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
min.
0.08
2.0
-max.
0.15
5.0
0.70
Typical
0.12
3.5
0.4

S
-0.025
0.008

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
- 196C
Hardness (HV)

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
25.0
27.0
26

Ni
20.0
22.0
21

Mo
-0.50
0.2

Min.
560
350
30
25
-----

Cu
-0.50
0.1

Typical
575
400
37
35
50
80
45
200

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
14.7
435

4.0
350
14.7
282

5.0
450
20.1
198

2.5
300
12.0
675

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 200C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 250 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
9
10
254

www.metrode.com

Ni
2

Cr
7.5

Cu
<0.2

DS C-30-25.20 SUPER R | Rev. 01-03/16

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
0.6

ULTRAMET B310Mn
ALL-POSITIONAL BASIC MMA ELECTRODE FOR 310 STAINLESS STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with basic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity 310 core wire.
Low silicon and high manganese levels are desirable to ensure freedom from microfissuring.
The electrode is particularly suited to positional welding, including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G positions.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

(E310-15)
E 25 20 B 4 2

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
(This is nearest because the electrode
does not strictly conform to AWS)
QW442
A-No 9

AWS specification has Mn range of 1.0-2.5%.

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

PA/1G

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


Min.
Max.
Typical

C
0.08
0.15
0.1

Mn
2.0
5.0
3.8

Si
-0.70
0.4

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
- 196C
Hardness (HV)

S
-0.025
0.008

P
-0.030
0.018

Cr
25.0
27.0
26

Ni
20.0
22.0
21

Mo
-0.50
0.2

Min.
560
350
30
25
-----

Cu
-0.50
0.1

Typical
615
435
36
34
50
105
75
220

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm)
min. A
max. A

2.5
60
90

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
300
12.0
669

3.2
350
13.5
384

4.0
350
13.5
255

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
9
10
www.metrode.com

Ni
2

Cr
7.5

Cu
<0.2

DS C-30-ULTRAMET B310Mn | Rev. 01-03/16

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
0.6
255

310S94
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW OF 310 STAINLESS STEEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.9M
BS EN ISO 14343-A
BS EN ISO 14343-B
UNS

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 9

ER310
25 20
SS310
S31080

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
min.
0.08
1.0
max.
0.15
2.5
Typical
0.11
1.8
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Typical values as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C
Hardness cap/mid (HV)

Si
0.30
0.65
0.4

S
-0.02
0.005

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
25.0
27.0
26

Ni
20.0
22.0
21

Mo
-0.3
0.1

MIG Ar+2%O2
540
355
27
70
185

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
Current
Diameter (mm)
TIG
Argon*
DC2.4
DC+
1.2
MIG
Ar/2%O2 **
SAW***
SS300 or SSB flux
DC+
2.4
*
Also required as a purge for root runs.
**
Proprietary Ar and Ar-He mixtures with <3%CO2 also suitable.
***
Heat input should be restricted with SAW to minimise the risk of solidification cracking.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG
SAW

0.8
-15kg spool
--

1.2
-15kg spool
--

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG & SAW fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
30
13
22

256

www.metrode.com

Cu
-0.3
0.1

1.6
2.5kg tube
-25kg coil

Ni
16

DS C-30-310S94 | Rev. 01-03/16

Parameters
100A, 12V
260A, 29V
325A, 30V

2.4
2.5kg tube
-25kg coil

Mo
<0.5

Cu
<0.5

3.2
2.5kg tube
---

OES (mg/m3)
2.3

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet C-31

310H ELECTRODE TO MATCH HK40


ALLOY TYPE
0.4%C-25%Cr-20%Ni (310H) austenitic cast alloy for
heat resisting service..

MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded condition the weld metal
microstructure consists of austenite with eutectic
and secondary carbides.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM/UNS

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

WELDING GUIDELINES

A351, A608 Grade HK40

Generally no preheat or PWHT are required.

DIN
1.4846 (X40CrNi 25 21)
1.4848 (G-X40CrNiSi 25 20)

BS
3100 Grade 310C40
1504 Grade 310C40

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS

Proprietary

There are two other 310 alloy groups: the 310L (data
sheet B-45) which is used for corrosion resistant
applications not high temperature service, and
the standard 310 alloys (data sheet C-30) which are
used for the standard (0.1 %C) base materials.

H20 (Doncasters Paralloy)


Thermalloy 47 (Duraloy)
Lloyds T47 (LBA)
HR6 (Cronite)

APPLICATIONS
Thermet 310H is designed to weld HK40 which is one
of the standard materials for centrifugally cast tubes
operating at around 1000C.
These alloys are used in reformer and steam cracker
coils in chemical and petrochemical plants. Also for
components such as billet skids, calinating tubes, kiln
nose segments, conveyor rolls, and furnace structural
items in the cement, ceramic and steel industries.

www.metrode.com

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA

DS C-31 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Thermet 310H

Specification
AWS E310H-15

257

THERMET 310H
BASIC ALL-POSITIONAL MMA ELECTRODE FOR HK40 TYPE CASTINGS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with basic flux coating made on 310 core wire to give low residual levels.
The electrode is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework in ASME 5G/6G positions.
Moisture resistant coating giving sound porosity free deposits.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No --

E310H-15
E 25 20 H B 4 2

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
min.
0.35
1.0
-max.
0.45
2.0
0.70
Typical
0.41
1.7
0.5

S
-0.025
0.01

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
25.0
28.0
26

Ni
20.0
22.0
21

Mo
-0.50
0.1

Cu
-0.50
0.03

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Min.
Typical
Tensile strength (MPa)
620
760
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
350
550
Elongation (%) 4d
10
20
5d
10
17
Reduction of area (%)
-25
Hardness (HV)
-230
These alloys are designed for operation at elevated temperatures and modest ambient temperature elongations in the range
10-20% are normal.
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE
Diameter (mm)
min. A
max. A

2.5
60
90

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
300
11.4
546

3.2
350
13.5
384

4.0
350
14.4
258

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
12
6
258

www.metrode.com

Ni
2

Cr
8.5

Mo
<0.2

DS C-31-THERMET 310H | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<0.2

F
16

OES (mg/m3)
0.6

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet C-40

CONSUMABLES TO MATCH
CAST & WROUGHT ALLOY 800
ALLOY TYPE
Austenitic heat resisting consumables to match alloy 800.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM
A351 CT15C
NA15, NA15H

BS EN & DIN
1.4850, 1.4859, 1.4876

UNS
N08800, N08810, N08811

Proprietary alloys include:


cast:
Paralloy CR32W.
Manaurite 900 (Manoir).
Thermalloy T52 (Lloyds)
Vicro 8 (Firth Vickers).
MORE 21 (Duraloy).
Centralloy 4859 (Centracero).
E2032Nb (Engemasa).

wrought:
Incoloy 800, 800H, 800HT
(Special Metals).
Sanicro 31 (Sandvik).
RA330 (Rolled Alloys).
Nicrofer 3220 (VDM).

APPLICATIONS
The consumables are designed to deposit weld metal
with composition and properties closely matching
type 800 alloys in cast and wrought forms. The weld
metals are based on the composition of castings, with
controlled carbon and niobium for optimum corrosion
resistance and creep performance. Most wrought
materials have Ti and Al instead of Nb. Weld metal Mn
and Si levels are modified to give high resistance to
hot cracking in highly restrained welds. For optimum
resistance to ageing embrittlement, the composition
will generally meet the Chiyoda parameter:
P 9 where P = (7C + 5Si + 8Nb 3Mn).
These alloys are used for their resistance to corrosion,
thermal fatigue and shock at temperatures up to
about 1000C, for the fabrication of muffles and
radiant tubes, heat treatment trays and baskets,
reformer furnace outlet manifolds and ethylene plant
transfer lines, in the furnace, petrochemical and
nuclear engineering industries.

WELDING GUIDELINES
No preheat, interpass <150C preferred. Usually
welds are not heat treated however in elevated
temperature service the HAZ of welds in alloys
800/800H/800HT with progressively increasing
levels of Ti+Al may be susceptible to stressrelaxation cracking. For pressure boundary welds
designed for >538C, ASME VIII UNF-56 requires
PWHT >885C/1h + 1h/25mm (eg. 900C/3h), or
solution annealing.
API 560 currently does not require PWHT but some
specifiers may require it for particular operating
conditions.

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

BS

MICROSTRUCTURE
As-welded weld metal microstructure consists of
austenite with cellular NbC-rich network.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Marshall A.W. & Farrar J.C.M. Matching consumables
for type 800 alloys, Stainless Steel World, Sept
1999, pp 56-60.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


The nickel base alloys AB (data sheet D-11), 625
(data sheet D-20) and 617 (data sheet D-40) are
sometimes used as alternatives for the same base
materials.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process Product
MMA
Thermet 800Nb
TIG/MIG 21.33.MnNb

Specification
None
None

These consumables are used as alternatives to


various nickel base consumables up to 1000C, with
the added benefit of expansion coefficient and
sulphidation resistance similar to parent material.
www.metrode.com

DS C-40 | Rev. 01-03/16

259

THERMET 800Nb
BASIC MMA ELECTRODE TO MATCH ALLOY 800
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode Basic moisture resistant coated electrode made on high alloy, high purity core wire.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No --

SPECIFICATIONS
There are no national specifications for this electrode.

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

PA/1G

PB/2F

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
min.
0.06
max.
0.12
Typical
0.1

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

(WELD METAL WT %)
Mn
Si
1.6
-4.5
0.6
2.5
0.3

S
-0.02
0.007

P
-0.03
0.015

Cr
19.0
23.0
21

Ni
30.0
35.0
32

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Min. *
Tensile strength (MPa)
520
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
210
Elongation (%) 4d
-5d
25
Reduction of area (%)
-Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
-Hardness (HV)
-* Minimum tensile properties based on wrought alloy 800H.

Mo
-0.5
0.4

Nb
0.8
1.5
1.3

Cu
-0.5
0.15

Typical
615
410
> 33
> 32
46
> 55
170-220

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE ONLY


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
320
13.5
354

4.0
320
13.5
243

5.0
450
18.0
165

2.5
300
12.0
642

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for much longer
than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase
the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe
Mn
4
6

260

www.metrode.com

Cr
6

Ni
2

Mo
< 0.2

DS C-40-THERMET 800Nb | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
< 0.2

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
0.8

21.33.MnNb
SOLID TIG/MIG WIRES FOR 800H AND SIMILAR HEAT RESISTING ALLOYS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire This is a high Mn, 21%Cr-33%Ni-1%Nb, micro-alloyed wire for TIG/MIG welding of 800 type alloys.

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No --

SPECIFICATIONS
There are no national specifications for this electrode.

Ni
30.0
35.0
33

Mo
-0.50
0.3

Nb
0.8
1.5
1

Cu
-0.5
0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Min. *
Tensile strength (MPa)
520
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
210
Elongation (%) 4d
-5d
-Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
-* Minimum tensile properties based on wrought alloy 800H.

1.2
-12.5kg spool

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe
Mn
40
15

www.metrode.com

Ti
-0.30
0.15

Typical, TIG
640
420
27
25
40

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
Current
TIG
Argon*
DCDC+
MIG
Ar/2%O2 **
*
Also required as a purge for root runs.
**
Proprietary Ar and Ar-He mixtures with <3%CO2 also suitable.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG

Al
-0.35
0.1

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C*
Mn
Si
S
P
Cr
min. 0.10
3.5
---19.0
max. 0.20
5.0
0.70
0.015
0.025
23.0
Typical 0.15
4.3
0.5
0.008
0.012
21
* Weld deposit carbon is typically a little lower than wire analysis.

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2

1.6
To order
--

2.0
To order
--

Cr3
18

Ni
20

DS C-40-21.33.MnNb | Rev. 01-03/16

2.4
2.5kg tube
--

Cu
<1

Parameters
100A, 12V
220A, 29V

3.2
2.5kg tube
--

OES (mg/m3)
2.5

261

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet C-41

HIGH CARBON 18/37 HEAT RESISTING


AUSTENITIC ALLOY
ALLOY TYPE
0.45%C-17%Cr-38%Ni high carbon austenitic heat
resisting steel often called 18/37 or 37/18 alloy.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

ASTM / ASME
A297 HT & HU
A351 HT30

BS
3100 Gr 330C11
3100 Gr 331C40
4534 Gr 8 & 9

DIN
1.4865

MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded condition the weld metal
microstructure consists of austenite with eutectic
and secondary carbides. Although fully austenitic
the alloy is slightly magnetic with an apparent
ferrite of up to 5FN.

WELDING GUIDELINES

Proprietary

Preheat is not generally required.

Paralloy H38, H40, H33, H35 (Doncasters Paralloy)


Cronite HR5, HR17, HR31 (Cronite)
Lloyds T50 (LBA)
Thermalloy T50, T58 (Duraloy)
RA330-HC (Rolled Alloys)
Incoloy DS & 330 (Special Metals) (wrought)

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


The AB type nickel base alloys are often used
to weld the wrought versions of this alloy (data
sheet D-11).

APPLICATIONS
Thermet R17.18H is designed to match fully austenitic
high alloy heat resisting steels often called 17/38 or
38/17. Alloys of this type are produced as castings with
about 0.4%C, or in wrought form with carbon of about
0.08%. Thermet R17.38H matches the composition
of castings but experience has also shown it to be
compatible with the wrought alloys, although higher
weld metal ductility will be obtained with a nickel base
type (data sheet D-11).

There is no matching solid wire for this alloy.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process

Product

Specification

MMA

Thermet R17.38H

(E330H-16)
BS 15.35.H.R

The high nickel content and low thermal expansion


of the alloys give good resistance to thermal shock.
The alloy is also highly resistant to carburisation and
oxidation but is not suitable for use in high sulphur
bearing atmospheres.
These alloys retain good mechanical strength up to
1050-1100C and are used for heat treatment trays
and containers, retorts furnace rollers, moulds, hearth
plates, radiant tubes, and furnace fittings and headers
in the heat treatment industries and high temperature
process plants.

262

www.metrode.com

DS C-41 | Rev. 01-03/16

THERMET R17.38H
BASIC MMA ELECTRODE TO MATCH HIGH CARBON 18/37 HEAT RESISTING ALLOYS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic-rutile flux covering on a high alloy core wire.
Moisture resistant coating giving sound, porosity-free deposits. Sizes above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M

(E330H-16)

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
(This is nearest because the electrode
does not strictly conform to AWS)
QW442
A-No --

Thermet R17.38H has higher


C, Cr & Ni than AWS specification.

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Min.
0.35
1.0
Max.
0.60
2.0
Typical
0.45
1.5

Si
0.3
1.0
0.5

S
-0.030
0.01

P
-0.040
0.015

Cr
17.0
20.0
18.5

Ni
35.0
40.0
38

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

PA/1G

Mo
-0.5
0.4

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Min.
Typical
Tensile strength (MPa)
620
780
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
-520
4d
10
16
Elongation (%)
5d
5
14
Reduction of area (%)
-15
Hardness (HV)
-250
These alloys are designed for operation at elevated temperatures and modest ambient temperature elongations in the range
10-20% are normal.
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
15.6
396

4.0
350
15.6
264

2.5
300
12.6
639

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 250 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
4
7

www.metrode.com

Ni
4

Cr
5

Mo
<0.1

DS C-41-THERMET R17.38H | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<0.2

F
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

263

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet C-45

HP10CB AUSTENITIC CAST ALLOYS

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

ALLOY TYPE
0.1%C-25%Cr-35%Ni-0.6%Nb (HP10Cb) austenitic cast
alloy for heat resisting service.

In the as-welded condition the weld metal


microstructure consists of austenite with some
grain boundary carbides.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Similar cast alloys:

WELDING GUIDELINES

Alloy HP10Cb (ACI-ASTM terminology)


Paralloy CR39W (Doncasters Paralloy)
Lloyds T57 (LBA)
Centralloy H101 (Centracero)

Generally no preheat or PWHT are required;


interpass temperatures below 150C are
recommended.

APPLICATIONS
This electrode is specially designed to deposit weld
metal which matches the composition of similar
castings. This alloy was developed from 800 type
alloys with increased chromium and nickel contents
and exhibits improved carburisation and oxidation
resistance. It is used at temperatures up to 1100C and
is resistant to thermal shock and fatigue.
Applications include the welding of centrifugally cast
pyrolysis coils, reformer tubes, return bends and tees
for the petrochemical industry.

264

MICROSTRUCTURE

www.metrode.com

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


There is no directly equivalent solid wire, the
nearest available is Metrode 21.33.Nb/21.33.Mn
(see data sheet C-40).

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA

DS C-45 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Thermet 25.35.Nb

Specification
--

THERMET 25.35.Nb
BASIC ALL-POSITIONAL MMA ELECTRODE FOR HP10CB TYPE CASTINGS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic-rutile flux covering on a high alloy core wire.
Moisture resistant coating giving sound, porosity-free deposits. Sizes above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Recovery MMA electrode with basic flux coating made on nearly matching core wire. The electrode is optimised for DC+ welding
in all positions including fixed pipework in ASME 5G/6G positions. Moisture resistant coating giving sound porosity-free deposits.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No --

SPECIFICATIONS
There are no relevant national standards.
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

PA/1G

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min. 0.08
2.5
0.2
-Max.
0.14
4.0
1.0
0.02
Typical
0.12
3.5
0.5
0.01

P
-0.03
0.01

Cr
24.0
28.0
26

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
4d
Elongation (%)
5d
Reduction of area (%)

Ni
34.0
39.0
36

Mo
-0.5
0.2

Nb
0.50
1.50
0.8

Min.
520
300
20
20
--

Cu
-0.15
0.05

Pb
-0.01
<0.001

Sn
-0.01
0.005

Typical
660
460
34
32
42

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
320
12.0
330

4.0
350
12.0
204

2.5
300
10.5
555

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
4
6

www.metrode.com

Ni
2

Cr
7

Mo
<0.1

DS C-45-THERMET 25.35.Nb | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<0.2

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
0.7

265

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet C-50

HP40Nb CAST ALLOYS


ALLOY TYPE
Consumables to match 0.4%C-25%Cr-35%Ni-Nb heat
resistant cast alloys.

MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded condition the weld metal consists
of austenite with eutectic and secondary carbide.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

MATCHING ALLOYS
ASTM-ASME
A297 HP40Cb

WELDING GUIDELINES

DIN
1.4852 (G-X40NiCrNb 35 25)
1.4853 (wrought)

Generally preheat is not required.

Proprietary alloys
Paralloy H39W (Doncasters Paralloy)
Lloyds T64 (LBA)
MORE 10 & 10-MA (Duraloy)
Thermalloy 64 (Duraloy)
Manaurite 36X & 36XM (Manoir)
Pyrotherm G25/35Nb & NbTZ (Pose Marre)
Centralloy 4852 & 4852 Micro (Schmidt + Clemens - Centracero)
E2535Nb & E2535Nb-MA (Engemasa)

Nb-FREE ALLOYS
ASTM-ASME

DIN

A297 HP or HP40

1.4857 (G-X40NiCrSi 35 25)


1.4853 (wrought)

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


There are a number of related high carbon CrNi alloys which are used in the same type of
applications, see other alloys in the Hot Zone.
There is also a lower carbon version of the 25%Cr35%Ni alloy (data sheet C-40) which provides
better thermal shock and fatigue, with some
reduction in creep strength.

Proprietary alloys
Paralloy H39 (Doncasters Paralloy)
Lloyds T63 (LBA)
HR33 (Cronite)

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

Also suitable for high carbon 18%Cr-37%Ni-Nb alloys


eg. DIN 1.4849.

Process Product
MMA
Thermet HP40Nb
TIG/MIG 25.35.4CNb

APPLICATIONS
These consumables are designed to match heat
resistant cast alloys with 0.4%C-25%Cr-35%Ni-Nb,
including those micro-alloyed with Ti to increase
creep resistance.
They are also suitable for the Nb free alloys and leaner
high carbon Cr-Ni alloys such as HK40, HT40 and IN519
where overmatching weld metal will normally be
acceptable.
Alloy HP40Nb is not prone to sigma phase
embrittlement and the presence of eutectic and
secondary carbides provide excellent hot strength and
creep resistance in the typical service temperature
range 900-1100C. High levels of Cr and Ni provide
good resistance to oxidation and carburisation.
The principal applications are pyrolysis coils and
reformer tubes for ethylene production in the
petrochemical industry.
266

www.metrode.com

DS C-50 | Rev. 01-03/16

Specification
---

THERMET HP40Nb
BASIC MMA ELECTRODE MATCHING HP40NB ALLOYS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic moisture resistant MMA electrode made on high purity alloy core wire, giving high resistance to microfissuring and porosity
in large multi-run deposits.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No --

SPECIFICATIONS
No relevant national specifications.
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
Cr
Ni
Mo
Nb
Ti
0.02
min.
0.35
0.5
0.2
--23.0
32.0
-0.75
max.
0.50
2.0
1.3
0.030
0.040
27.0
36.0
0.5
1.50
0.20
Typical
0.43
1.7
0.9
0.010
0.010
25
35
0.1
1.1
0.08
* Does not always comply to obsolete classification BS2926: 25.3.5H.Nb.B which requires Si<1.0%. Please contact technical department for supply
according to BSEN 2926: 25.3.5H.Nb.B.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded
Min. *
Typical
Tensile strength (MPa)
600 (450)
740
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
-- (250)
560
Elongation (%) 4d
-- (5)
15
5d
-15
Reduction of area (%)
-17
Hardness (HV)
-240
* Minimum tensile strength of 600MPa is from BS2926; the values in brackets are minimum values for base material static castings.
Room temperature elongation has little significance for weld metal designed for high temperature service and creep resistance.
Values down to 4.5% (on 4d) are allowed in ASTM HP40 castings and the ductility of multipass welds may approach this value due to
carbide precipitation in successive runs.
STRESS RUPTURE/CREEP DATA:
Temperature
Stress
Life
Elongation
C
F
MPa
ksi
Hours
%
871
1600
48.2
7
1431
6
927
1700
27.6
4
2398
3
982
1800
17.3
2.5
2414
3
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE
Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
4.0
5.0
min. A
60
75
100
130
max. A
90
120
155
210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
4.0
5.0
Length (mm)
300
320
320
450
kg/carton
11.1
12.3
12.0
12.3
Pieces/carton
519
348
228
153
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe
Mn
Ni
Cr
Cu
Mo
V
F
OES (mg/m3)
< 0.5
< 0.1
< 0.1
18
0.7
4
6
7
7
www.metrode.com

DS C-50-THERMET HP40Nb | Rev. 01-03/16

267

25.35.4CNb
SOLID TIG AND MIG WIRES FOR MATCHING HP40NB ALLOYS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG, auto-TIG and MIG welding.

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No --

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

SPECIFICATIONS
There are no national specifications for this wire.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
min. 0.40
1.0
0.5
--max. 0.50
2.5
1.6
0.02
0.02
Typical 0.43
1.7
1.1
0.005
0.01

Cr
23.0
27.0
26

Mo
-0.50
<0.3

Nb
0.75
1.50
1.1

Ti
0.05
0.25
0.1

Zr
0.01
0.15
0.03

Cu
-0.5
0.1

Sn
--<0.01

Pb
--<0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Min. *
Typical, TIG
Tensile strength (MPa)
450
760
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
250
515
4d
5
12
Elongation (%)
5d
-13
Reduction of area (%)
-11
Hardness cap/mid (HV)
-211/263
* Minimum tensile properties based on wrought alloy 800H.
Room temperature elongation has little significance for weld metal designed for high temperature service and creep resistance.
Values down to 4.5% (on 4d) are allowed in ASTM HP40 castings and the ductility of multipass welds may approach this value due to
carbide precipitation in successive runs.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
TIG
Argon

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
Spooled wire normally
used for automatic TIG

Current
DC-

www.metrode.com

Diameter (mm)
2.4

Parameters
100A, 12V

1.2
--

1.6
2.5kg tube

2.0
2.5kg tube

2.4
2.5kg tube

3.2
2.5kg tube

12.5kg reel

--

--

--

--

Cr3
26

Mo
< 0.5

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
35
13

268

Ni
32.0
36.0
35

DS C-50-25.35.4CNb | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
< 0.5

OES (mg/m3)
2

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet C-60

HIGH CARBON 35Cr-45Ni-1Nb ALLOYS


ALLOY TYPE

MICROSTRUCTURE

High carbon 35Cr-45Ni-1Nb to match heat-resisting


castings, which are often micro-alloyed with Ti and Zr.

In the as-welded condition the multi-pass weld


metal microstructure consists of austenite with
primary eutectic and secondary precipitated
carbides.

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Proprietary alloys include:
Paralloy H46M (Doncasters Paralloy)
Manaurite XT/XTM (Manoir Industries)
Centralloy ET45 Micro (Schmidt + Clemens-Centracero)
Lloyds T80 (LBA)
Lloyds T75MA (LBA)
E3545Nb-MA (Engemasa)

WELDING GUIDELINES
For the thicker section materials a preheat may
prove beneficial owing to the low ductility of
the material. There would not normally be any
requirement for PWHT.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


APPLICATIONS
These alloys have superior carburisation and
oxidation resistance to alloys based on 25%Cr-35%Ni
for service up to 1150C but with some reduction in
creep strength.
Applications include pyrolysis coils and reformer tubes
for the petrochemical industry.

www.metrode.com

There are a number of other high carbon austenitic


alloys for high temperature service e.g.. 25Cr-35Ni1Nb types (data sheet C-50).

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process Product
MMA
Thermet 35.45.Nb
TIG/MIG 35.45.Nb

DS C-60 | Rev. 01-03/16

Specification
-

269

THERMET 35.45.Nb
BASIC MMA ELECTRODE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Thermet 35.45.Nb is a basic coated electrode with some alloy additions in the coating and is made on a high purity NiCr core wire.
Recovery is approximately 140% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No --

SPECIFICATIONS
No relevant national specifications.

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
min.
0.40
0.5
1.0
max.
0.50
1.5
1.6
0.01
Typical
0.45
0.9
1.2
0.005
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
Hardness (HV)
* Minimum values are for static castings.

P
0.01
<0.01

Cr
34
38
35

Ni
44
50
47

Nb
0.60
1.30
0.8

Mo
0.25
0.05

Min. *
450
245
3
-

Ti
0.04
0.15
0.07

Fe
bal
13

Typical
740
550
6
270

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm)
min. A
max. A

2.5
70
95

3.2
85
120

4.0
110
160

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
300
9.9
450

3.2
300
10.5
252

4.0
350
12.6
171

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe
Mn
3
6

270

www.metrode.com

Cr6
10

Ni
9

Cu
<0.2

DS C-60-THERMET 35.45.Nb | Rev. 01-03/16

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
0.5

35.45.Nb
SOLID WELDING WIRE FOR TIG WELDING
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Straight lengths and spooled wire for manual and automatic TIG welding.

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No --

SPECIFICATIONS
There are no national specifications for this wire.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
Hardness (HV)
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas
TIG
Argon
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG

Cr
34
38
36

Ni
44
48
46

Nb
0.6
1.3
0.9

Mo
0.50
0.05

Ti
0.04
0.15
0.1

Zr
0.15
0.05

Fe
bal
13

Typical, TIG
690
550
3
280

Current
DC-

1.2
12.5kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
15
5
28

www.metrode.com

P
0.02
0.012

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
min. 0.40
0.8
1.0
max. 0.50
1.5
1.6
0.015
Typical 0.43
1.0
1.2
0.005

Diameter (mm)
2.4

Parameters
120A, 12V

2.4
2.5kg tube

Ni
28

DS C-60-35.45.Nb | Rev. 01-03/16

3.2
2.5kg tube

Mo
<0.5

Cu
<0.5

OES (mg/m3)
1.8

271

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet C-70

HIGH CARBON 25Cr-35Ni-WCo ALLOYS


ALLOY TYPE
0.5%C-25%Cr-35%Ni-15%Co-5%W cast alloy for
elevated temperature service.

MICROSTRUCTURE
The as-welded microstructure consists of
high alloy austenite with primary eutectic and
secondary carbides.

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Proprietary cast alloys:

WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat is often recommended owing to the low
ductility of this alloy, coupled with high strength
and residual stress levels of multipass welds. For
thicker sections, preheat of 300C or more may
be advisable.

MORE 6 (Duraloy)
Supertherm (Duraloy)
Lloyds T66 (LBA)
Centralloy ET35Co (Schmidt & Clemens Centracero)
Manaurite 35K (Manoir Industries)

APPLICATIONS
This electrode matches similar cast alloys originating
from the Abex alloy Supertherm, which is itself related
to the cobalt free Blaw-Knox alloy 22H (data sheet
C-80).
The high carbon high alloy matrix provides excellent
hot strength and oxidation resistance at typical
service temperatures of 950-1250C. Cobalt and
tungsten are important for maintaining matrix
strength beyond about 1150C when carbides are
progressively dissolved.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


The cobalt free 22H alloy is related to this alloy
and is used for similar applications (data sheet
C-80).

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA

Applications include highly stressed furnace parts,


sintering and calcining muffles, cement kiln components
resistant to hot abrasion, radiant tubes and pyrolysis
coils.

272

www.metrode.com

DS C-70 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Specification
Thermet HP50WCo --

THERMET HP50WCo
BASIC MMA ELECTRODE FOR MATCHING HIGH CARBON AUSTENITIC CAST ALLOYS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic-rutile flux covering on a high alloy core wire.
Moisture resistant coating giving sound, porosity-free deposits. Sizes above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Recovery MMA electrode with basic flux coating made on nearly matching core wire. The electrode is optimised for DC+ welding
in all positions including fixed pipework in ASME 5G/6G positions. Moisture resistant coating giving sound porosity-free deposits.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
There are no national specifications for this electrode.

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No -QW442
A-No --

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min. 0.40
0.5
0.2
-Max. 0.60
1.5
1.2
0.020
Typical 0.50
0.6
0.5
0.008

P
-0.030
0.010

Cr
24.0
28.0
25

Ni
34.0
40.0
35

Co
13.0
18.0
14

W
4.0
6.0
4.6

Mo
-0.5
0.05

Cu
-0.5
0.05

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

PA/1G

Fe
-bal
19

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Min. *
Typical **
Tensile strength (MPa)
450
840
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
240
610
Elongation (%) 4d
3
8.5
5d
-8
Reduction of area (%)
-6
Hardness (HV)
-265
* Minimum values are for static castings. Average strength of centrispun tube is typically 550MPa with <10% elongation.
** The high strength of the weld metal is derived from the chill-cast microstructure coupled with carbide precipitation and strainhardening by successive weld beads. Room temperature elongation has little significance for weld metal designed for elevated
temperature service.
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE
Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
70
max. A
95

3.2
85
120

4.0
110
160

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
320
12.0
267

4.0
320
13.2
159

2.5
265
10.5
396

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
3
6

www.metrode.com

Ni
8

Cr
7

Cu
<0.2

DS C-70-THERMET HP50WCo | Rev. 01-03/16

Co
2

F
22

OES (mg/m3)
0.7

273

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet C-80

ALLOY 22H HEAT RESISTANT


AUSTENITIC STAINLESS STEELS
ALLOY TYPE
0.5%C-28%Cr-50%Ni-5%W cast high temperature
alloy.

MICROSTRUCTURE
The as-welded microstructure consists of
high alloy austenite with primary eutectic and
secondary carbides.

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
DIN

WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat is often recommended owing to the low
ductility of this alloy, coupled with high strength
and residual stress levels of multipass welds. For
thicker sections, preheat of 300C or more may
be advisable.

2.4879 G-NiCr28W
G-X45NiCrWSi 48 28

Proprietary cast alloys:


22H (Duraloy)
Super 22H (Duraloy; +2%Co)
Paralloy H48T (Doncasters Paralloy)
Centralloy 4879 (Schmidt & Clemens Centracero)
Marker G4879 (Schmidt & Clemens)
Pyrotherm G 28/48/5W (Pose-Marre)
HR23 (Cronite)
Lloyds T75 (LBA)
Thermax 70 (Sheepbridge)
Manaurite 50W (Manoir Industries)
Thermalloy T75 (Manoir Electroalloys)

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


In an alternative alloy for similar applications
about 15%Ni is replaced with cobalt, see data
sheet C-70.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

APPLICATIONS
This electrode is designed to match similar high
carbon cast alloys originating from Blaw-Knox (now
Duraloy) alloy 22H.

Process
MMA

The high carbon 28%Cr-50%Ni-5%W matrix provides


excellent hot strength and oxidation resistance at
typical service temperatures of 950-1250C. High
nickel gives the alloy good resistance to carburisation
and under oxidising conditions high chromium
provides useful resistance to sulphidation.
Applications include highly stressed furnace parts,
sintering and calcining muffles, cement kiln components
resistant to hot abrasion, radiant tubes and pyrolysis
coils.

274

www.metrode.com

DS C-80 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Thermet 22H

Specification
--

THERMET 22H
BASIC ALL-POSITIONAL MMA ELECTRODE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic all-positional MMA electrode designed to match similar cast alloys.
Basic flux system with alloy additions on high purity NiCr core wire.
Recovery is about 140% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
There are no national specifications for this electrode.

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No --

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

PE/4G

S
-0.020
0.006

P
-0.030
0.010

Cr
27.0
30.0
28

Ni
47.0
54.0
51

W
4.0
6.0
5

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
Min.
0.40
0.5
0.5
Max.
0.60
1.5
1.2
Typical
0.50
1
0.7

Fe
-bal
14

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Min. *
Typical **
Tensile strength (MPa)
440
780
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
-590
4d
-7
Elongation (%)
5d
4
6
Reduction of area (%)
-6
Hardness (HV)
-270
* Minimum values for DIN 2.4879 castings.
** The high strength of the weld metal is derived from the chill-cast microstructure coupled with carbide precipitation and strainhardening by successive weld beads. Room temperature elongation has little significance for weld metal designed for elevated
temperature service.
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE
Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
70
max. A
95

3.2
85
120

4.0
110
160

5.0
140
200

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
310
12.0
300

4.0
310
13.5
198

5.0
310
12.0
120

2.5
260
10.5
492

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
3
6
www.metrode.com

Ni
9

Cr
7

DS C-80-THERMET 22H | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<0.2

F
22

OES (mg/m3)
0.7
275

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet C-90

SPECIAL ELECTRODE FOR IN-657

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Inco IN-657, IN-671
ASTM A560 Grade 50Cr-50Ni-Cb
DIN 2.4678, 2.4680, 2.4813
Paralloy N50W (Doncasters Paralloy)
Duraloy 50/50Cb

APPLICATIONS
Nimrod 657 (formerly 50.50.Nb) was developed in
conjunction with Inco to match their proprietary cast
alloy IN-657 produced by licenced foundries worldwide. It is also suitable to weld the Ti-bearing wrought
version IN-671.

WELDING GUIDELINES
Arc length should be kept low to avoid nitrogen
pick up. Preheating is usually necessary; 150200C at 10mm thick with 200-250C for most
applications and up to 450C for the thickest
sections. Maintain interpass temperatures and
slow cool.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Weldment stress-rupture tests have been carried
out on transverse specimens extracted from 25
mm thick centricast IN-657 tube. Tests were
carried out at 900C and the results are shown
in the graph. It can be seen that about 75% joint
efficiency is achieved in the long-term tests.
60

MICROSTRUCTURE
Very careful control of chromium and niobium is
maintained to minimise the risk of weld metal cracking.
The microstructure of IN-657 castings and Nimrod
657 weld metal consists of two phases: a chromiumrich alpha phase (bcc) and a nickel-rich gamma phase
(fcc). The precise structure obtained is complicated by
thermal history and composition, but has an important
effect on the control of weld metal cracking.
At lower chromium and niobium contents, the primary
dendrites which form during solidification are gamma
phase and this tends to promote sensitivity to
solidification cracking. Higher chromium and niobium
contents result in a primary alpha dendritic phase
which is less ductile and hence more prone to cold
cracking during cooling.
An undesirable but infrequent eutectic phase may
also occur. The composition of both weld metal and
castings is therefore carefully balanced to minimise
detrimental microstructural components and so reduce
the risk of cracking. Carbon and nitrogen also reduce
ductility and are kept as low as practicable.
276

www.metrode.com

STRESS RUPTURE
Nimrod 657
(transverse tests

50

40

7
STRESS (MPa)

Alloy 657 with its high chromium content has


exceptional resistance to hot corrosion (800-950C)
by fuel ash containing vanadium pentoxide and alkali
metal sulphates arising from the combustion of low
grade heavy fuel oils.
IN-657 castings are used in a wide range of components
in oil-fired furnaces and boilers such as tube sheets,
tube hangers, supports and spacers in ships, power
stations, refineries, and petrochemical plants.

Kcal

ALLOY TYPE
50Cr-50Ni alloy for high temperature corrosion
resistance.

5
30
4
3

20

2
10

20

50

100

1000
500
200
900C RUPTURE LIFE (hours)

2000

5000

REFERENCES
Thornley J.C. Welding of 50Ni-50Cr and 50Ni50Cr-1.5Nb Alloys Parts 1 & 2, Metal Construction
Nov 1976, pp 480-487, and Dec 1976, pp 535-541.
High chromium Cr-Ni alloys to resist residual fuel
oil ash corrosion. Inco publication No. 4299 (1975).
IN-657 cast-nickel-chromium-niobium alloy
for service against fuel-ash corrosion. Inco
publication no. 4320 (1974).
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA

DS C-90 | Rev. 01-03/16| p. 1/2

Product
Nimrod 657

Specification
AWS ENiCr-4

NIMROD 657
BASIC MMA ELECTRODE FOR ALLOY 657/671
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode made on a special nickel-chromium core wire, with a basic lime-fluorspar flux covering.
Recovery is approx 160% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.11M

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 43

ENiCr-4

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

P
-0.02
0.01

Cr
48
52
50

Ni
bal
-47

Nb
1.0
2.5
1.8

Fe
-1.0
0.5

N
-0.16
0.07

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
----Max.
0.10
1.5
1.0
0.02
Typical
0.07
1.0
0.5
0.01

Cu
-0.25
0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Min.
Typical
IN-657 (as cast)
Nimrod 657
Nimrod 657
Tensile strength (MPa)
760
830-985
600-700
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
-570-725
330-400
Elongation (%) 4d
-2-4
10-40
Hardness (HV)
-340
210-260
Note: Weld metal tensile properties are much higher than those of as-cast IN-657, mainly because pre-ageing takes place during
multipass welding. IN-657 responds similarly at high temperature and differences between the two are effectively eliminated
during service.

As welded

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC(OCV:70V)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
70
max. A
95

3.2
85
120

4.0
110
160

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
300
11.4
261

4.0
350
12.0
195

2.5
300
10.5
450

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for much longer
than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase
the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt%)
Fe
Mn
1
2

www.metrode.com

Ni
2.5

Cr
8

Mo
0.1

DS C-90-NIMROD 657 | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
0.1

F
23

OES (mg/m3)
0.6

277

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Section D : NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

NICKEL BASE CONSUMABLES


As a whole, nickel-base consumables have a very wide range of applications. They can be roughly divided into those with compositions
matching specific parent materials, usually for corrosion resistance, and those with compositions unique to weld metal specifications
some of which have specialised uses and others more general purpose applications.

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

Electrode characteristics vary according to the intended application and the constraints dictated by particular alloys.
Most types have basic flux coverings, those with the suffix KS being suitable for positional welding of fixed pipework. Rutile flux
systems are compatible with some of the high molybdenum corrosion-resistant alloys. A low level of impurities is desirable in all cases
to minimise sensitivity to hot cracking and microfissuring.
The most important general purpose group are the 'Inconel' types, very loosely based on heat-resistant alloy 600 with 15%Cr-75%Ni8%Fe. Compared with alloy 600, all these weld metals have significant additions of manganese and niobium which give resistance to
hot cracking and raise hot strength. Nimrod 182/182KS have the highest manganese to maximise resistance to hot cracking, whereas
in Nimrod AB/AKS manganese is partially replaced by molybdenum which has the additional effect of improving creep resistance. In
many applications these two types can be used interchangeably, particularly in dissimilar metal welds between nickel base and most
steels or other ferrous alloys. Useful service properties range from cryogenic up to elevated temperatures of 1000C plus. Related to
these is the more specialised heat resisting type Nimrod 132KS used primarily for welding 600 and similar materials in cast or wrought
form.
Nimrod 625/625KS electrodes and 62-50 wires are designed to match alloy 625 which was originally developed for heat-resisting
applications. However, parent material and consumables of this alloy have gained more widespread use for many applications
exploiting its excellent pitting and crevice corrosion resistance and high strength at all service temperatures.
Electrode types Nimrod C276KS, C22KS and Nimax B2L and complimentary solid wires match the current specifications for corrosionresistant parent alloys C276, C22 and B2 respectively. Also related to this group is the higher alloy Nimrod 59KS, matching alloy 59.
Their uses include overmatching welds for various superaustenitic stainless steels.
The precursor to alloy C276 was alloy C which is represented by rutile electrodes Nimrod C and the high efficiency type Nimax C. Their
general corrosion resistance is useful for overlays and high work-hardening rate and thermal fatigue resistance for build-up and repair
of hot-work dies.
Nickel, nickel-copper (Monel) and cupronickel consumables are well established for use in high integrity fabrication welds between
their respective parent alloys. For surfacing steels or dissimilar welds it should be noted that tolerance to iron dilution decreases with
increasing copper content and the pure nickel type is therefore used as a buffer layer.

DataSheet
D-10

Alloy
182

D-11

AB

D-12

132

D-20

625

Process
MMA
TIG/MIG/SAW
MMA
TIG/MIG/SAW
MMA
MMA

278

www.metrode.com

TIG/MIG/SAW
FCW

Product
Nimrod 182KS
Nimrod 182
Nimax 182
20.70.Nb
Nimrod AKS
20.70.Nb
Nimrod 132KS
Nimrod 625
Nimrod 625KS
62-50
Supercore 625P

DS D-01 | Rev. 01-03/16

AWS Classifications
ENiCrFe-3
ENiCrFe-3
ENiCrFe-3
ERNiCr-3
ENiCrFe-2
ERNiCr-3
ENiCrFe-1
ENiCrMo-3
ENiCrMo-3
ERNiCrMo-3
ENiCrMo3T1-4

EN / EN ISO Classifications
E Ni6182
E Ni6182
E Ni6182
SNi6082
E Ni 6133
S Ni 6082
E Ni6062
E Ni 6625
E Ni 6625
SNi6625
T Ni 6625 P M/C 2

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS


DataSheet
D-30
D-31
D-32
D-33
D-40
D-41
D-50
D-60
D-70
D-80

Process

MMA
C276
TIG/MIG/SAW
MMA
59
TIG/MIG
MMA
C22
TIG/MIG
9% Nickel FCW
MMA
617
TIG/MIG
MMA
690
TIG/MIG
MMA
Nickel
TIG/MIG
MMA
Monel
TIG/MIG/SAW
MMA
Cupronickel TIG/MIG
TIG
MMA
B2
TIG
MMA
Dissimilar
TIG

E-45

www.metrode.com

MMA

Product

AWS Classifications

EN / EN ISO Classifications

Nimrod C276KS
HAS C276
Nimrod 59KS
HAS 59
Nimrod C22KS
HAS C22
SUPERCORE 620P
Nimrod 617KS
61-70
Nimrod 690KS
ER690
Nimrod 200Ti
Nickel 2Ti
Nimrod 190
65NiCu
Cupromet N30
70CuNi
90CuNi
Nimax B2L
HAS B2
EPRI P87
EPRI P87
Nimrod C
Nimax C

ENiCrMo-4
ERNiCrMo-4
ENiCrMo-13
ERNiCrMo-13
ENiCrMo-10
ERNiCrMo-10
ENiCrCoMo-1
ERNiCrCoMo-1
ENiCrFe-7
ERNiCrFe-7
ENi-1
ERNi-1
ENiCu-7
ERNiCu-7
ECuNi
ERCuNi
ENiMo-7
ERNiMo-7
(ENiCrMo-5)
(ENiCrMo-5)

E Ni6276
SNi6276
E Ni6059
SNi6059
SNi6022
E Ni6117
E Ni6117
SNi2061
E Ni 6152
S Ni6052
E Ni2061
SNi6617
E Ni4060
SNi4060
BS: C18
BS C16
E Ni1066
SNi1066
DIN: E23-UM-200CKT
DIN: E23-UM-200CKT

DS D-01 | Rev. 01-03/16

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

D-87

Alloy

279

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet D-10

NICKEL BASE 182 CONSUMABLES


ALLOY TYPE
Inconel type consumables with manganese and
niobium additions.

MICROSTRUCTURE

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

WELDING GUIDELINES

Nickel alloys such as Inconel 600, Nimonic 75.


Nickel base alloys to themselves and to mild, low
alloy and stainless steels. High temperature transition
joints. Cryogenic 3% and 5% Ni steels.

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

APPLICATIONS

280

These weld metals have no directly equivalent


parent material, although the composition is related
to Inconel 600. Mn and Nb are added to give high
resistance to hot cracking, tolerance to dilution by
many combinations of nickel-base and ferrous alloys,
with stable properties over a wide range of service
temperatures from 269C to above 900C.
Applications include heat-resisting nickel-base alloys
to themselves for use in furnace equipment up to
about 900C. Other applications include:
Mixed welds between most nickel-base alloys,
including Monel 400 and stainless, low alloy or CMn
steels without need to preheat.
Transition welds between creep-resisting ferritic and
austenitic steels, such as 2CrMo and 316H for long term
service at elevated temperature in petrochemical and
power generation plants.
Low temperature applications such as 3% or 5% Ni
steels used for cryogenic vessels and pipework in
service at or below 100C.
Stress relief may be carried out if required.

www.metrode.com

High nickel austenite with some carbides.

Requirements for preheat and PWHT will be


dependent on the base material being welded.
For most nickel-base materials, no preheat is
required.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


The AB alloys (data sheet D-11) cover similar
applications.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process

Product
Nimrod 182KS
MMA
Nimrod 182
Nimax 182
TIG/MIG/SAW 20.70.Nb
SAW flux
NiCr

DS D-10 | Rev. 01-03/16

Specification
AWS ENiCrFe-3
AWS ENiCrFe-3
AWS ENiCrFe-3
AWS ERNiCr-3
BS EN SA FB2

NIMROD 182KS
ALL-POSITIONAL INCONEL TYPE MMA ELECTRODE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode This electrode is made on a nearly matching core wire with a basic flux system designed to produce optimum
operability and radiographically sound weld metal.
Nimrod 182KS is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including pipework qualified in the ASME 6G position.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.11M
BS EN ISO 14172
APPROVALS

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 43

ENiCrFe-3
E Ni 6182
TV

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
min.
-5.0
---max. 0.10
9.5
1.0
0.015
0.02
Typical 0.05
7
0.5
0.01
0.01
* Co and Ta maximums only when specified at time of order.

Ni
61
bal
~ 65

Nb
1.0
2.5
1.5

Fe
2.0
9.0
<8

Min.
550
360
30
27
----

Cu
-0.50
0.1

Ti
-1.0
0.1

Co *
-0.12
< 0.05

Typical
640
385
40
37
38
100
190

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE ONLY


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
80

3.2
70
110

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
300
12.3
450

4.0
350
15.0
300

5.0
350
15.0
198

2.5
300
12.0
705

Ta *
-0.30
0.05

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C
Hardness (HV)

Cr
13.0
17.0
16

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 380 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
2
13
www.metrode.com

Cr
5

Ni
10

Mo
0.2

DS D-10-NIMROD 182KS | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
0.1

F
15

OES (mg/m3)
1
281

NIMROD 182
INCONEL T YPE MMA ELECTRODE FOR DOWNHAND WELDING AND SURFACING
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode This electrode is made on a nearly matching core wire with a basic slag system designed to produce optimum
operability and weld metal soundness for downhand/HV welding.
Optimised for DC+ operability primarily for surfacing and cladding applications.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.11M
BS EN ISO 14172

ENiCrFe-3
E Ni 6182

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 43

(3.2mm will not necessarily satisfy 3G usability criteria)

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
min.
-5.0
---max. 0.10
9.5
1.0
0.015
0.02
Typical 0.05
6
0.5
0.01
0.01
* Co and Ta maximums only when specified at time of order.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As-welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C
Hardness (HV)

Cr
13.0
17.0
16

Ni
61
bal
~ 65

Nb
1.0
2.5
1.5

Fe
2.0
9.0
<8

Min.
550
360
30
27
----

Cu
-0.50
0.1

Ti
-1.0
0.1

Co *
-0.12
< 0.05

Ta *
-0.30
0.05

Typical
660
420
40
37
38
100
190

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm)
min. A
max. A

3.2
70
110

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
300
12.0
375

4.0
350
14.1
249

5.0
330
14.1
165

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 380 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
2
13

282

www.metrode.com

Cr
5

Ni
10

Mo
0.2

DS D-10-NIMROD 182 | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
0.1

F
15

OES (mg/m3)
1

NIMAX 182
HIGH RECOVERY MMA ELECTRODE FOR CL ADDING & SURFACING
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode high efficiency metal powder type with basic flux covering on high conductivity pure nickel core wire.
Nimax 182 is a high efficiency version of Nimrod 182KS, with versatile features for fabrication, repair and maintenance.
Recovery is about 140% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.11M
BS EN ISO 14172

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 43

ENiCrFe-3
E Ni 6182

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
min.
-5.0
--max.
0.10
9.5
1.0
0.015
Typical
0.06
6
0.4
0.008

P
-0.02
0.01

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE ONLY


Diameter (mm)
2.0
min. A
40
max. A
60
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.0
300
11.7
750

Ni
61
bal
~ 69

Nb
1.0
2.5
1.5

Fe
2.0
9.0
7

Min.
550
360
30
27
---2.5
70
115

Ti
-1.0
0.07

Typical
660
390
40
38
40
> 80
190
3.2
90
155

2.5
300
12.0
468

Cu
-0.50
0.05

4.0
130
210

3.2
350
13.5
291

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C
Hardness (HV)

Cr
13.0
17.0
15

5.0
160
260

4.0
350
13.5
192

5.0
330
17.1
129

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 380 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
2
13

www.metrode.com

Cr
5

Ni
10

Mo
0.2

DS D-10-NIMAX 182 | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
0.1

F
15

OES (mg/m3)
1

283

20.70.Nb
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding of nickel base alloys and dissimilar joints between nickel alloys, ferritic and austenitic
stainless steels.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.14M
ERNiCr-3
BS EN ISO 18274
S Ni 6082
UNS
N06082
APPROVALS
TV (TIG)
Also known generically as filler metal 82 (FM82)

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
min.
-2.5
-max.
0.05
3.5
0.50
Typical
0.02
3
0.1

S
-0.015
0.005

P
-0.020
0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C

0.9
-15kg spool
--

Ni
67.0
bal
73

Current
DCPulsed
DC+

1.0
-15kg spool
--

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %)(TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
1
6
15

www.metrode.com

Cr
18.0
22.0
20

Nb
2.0
3.0
2.5

Cu
-0.50
0.01

Ti
-0.7
0.4

Fe
-3.0
1

Typical
640
360
40
> 100

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding
TIG
Argon
MIG
Argon
SAW
NiCr flux
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
0.8
TIG
-MIG 15kg spool
SAW
--

284

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 43

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2
1.6

1.2
-15kg spool
--

1.6
2. 5 kg tube
---

Ni
56

DS D-10-20.70.Nb | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
< 0.1

Parameters
100A, 12V
180A, 26V
300A, 26V

2.0
2. 5 kg tube
---

2.4
2. 5 kg tube
-25kg spool

Cu
< 0.5

3.2
2. 5 kg tube
---

OES (mg/m3)
0.9

NiCr FLUX
SUB-ARC FLUX
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Sub-arc flux Agglomerated, fluoride basic flux of high basicity (Boniczewski B1~3).
The high basicity ensures low loss of critical alloying elements in the transfer from wire to weld deposit; the low silica content
ensures a low silicon content of the weld metal and reduces the risk of hot cracking.
NiCr flux can be used DC+, DC- and AC, although DC+ operation is preferred.
Flux:wire ratio is 1-2:1 depending on operating conditions; recycled flux should be limited to about 10% to avoid build-up of fines.

SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN ISO 14174

SA FB2

COMPOSITION (TYPICAL)
C
20.70.Nb wire
0.02
deposit
0.01

Mn
3
3

Si
0.1
0.2

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Current: DC +ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm)
amp-volt range
1.6
200-350A, 27-31V
2.4
250-450A, 28-32V

P
0.01
0.006

Cr
20
20.5

Ni
bal
bal

Nb
2.5
2.3

Fe
1
1

Ti
0.4
0.08

Typical
640
360
40

typical
300A, 28V
350A, 29V

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


With 20.70.Nb wire / as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d

S
0.005
0.006

stickout
20-25mm
20-25mm

PACKAGING DATA
Metrode NiCr Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums.
Preferred storage conditions for opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18C.
If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 250-400C/1-3h.

www.metrode.com

DS D-10-NiCr FLUX | Rev. 01-03/16

285

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet D-11

NICKEL BASE AB CONSUMABLES


ALLOY TYPE
Inconel type consumables similar to the 182 but with
lower Mn and a Mo addition.

MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded condition this nickel base weld
metal consists of austenite with a few carbides.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

WELDING GUIDELINES

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

Inconel 600, Incoloy 800, Incoloy DS, Nilo, Brightray


and other nickel base or high nickel alloys to themselves and to mild, low alloy, and stainless steels.
Cryogenic 3-5%Ni steels.

APPLICATIONS
The weld metal deposited by these consumables has
no directly equivalent parent material, although its
composition is related to Inconel 600 (0.05C-75Ni16Cr-8Fe). Mo and Nb are added to give high
resistance to hot cracking, tolerance to dilution by
many combinations of nickel base and ferrous alloys,
and stable properties over a wide range of service
temperatures from 269C to above 900C.
The presence of Mo improves elevated temperature
properties above about 600C, compared to the 182
alloys (data sheet D-10).
These consumables are used for welding Inconel
600, Incoloy 800/800H and similar heat resisting or
high nickel alloys to themselves for use in furnace
equipment and petrochemical plants up to about
900C.

Requirements for preheat and PWHT will be


dependent on the base material being welded.
For most nickel base materials no preheat or
PWHT is required.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


The 182 alloys (data sheet D-10) cover similar
applications.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG/SAW
SAW flux

In addition they are suitable for dissimilar combinations


of the above alloys and others such as Monel 400,
Incoloy 825 to stainless, low alloy CMn steels without
the need to preheat. Stress relief may be carried out if
necessary, and transition welds for high temperature
service have good structural stability.
They can also be used for low temperature applications
such as 3%Ni or 5%Ni steels used for cryogenic vessels
and pipework in service at or below 100C.

286

www.metrode.com

DS D-11 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Nimrod AKS
20.70.Nb
NiCr

Specification
AWS ENiCrFe-2
AWS ERNiCr-3
BS EN SA FB2

NIMROD AKS
ALL-POSITIONAL INCONEL TYPE MMA ELECTRODE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic flux system on a nearly matching core wire designed to give radiographically sound weld metal.
It is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including pipework in the ASME 5G/6G positions.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.11M
BS EN ISO 14172

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 43

ENiCrFe-2
E Ni 6133

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
min.
-1.0
---max. 0.10
3.5
0.75
0.015
0.02
Typical 0.05
2.8
0.5
0.01
0.01
* Co and Ta maximums only when specified at time of order.

Ni
62
Bal
69

Nb
1.5
3.0
2

Fe
-12.0
8

Min.
550
360
30
27
----

Mo
1.0
2.5
1.5

Cu
-0.50
0.05

Co *
-0.12
0.05

Typical
700
420
42
39
50
110
200/215

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
80

3.2
70
110

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
300
12.6
450

4.0
350
14.4
300

5.0
350
13.5
186

2.5
300
12.0
762

Ta *
-0.30
0.05

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As-welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C
Hardness (HV)

Cr
13.0
17.0
16

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
2
13

www.metrode.com

Ni
10

Cr
5

Mo
0.2

DS D-11-NIMROD AKS | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
0.1

F
15

OES (mg/m3)
1

287

20.70.Nb
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding of nickel base alloys and dissimilar joints between nickel alloys, ferritic and austenitic
stainless steels.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.14M
ERNiCr-3
BS EN ISO 18274
S Ni 6082
UNS
N06082
APPROVALS
TV (TIG)
Also known generically as filler metal 82 (FM82)

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
min.
-2.5
-max.
0.05
3.5
0.50
Typical
0.02
3
0.1

S
-0.015
0.005

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 43

P
-0.020
0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C

Cr
18.0
22.0
20

Ni
67.0
bal
73

Nb
2.0
3.0
2.5

Cu
-0.50
0.01

0.9
-15kg spool
--

1.0
-15kg spool
--

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %)(TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
1
6
15

288

www.metrode.com

Fe
-3.0
1

Typical
640
360
40
> 100

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding
Current
Diameter (mm)
TIG
Argon*
DC2.4
MIG
Argon**
DC+ ***
1.2
SAW
NiCr flux
DC+
1.6
*
Also required as a purge for root runs.
**
Proprietary Ar/He mixtures also suitable.
***
Pulsed current may provide benefits with respect to operability and arc transfer characteristics.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
0.8
TIG
-MIG 15kg spool
SAW
--

Ti
-0.7
0.4

1.2
-15kg spool
--

1.6
2.5 kg tube
---

Ni
56

DS D-11-0.70.Nb | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
< 0.1

2.0
2.5 kg tube
---

Parameters
100A, 12V
180A, 26V
300A, 26V

2.4
2.5 kg tube
-25kg spool

Cu
< 0.5

3.2
2.5 kg tube
---

OES (mg/m3)
0.9

NiCr FLUX
SUB-ARC FLUX
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Sub-arc flux Agglomerated, fluoride basic flux of high basicity (Boniczewski B1~3).
The high basicity ensures low loss of critical alloying elements in the transfer from wire to weld deposit; the low silica content
ensures a low silicon content of the weld metal and reduces the risk of hot cracking.
NiCr flux can be used DC+, DC- and AC, although DC+ operation is preferred.
Flux:wire ratio is 1-2:1 depending on operating conditions; recycled flux should be limited to about 10% to avoid build-up of fines.
SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN ISO 14174

SA FB2

COMPOSITION (TYPICAL)
C
20.70.Nb wire
0.02
deposit
0.01

Mn
3
3

Si
0.1
0.2

S
0.005
0.006

P
0.01
0.006

Typical

Tensile strength (MPa)


0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d

640
360
40

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Current: DC +ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm)
amp-volt range
1.6
200-350A, 27-31V
2.4
250-450A, 28-32V

typical
300A, 28V
350A, 29V

Ni
bal
bal

Nb
2.5
2.3

Fe
1
1

Ti
0.4
0.08

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded

Cr
20
20.5

stickout
20-25mm
20-25mm

PACKAGING DATA
Metrode NiCr Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums.
Preferred storage conditions for opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18C.
If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 250-400C/1-3h.

www.metrode.com

DS D-11-NiCr FLUX | Rev. 01-03/16

289

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet D-12

NIMROD 132KS (ENiCrFe-1)


WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

MMA electrode with a special basic flux covering on a


matching core wire. The electrode is optimised for DC+
welding in all positions including fixed pipework in the
ASME 5G/6G positions.
Recovery about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with
respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS

AWS A5.11
BS EN 14172
DIN 1736

ENiCrFe-1
E Ni 6062
EL-NiCr15FeNb (2.4805)

ASME IX QUALIFICATION

QW432 F-No 43

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Inconel 600 (Special Metals)
Nicrofer 7216 (Krupp VDM)
Nicrofer 7216H (Krupp VDM)
Pyromet 600 (Carpenter)
RA600 (rolled Alloys)

Other alloys:
Alloy 330
Alloy 601 (to about 900C)

Nimonic 75 (Special Metals)

APPLICATIONS
Nimrod 132KS deposits an Inconel type weld metal similar in
composition to the 182 types (data sheet D-10) but with lower
manganese. The electrode is used mainly for welding alloy 600,
the nearest equivalent base material, with service applications
up to about 1000C. The lower Mn level is preferred by some
authorities, as Mn raises thermal expansion coefficient and high
levels may reduce oxidation resistance at the upper service
temperatures. Additions of both Mn and Nb are sufficient to
suppress hot cracking and provide good hot strength.
The good oxidation and excellent nitriding and carburisation
resistance of alloy 600 is exploited for heat treatment
equipment and annealing muffles. Resistance to dry chlorine up
to about 550C is important in plants for PVC synthesis, and
it has many applications in the chemical, petrochemical, food
processing and nuclear industries.

MICROSTRUCTURE
High alloy austenite with some carbides.
WELDING GUIDELINES
No preheat or PWHT required.

290

www.metrode.com

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


The 182 (data sheet D-10) and AB alloys (data sheet D-11) are
very similar; and the 20.70.Nb solid wire would be used in
conjunction with Nimrod 132KS.
CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
C
Mn
Si
S
P
Cr
Ni Mo
Min. 0.03 1.0
---- 14.0 62.0 0.25
Max. 0.08 3.5 0.75 0.015 0.030 17.0 Bal 0.50
0.3
Typical 0.05 3
0.4 0.01 0.01 16.5 70
Cu<0.50%.
Minimum Mo and Fe applies to DIN only.
Residual Co<0.12% and Ta<0.30% when requested.

Nb
1.5
3.5
2.6

Fe
6.0
11.0
6.5

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Alloy 600 and similar:


UNS N06600
BS NA14
DIN 2.4816 (NiCr15Fe)
AFNOR NC15Fe
ASTM A494 CY40 (cast)

PA/1G

As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) - 196C

Min.
550
360
30
27
---

Typical
645
390
38
35
38
100

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm)
min. A
max. A

2.5
60
80

3.2
70
110

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

2.5
300
12.0
909

3.2
300
12.9
474

4.0
350
15.0
300

5.0
350
15.0
198

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for
much longer than an 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200-250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
Maximum 350C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200C in holding oven
or 50-150C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions
for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18C.
FUME DATA
Fe
2

Mn
12

Ni
11

Cr
5

Fume composition, wt % typical:

DS D-12 | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
0.1

F
15

OES (mg/m3)
1

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet D-20

NICKEL BASE 625 CONSUMABLES


ALLOY TYPE
Consumables matching the nickel base 625 alloy with
typical composition of Ni-21%Cr-9%Mo-3.5%Nb.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
MATCHING ALLOY 625
ASTM / ASME
UNS N06625
A494 CW-6MC (cast)

DIN

BS

2.4856

NA21

WELDING GUIDELINES
No preheat required and maximum interpass of
250C. When welding superaustenitic alloys the
interpass temperature should be controlled to a
maximum of 100C.

Proprietary
Inconel 625 (Inco)
Nicrofer 6020hMo (VDM)
Nicrofer 6022hMo (VDM)

OTHER ALLOYS
High Nickel Alloys:

Superaustenitic alloys:
UNS S31254
254SMO (Avesta)
904L
Similar alloys

Cryogenic:

Dissimilar:

9%Ni steels

Combinations of above

APPLICATIONS
These consumables are designed to match the
composition and properties of alloy 625. Originally
developed to give high temperature strength and
structural stability, alloy 625 is also widely used for its
resistance to general corrosion, pitting, crevice and
stress corrosion cracking in severe chloride media.
These properties are conferred by high levels of
chromium, molybdenum and niobium, which also raise
strength to the highest amongst standard nickel-base
alloys. Useful properties from 269C to above 1000C
are achieved.
In addition to matching alloy 625, suitable for welding
heat resisting alloys including Inconel 601 (except
severe sulphidising conditions), Incoloy 800/800H
(preferred to Nimrod AKS above about 900C), or
combinations of these with other alloys for furnace
equipment, petrochemical and power generation
plants. Some other applications include:
Overmatching corrosion-resistant welds in alloy 825,
Hastelloys G and G3, alloy 28, 904L, 6%Mo superaustenitic stainless 254SMo, and also overlays on
pumps, valves and shafts, often in offshore and marine
environments where high pitting resistance (PRE = 50)
and tolerance to weld metal dilution are essential.
Welds in high strength ferrous alloys including
cryogenic 9% nickel steels and for reclamation of
dies where rapid work-hardening and toughness are
required.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


For welding superaustenitic stainless steels C276
(D-30), alloy 59 (D-31) and alloy C22 (D-32) are also
suitable.

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

Inconel 601 (Inco)


Incoloy 800H (Inco)
Incoloy 825 (Inco)
And equivalents

www.metrode.com

MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded condition this nickel base weld
metal consists of solid-solution strengthened
austenite with carbides.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG
SAW
FCW

DS D-20 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Nimrod 625
Nimrod 625KS
62-50
62-50
NiCr
Supercore 625P

Specification
AWS ENiCrMo-3
AWS ENiCrMo-3
AWS ERNiCrMo-3
AWS ERNiCrMo-3
BS EN SA FB2
AWS ENiCrMo3T1-1/4

291

NIMROD 625
DOWNHAND MMA ELECTRODE FOR SURFACING
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode designed to combine easy operation with the deposition of high quality weld metal and a finished bead of good
appearance. The electrode has a basic-rutile flux system and is made on a nickel core wire.
Nimrod 625 operates on AC or DC+ and is designed primarily for the downhand/flat or H-V positions.
Optimised for surfacing and overlays, for joining Nimrod 625KS is preferred.
Recovery is about 170% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.11M
BS EN ISO 14172

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 43

ENiCrMo-3
E Ni 6625

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
-0.5
--Max.
0.10
1.0
0.75
0.015
Typical
0.04
0.8
0.7
0.005

P
-0.020
0.008

Cr
20.0
23.0
21.5

Ni
55
-64

Nb
3.15
4.15
3.4

Fe
-2.5
< 1.5

Mo
8.0
10.0
9

Cu
-0.50
0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C
Hardness (HV) as welded

Min. *
Typical
760
800
420
480
30
34
27
32
-30
-> 28
-250
work-hardened
-450
* Cannot meet TS > 827MPa required by cold rolled ASTM N06625 Grade 1, but meets PS > 414MPa and properties of hot rolled
grades. Cast CW-6MC solution annealed 1175C + WQ requires TS > 485MPa. .

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V)


Diameter (mm)
3.2
min. A
90
max. A
155

4.0
130
210

5.0
160
260

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

4.0
350
13.5
156

5.0
350
16.8
93

3.2
300
13.8
243

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
1
4

292

www.metrode.com

Ni
9

Cr
6

Mo
1

DS D-20-NIMROD 625 | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
0.1

F
20

OES (mg/m3)
0.8

NIMROD 625KS
BASIC MMA PIPE-WELDING ELECTRODE FOR 625
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic flux system made on a 625 core wire. The electrode is designed to combine easy operation with the
deposition of high quality, radiographically sound weld metal and a finished bead of good appearance.
Nimrod 625KS is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including pipework qualified in the ASME 6G position.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.11M
ENiCrMo-3
QW432
F-No 43
EN ISO 14172
E Ni 6625
APPROVALS
TV
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
-0.5
--Max.
0.10
1.0
0.75
0.015
Typical
0.04
0.7
0.4
0.005

P
-0.020
0.005

Cr
20.0
23.0
22

Ni
55
-63

Nb
3.15
4.15
3.2

Fe
-2.5
< 1.5

Mo
8.0
10.0
9.3

Cu
-0.50
0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C
Hardness (HV) as welded

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm)
2.5
60
min. A
80
max. A
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
300
11.1
744

3.2
70
110

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

3.2
300
12.6
447

4.0
350
15.0
300

5.0
350
15.0
189

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

Min. *
Typical
+160C
760
800
725
420
500
440
30
40
33
27
38
31
-40
32
-60
--250
-work-hardened
-450
-* Cannot meet TS > 827MPa required by cold rolled ASTM N06625 Grade 1, but meets PS > 414MPa and properties of hot rolled
grades. Cast CW-6MC solution annealed 1175C + WQ requires TS > 485MPa. .

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
1
4
www.metrode.com

Ni
9

Cr
6

Mo
1

DS D-20-NIMROD 625KS | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
0.1

F
20

OES (mg/m3)
0.8
293

62-50
SOLID WIRE FOR TIG, MIG AND SAW
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.14M
EN ISO 18274
APPROVALS

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 43

ERNiCrMo-3
S Ni 6625
TV (TIG)

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
----Max. 0.05
0.50
0.50
0.015
Typical 0.015
0.02
0.05
0.004

P
-0.015
0.004

Cr
20.0
23.0
22

Mo
8.0
10.0
9

Nb
3.15
4.15
3.5

Cu
-0.50
0.05

Al
-0.40
0.2

Ti
-0.40
0.2

Fe
-1.0
0.2

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C

TIG
SAW + NiCr
TIG +165C
745
695
710
470
430
440
42
50
42
40
47
40
100
--80
100
-205/225
235/255
-Hardness cap/mid (HV)
-250
Cannot meet TS > 827MPa required by cold rolled ASTM N06625 Grade 1, but meets PS > 414MPa and properties of hot rolled grades.
Cast CW-6MC solution annealed 1175C + WQ requires TS > 485MPa.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding
TIG*
Argon
MIG
Argon or ArHe
SAW
NiCr flux
*
Also required as a purge for root runs.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG
SAW

0.8
-15kg spool
--

1.0
-To order
--

Current
DCPulsed
DC+

1.2
-15kg spool
--

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %)(TIG & SAW fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
1
1
17

294

Ni
60.0
bal
65

www.metrode.com

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2
1.6

1.6
2.5 kg tube
-25kg spool

Ni
50

DS D-20-N62-50 | Rev. 01-03/16

2.0
2.5 kg tube
---

Mo
9

Parameters
100A, 12V
130A, 29V (mean)
300A, 26V

2.4
2.5 kg tube
-25kg spool

Cu
< 0.5

3.2
2.5 kg tube
---

OES (mg/m3)
1

SUPERCORE 625P
RUTILE ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wire made with a nickel alloy sheath and rutile flux system.
Supercore 625P is designed for all-positional welding and combines easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld
bead appearance.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.34M
EN ISO 12153
APPROVALS

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 43

ENiCrMo3T1-1/4
T Ni 6625 P M/C 2
LRS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
----Max. 0.10
0.50
0.50
0.015
Typical 0.02
0.3
0.2
0.005

P
-0.02
0.005

Ni
58.0
-66

Mo
8.0
10.0
8.5

Nb
3.15
4.15
3.4

Min.
690
420
25
22
-------

Cu
-0.50
0.02

Ti
-0.40
0.2

Fe
-5.0
1.0

Typical
770
480
46
42
42
95
80
1.00
0.50
230/230

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
-196C
Lateral expansion (mm) -196C
CTOD (mm) -170C
Hardness cap/mid (HV)

Cr
20.0
23.0
21

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx. 2-3V higher:
Diameter (mm)
amp-volt range
typical
stickout
1.2 (downhand)
150 250A, 25 32V
180A, 29V
15 20mm
1.2 (positional)
150 180A, 25 28V
160A, 26V
15 20mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg.
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
1
2

www.metrode.com

Ni
10

Cr3
5

Cr6
5

DS D-20-SUPERCORE 625P | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
0.1

F
5

OES (mg/m3)
1.0

295

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet D-30

CORROSION RESISTANT ALLOY C276


ALLOY TYPE
Alloy C276 is a Ni-15%Cr-16%Mo-4%W-5%Fe nickel
base alloy.

MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded condition the weld metal consists
of austenite with some carbides.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
wrought
ASTM/UNS UNS N10276

DIN

2.4819 (NiMo16Cr15W)

cast
A494 CW-12MW
A743/A744 CW-12M
2.4883 (G-NiMo16Cr)

Proprietary Hastelloy Alloy C-276 (Haynes International


alloys:
Inc)

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

Inco Alloy C-276 (Special Metals)


Nicrofer 5716hMoW (VDM)

296

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS

APPLICATIONS
The weld deposit composition matches parent alloy
C276 with Ni-15%Cr-16%Mo-4%W-5%Fe. Carbon and
silicon are controlled as close as possible to the very
low levels of the wrought alloy to minimise carbide
and intermetallic phase precipitates which can reduce
as-welded corrosion resistance. Cast versions of the
alloy typically have higher carbon and silicon (like the
original wrought Hastelloy alloy C, now obsolete), but
repair welds are usually solution treated for optimum
corrosion resistance.
Alloy C276 has high resistance to corrosion in a wide
range of acids and salts under oxidising and especially
reducing conditions. These include hydrochloric and
hydrofluoric acids, hypochlorites, chlorides and wet
chlorine gas, sulphuric, phosphoric and many organic
acids. Exceptional resistance to crevice corrosion
and pitting in seawater and chloride-induced stresscorrosion cracking (superior to alloy 625). High
temperature stability is limited by intermetallic phase
formation.
In addition to fabrication welds in alloy C276, these
consumables have good tolerance to dilution by
most ferrous and high nickel alloys, and are suitable
for surfacing and dissimilar welds which exploit
the corrosion resistance, strength and toughness.
Excellent properties to below -196C allow its use for
welding 5-9%Ni cryogenic installations.
Applications include pumps, valves, pipework and
vessels for use in aggressive environments in
chemical process plants; also in equipment for flue gas
desulphurisation and critical equipment in offshore oil
and gas production.
www.metrode.com

WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat is not required, interpass temperature
should preferably be kept below 100C and heat
input restricted to 1.5kJ/mm.

Alloy 59 (D-31) and alloy C22 (D-32) are also NiCrMo


alloys but with higher Cr for improved corrosion
resistance.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG
SAW

DS D-30 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Nimrod C276KS
HAS C276
HAS C276
NiCr flux

Specification
AWS ENiCrMo-4
AWS ERNiCrMo-4
AWS ERNiCrMo-4
BS EN SA FB2

NIMROD C276KS
ALL-POSITIONAL PIPE WELDING MMA ELECTRODE FOR ALLOY C276
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with special basic flux coating on matching nickel-chromium-molybdenum core wire to provide clean and homogenous weld metal. Nimrod C276KS has exceptional operability, optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework
qualified in the ASME 6G (inclined overhead) position.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.11M
BS EN ISO 14172

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 43

ENiCrMo-4
E Ni 6276

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
min.
----max. 0.02
1.0
0.2
0.015
Typical 0.02
0.3
0.20
0.01

P
-0.02
0.01

Cr
14.5
16.5
15.0

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm)
min. A
max. A
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

Mo
15.0
17.0
16.0

W
3.0
4.5
4.0

Min.
700
400
25
25
----

2.5
60
80

Fe
4.0
7.0
5.0

V
-0.35
0.1

Cu
-0.50
0.05

Co
-2.5
0.05

Typical
780
520
30
28
65
55
240

3.2
75
110

2.5
300
13.5
789

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Impact ISO-V(J) -50C
-196C
Hardness* (HV)
* Work hardens to about 450HV.

Ni
50.0
-58.0

4.0
100
155

3.2
300
13.5
435

4.0
350
15.0
294

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
1
4

www.metrode.com

Ni
10

Cr
5

Mo
5

DS D-30-NIMROD C276KS | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
0.2

F
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

297

HAS C276
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG/MIG/SAW
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.14M
BS EN ISO 18274
UNS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
min.
----max. 0.02
1.0
0.08
0.015
Typical 0.005
0.5
0.05
0.005

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 43

ERNiCrMo-4
S Ni 6276
N10276

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)

P
-0.020
0.01

Cr
14.5
16.5
16

Mo
15.0
17.0
16

Min.
700
400
-30
--

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
TIG
Argon*
MIG
Argon or Ar-He
SAW
Nicr Flux

W
3.0
4.5
3.5

Fe
4.0
7.0
6

V
-0.3
0.2

Cu
-0.50
0.05

TIG
740
500
46
43
50

Current
DCPulsed

Co
-2.50
0.50

SAW
710
470
38
36
48

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2

Parameters
100A, 12V
160A, 28V (mean)

* Also required as a purge for root runs.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
0.9
TIG
-MIG 12.5kg spool
SAW

1.0
-15kg spool

1.2
-15kg spool (to order)
--

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG & SAW fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
14
3
10

298

Ni
bal
-58

www.metrode.com

1.6
2.5kg tube
---

Ni
28

DS D-30-HAS C276 | Rev. 01-03/16

2.0
To order
---

Mo
11

2.4
2.5kg tube
-25kg coil

Cu
1

3.2
2.5kg tube
---

OES (mg/m3)
1.8

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet D-31

CORROSION RESISTANT ALLOY 59


ALLOY TYPE
Ni-23%Cr-16%Mo alloy commonly known as alloy 59.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ALLOY 59 AND SIMILAR:
ASTM/UNS
N06059

DIN
2.4605 (NiCr23Mo16Al)

Proprietary

Nicrofer 5923hMo (Krupp VDM).


Inconel Alloy 686 (Special Metals) +W.
Hastelloy Alloy C-2000 (Haynes International Inc) +Cu.

ALLOY C22 AND SIMILAR:


ASTM/UNS

Applications of alloy 59 in aggressively


corrosive media include scrubbers for flue gas
desulphurisation (FGD), digesters and papermaking
equipment, chemical process plants, corrosion
resistant overlays and in severe offshore and
petrochemical environments.

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

N06022
A494 Grade CX2MW (cast)

Some authorities do not allow or have


discontinued use of 625 type consumables for
such applications, where deleterious Nb-rich
precipitates may form in diluted or partially mixed
regions around the fusion boundary. Alloy C276 is
possibly a more economic alternative depending
on the required properties in this situation.

MICROSTRUCTURE
Solid-solution strengthened high nickel austenite,
with some microsegregation typical of asdeposited weld metal.

DIN
2.4602 (NiCr21Mo14W)
2.4811, 2.4836 (NiCr20Mo15)
2.4697 (G-NiCr20Mo15) (cast)

Proprietary
Hastelloy Alloy C-22 (Haynes International Inc)
Nicrofer 5621hMoW (Krupp VDM)

WELDING GUIDELINES
No preheat required, heat input <1kJ/mm and
interpass temperature 100C maximum are
desirable to minimise precipitates which may
reduce corrosion resistance and ductility of the
weld metal.

SUPERAUSTENITICS INCLUDING:
ASTM/UNS
S32654, S31254, S34565

Proprietary
654SMO (Avesta Polarit)
Uranus B66 (Usinor Industeel)

Also dissimilar joints between any combination of the


above and dissimilar joints between them and superduplex
stainless steels.
APPLICATIONS
The weld deposit composition of 59%Ni-23%Cr16%Mo is designed to match the nickel base corrosion
resistant alloy commonly known as alloy 59. The
high level of Mo is similar to alloys C276 and C4 but
performance in a wide range of more oxidising media is
significantly enhanced by increasing Cr to 23% in alloy
59. Total alloying exceeds the level typically present in
alloy C22; it is therefore considered suitable for welding
this group of alloys.
Alloy 59 consumables also provide strong, tough Nbfree weld metal for dissimilar welds in superaustenitic
and superduplex stainless steels or combinations of
these with nickel base alloys.
www.metrode.com

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


The alloy C22 is related and covers many of the
same applications and base materials.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG

DS D-31 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Nimrod 59KS
HAS 59

Specification
AWS ENiCrMo-13
AWS ERNiCrMo-13

299

NIMROD 59KS
BASIC ALL-POSITIONAL PIPE-WELDING MMA ELECTRODE FOR ALLOY 59
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with special basic flux covering on high purity NiCrMo core wire to give clean homogenous weld metal.
Very low levels of C and Si minimise the occurrence of deleterious precipitates in the as-welded condition. The special flux
coating provides exceptional operability, optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G
positions. The electrode is equally suitable for general fabrication welds.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.11M
BS EN ISO 14172

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 43

ENiCrMo-13
E Ni 6059

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
min.
-max.
0.02
Typical
0.01

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

(WELD METAL WT %)
Mn
Si
S
---1.0
0.2
0.010
0.5
0.15
0.006

P
-0.015
0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) -50C

Cr
22.0
24.0
23

Ni
57.0
bal
60

Min.
690
350
30
25
---

Mo
15.0
16.5
15.5

Fe
-1.5
1

Cu
-0.50
0.01

Typical
750
520
32
30
30
50

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm)
min. A
max. A

2.5
60
80

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
300
10.5
714

3.2
300
13.5
480

4.0
350
15.0
297

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
1
4

300

www.metrode.com

Ni
10

Cr
5

Mo
6

DS D-31-NIMROD 59KS | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
0.2

F
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

HAS 59
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG AND MIG

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.14M
BS EN ISO 18274

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 43

ERNiCrMo-13
SNi6059

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
Min.
---Max. 0.010
0.5
0.10
Typical 0.003
0.2
0.03

S
-0.005
0.003

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
Hardness HV

Ni
56.0
Bal
60

Mo
15.0
16.5
15.6

Fe
-1.5
0.4

Co
-0.3
0.1

Al
0.1
0.4
0.3

1.6
To order
--

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
1
1
17

Ni
50

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2

2.0
2.5 kg tube
--

DS D-31-HAS 59 | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
11

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

Current
DCPulsed

1.2
-15 kg spool

www.metrode.com

1.0
-15 kg spool

Cr
22.0
24.0
23

TIG
730
510
34
32
140
240

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
TIG
Argon*
MIG
Argon or Ar-He
* Also required as a purge for root runs.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG

P
-0.015
0.003

Parameters
100A, 12V
160A, 28V (mean)

2.4
2.5 kg tube
--

Cu
<0.5

3.2
2.5 kg tube
--

OES (mg/m3)
1

301

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet D-32

CORROSION RESISTANT ALLOY C22


ALLOY TYPE
Nickel base 22%Cr-13.5%Mo-3%W, alloy C22.

MICROSTRUCTURE
Solid solution strengthened high nickel austenite,
with some microsegregation typical of asdeposited weld metal.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
MATCHING ALLOY C22:
ASTM
A494 CX2MW (cast)
UNS N06022

WELDING GUIDELINES

DIN
2.4602 (NiCr21Mo14W)
2.4811, 2.4836 (NiCr20Mo15)
2.4697 (G-NiCr20Mo15) (cast)

Preheat not normally required, interpass


temperature restricted to 100C and heat inputs
below 1kJ/mm are desirable.

Proprietary

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

Hastelloy Alloy C-22 (Haynes International Inc)


Nicrofer 5621hMoW (VDM)
Inconel 622 (Special Metals)

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS

OTHER ALLOYS:
Alloy C4

Alloy 59 is similar but with slightly higher Cr and


Mo for similar or more severe applications see
data sheet D-31.

ASTM UNS N06455


DIN 2.4610 (NiMo16Cr16Ti)
Hastelloy Alloy C-4 (Haynes International Inc)

Superaustenitics
UNS S31254, S31266, S32654, S34565.
N08367, N08925, N08926.
1.4529, 1.4565, 1.4575, 1.4652.
254SMO and 654SMO (Outokumpu).
Uranus B66 (Usinor Industeel).

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

APPLICATIONS
The weld deposit composition of Ni-22Cr-13.5Mo-3W
is designed to match the nickel base alloy commonly
known as alloy C22. The high level of molybdenum is
similar to alloys C276 and C4 but performance in a wide
range of more oxidising media is significantly enhanced
in alloy C22 by increasing chromium to 22%.

Process
MMA
TIG/MIG

Alloy C22 also provides a tough Nb-free weld metal for


dissimilar welds in superaustenitic and superduplex
stainless steels or combinations of these with nickel
base alloys. Some authorities do not allow or have
discontinued using alloy 625 consumables for such
applications, where deleterious Nb-rich precipitates
may form in diluted or partially mixed regions around
the fusion boundary.
Applications of alloy C22 in aggressively corrosive
media include scrubbers for flue gas desulphurisation
(FGD), digesters and papermaking equipment, chemical
process plants, corrosion resistant overlays and in severe
offshore and petrochemical environments.
302

www.metrode.com

DS D-32 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Nimrod C22KS
HAS C22

Specification
AWS ENiCrMo-10
AWS ERNiCrMo-10

NIMROD C22KS
ALL-POSITIONAL MMA ELECTRODE FOR ALLOY C22
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic flux covered electrode with exceptional operability optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework
qualified in the ASME 5G/6G positions. It is equally suitable for general fabrication welds.
Special basic flux covering on matching high purity nickel alloy core wire to give clean and homogenous weld metal. Very low
levels of carbon and silicon minimise the occurrence of deleterious precipitates in the as-welded condition.
Recovery is approx 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.11M
BS EN ISO 14172

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 43

ENiCrMo-10
E Ni 6022

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
min.
-----max. 0.02
1.0
0.2
0.015
0.02
Typical 0.01
0.5
0.15
0.008 0.008

Cr
20.0
22.5
21

Mo
12.5
14.5
14

W
2.5
3.5
3

Min.
690
350
25
22
----

V
-0.35
0.05

Co
-2.5
0.05

Cu
-0.50
0.05

Fe
2.0
6.0
4

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C
Hardness, cap/mid (HV)

Ni
49.0
-58

Typical
760
510
36
35
33
45
245/275

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm)
min. A
max. A

2.5
60
80

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
300
13.5
780

3.2
300
13.5
486

4.0
350
15.6
306

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for much longer than an 8h working shift.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 200C in holding oven, or 50 150C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): <60%RH, >18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
1
4

www.metrode.com

Ni
10

Cr
5

Mo
6

DS D-32-NIMROD C22KS | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
0.2

F
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

303

HAS C22
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG AND MIG
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.14M
BS EN ISO 18274

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 43

ERNiCrMo-10
S Ni 6022

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
----Max. 0.01
0.50
0.08
0.010
Typical 0.003
0.2
0.03
0.002

P
-0.02
0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C
Hardness (HV)

1.0
-To order

1.2
-To order

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
14
1
17

304

www.metrode.com

Ni
49.0
-56

Mo
12.5
14.5
13.5

W
2.5
3.5
3

V
-0.3
0.15

Co
-2.5
1.5

Cu
-0.50
0.1

Fe
2.0
6.0
4

TIG
740
500
44
42
130
220

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
TIG
Argon*
MIG
Argon or Ar-He
* Also required as a purge for root runs.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG

Cr
20.0
22.5
21

Current
DCPulsed

1.6
2.5 kg tube
--

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2

2.0
2.5 kg tube
--

Ni
30

DS D-32-HAS C22 | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
10

Parameters
100A, 12V
160A, 28V (mean)

2.4
2.5 kg tube
--

Cu
<0.5

3.2
2.5 kg tube
--

OES (mg/m3)
1.7

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet D-33

9% NICKEL STEEL CONSUMABLES


ALLOY TYPE
NiCrMo-6 type nickel base consumables for welding
9% Nickel steels.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded condition the weld metal
consists of high alloy nickel base solid-solution
strengthened austenite with some carbides.

9% NICKEL STEELS, INCLUDING:


ASTM
UNS
A353 / A353M
A553 / A553M Type I
A553 / A553M Type II

K81340
K71340

WELDING GUIDELINES
No preheat required and maximum interpass of
250C.

BS
1501 510 and 510N, 1502 and 1503 509-690

DIN
1.5662 X8Ni9 (wrought) and G-X8Ni9 (cast)

5% AND 3.5% NICKEL STEELS, INCLUDING:


ASTM
UNS

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


For welding 9% Ni steels of LNG storage tanks,
Metrode also manufactures an all positional 625
type flux cored wire, Supercore 625P. Please refer
to data sheet D-20 for details.

K41583

DIN
1.5680 X12Ni (12Ni19)
1.5637 10Ni14 (3.5%Ni), 1.5637 12Ni14 (3.5%Ni)

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

A645
A352 LC4 (cast)
A333 Grade 3
A202 Grade E

For other consumables for welding 9% Ni steels,


625 (D-20) and C276 (D-30) can also be considered.

APPLICATIONS
Metrode Supercore 620P all-positional flux cored wire is
specifically designed for welding 9% Ni steels used in the
fabrication of cryogenic containment plant demanding good
properties down to -196C. The typical application is the
welding of 9% Ni steels for LNG storage tanks.
Supercore 620P deposits a controlled carbon and solid
solution strengthened alloy with high strength and
toughness in the as-welded condition. To satisfy procedural
and property requirements in aimed applications, Supercore
620P meets the following criteria:
- All-positional operation, including full-automated 3G butt
weld of 9%Ni steels for LNG storage tanks.
- Good welding operability with 80%Ar-20%CO2 mix gas; For
less demanding welding positions, useful performance can
also be achieved with 100% CO2 shield.
- Operates on power source polarity of DC+.
- High deposition efficiency.
- Proof stress of weld metal exceeds 400MPa (typically
>420MPa) with UTS above 700MPa.
- Nickel-base alloy weld metal with excellent impact toughness
at -196C independent from procedure.
- Similar thermal expansion coefficient to 9% Ni steels.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
FCW

Product
Nyloid 2*
Nyloid 4*
Supercore 620P

Specification
AWS ENiCrMo-6
AWS ENiCrMo-6
(AWS ENiCrMo6T1-4)

* : Lincoln group products which have been widely


used in the construction of 9% Ni LNG storage
tanks (project reference list available).
For reference, please refer to Lincoln Electric
Europe Welding Consumable Product Catalogue..

Supercore 620P can also be used for welding 5% Ni and 3.5%


Ni steels with satisfactory weld metal mechanical properties
including excellent cryogenic impact toughness.
This wire is equally suitable for welding other low alloy
and hardenable steels, including applications where PWHT
is required, and for dissimilar welds between these and
austenitic steels or high nickel alloys.
www.metrode.com

DS D-33 | Rev. 01-03/16

305

SUPERCORE 620P
RUTILE ALL-POSITIONAL FLUX CORED WIRE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wire made with a nickel alloy sheath and rutile flux system.
Supercore 620P is specifically designed for all-positional welding of 9% Ni steels.
It combines easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.34M

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 43

--

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
-2.0
--Max. 0.08
4.0
1.0
0.015
Typical 0.04
3.0
0.4
0.008

P
-0.02
0.008

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
+ 20C
Impact ISO-V(J) -100C
-196C
Lateral expansion (mm) -196C
Hardness cap/mid (HV)

Cr
12.0
17.0
16.0

Ni
58.0
-66

Mo
5.0
8.0
6.0

Nb
0.5
2.0
1.5

Min.
690
430
25
----47
0.38
--

W
1.0
2.0
1.5

Fe
-10.0
4.0

Cu
-0.50
0.05

Typical
710
450
40
38
40
90
80
75
>1.20
190/200

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx. 2-3V higher:
Diameter (mm)
amp-volt range
typical
stickout
1.2 (downhand)
150 250A, 25 32V
180A, 29V
15 20mm
1.2 (positional)
150 180A, 25 28V
160A, 26V
15 20mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg.
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
2
13

306

www.metrode.com

Ni
10

Cr3
5

Cr6
5

DS D-33-SUPERCORE 620P | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<0.5

F
5

OES (mg/m3)
1.0

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet D-40

HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOY 617


ALLOY TYPE
Nickel base alloy of nominally Ni-24%Cr-12%Co-9%Mo
designed for high temperature service.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
MATCHING ALLOY 617:
ASTM
UNS NO6617

DIN
2.4663 (NiCr23Co12Mo)

Proprietary

Inconel alloy 617 (Special Metals)


Nicrofer 5520Co (Krupp VDM)

OTHER ALLOYS:
Alloys 800H and 800HT

Alloy 601 & other oxidation resistant alloys


ASTM UNS N06601
DIN 2.4851
Inconel alloy 601 (Special Metals)
Nicrofer 6023 (Krupp VDM)
ASTM UNS N06333
RA333 (Rolled Alloys)

High Carbon Austenitic Alloy

Cast HK40, HP40Nb, etc


Also dissimilar welds between above.

Nimrod 617KS is primarily intended for high temperature


applications up to about 1100C. It provides good
microstructural stability, high creep strength and excellent
resistance to oxidation and carburisation. In a variety of
aqueous media, the alloy also has useful resistance to
general corrosion, pitting and stress-corrosion cracking.
The electrode is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions
including fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G/6G
positions.
In addition to welding the parent alloy 617, some authorities
specify it in preference to other nickel-base filler metals
for welding alloys 800H and 800HT for service above
760C. It is also suitable for the heat-resistant alloy 601
(usually above 900C) and dissimilar welds including high
carbon heat resistant cast alloys and any combination of
those mentioned.
Applications include combustion, pyrolysis, heat treatment
and furnace components, flare tips, ducting and gas turbine
parts.

MICROSTRUCTURE
High nickel alloy austenite with carbides.
WELDING GUIDELINES
Normally no preheat required, interpass
temperature generally limited to 150C maximum.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG

www.metrode.com

DS D-40 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Nimrod 617KS
61-70

Specification
AWS ENiCrCoMo-1
AWS ERNiCrCoMo-1

307

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

ASTM UNS N08810, N08811


BS NA15H
DIN 1.4876 (X10NiCrAlTi 32 20)
Incoloy 800H and 800HT (Special Metals)
Nicrofer 3220H (Krupp VDM)

APPLICATIONS

NIMROD 617KS
617 MMA ELECTRODE FOR HIGH TEMPER ATURE APPLICATIONS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Special basic flux on matching nickel alloy core wire. The chromium range of the weld metal is higher than the parent material to
maintain oxidation resistance at a lower aluminium level.
The electrode is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G/6G positions.
Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.11M
BS EN ISO 14172

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 43

ENiCrCoMo-1
E Ni 6117

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
min. 0.05
0.3
---max. 0.15
2.5
0.75
0.015 0.020
Typical 0.07
1.0
0.4
0.003 <0.01

Cr
21.0
26.0
24

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
Hardness, cap/mid (HV)
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE
Diameter (mm)
min. A
max. A
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

Ni
45.0
bal
52

Co
9.0
15.0
12

Mo
8.0
10.0
9

Nb
-1.0
<0.5

Min.
700
400
25
25
----

Cu
-0.50
0.05

Fe
-5.0
1

Al
-1.5
0.15

Ti
-0.6
0.2

Typical
760
520
43
40
40
70
230/245

2.5
60
80

3.2
75
110

4.0
100
155

2.5
300
12.0
738

3.2
300
15.0
459

4.0
350
15.0
273

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
Ni
1
4
9

308

www.metrode.com

Co
2.5

Cr6
6

Mo
1

DS D-40-NIMROD 617KS | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
0.2

F
20

OES (mg/m3)
0.8

61-70
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG AND MIG
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wires for TIG and MIG welding alloy 617.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.14M
BS EN ISO 18274

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 43

ERNiCrCoMo-1
S Ni 6617

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min. 0.05
---Max. 0.15
1.0
0.5
0.015
Typical 0.08
0.1
0.1
0.002

P
-0.020
<0.01

Ni
44.0
bal
55

Min.
700
400
25
30
---

Co
10.0
15.0
12

Mo
8.0
10.0
9

Cu
-0.5
<0.2

Fe
-3.0
0.5

TIG typical
750
500
43
41
230
200/225

0.8
-15kg spool

1.0
-15kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
1
1
17

www.metrode.com

1.2
-15kg spool

Ni
45

DS D-40-61-70 | Rev. 01-03/16

1.6
2.5 kg tube
--

Mo
9

Ti
-0.60
0.3

MIG typical
710
450
42
40
>100

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
Current
Diameter (mm)
TIG
Argon*
DC2.4
MIG
Argon **
DC+ ***
1.2
*
Also required as a purge for root runs.
**
Proprietary Ar/He mixtures also suitable.
***
Pulsed current may provide benefits with respect to operability and arc transfer characteristics.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG

Al
0.80
1.50
1

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
Hardness cap/mid (HV)

Cr
20.0
24.0
22

Parameters
100A, 12V
220A, 30V

2.4
2.5 kg tube
--

Co
11

OES (mg/m3)
0.9

309

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet D-41

ALLOY 690
ALLOY TYPE
Ni-30%Cr-10%Fe alloy commonly known as alloy 690.

MICROSTRUCTURE
High alloy nickel base austenite.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM
B163, B166-8

WELDING GUIDELINES

DIN

Preheat and PWHT is not generally required.

2.4642 (NiCr29Fe)

UNS
N06690

Proprietary

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

Inconel 690 (Special Metals)


Nicrofer 6030 (Krupp VDM)

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


There are no directly related alloys.

APPLICATIONS
The consumables are designed to match alloy 690, which
is finding increasing use in place of alloy 600 for high
temperature corrosion applications, especially in the
nuclear industry. The high chromium content provides
good elevated temperature corrosion resistance in
oxidising and sulphidising atmospheres.
In addition to joining matching base materials, the
consumables can also be used for surfacing applications
on CMn and low alloy steels.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG

Applications include nuclear engineering; sulphuric, nitric


and hydrofluoric acid processing equipment

310

www.metrode.com

DS D-41 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Nimrod 690KS
ER690

Specification
AWS ENiCrFe-7
AWS ERNiCrFe-7

NIMROD 690KS
BASIC ALL-POSITIONAL PIPE-WELDING MMA ELECTRODE FOR ALLOY 690
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Nickel base MMA electrode designed for welding matching base materials, and for surfacing CMn and low alloy steels.
Special basic flux coating on a nickel alloy core wire optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including pipework in the ASME
5G/6G positions.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.11M
BS EN ISO 14172

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 43

ENiCrFe-7
E Ni 6152

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
min.
-3.0
---max. 0.045
5.0
0.65 0.008 0.02
Typical 0.04
3.6
0.3
0.005 0.007

Cr
28.0
31.5
29

Ni
50.0
bal
55

Nb
1.2
2.2
1.6

Fe
8.0
12.0
8.5

Mo
-0.5
0.1

Ti
-0.5
0.05

Al
-0.5
0.05

Cu
-0.5
0.05

Co
-0.10
0.02

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Tensile strength (MPa)


0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO, KCV (J) - 50C
Impact energy, KCU (J/cm) + 20C

Typical
660
430
40
38
45
>50
--

RT
661
414
42
38
60
-84

PWHT 610C/40h
+360C
532
325
45
42
46
---

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm)
min. A
max. A

2.5
60
80

3.2
70
110

4.0
100
155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
300
11.7
672

3.2
300
12.9
408

4.0
350
15.0
294

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

As welded
Min.
552
360
30
27
----

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
2
13

www.metrode.com

Ni
10

Cr
8

Cu
0.2

DS D-41-NIMROD 690KS | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
0.1

F
16

OES (mg/m3)
0.6

311

ER690
SOLID WIRE FOR TIG WELDING OF ALLOY 690
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wires for TIG.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.14M
BS EN ISO 18274

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 43

ERNiCrFe-7
S Ni6052

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
----Max. 0.04
1.0
0.50
0.015
Typical 0.03
0.7
0.2
0.005

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO, KCV (J) - 50C
Impact energy, KCU (J/cm) + 20C

P
-0.020
0.010

Nb
-0.10
0.03

Fe
7.0
11.0
8.5

Mo
-0.50
0.05

Ti
-1.0
0.6

As welded
typical, +360C
520
320
40
-50
---

Current
DC-

Al
-1.10
0.6

Cu
-0.30
0.05

Al+Ti
-1.5
1.2

PWHT 610C/40h
typical
-----145
130

Diameter (mm)
2.4

0.9
0.7 or 5kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
10
3
20

www.metrode.com

Ni
54.0
-60

As welded
typical, RT
720
430
43
40
60
200
160

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
TIG
Argon*
*
Also required as a purge for root runs.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG

312

Cr
28.0
31.5
29

Parameters
100A, 12V

2.4
2.5kg tube

Ni
50

DS D-41-ER690 | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
<1

Cu
<1

OES (mg/m3)
0.9

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet D-50

PURE NICKEL CONSUMABLES


ALLOY TYPE
Low carbon pure nickel weld metal with titanium
de-oxidation.

MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded condition the microstructure
consists of almost pure nickel austenite. It is
strongly ferromagnetic at room temperature.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM-ASME
UNS N02200
UNS N02201

BS

WELDING GUIDELINES

NA11
NA12

Pure nickel weld metals are sluggish and can lead


to irregular weld beads which may require interrun dressing.

DIN

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

2.4066
2.4068
2.4061

Proprietary alloys

Nickel 200 and 201 (Special Metals)


Nickel 99.6 and 99.2 (VDM)

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG

APPLICATIONS

Product
Nimrod 200Ti
Nickel 2Ti

Specification
AWS ENi-1
AWS ERNi-1

These consumables give low carbon pure nickel


with the addition of titanium for refinement and deoxidation. They are used for joining pure nickel to
itself, for buffer layers, and for cladding joint faces and
flanges. The solid wire is also useful for welding cast
iron to give soft low strength deposit.
Applications include tanks and vessels, process
pipework and heat exchangers, in chemical plant for salt
production, chlorination and evaporation of caustic soda.
Also used for handling corrosive alkalis and halides.

www.metrode.com

DS D-50 | Rev. 01-03/16

313

NIMROD 200Ti
ALL-POSITIONAL PURE NICKEL MMA ELECTRODE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with special carbonate-fluoride-rutile flux system on matching core wire.
Smaller diameters offer excellent all-positional operability.
Recovery is about 100% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.11M
BS EN ISO 14172

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 41

ENi-1
E Ni 2061

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
min.
----max.
0.10
0.7
1.2
0.015
Typical
0.04
0.5
0.6
0.005

P
-0.02
0.005

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) -30C
Hardness (HV)

Ni
92.0
bal
97

Ti
1.0
4.0
1.5

Al
-1.0
0.1

Fe
-0.7
0.3

Min.
410
200
20
18
----

Cu
-0.2
0.1

Nb
-0.5
<0.1

Typical
450
295
22
20
40
160
160

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm)
min. A
max. A

2.5
60
80

3.2
70
110

4.0
90
145

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
300
12.3
720

3.2
350
13.5
414

4.0
350
14.4
300

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
<1
1

314

www.metrode.com

Ni
10

Cu
0.2

DS D-50-NIMROD 200Ti | Rev. 01-03/16

F
10

OES (mg/m3)
5

NICKEL 2Ti
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG AND MIG
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.14M
ERNi-1
BS EN ISO 18274
S Ni 2061
UNS
N02061
Also known generically as filler metal 61 (FM61)
CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)
C
Mn
Si
S
Min.
----Max.
0.15
1.0
0.7
0.015
Typical
<0.02
0.4
<0.3
0.005

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 41

P
-0.020
0.005

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
TIG
Argon*
MIG
Argon or Ar-He
* Ar + 1-5%H2 also suitable.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG

1.2
-15kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
2
2
<0.1

www.metrode.com

Ti
2.0
3.5
3

Al
-1.5
0.1

Cu
-0.2
<0.02

Min.
410
200
-25
---

Current
DCPulsed

1.6
2.5 kg tube
--

Ni
68

DS D-50-NICKEL 2Ti | Rev. 01-03/16

Fe
-1.0
0.1

TIG
585
335
35
31
65
155/185

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2

Parameters
100A, 12V
150A, 29V (mean)

2.0
2.5 kg tube
--

Mo
0.1

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Hardness, cap/mid (HV)

Ni
93.0
bal
96

2.4
2.5 kg tube
--

Cu
<0.5

OES (mg/m3)
0.7

315

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet D-60

NICKEL-COPPER ALLOY 400


ALLOY TYPE
Nickel-copper alloy based on alloy 400 with raised
levels of manganese and titanium to suppress hot
cracking and porosity.

MICROSTRUCTURE
Solid solution, single phase alloy, slightly
ferromagnetic near room temperature.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM-ASME
UNS N04400
UNS N04405
UNS N05500
A494 M-35-1 (cast)
A494 M-35-2 (cast)

BS
NA13
NA1 (cast)

DIN
2.4360
2.4361
2.4365 (cast)

Proprietary

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

Monel alloy 400, R405, K500 (Special Metals)


Nicorros (VDM)

APPLICATIONS
Nimrod 190 deposits 65%Ni-30%Cu weld metal based
on Monel alloy 400 with raised levels of manganese
and titanium to suppress hot cracking and porosity. It
is optimised to give the highest as-welded ductility and
strength attainable in weld metal of this type.
For welding alloy 400 and similar parent material to
itself and to others in the Ni-Cu alloy system, such as
pure nickel and cupronickel. Welds in alloy K500 are
satisfactory, but cannot match the strength of this
precipitation-hardened alloy. Castings of alloy 400
with up to about 1.5%Si are welded with Nimrod 190,
but higher silicon grades such as BS3071 NA2 and ASTM
A743 M35-2 are virtually unweldable because of HAZ
cracking.

WELDING GUIDELINES
No preheat required, maximum interpass
temperature 150C and no PWHT required.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Alloy 400 parent material is noted for its
good resistance to both hydrofluoric acid and
hydrogen fluoride vapour. However, weld metal
compositions within standard specification
limits have inferior resistance to these media.
A fully optimised composition for this specific
application is not currently available. Contact
Metrode for guidance.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG/SAW

For dissimilar joints between alloy 400 and other alloys


or steels, sensitivity to dilution by Fe (20-30%) or Cr (36%) can lead to low ductility (or bend-test fissuring)
in weld metal close to the fusion boundary. Direct
welds to mild or low alloy steels are satisfactory with
dilution control, although ENiCrFe-X (ERNiCr-3 wire)
is preferable and necessary for stainless and higher
chromium alloys (see data sheets D-10 and D-11).
Alternatively, the steel or alloy can be buttered with
pure nickel (see data sheet D-50) and this procedure is
also useful when surfacing with alloy 400 consumables.
Alloy 400 has a useful combination of strength, thermal
conductivity and resistance to corrosion by seawater,
inorganic salts, sulphuric and hydrofluoric acids,
hydrogen fluoride and alkalis. Applications include
heat exchangers, piping, vessels and evaporators in the
offshore, marine, chemical, petrochemical and power
engineering industries.
316

www.metrode.com

DS D-60 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Nimrod 190
65NiCu

Specification
AWS ENiCu-7
AWS ERNiCu-7

NIMROD 190
NICKEL-COPPER MMA ELECTRODE FOR MONEL ALLOY 400
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Special basic carbonate-fluoride-rutile flux system on matching 400 core wire to give low levels of residuals.
Deoxidation system designed to ensure sound deposits.
The raised levels of manganese and titanium help suppress hot cracking and porosity.
Analysis is optimised to give the highest as-welded ductility and strength attainable in weld metal of this type.
The smaller electrode sizes are particularly suitable for fixed pipework welds demanding qualification in the ASME 6G position.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.11M
BS EN ISO 14172

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 42

ENiCu-7
E Ni 4060

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

PE/4G

P
-0.02
0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) -30C
Hardness (HV)

Ni
62.0
69.0
63

Cu
27.0
34.0
30

Ti
-1.0
0.9

Min.
480
200
30
27
----

Fe
0.5
2.5
1

Al
-0.5
0.03

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si *
S
min.
-1.0
--max.
0.15
4.0
1.5
0.015
Typical
0.08
3.5
1.2
0.005
* DIN maximum 1.0% Si

Typical
520
320
40
35
40
110
160-180

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
80

3.2
70
110

4.0
90
145

5.0
120
190

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.5
417

4.0
350
15.0
294

5.0
350
15.0
189

2.5
300
12.6
612

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
1
7

www.metrode.com

Ni
4

Cu
16

DS D-60-NIMROD 190 | Rev. 01-03/16

F
8

OES (mg/m3)
1.2

317

65NiCu
SOLID WIRES FOR TIG, MIG & SAW TO MATCH MONEL ALLOYS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.14M
ERNiCu-7
BS EN ISO 18274
S Ni 4060
Also known generically as filler metal 60 (FM60)

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
C
Min.
-Max.
0.15
Typical
0.03

(WIRE WT %)
Mn
Si
3.0
-4.0
1.2
3.2
0.2

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 42

S
-0.015
0.005

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Impact ISO-V(J) -30C

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
TIG
Argon*
MIG
Argon or Ar-He
SAW
NiCu
* Ar + 1-5%H2 also suitable.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG
SAW

www.metrode.com

Ni
62.0
69.0
64

Cu
28.0
32.0
29

Ti
1.5
3.0
2.2

Min.
460
200
-25
--

Current
DCPulsed
DC+

1.2
-15kg spool
--

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
2
2
<0.1

318

P
-0.020
0.005

Parameters
100A, 12V
150A, 29V (mean)
300A, 28V

1.6
2.5 kg tube
---

DS D-60-65NiCu | Rev. 01-03/16

Al
-1.2
0.1

TIG
525
280
41
38
120

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2
2.4

Ni
68

Fe
-2.5
<1

2.4
2.5 kg tube
-25kg reel

Mo
0.1

Cu
<0.5

OES (mg/m3)
0.7

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet D-70

CUPRONICKEL ALLOYS
ALLOY TYPE

MICROSTRUCTURE

70/30 and 90/10 copper-nickel alloys.

Solid solution, single phase alloy.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM/UNS
DIN
BS

90/10

C71500
C96400 (cast)
2.0882
2.0883
CN106
CN107
CN108
CA715

C70600
C96200 (cast)
2.0872

Kunifer 30 (IMI)
Cunifer 30
(Krupp VDM)

Kunifer 10 (IMI)
Cunifer 10
(Krupp VDM)

CN102

WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheating not normally required, maximum
interpass temperature 150C and no PWHT.
Contamination of the weld zone with foreign
material, particularly any source of lead, tin or zinc
(eg. Gun metals) must be scrupulously avoided to
prevent weld metal cracking.

CA706

The Cupromet N30 and 70CuNi can be used for welding the 70/30 and 90/10 base materials; the 90CuNi is
only suitable for the 90/10 alloys.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

CDA
Proprietary

70/30

No closely related alloys but the alloy 400 (D-60) or


pure nickel (D-50) consumables may be required as
a buffer layer for cladding applications.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

APPLICATIONS
These consumables deposit a copper-nickel weld
metal; the MMA electrode and 70CuNi solid wire are
both nominally 67%Cu and 30%Ni, whereas the 90CuNi
solid wire is nominally 86%Cu and 10.5%Ni. The 70/30
consumables are suitable for welding 70/30, 80/20 and
90/10 base materials. The 70/30 consumables match
the 70/30 base materials for strength and colour and
overmatch the 90/10 alloys for strength.

Process
MMA
TIG/MIG
TIG

Product
Cupromet N30
70CuNi
90CuNi

Specification
AWS ECuNi
AWS ERCuNi
BS C16

The consumables are suitable for surfacing and


cladding provided the need for an appropriate
buttering layer is addressed, normally either alloy 400
(D-60) or pure nickel (D-50).
Applications
include
offshore
construction,
desalination plant, evaporators, condensers etc, in salt
and sea water processing systems.

www.metrode.com

DS D-70 | Rev. 01-03/16

319

CUPROMET N30
ALL-POSITIONAL MMA ELECTRODE FOR CUPRONICKEL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode made on matching 70/30 core wire with a special basic flux system giving very low residuals (S, P, Pb, Sn, Zn etc) and
hence maximum crack resistance. Suitable for all-positional welding.
Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.6M

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 34

ECuNi

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

PE/4G

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


Cu
Mn
Si
min.
bal
1.00
-max.
-2.50
0.50
Typical
67
1.8
0.2

S
-0.015
0.005

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C
Hardness, mid (HV)

P
-0.020
0.010

Ni
29.0
33.0
30

Fe
0.40
0.75
0.6

Min.
350
-20
-----

Ti
-0.50
0.15

Pb
-0.02
0.002

Typical
400
260
38
36
60
120
130

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
300
15.0
450

4.0
350
15.0
297

5.0
350
15.0
198

2.5
300
12.6
684

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
<1
2

320

www.metrode.com

Ni
3

Cu
16

DS D-70-CUPROMET N30 | Rev. 01-03/16

F
15

OES (mg/m3)
1.2

70CuNi
SOLID 70/30 CUPRONICKEL WIRES FOR TIG AND MIG
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.7M
ERCuNi
BS EN ISO 24373
S Cu 7158 / CuNi30Mn1FeTi
Also known generically as filler metal 67 (FM67)

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 34

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


Min.
Max.
Typical

Mn
0.5
1.0
0.8

Si
-0.25
0.01

S
-0.01
0.005

P
-0.02
0.003

Cu
bal
-67

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 5d
Hardness (HV)

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG

1.2
-15kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
<1
5
<0.1

www.metrode.com

Fe
0.40
0.7
0.5

Ti
0.20
0.50
0.3

Pb
-0.02
0.001

C
-0.04
0.03

TIG
365
200
40
105

Current
DCPulsed

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2

Parameters
100A, 12V
160A, 28V

1.6
2.5kg tube
--

2.0
2.5kg tube
--

2.4
2.5kg tube
--

Ni
22

DS D-70-70CuNi | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
<0.1

Cu
72

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
TIG
Argon or Ar + 1-5%H2
MIG
Argon or Ar-He

Ni
29.0
32.0
31

OES (mg/m3)
0.3

321

90CuNi
SOLID 90/10 CUPRONICKEL WIRE FOR TIG
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG welding
SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN ISO 24373

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 34

S Cu 7061 / CuNi10

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
Mn
min.
0.5
max.
1.5
Typical
0.8

(WIRE WT %)
Si
S
--0.2
0.02
0.02
0.001

P
-0.02
0.002

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 5d
Hardness cap/mid (HV)

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
TIG
Argon or Ar + 1-5%H2

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG

1.6
2.5kg tube

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
2
5
<0.1

322

www.metrode.com

Cu
bal
-86

Ni
9.0
11.0
10.5

Fe
0.5
2.0
1.2

Ti
0.1
0.5
0.3

Pb
-0.02
0.001

C
-0.05
0.01

TIG
365
200
40
105

Current
DC-

Diameter (mm)
2.4

Parameters
100A, 12V

2.0
2.5kg tube

2.4
2.5kg tube

3.2
2.5kg tube

Ni
8

DS D-70-90CuNi | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
<0.1

Cu
80

OES (mg/m3)
0.3

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet D-80

NICKEL-MOLYBDENUM ALLOY B2
ALLOY TYPE
Ni-28%Mo consumables to match alloy B2.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
wrought
B333, B335, B619, B626
UNS N10001 (alloy B)
UNS N10665 (alloy B2)
2.4617

UNS N10629, DIN 2.4600, Nimofer 6629 (VDM), alloy B-4.


APPLICATIONS
These consumables deposit nickel-molybdenum
weld metal with very low carbon and silicon levels
appropriate for alloy B-2, although it is equally
suitable for the original alloy B, now obsolete in
wrought form. In addition, specially controlled levels
of iron and chromium ensure good as-welded ductility
in multipass deposits.
These modifications bring the composition close
to the more recent alloys B-3 and B-4 which have
better microstructural stability and weldability than
alloy B-2. There are no electrode specifications for
these alloys at present, and these consumables are
therefore offered as an acceptable candidate within
current specification limits. These alloys are designed
to resist hydrochloric acid at all concentrations and
temperatures up to boiling point under non-oxidising
conditions. They are also resistant to hydrogen
chloride gas, sulphuric and acetic acids under certain
conditions. The newer alloys B-3 and B-4 with
additional Fe and Cr have improved SCC resistance
in chloride media. Contamination of acid media with
oxidising ferric or cupric salts must be avoided. Alloys
with much higher chromium (C-4 or C-276 etc.) are
superior under oxidising conditions.

WELDING GUIDELINES
No preheat and maximum interpass of 150C for
wrought alloys.
For castings of low ductility a preheat-interpass of
up to 200-300C may be required on sections above
15mm. In this case a post-weld solution treatment
must be applied to restore satisfactory weld area
properties.

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

cast
A494: N-7M
A743: N-12M
A744: N-12M
DIN
2.4685, 2.4882
BS
3146: ANC 15
Proprietary Hastelloy alloy B-2 (Haynes) NB (Paralloy)
Nimofer 6928 (VDM)
Langalloy B (Meighs)
AR5 (LaBour/Darwins)
Similar alloys:
UNS N10675, Hastelloy Alloy B-3 (Haynes).

ASTM/UNS

MICROSTRUCTURE
Solid solution alloy, high nickel austenite with some
microsegregation typical of as-deposited weld
metal (homogenised by solution treatment around
1150C and rapidly cooled for casting repairs).

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Alloy B-2 was introduced to suppress the
formation of carbides and silicon-rich intermetallic
phases which occur in the original alloy B during
processing and welding. However, experience
has revealed that elimination of Fe promoted
sensitivity to another intermetallic, beta phase
Ni4Mo. This can be limited significantly by
controlled Fe (and Cr) additions within the B-2
specification, and this modification is extended
in the new alloys B-3 (1.5%Fe, 1.5%Cr) and B-4
(3%Fe, 1.3%Cr). Intermetallics reduce ductility and
corrosion resistance.
If PWHT is required to restore maximum corrosion
resistance of casting repairs, castings should be
solution treated at about 1150C followed by a
rapid cool.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA

Product
Nimax B2L

Specification
AWS ENiMo-7

Applications include pumps, valves and process


equipment operating in aggressive environments in
chemical plant.
www.metrode.com

DS D-80 | Rev. 01-03/16

323

NIMAX B2L
HIGH MOLYBDENUM NICKEL BASE MMA ELECTRODE TO MATCH ALLOY B-2
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode made on pure nickel core wire with a special basic flux coating to give low levels of impurities.
Sizes above 3.2mm are not suitable for positional welding.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.11M
BS EN ISO 14172

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 4 4

ENiMo-7
E Ni 1066

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
min.
----max. 0.02
1.75
0.2
0.015
Typical 0.018
1.3
0.1
0.005

P
-0.02
0.01

Cr
0.3
1.0
0.7

Ni
64.5
bal
68

Mo
26
30
28

W
-1.0
0.1

Cu
-0.50
0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Min.
Tensile strength (MPa)
760
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
400
4d
25
Elongation (%)
5d
22
Reduction of area (%)
-Hardness (HV)
-ASTM A494 castings require elongation >6% (N-12MV) or >20% (N-7M) after solution treatment.

Fe
1.0
2.0
1.5

Co
-1.0
0.04

V
-0.4
0.1

Typical
775
525
31
30
25
260

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm)
min. A
max. A

2.5
70
115

3.2
90
155

4.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
300
12.6
447

3.2
350
15.0
300

4.0
350
14.1
183

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe
Mn
1
2

324

www.metrode.com

Ni
10

Cr
0.2

Mo
15

DS D-80-NIMAX B2L | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
0.2

F
16

OES (mg/m3)
5

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet D-87

EPRI P87
MICROSTRUCTURE
High alloy austenite.
ALLOY TYPE
EPRI P87 is a Ni-Fe weld metal covered by U.S.Patent
7,562,807 Weld Filler For Welding Dissimilar Alloy Steels
and Method Using Same, July 21, 2009.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Designed for dissimilar joints between austenitic stainless steels (eg. 304H) and creep resisting CrMo (eg. P91).
Suitable for as-welded, PWHT or N+T joints in CrMo
steels.

EPRI P87 consumables are designed for welding high


temperature creep resisting CrMo steels, including
P91. The consumables can be used for dissimilar
applications between CrMo creep resisting steels and
austenitic stainless steels. The EPRI P87 consumables
are also suitable for joining CrMo steels to themselves.
The EPRI P87 weld metal is also proposed for N+T
joints in P91. The weld metal will allow joints to be
buttered in the workshop and then subjected to a full
N+T heat treatment; joints on the buttered faces can
then be completed in the field without the need for
PWHT.

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

APPLICATIONS

WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat and PWHT requirements will be
determined by the base material being welded. For
example P91 is normally preheated to 200C and
PWHT at 760C for 2 hours (or time appropriate to
material thickness). Alternatively if P91 is subjected
to a full N+T the heat treatment would typically be
1060C/1 hour + 760C/2 hours.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
The alloy is balanced to provide excellent resistance
to carbide formation at the fusion boundary.
The thermal expansion coefficient is also closer to
the base material than with standard nickel base
weld metals.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG

Product
EPRI P87
EPRI P87

Specification
---

The all-weld metal strength at ambient temperature


may not meet that of P91 but transverse tests
have shown strengths above the P91 base material
requirement, and elevated temperature strength
exceeds the minimum base material requirement.

www.metrode.com

DS D-87 | Rev. 01-03/16

325

EPRI P87
BASIC MMA ELECTRODE FOR HIGH TEMPER ATURE APPLICATIONS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a special basic flux covering on a nickel-iron alloy core wire.
The electrode is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G positions.
Recovery about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No --

SPECIFICATIONS
No current national standards but covered by U.S Patent 7,562,807.
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Typical
0.1
1.5

PE/4G

Si
0.3

S
0.008

P
0.008

Cr
9

Ni
Bal

Mo
2

Nb
1

Fe
38

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Ambient
as-welded
575
375
28
30
80

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

Typical values
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
Reduction of area (%)
Impact ISO (J) +20C

Hot strength 593C


as-welded
530
340
21
24
--

N+T
440
225
25
33
--

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm)
min. A
max. A

2.5
60
80

3.2
70
110

4.0
90
150

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
300
12.6
684

3.2
350
15.0
420

4.0
350
14.7
264

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for much longer than an 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200-250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200C in holding oven or 50-150C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe
Mn
9
5

326

www.metrode.com

Ni
6

Cr
2.5

DS D-87-EPRI P87E | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<0.5

F
12

OES (mg/m3)
2

EPRI P87
SOLID WIRE FOR TIG AND MIG
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding.

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No --

SPECIFICATIONS
No current national standards but covered by U.S Patent 7,562,807.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
Typical
0.1
1.5
0.3
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Typical values as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
Impact ISO (J)

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG

Cr
9

Ni
Bal

Mo
2

Nb
1

Fe
38

560
360
32
150

Current
DC-

0.9
-12.5kg spool

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Ni
9
5
6

www.metrode.com

P
0.008

Diameter (mm)
2.4

Parameters
100A, 12V

2.4
2.5kg tube
--

Cr
2.5

DS D-87-EPRI P87 | Rev. 01-03/16

NICKEL BASE ALLOYS

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
TIG
Argon

S
0.008

3.2
2.5kg tube
--

Cu
<0.5

F
12

OES (mg/m3)
2

327

Section E : REPAIR & MAINTENANCE

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

GENERAL INTRODUCTION
This section includes a diverse range of consumables for many repair and maintenance applications, including cast iron, dissimilar
welding and hardfacing. There is also a selection of non-ferrous solid wires for copper base alloys. The final selection of products
covers mild steel TIG wires and some specialist mild steel electrodes.

CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING CAST IRONS


The welding of cast irons has been notoriously called a 'black-art'. Individual castings of equivalent types can vary in response to
welding, and so do the details of procedure considered critical by experienced practitioners. Most castings are produced to net shape,
so welding is usually for repair and maintenance rather than fabrication. Structural load-bearing use is typically compressive, not
critically tensile.
The two commonest types of cast iron have around 3%C and 2%Si. Flake graphite grey iron varies in quality and impurity content,
with relatively low strength and ductility. Spheroidal graphite (SG), nodular or ductile iron is treated with magnesium, has fewer
impurities, superior mechanical properties, and more reliable weldability.

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

Electrodes based on pure nickel and nickel-iron alloys are most widely used. Electrode flux coverings are of basic type plus graphite
to give a weld deposit deoxidised and saturated with carbon. This mimics some of the characteristics of cast iron but is nonhardenable and easily machined. Recommended welding techniques are given on relevant data sheets.
Another group, high alloy austenitic irons (Ni-Resist types) are also produced in flake and SG grades. Electrodes of the NiFe type are
used because matching weld metal is too hard. Preheat of 300-350C is required for the flake graphite grades, but for the SG grades
buttering at low temperatures is preferred to avoid HAZ hot cracking.
Martensitic cast iron (Ni-Hard types) and the various white irons are generally considered too crack-sensitive or brittle to be welded
satisfactorily.

DataSheet

Alloy

E-10

Ni Cast Iron

E-11

NiFe Cast Iron

Process
MMA
TIG/MIG
MMA
MIG

328

www.metrode.com

Product
CI Soft Flow Ni
Nickel 2Ti
CI Special Cast NiFe
CI Met NiFe
55NiFe

DS E-01 | Rev. 01-03/16

AWS Classifications
ENi-CI
ERNi-1
ENiFe-CI
ENiFe-CI
-

EN / EN ISO Classifications
E C Ni-CI 1
S Ni 20 6 1
E C NiFe-CI 1
E C NiFe-CI 1
S C NiFe-1

DISSIMILAR WELDING CONSUMABLES


Transition welds between dissimilar materials are often necessary, requiring weld metal compatible with dilution by these materials
to provide satisfactory service properties. Weld metal dissimilar to the base material may also enable a safer or simplified welding
procedure to be used, such as in armour welding. Dissimilar weld metal is almost always applied when buttering, cladding or
surfacing. The metallurgy of dissimilar metal welds is a large and complex subject, considering the variety of possible combinations
of industrial alloys and service conditions as a whole.
The popular stainless types in this section are restricted to service at near ambient temperatures between most ferrous materials,
from mild steel up to stainless steels, but excluding high nickel and non-ferrous alloys. Note that 309L and 309Mo types in Section B
(data sheets B-50 and B-51) are also relevant to these applications.
Compositions do not match any commercial steels, but are designed to resist cracking and remain ductile and tough when diluted by
base materials as indicated on the data sheets. The Schaeffler diagram is useful to assess the risk of dilution cracking, except for 307
types which have high manganese rather than increasing ferrite content to prevent hot cracking. Generally, if dilution gives fully
austenitic weld metal this increases the risk of hot cracking, whilst the presence of martensite reduces bend ductility and increases
the risk of cold cracking. Low dilution buttering procedures can help in difficult cases.
Little or no preheat is required to avoid HAZ cold cracking in hardenable 'difficult to weld' steels because almost no hydrogen diffuses
from austenitic weld metal into the HAZ. The limited toughness of hardened untempered HAZ and fusion zones in high carbon alloy
steels should be considered in relation to impact or shock loads, although increasing preheat helps to moderate peak HAZ hardness
and promote some tempering.
Post-weld-heat-treatment (PWHT) is deliberately avoided unless a tempered HAZ is essential to reduce hardness. Depending on
material combination, PWHT can reduce weld ductility and promote fusion zone carbide embrittlement, with overall stress-relief
limited by dissimilar thermal expansions. Nickel-base weld metal minimises these limitations, and should also be used when high
temperature or cryogenic service is involved (see data sheets D-10 and D-11).

DataSheet

Alloy
Armour
plate

E-21

307

FCW
MMA
MIG

E-22

312

Product
Armet 1
Supercore 20.9.3
Supercore 20.9.3P
Metmax 307R
19.9.6Mn
19.9.6Mn

AWS Classifications
E308Mo-16
E308MoT0-1/4
E308MoT1-1/4
E307-26
(E307-16)
(ER307)

EN / EN ISO Classifications
E 20 10 3 R
T 20 10 3 R C/M 3
T 20 10 3 P C/M 2
E 18 9 Mn Mo R
(E18 8 Mn R)
18 8 Mn

MMA

29.9 Super R

(E312-17)

E 29 9 R

TIG/SAW

312S94

ER312

29 9

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

E-20

Process
MMA

COPPER AND COPPER ALLOY WIRES


The non-ferrous alloys in the following section are primarily used for joining equivalent base materials, although many are also used
for surfacing. There are no MMA electrodes in this section; the gas shielded solid wire TIG/MIG processes are preferred for high
integrity work. Note the cupronickel consumables are in section D, details can be found on data sheet D-70.

DataSheet
E-30
E-31
E-33
E-36
E-37

www.metrode.com

Alloy
Copper
Copper Silicon
Bronze
Al Bronze
Ni Al Bronze

Process
TIG/MIG
TIG
TIG
TIG/MIG
TIG/MIG

Product
100Cu
97CuSi
92CuSn
90CuAl
80CuNiAl

AWS Classifications
ERCu
ERCuSi-A
(ERCuSn-C)
ERCuAl-A2
ERCuNiAl

DS E-01 | Rev. 01-03/16

EN / EN ISO Classifications
S Cu 1898/CuSn1
S Cu 6560/CuSiMn 1
S Cu 5210/CuSn8P
S Cu 6180/CuAl10Fe
S Cu 6328/CuAl9Ni5Fe3Mn2

329

CONSUMABLES FOR SURFACING AND HARDFACING


Hardfacing is just one aspect of surfacing in general. In principle, almost any electrode with the desired properties can be chosen to
modify the working surface of a base metal for improved service life or performance.
Electrodes in this section are types recognised for their value to combat many forms of destructive wear found in different working
environments. Flexibility of electrode design allows overlay compositions unique to this process, or similar to base materials for tool
and component repairs.
The most suitable type for a given application can lead to conflicting choices. Often this is based (perhaps with good reason) on
previous experience, or even the simple judgement of 'harder is better'. This is rarely strictly true because actual performance usually
involves a combination of factors. These include response of the particular weld composition and microstructure to size and density
of abrasive (when present), impact, corrosion, friction and heat. Weld metal cracking, the need for buffer layers and alloy cost are also
relevant. Brief details are given to help assess some of these questions.
Martensitic types offer the lowest cost-hardness ratio. These transformable steels air-harden roughly in proportion to carbon and
alloy level. Higher alloys include high speed and hot-work tool steels which may be heat treated if used for tool repairs. If critical,
cracking in martensitic types is easily controlled with preheat. Lower hardness types are used for extensive build-up or intermediate
layers.
Chromium carbide types resist extreme grinding abrasion, increasing with volume and type of carbides in the high alloy matrix. With
almost no ductility or response to heat treatment, build-up is limited by stress cracking, although this may not be detrimental to
service performance.
Cobalt base types are costly but excel at high temperatures in combination with aggressive wear or corrosion. Increasing preheat with
hardness and weld thickness is needed for the alloy order 6, 12 and 1, to control stress cracking but none for the more ductile alloy 8,
which also resists thermal shock and work-hardens strongly.
'Hadfield' non-stainless austenitic 13%Mn steels, show unique resistance to gouging and impact or coarse particle abrasion. Others
such as type 307 (data sheet E-21) could be classed as work-hardening types for ambient temperatures.

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

Buffer or build-up layers are usually intermediate in alloying between base and capping layers. Hardness of a martensitic type will be
reduced if deposited on a stainless buffer (data sheets B-50, B-51, E-20, E-21 and E-22), but would be ideal beneath chromium carbide
and work-hardening types (and generally optional for cobalt base).

DataSheet

Alloy

Process

E-45

MMA

E-50

350

MMA
FCW

E-51

650

E-53

Tool steel

E-55

850/950

MMA
FCW
MMA
MMA
FCW

E-58
E-60
E-65
E-66

330

www.metrode.com

1050
13%Mn
Cobalt
Cobalt

MMA
MMA
MMA
MMA

Product
Nimrod C
Nimax C
Methard 350
Hardcore 350
Methard 650
Methard 650R
Hardcore 650
Methard 750TS
Methard 850
Methard 950
Hardcore 850
Hardcore 950
Methard 1050
Workhard 13Mn
Cobstel 6
Cobstel 8

DS E-01 | Rev. 01-03/16

AWS Classifications
(ENiCrMo-5)
(ENiCrMo-5)
EFe5-B
EFeMn-B
ECoCr-A
ECoCr-E

EN / EN ISO Classifications
ENi2
ENi2
(EFe1)
TFe1
(EFe2)
(EFe2)
TFe2
EFe4
EFe14
EFe14
TFe15
TFe15
EFe16
EFe9
(ECo2)
ECo1

SPECIALIST RANGE OF MILD STEEL CONSUMABLES


The mild steel TIG wires and flux cored wire are used for general purpose mild steel fabrication, the other consumables in this section
have specialised applications. Ultramild is an E6018 type depositing soft and ductile low hydrogen weld metal mainly for buffer layers.
Nilsil is a modified E6013 type giving very low silicon weld metal for welding galvanising baths.

DataSheet

Alloy

Process
TIG

E-70

Mild steel

E-71
E-72

FCW
Low strength mild steel MMA
Low silicon
MMA

Product

AWS Classifications

ER70S-2
ER70S-3
ER70S-6
Metcore DWA50
Ultramild
Nilsil

ER70S-2
ER70S-3
ER70S-6
E71T-1
E6018
-

EN / EN ISO
Classifications
A15
(A17)
A18
T 422 PM1
-

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

www.metrode.com

DS E-01 | Rev. 01-03/16

331

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet E-10

PURE NICKEL FOR CAST IRON


WELDING GUIDELINES
Welding is often carried out without preheat but
heavy multipass deposits or highly restrained joints
may require preheat up to 150C.

ALLOY TYPE
Pure nickel type for welding cast iron.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM
BS

A159, A319, A126, A48


1452 Grey iron

APPLICATIONS
Pure nickel consumables are used for welding and repair
of standard grades of grey cast irons and malleable
cast irons to give low strength deposits which can be
readily machined even in thin layers. The resistance
to hardening of diluted weld metal can be useful for
buttering prior to filling with more economic NiFe
consumables (data sheet E-11).

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

They are also suitable for joining these cast irons to


steels, monels, copper etc where high strength is not
required.
Typical components are general engineering castings,
including machine bases, engine blocks, gear housings
etc operating under low stresses.

MICROSTRUCTURE
MMA electrode deposits austenitic nickel with finely
distributed graphite; the solid wire deposits almost
pure nickel refined with Ti.

Prior to welding surfaces should be prepared by


careful gouging and/or grinding using limited
amounts of heat to avoid propagating cracks. The
area to be welded should be cleaned as far as
practicable from sand, oil, grease, paint or rust.
Preheating can help to remove impregnated oil on
used castings which are being repaired.
If welding is carried out without preheat it is
desirable to minimise the width of the HAZ by using
a low heat input and low interpass temperature. A
skip welding technique can be beneficial in helping
to achieve this.
For thicker section welds and highly restrained welds
preheat up to150C may be necessary. Light peening
to reduce contraction stresses can also be beneficial
but care should be taken not to exhaust the ductility
of the weld metal.
Buttering the joint faces, or sides of the repair
cavity, prior to filling can also be desirable whether a
preheat is used or not.
On completion of welding the workpiece should be
allowed to cool slowly, using insulation if necessary.
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
The NiFe alloy (data sheet E-11) is also used for welding
cast iron and covers many similar applications.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
TIG/MIG

332

www.metrode.com

DS E-10 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
CI Soft Flow Ni
Nickel 2Ti

Specification
AWS ENi-CI
AWS ERNi-1

CI SOFT FLOW Ni
PURE NICKEL MMA ELECTRODE FOR CAST IRON
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with special basic-graphite flux (no barium compounds) on pure nickel core wire. Good refining action provides
maximum resistance to cracking and freedom from porosity. Sound welds can be produced even with oil impregnated and
contaminated surfaces. The stable arc characteristics also provide uniform low penetration and minimum dilution. The smallest
diameters can be used in all positions including vertical down.
Recovery is about 95% with respect to core wire, 70% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.15M
BS EN 1071

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 1

ENi-CI
E C Ni-CI 1

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PG/3Gd

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
min.
---max.
2.0
2.5
2.0
Typical
0.5
2
0.1

PE/4G

S
-0.03
0.01

P
-0.03
0.01

Ni
92
bal
96

Fe
-5.0
2

Al
-1.0
0.1

Typical
275
190
5-10
140-160

Mechanical properties will depend upon amount of dilution, and variations in welding procedure and run sequence.
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)
Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
80

3.2
70
110

4.0
90
150

5.0*
120
190

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
Length (mm)
300
350
kg/carton
13.5
13.5
Pieces/carton
804
393
* 5.0mm diameter made to order, minimum order quantity.

4.0
400
19.5
358

5.0*
450
19.2
241

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%)
Hardness (HV)

Cu
-2.5
0.1

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 100 150C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 150 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
0.5
1
www.metrode.com

Ni
10

Cu
<0.5

F
12

DS E-10-CI SOFT FLOW Ni | Rev. 01-03/16

Ba
<0.5

OES (mg/m3)
5
333

NICKEL 2Ti
SOLID PURE NICKEL WIRE FOR CAST IRON
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding. This is the same wire that is used for alloy 200 pure nickel base materials (data sheet D-50) but
it is also useful for welding cast irons as a match for the CI Soft Flow Ni electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.14M
BS EN ISO 18274

ERNi-1
Ni 2061

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
Min.
---Max.
0.15
1.0
0.7
Typical
<0.02
0.4
<0.3

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 41

Also known generically


as filler metal 61 (FM61)

S
-0.015
0.005

P
-0.03
0.005

Ni
92.0
bal
96

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Hardness cap/mid (HV)

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding
TIG
Argon
MIG
Ar or Ar-He

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG

1.2
-15kg spool

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Cr3
2
2
<0.1

334

www.metrode.com

Ti
2.0
3.5
3

Al
-1.5
0.1

Cu
-0.25
<0.02

Fe
-1.0
0.1

TIG
585
335
35
31
65
155/185

Current
DCPulsed

1.6
2.5 kg tube
-

Ni
68

DS E-10-NICKEL 2Ti | Rev. 01-03/16

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2

Parameters
100A, 12V
150A, 29V (mean)

2.0
2.5 kg tube
-

Mo
0.1

2.4
2.5 kg tube
-

Cu
<0.5

OES (mg/m3)
0.7

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet E-11

NICKEL-IRON FOR CAST IRON


ALLOY TYPE
Nominally Fe-55% Ni alloy for the repair and
joining of cast iron.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
A602, A47, A338, A220
ASTM
2789 SG irons
BS
6681 Ductile irons

WELDING GUIDELINES
Welding is often carried out without preheat but
heavy multipass deposits or highly restrained joints
may require preheat 150-250C.
Prior to welding surfaces should be prepared by
careful gouging and/or grinding using limited
amounts of heat to avoid propagating cracks. The
area to be welded should be cleaned as far as
practicable from sand, oil, grease, paint or rust.
Preheating can help to remove impregnated oil on
used castings which are being repaired.
If welding is carried out without preheat it is
desirable to minimise the width of the HAZ by using
a low heat input and low interpass temperature. A
skip welding technique can be beneficial in helping
to achieve this.
www.metrode.com

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
The NiFe weld metals produce higher strength than
the pure nickel cast iron types and are therefore
preferable for dissimilar joints, nodular irons
and higher strength cast irons. The NiFe types
are also less sensitive to hot cracking caused by
pick-up of impurities such as phosphorus which
are often present in castings. The low matrix
contraction coefficient of NiFe is also enhanced in
the higher carbon electrode deposits by expansion
accompanying graphite precipitation and results in
lower stresses in heavy repairs; the possibility of cold
cracking is therefore reduced.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


The pure nickel types (data sheet E-10) are also
used for welding cast iron.

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

APPLICATIONS
The NiFe alloy is suitable for welding all grades of cast
iron but particularly for spheroidal graphite (SG), nodular
or ductile irons and some alloy cast irons. It provides
compatible strength, ductility and toughness, coupled
with good machinability.
The NiFe consumables can also be used on some of the
high alloy austenitic irons (Ni-Resist). The flake graphite
grades are welded with a preheat of 300-350C but the
SG grades are best buttered using low heat input, and
low temperature techniques to avoid HAZ hot cracking.
Note the martensitic Ni-Hard cast irons and white irons
are generally considered to be unweldable because they
are too crack-sensitive.
The NiFe consumables are also suitable for welding
transition joints between cast iron and cast steels, and
cast iron and mild/low alloy steels.
Typical components are machine bases, pump bodies,
engine blocks, gears and transmission housings.

For thicker section welds and highly restrained welds


preheat in the range 150-250C may be necessary.
Light peening to reduce contraction stresses can
also be beneficial but care should be taken not to
exhaust the ductility of the weld metal.
Buttering the joint faces, or sides of the repair
cavity, prior to filling can also be desirable whether a
preheat is used or not.
On completion of welding the workpiece should be
allowed to cool slowly, using insulation if necessary.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
MIG

DS E-11 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
CI Special Cast NiFe
CI-Met NiFe
55NiFe

Specification
AWS ENiFe-CI
AWS ENiFe-CI
BS NA47

335

CI SPECIAL CAST NiFe


NIFE MMA ELECTRODE FOR MOST GR ADES OF CAST IRON
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with special basic-graphite flux (no barium compounds) on a 55%Ni alloy core wire. Good refining action provides
maximum resistance to cracking and freedom from porosity.
Recovery is about 95% with respect to core wire, 70% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.15M
BS EN 1071

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No

ENiFe-CI
E C NiFe-CI 1

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
min.
---max.
2.0
2.5
2.0
Typical
0.5
1.5
0.5

S
-0.03
0.010

P
-0.03
0.005

Fe
bal
bal
42

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%)
Hardness (HV)

Ni
45.0
60.0
55

Al
-1.0
<0.1

Cu
-2.5
<0.1

Typical
400
230
10-12
170-200

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
80

3.2
70
110

4.0
90
150

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.2
510

4.0
400
15.0
297

2.5
300
13.5
618

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 100 150C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 150 C, 3 cycles, 10h total
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
3.5
1

336

www.metrode.com

Ni
2

Cr
<0.2

Cu
<0.5

DS E-11-CI SPECIAL CAST NiFe | Rev. 01-03/16

F
12

Ba
<0.5

OES (mg/m3)
5

CI-MET NiFe
NIFE MMA ELECTRODE ON BI-METALLIC CORE WIRE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with special basic-graphite flux (no barium compounds) on bi-metallic Fe clad Ni core wire. Good refining action
provides maximum resistance to cracking and freedom from porosity. The bi-metallic core wire minimises the risks of overheating normally associated with NiFe MMA electrodes and produces excellent operability.
Recovery is about 95% with respect to core wire, 70% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.15M
BS EN 1071

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No

ENiFe-CI
E C NiFe-CI 1

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
min.
---max.
2.0
2.5
2.0
Typical
0.5
1.5
0.5

S
-0.03
0.010

P
-0.03
<0.01

Fe
bal
bal
42

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%)
Hardness (HV)

Ni
45.0
60.0
55

Al
-1.0
<0.1

Cu
-2.5
<0.1

Typical
400
230
10-12
170-200

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.5
447

4.0
400
18.0
360

2.5
300
13.5
790

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
80

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 100 150C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 150 C, 3 cycles, 10h total
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
3.5
1

www.metrode.com

Ni
2

Cr
<0.2

Cu
<0.5

DS E-11-CI-MET NiFe| Rev. 01-03/16

F
12

Ba
<0.5

OES (mg/m3)
5

337

55NiFe
SOLID MIG WIRE FOR WELDING CAST IRONS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for MIG welding.

SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN 1071

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No

S C NiFe-1

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Min.
--Max.
0.15
1.0
Typical
0.05
0.7

Si
-0.5
0.2

S
-0.02
<0.01

P
-0.03
<0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical values as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%)
Hardness (HV)

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR


338

Current
DC+

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
MIG

www.metrode.com

Fe
bal
bal
40

Cu
-0.5
0.01

Co
-2.0
0.05

MIG (Ar-5%CO2)
400
230
24
150

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding
MIG Ar / Ar + 1-2%O2 / Ar + 2-25%CO2 / 100%CO2

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition, wt %:
Fe
35

Ni
52.0
60.0
58

Diameter (mm)
1.2

Parameters
200A, 28V

1.2
15kg spool

Mn
2

Cr3
<0.1

DS E-11-55NiFe | Rev. 01-03/16

Ni
30

Cu
<0.5

OES (mg/m3)
1.7

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet E-20

ARMOUR WELDING CONSUMABLES


ALLOY TYPE
20%Cr-10%Ni-2.5%Mo weld metal composition
designed for welding armour plate.

WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat not generally required for CMn and low
alloy steels with up to 0.3%C. However 50-200C is
recommended progressively with increasing base
material thickness, hardenability and restraint.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Armour plate:

MVEE 816 (MoD)


Armox 816 (Swedish Steel)
Compass B555 (Sleeman)
13%Mn (Hadfield steel):
Abro M (Creusot)
Red Diamond 14
(Spartan Redheugh)
< 0.4%C hardenable steel: BS970 709M40 (En19),
817M40 (En24), 826M40 (En 26),
897M39 (EN40C) etc
Wear-resistant steels:
Hardox 400 & 500 (Swedish Steel)
ARQ360, A-R-COL (Corus)
Creusabro 4000, Abro 360 and 500 (Creusot)
ABR 500 (Taysteel)
Red Diamond 20, 21, 22 (Spartan Redheugh)
ASTM:
CF8M

Also for dissimilar combinations between the above and to


standard stainless steels and CMn steels

APPLICATIONS

Because of the high ferrite level (20 FN) and moderate


carbon content (0.06%), these consumables are not
suitable for cryogenic applications or structural service
at temperatures exceeding about 300C. Some loss
of ductility will occur if weldments are post weld heat
treated. They should not be confused with low carbon
austenitic and duplex stainless alloys specifically
designed for corrosion resistance. However, AWS A5.4
and A5.22 include the related E308MoL which may be
used for ASTM CF3M castings when a higher ferrite
type than 316L is required for improved stress-corrosion
resistance.
These consumables are used successfully for steels
which are judged difficult to weld on the basis of their
carbon equivalent (CE). For example, armour plate and
En26 have CE ~ 1, potentially up to 1.36 maximum for
classical armour with nominal 0.3%C-2%Cr-0.5%Ni0.4%Mo. Some proprietary armour steels are leaner,
with CE 1 max. The greatly hardened HAZ of these steels
is only partially tempered in a multipass weldment,
resulting in high sensitivity to hydrogen (cold) cracking.
By using a specially balanced austenitic consumable
this problem is avoided, because very little hydrogen
can diffuse from the weld into the HAZ. It is still helpful
to apply some preheat since this will encourage selftempering and reduce peak HAZ hardness. However,
the presence of a hardened HAZ should be considered in
relation to service conditions

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

These consumables are well-established and approved


for armour welding. They deposit a modified austenitic
stainless weld metal with moderately high ferrite content,
giving strong, tough and crack-resistant welds in many
other hardenable steels, often without the need for
preheat. Applications include tanks, other military and
security vehicles, general engineering components.
They are also useful for welding many wear and abrasionresisting steels, to avoid the need for hydrogen control
procedures, particularly for heavier sections and the harder
types. In addition, the high work-hardening rate gives
these welds good resistance to impact wear and scuffing.
This feature can also be exploited for overlays combined
with corrosion and wet abrasion resistance.
Although the resistance to gouging abrasion of 13%Mn
Hadfield steel is unique and arises from its extreme
work-hardenability, these consumables have a long and
successful history for the build-up and reclamation of
this steel. It is an economic ductile buffer layer prior to
hardfacing with high alloy weld metals such as chromium
carbide types.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


There is no equivalent solid wire but the 307 types (data
sheet E-21) provide the best alternative if required. For
dissimilar joints etc. the 309L (B-50), 309Mo (B-51), 307
(E-21) and 29.9 types (E-22) may also be suitable

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
FCW

MICROSTRUCTURE

Product
Armet 1
Supercore 20.9.3
Supercore 20.9.3.P

Specification
AWS E308Mo-16
AWS E308MoT0-1/4
AWS E308MoT1-1/4

Austenite with ferrite 10 25FN, typically about 20FN


www.metrode.com

DS E-20 | Rev. 01-03/16

339

ARMET 1
RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE FOR WELDING ARMOUR PLATE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile MMA electrode made on austenitic stainless steel core wire. High moisture resistance, designed and manufactured with
low hydrogen technology to give weld metal with low potential hydrogen content.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
(E308Mo-16)*
BS EN ISO 3581
E 20 10 3 R 32
APPROVALS:
MoD MVEE 1050 Class 1A and 1B
*Mn: 2.0 3.0 for AWS standard

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No 8

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

PE/4G

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
min.
0.03
0.5
-max.
0.08
2.5
1.0
Typical
0.06
1.1
0.7

S
-0.025
0.010

P
-0.030
0.025

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
-50C
Hardness (HV)
* Increases to about 400 450HV on work hardening

Cr
18.5
21.0
20

Ni
9.0
12.0
9.5

Mo
2.0
3.0
2.5

min.
620
400
35
30
--

Cu
-0.75
0.1

FN
10
25
15

typical
670-780
> 520
> 40
> 30
> 25
> 55
> 45
220 *

--

---

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90

3.2
70
120

4.0
100
170

5.0
150
230

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.5
408

4.0
350
13.5
261

5.0
350
16.5
228

2.5
300
11.4
661

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum
6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C..
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
8
5
340

www.metrode.com

Ni
1

Cr
4
DS E-20-ARMET 1 | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
< 0.2

F
16

OES (mg/m3)
1.2

SUPERCORE 20.9.3, 20.9.3P


RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRE FOR WELDING ARMOUR PLATE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wires the wires are made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 20.9.3 combines
easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance for downhand and HV welding. Supercore 20.9.3P is
designed for all-positional welding. including fixed pipework.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.22M
BS EN ISO 17633-A
BS EN ISO 17633-B
APPROVALS:

Supercore 20.9.3
E308MoT0-1/4
T 20 10 3 R C/M 3
TS308Mo-FM0
MoD MVEE 1050 Class VII

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
min.
-0.5
-max.
0.08
2.5
0.9
Typical
0.06
1.2
0.5

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 8

Supercore 20.9.3.P
E308MoT1-1/4
T 20 10 3 P C/M 2
TS308Mo-FM1
MoD MVEE 1050 Class VII

S
-0.025
0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
Hardness cap/mid -50C
HV
* Increases to about 400 450HV on work hardening

P
-0.035
0.03

Cr
19.5
21.0
20

Ni
9.0
11.0
9.5

Mo
2.0
3.0
2.8

Cu
-0.3
0.05

min.
620
400
30
30

FN
10
25
17

typical
720
520
35
33
60
50
230 *

--

---

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25 l/min. Proprietary gas mixtures may be used but argon should not exceed 85%. The wire
is suitable for use on 100%CO2 but with some loss of cosmetic appearance and increased spatter.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below, with Ar-20%CO2 (when using CO2, voltages need to be increased by 2-3V)
Diameter (mm)
Amp-Volt Range
Typical
Stickout
1.2
130A-25V to 250A-32V
180A-29V
15-20mm
1.2P
120 250A, 20 32V
160A, 26V
15 20mm
1.6
200A-28V to 330A-34V
230A-30V
15-25mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: Supercore 20.9.3 - 15.0kg (1.2/1.6mm), Supercore 20.9.3.P - 12.5kg
(1.2mm).
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite. Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the
wire surface and prevent any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers. Where
possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe

Mn

Ni

Cr3

Cr6

OES (mg/m3)

Ar+20%CO2

14

11

1.2

CO2

17

10

9.5

www.metrode.com

DS E-20-SUPERCORE 20.9.3, 20.9.3P | Rev. 01-03/16

341

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet E-21

307 FOR DISSIMILAR WELDS


ALLOY TYPE
Strong tough austenitic weld metal composition
for dissimilar joints and buffer layers.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Dissimilar combinations of CMn, stainless,
hardenable, wear-resistant and armour steels. Also
suitable for 13%Mn manganese (Hadfield) steel.
APPLICATIONS

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

Mixed welding applications including the welding of mild,


stainless, hardenable, and armour steels to themselves
or each other with or without preheat. Tolerance to
dilution (resistance to hot cracking) is provided by the high
manganese content, unlike armour welding and 309 types
which depend on a high ferrite level. In some cases, they
may offer an alternative to high nickel weld metal in joints
between cast iron and stainless steels. Weldments subject
to PWHT retain ductility with satisfactory toughness down
to -50C. Reasonable scaling resistance up to 850C.

342

Can be used as buffer layers to weld or reclaim 13% Mn


(Hadfield) steel used in rock crushing plant and earth
moving equipment. Buffer layer work hardens and can be
used as a base for Workhard 13Mn or Methard 650 or 850.
Has also been found satisfactory as buffer layer on cast iron
prior to hardsurfacing.
Use as surfacing consumable which work hardens from 200
to 400 HV, suitable for repair of alloy rails, crossing parts,
frogs etc. without need for preheat, however, the workhardening rate is lower than 13% Mn steel and overlays of
more than 1 layer may suffer unacceptable collapse under
heavy rolling loads. In this case they may be used as a
buffer under Workhard 13Mn.

www.metrode.com

MICROSTRUCTURE
Consists of austenite with approximately 5FN.
WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat not generally required unless welding thick
sections, except that HAZ properties of higher carbon
hardenable steels should be taken into consideration in
relation to service conditions.
When welding 13%Mn (Hadfield) steels in order to
minimise embrittlement and cracking the work piece
must be kept cool. This means that the following
controls should be applied: no preheat, maximum
interpass controlled to 150C maximum, low heat input,
small weld beads and cool with water if necessary.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


For dissimilar joints etc. the 309L (B-50), 309Mo (B51), armour welding consumables (E-20) and 29.9
types (E-22) may also be suitable.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
MIG

DS E-21 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
MetMax 307R
19.9.6Mn
19.9.6Mn

Specification
AWS E307-26
EN ISO E 18 8 Mn R
EN ISO G 18 8 Mn

METMAX 307R
RUTILE HIGH RECOVERY MMA ELECTRODE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile high recovery, metal powder, electrode made on high purity steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating ensures sound
porosity free deposits.
Recovery is about 150% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 5
QW442
A-No

E307-26
E 18 9 Mn Mo R 5 2

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
min.
0.04
3.3
-max.
0.14
4.75
0.9
Typical
0.1
4.0
0.6

S
-0.025
0.010

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d

min.
590
350
30
25

Cr
18.0
21.5
19

Ni
9.0
10.7
9.5

Mo
0.5
1.5
0.8

typical
660
475
40
36

--

PWHT 600C/2h

-------

45

--

---

Cu
-0.75
0.1

85
70
210 *

47
--

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
70
max. A
115

3.2
90
155

4.0
130
210

5.0
160
260

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.5
234

4.0
350
13.2
153

5.0
450
15.0
102

2.5
350
12.0
429

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
-50C
Hardness HV
* Increases to about 400 450HV on work hardening

P
-0.035
0.015

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum
6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C..
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
19
11
www.metrode.com

Ni
1

Cr
5

Cu
< 0.2

DS E-21-METMAX 307R | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
-

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
1
343

19.9.6Mn
ALL-POSITIONAL RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile electrode made on nearly matching austenitic steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating ensures sound porosity free
deposits.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

ASME IX QUALIFICATION

(E307-16) Nearest classification


E 18 8 Mn R 3 2

QW432

F-No 5 (This is nearest


because the electrode does
not strictly conform to AWS)

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
min.
-4.5
-max.
0.20
7.0
0.80
Typical
0.12
5.8
0.5

S
-0.025
0.01

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
Hardness HV
* Increases to about 400 450HV on work hardening

Cr
17.0
20.0
18

Ni
7.0
10.0
9

min.
500
350
25
---

3.2
75
120

2.5
300
12.0
621

Mo
-0.75
0.4

typical
680
480
35
40
80
210 *

--

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

P
-0.035
0.02

4.0
100
155

3.2
350
14.1
372

4.0
350
15.0
261

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum
6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C..
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
18
15

344

www.metrode.com

Ni
1

Cr
5

Cu
< 0.2

DS E-21-19.9.6Mn | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
-

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
1

19.9.6Mn
SOLID WIRE FOR MIG AND SAW
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for MIG welding.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.9M
BS EN ISO 14343-A

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Min.
-5.0
Max.
0.20
8.0
Typical
0.08
6

Si
-1.2
0.8

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d

S
-0.025
0.01

P
-0.03
0.015

MIG: Ar + 5%CO2
500
350
-25

Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
-50C
Hardness cap/mid HV

--

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition, wt %:
Fe
Mn
30
26

Ni
7.0
10.0
8.5

---

Cu
-0.5
0.1

SAW
625
445
41
40

605
414
42
40

140

Diameter (mm)
1.2

1.0
15kg spool

Cr3
12

Mo
-0.5
0.2

Parameters
220A, 26V

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
MIG

Cr
17.0
20.0
19

52
105
65
185/210

--

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding
Current
DC+
MIG
Ar+5%CO2 *
* Other proprietary shielding gases also suitable eg. Ar+2%O2, Ar-He mixtures etc

www.metrode.com

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
(This is nearest because the
electrode does not strictly
conform to AWS)

Similar to ER307
(AWS ranges: 3.3-4.75%Mn, 19.5-22.0%Cr and 0.5-1.5%Mo)
G 18 8 Mn

1.2
15kg spool

Ni
3.5

DS E-21-19.9.6Mn | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
<0.5

Cu
<01

OES (mg/m3)
3.8

345

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet E-22

29.9 FOR DISSIMILAR WELDS


ALLOY TYPE
Austenite-ferrite weld metal composition of nominally
29%Cr-9%Ni for dissimilar joints and difficult to weld
steels.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Medium and high carbon hardenable steels, tool steels
and free-cutting steels.
Eg. BS970 part 21: 080M40 (En8), 070M55 (En9), 709M40
(En19) etc.

APPLICATIONS

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

Use for welding medium and high carbon hardenable


steels, of known or unknown specifications, for example
tool steels, shafts, gear teeth, free-cutting steels, dissimilar
alloy combinations, buffer layers, overlays etc.
Combination of high alloy and high ferrite content (4050FN) gives extreme tolerance to dilution on a wide range
of hardenable and alloy steels with minimum or no preheat.
It has also been found useful for welding free-cutting steels
or those with a low Mn:S ratio (especially < 20 or so), where
other weld metals may fail to prevent hot cracking due to
liquation at the fusion boundary.
Weld deposit work-hardens and gives good wear and
friction resistance.
Useful for resistance to corrosion and to high temperature
scaling up to about 1000C, but not recommended for
structural applications above 300C or for welds to be postweld heat treated, owing to embrittlement.
Not recommended for filling up heavy joints nor for
sub-zero applications or where high notch toughness
is required. In these cases, it is generally best to use the
electrode for buttering only (preheat if appropriate), then
fill with a more ductile austenitic type (no preheat needed)
according to required properties.

346

www.metrode.com

MICROSTRUCTURE
Duplex austenite-ferrite microstructure with about
40% ferrite.
WELDING GUIDELINES
Procedure will depend on base material. Preheat not
normally required for small components and buffer
layers, although desirable for thicker high carbon steels
to avoid possible HAZ quench cracking and to control
peak hardness, 100-250C.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Although 29.9 alloys have good resistance to high
temperature oxidation, duplex high ferrite weld metal is
subject to 475C embrittlement above about 300C and
sigma embrittlement at higher temperatures. This alloy
is therefore not used where high temperature structural
service or PWHT is involved.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


For dissimilar joints etc. the 309L (data sheet
B-50), 309Mo (data sheet B-51), armour welding
consumables (data sheet E-20) and 307 types (data
sheet E-21) may also be suitable.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process Product
MMA
29.9 Super R
TIG/SAW 312S94
SS300
Flux
SSB

DS E-22 | Rev. 01-03/16

Specification
(AWS E312-17)
AWS ER312
BS EN SA AF2 AC
BS EN SA AF2 DC

29.9 SUPER R
ACID RUTILE MMA ELECTRODE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with acid rutile flux on matching 312 stainless steel core wire.
Recovery is about 100% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M
BS EN ISO 3581

ASME IX QUALIFICATION

(E312-17) nearest classification


E 29 9 R 3 2

QW432

F-No 5 (This is nearest because


the electrode does not strictly
conform to AWS)

QW442

A-No

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
min.
---max.
0.15
1.5
1.2
Typical
0.1
0.8
1

S
-0.025
0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Hardness HV

P
-0.035
0.02

Cr
28.0
31.0
29

Ni
8.0
10.5
9.5

Mo
-0.5
0.1

min.
660
450
22 *
15
---

Cu
-0.75
0.1

typical
830
700
26
25
30
280

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
60
max. A
90

3.2
75
120

4.0
100
155

5.0
130
210

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.8
435

4.0
350
13.2
246

5.0
450
13.5
168

2.5
300
12.0
642

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

*Minimum elongation required by AWS not always obtained.


A high tensile strength with moderate ductility is typical for multipass all-weld test specimens but these properties may be altered
under conditions of high dilution from base material for which this electrode is intended. Dilution typically raises ductility.

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
8
4
www.metrode.com

Ni
1

Cr
8
DS E-22-29.9 SUPER R | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
0.2

F
17

OES (mg/m3)
0.6
347

312S94
SOLID WIRE FOR TIG AND SAW
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and sub-arc welding.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.9M
BS EN ISO 14343-A
BS EN ISO 14343-B

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No

ER312
29 9
SS312

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
min.
-1.0
max.
0.15
2.5
Typical
0.1
1.8

Si
0.30
0.65
0.4

S
-0.02
0.005

P
-0.030
0.02

Cr
28.0
32.0
30

Ni
8.0
10.5
9.3

Mo
-0.3
0.1

Cu
-0.3
0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


TIG

Typical values as welded

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

Tensile strength (MPa)


0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
5d
Reduction of area %
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C
Hardness HV

790
640
21
19
35
50
275

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding
TIG
Ar *
MIG
Ar + 2-5%CO2 **
SAW
SS300 ***

Current
DCDC+
DC+

Ar + 2%O2
789
638
10
10
10
27
300

Diameter (mm)
2.4
1.2
2.4

Parameters
120A, 14V
220A, 26V
350A, 30V

* Also required as a purge for root runs.


** Ar CO2 gases were found to produce better ductility than Ar 2%O2 (see properties above).
*** SSB also suitable.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
SAW

1.2
-

1.6
2.5kg tube
25kg coil

FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe
Mn
Ni

30

348

MIG
Ar + 5%CO2
813
628
25
24
31
-270

www.metrode.com

12

2.4
2.5kg tube
25kg coil

3.2
To order
-

Cr3

Mo

Cu

OES (mg/m3)

22

<1

<1

2.3

DS E-22-312S94 | Rev. 01-03/16

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet E-30

100Cu PURE COPPER


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Deoxidised pure copper.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.7M
BS EN ISO 24373

Cu
98.0
bal
99

min
max
typ

ERCu
S Cu 1898 / CuSn1

Mn
-0.50
0.3

Si
-0.50
0.3

Sn
-1.0
0.6

Pb
-0.02
<0.01

Al
-0.01
<0.01

P
-0.15
<0.01

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


TIG
MIG

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432 F-No 31

Shielding

Current

He *
Ar, He or Ar-He

DCDC+

Diameter
Parameters
(mm)
2.4
250A, 15V **
1.2
300A, 28V **

* Ar can also be used but He produces deeper penetration,


permits higher travel speeds and allows preheat to be
reduced.
** Higher currents will be required as material thickness
increases, parameters given are suitable for material of about
6mm thickness.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Oxygen free copper
BS grade C103, UNS C10200, ISO Cu-OF / Cu-OFS.

APPLICATIONS
100Cu produces a deoxidised pure copper deposit for
maximum thermal and electrical conductivity.
Applications include plate for chemical plant and
moulds, stills and calorifiers, rods and wires for
electrical components and tubes for heat exchangers.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG

1.2
15kg spool

1.6
2.5kg spool
-

2.4
2.5kg spool
-

Recommended ambient storage conditions: <60% RH,


>18C.

Single phase (fcc).

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


WELDING GUIDELINES
Apart from very thin material (<3mm thick) a preheat
will be required. The required preheat will range from
about 100C at 6mm thick up to about 400/500C for
material 15mm thick.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Typical as welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation 4d (%)
Hardness (HV)

www.metrode.com

TIG
200
70
20
60

The copper silicon wire (data sheet E-31) is also used for
welding copper when a more highly deoxidised filler is
required.

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

STORAGE
MICROSTRUCTURE

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume negligible):
Fe
Mn
Cr3
Ni
Mo
Cu
OES (mg/m3)

<1

DS E-30 | Rev. 01-03/16

<0.1

<0.1

<0.1

82

0.2

349

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet E-31

97CuSi SILICON BRONZE


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Pure copper deoxidised with 3% silicon.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.7M
BS EN ISO 24373

ERCuSi-A
S Cu 6560 / CuSi3Mn1

Cu

Mn

Si

Sn

Pb

Al

Fe

Zn

min bal

0.5

2.8

--

--

--

--

--

--

max bal

1.5

4.0

0.2

0.02

0.4

0.05

typ 96

0.9

0.1

0.002 <0.01 0.04 <0.1

<0.01

0.01 0.50

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

As welded

Tensile strength (MPa)


0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation 4d (%)
Hardness (HV)

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432 F-No 32

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
General purpose including phosphorus deoxidised
copper, silicon bronze, nickel silver and some brasses.

APPLICATIONS
97CuSi silicon bronze has a wider range of general
purpose applications than 100Cu, including overlaying
of steels and cast irons.
Applications include plate for chemical plant and
moulds, stills and calorifiers, rods and wires for
electrical components and tubes for heat exchangers.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Diameter
Parameters
(mm)
TIG
Ar or He
DC-*
2.4
200A, 15V
**AC with argon provides optimum arc cleaning action
Shielding

Current

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG

2.4
2.5kg tube

STORAGE

Recommended ambient storage conditions: <60% RH,


>18C.

MICROSTRUCTURE
Single phase (fcc).).

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat is not required when welding silicon bronze
and interpass temperature should be kept below
100C.
If welding copper then preheat of about 100C will
be required for 6mm material increasing up to about
400/500C for 15mm thick material.

The pure copper wire (data sheet E-30) is used for


welding copper when optimum thermal or electrical
conductivity is required.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume negligible):
Fe
Mn
Cr3
Ni
Mo
Cu
OES (mg/m3)

<1

350

TIG

320
105
34
85

www.metrode.com

DS E-31 | Rev. 01-03/16

<0.1

<0.1

<0.1

80

0.3

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet E-33

92CuSn TIN BRONZE


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Tin bronze alloy wire for welding similar tin bronze
(phosphor bronze) alloys.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.7M
BS EN ISO 24373

Sn

7.5
8.5
7.8

Pb

Al

--0.01
0.02 0.01 0.4
0.01 <0.01 0.1

Zn

Fe

Ni

-0.2
<0.1

-0.1
<0.1

-0.2
<0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

(ERCuSn-C)
S Cu 5210 / CuSn8P

Typical as welded

Tensile strength (MPa)


0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation 5d (%)
Hardness (HV)

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432 F-No 33

TIG

344
154
58
86

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Tin bronze

Cu

min bal
max bal
typ 92

Up to 10%Sn+0.5%P. BS PB101103, UNS C50100-C52400

Gunmetals

BS LG3, LG4, LPB1,


(but >5%Pb leaded types difficult).

Bell metal
Brass

Cu + 20-25%Sn.
Cu + 40%Zn, manganese bronze

Current

Ar

DC-

TIG

Diameter
Parameters
(mm)
2.4
250A, 15V

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG

1.6
2.5kg tube

STORAGE

Recommended ambient storage conditions: <60% RH,


>18C.

REPAIR & MAINTENANCE


MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

APPLICATIONS
92 CuSn tin bronze alloy wire is used for welding a
range of copper base alloys to themselves and to CMn
steels or cast irons, and also for the repair and joining
of castings.
It is also suitable, if low dilution is achieved, for weld
surfacing to give a bearing surface and/or corrosion
resistant overlay on steel components, shafts etc.
Stainless steels should be avoided because chromium
pick-up causes embrittlement.

Shielding

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume negligible):
Fe
Mn
Cr3
Ni
Mo
Cu
OES (mg/m3)

<1

<0.1

<0.1

<0.1

80

0.3

MICROSTRUCTURE

A multi phase copper base structure with complex


eutectoids.

WELDING GUIDELINES
The tin bronze weld metal tends to be sluggish
because of its wide melting range. Preheating to
about 200C can help improve fluidity when welding
thick sections. To avoid hot cracking it is desirable to
keep the interpass temperature below 200C

www.metrode.com

DS E-33 | Rev. 01-03/16

351

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet E-36

90CuAl ALUMINIUM BRONZE


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
9% Al bronze for welding similar 5-11% Al alloys

min
max
typ

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.7M
BS EN ISO 24373

ERCuAl-A2
S Cu 6180 / CuAl10Fe

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432 F-No 36

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

Beryllium copper:
Brass:
Aluminium brass:
Manganese bronze:
Silicon bronze:

UNS C61400, BS CA101-103,


BS 1400 AB1 (cast), Alloy D.
Cu+ 0.5-2%Be; closest strength.
CuZn.
eg. Yorkalbro Cu-22%Zn-2%Al.
Cu + 20-45%Zn + 1-3%Mn.
Cu + 1-3.5%Si,
(also see data sheet E-31).

APPLICATIONS
For welding 5-11% Al bronzes plus other copper alloys
as listed above. For brasses the weld colour is similar
and the presence of aluminium in the filler helps to
suppress zinc volatilisation during welding.
It can also be used to overlay CMn steels and cast irons
to give wear and corrosion resistant bearing surfaces,
or to join these to most copper base alloys.
Applications include corrosion resistant and spark
resistant pumps, castings, machinery parts, heat
exchangers for offshore, marine and mining equipment.
MICROSTRUCTURE

WELDING GUIDELINES
For aluminium bronze alloys preheat is not required
and maximum interpass temperature should be
200C.
When welding brass a preheat of 100-300C should
be used on thicker sections, the lower preheat
temperatures being used for the high-zinc brasses.
Although this wire is suitable for many dissimilar
combinations of copper and ferrous alloys, care is
necessary to minimise dilution by high chromium
alloys such as stainless steels. The limited tolerance
to chromium pick-up may cause embrittlement and
cracking especially if bend tests are applied. In this
situation low heat input buttering is beneficial.
www.metrode.com

Fe
0.5
1.5
1.0

Zn
-0.02
<0.01

Si
-0.10
0.02

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

In the as-welded condition consists of a duplex +


microstructure.

352

Al
8.5
11.0
9

Typical as welded

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Aluminium bronze:

Cu
-bal
90

Tensile strength (MPa)


0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation 4d (%)
Reduction of area (%)

Pb
-0.02
0.004

TIG

550-615
250-350
21
25

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding

Diameter
Parameters
(mm)
AC
2.4
250A, 15V
235A, 25V
Pulsed
1.2
(mean)

Current

TIG

Ar

MIG

Ar, He or Ar-He

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter
(mm)

1.2

1.6

2.4

3.2

TIG
2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube
MIG 15kg spool
-

STORAGE

Recommended ambient storage conditions: <60% RH,


>18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume negligible):
Fe
Mn
Cr
Ni
Mo
Cu
OES (mg/m3)

<0.1

<0.1

<0.1

80

0.3

Beryllium has a very low OEL (0.002mg/m3) so special precautions


may be required when welding beryllium coppers.

DS E-36 | Rev. 01-03/16

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet E-37

80CuNiAl NICKEL ALUMINIUM BRONZE


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Cu-9%Al-5%Ni bronze for welding similar nickel aluminium
bronze alloys.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.7M
BS EN ISO 24373

ERCuNiAl
S Cu 6328 / CuAl9Ni5Fe3Mn2

Cu

min bal
max bal
typ 82

Al

Ni

Fe

8.50
9.50
9.3

4.0
5.5
4.2

3.0
5.0
3.3

Mn

Si

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Typical As welded

Tensile strength (MPa)


0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation 4d (%)
Reduction of area (%)
Hardness (HV)

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432 F-No 37

Zn

0.60 --3.50 0.10 0.10


0.8 <0.01 <0.01

Pb

-0.02
<0.01

TIG

740
400
19
23
220

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM
BS
DIN
MoD

C63200, C63000 (CA630), C95800


(cast), C95500 (cast), C95520
(cast).
CA104, CA105, AB2 (cast), Alloy E.
2.0966
(CuAl10Ni),
2.0978
(CuAl11Ni), 2.0970 (G-CuAl10Ni),
2.0980 (G-CuAl11Ni)
DGS 1043 Grade 2.

MICROSTRUCTURE

Shielding

Current

TIG

Ar

AC

MIG

Ar, He or Ar-He

Pulsed

Diameter
Parameters
(mm)
2.4
250A, 15V
1.2

235A, 25V
(mean)

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG
MIG

1.2

2.4

15kg spool

2.5kg tube
-

STORAGE

Recommended ambient storage conditions: <60% RH,


>18C.

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

APPLICATIONS
80CuNiAl wire deposits nickel aluminium bronze
and is suitable for welding wrought and cast parent
materials of similar composition. These alloys have
high strength and resistance to stress corrosion,
cavitation erosion, corrosion fatigue, and attack by
acids and chlorides.
Applications include corrosion resistant and spark
resistant pumps, ship propellers, heat exchangers for
offshore, marine and mining equipment.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS

In the as-welded condition consists of a duplex +


microstructure.

WELDING GUIDELINES
For aluminium bronze alloys preheat is not required
and maximum interpass temperature should be
150C.
Resistance to hot cracking in thick sections with high
restraint is said to be inferior to plain aluminium
bronze. An alternative is to fill with higher ductility
aluminium bronze (data sheet E-36) and cap with
80CuNiAl.
www.metrode.com

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume negligible):
Fe
Mn
Cr3
Ni
Mo
Cu
OES (mg/m3)

DS E-37 | Rev. 01-03/16

<0.1

<0.1

75

0.3

353

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet E-45

ALLOY C
ALLOY TYPE
Alloy C is a Ni-15%Cr-16%Mo-4%W-5%Fe nickel
base alloy.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

A494 CW-12MW - A743/A744 CW-12M


ASTM
2.4883 (G-NiMo16Cr)
DIN
Also used for surfacing and overlays

354

APPLICATIONS
The weld deposit composition matches cast alloy C with
Ni-15%Cr-16%Mo-4%W-5%Fe. Wrought forms of this
alloy (C276) have low C and Si, see data sheet D-30. Cast
versions of the alloy typically have higher carbon and
silicon (like the original wrought alloy C which is now
obsolete) but repair welds are usually solution treated
for optimum corrosion resistance.
A controlled level of carbon raises strength and
response to work-hardening. These properties extend
to elevated temperatures, and with good resistance
to impact and thermal fatigue the weld metal finds
extensive use for surfacing or build-up of hot-work
forging dies, especially where large volumes of weld
metal must be deposited economically. It is also used as
a buffer layer prior to surfacing with more exotic nickel
or cobalt base alloys.
Although these consumables are not intended for
aggressive chemical plant applications this alloy has
intrinsically high resistance to general corrosion,
pitting attack and stress corrosion in high chloride
environments such as seawater. It is useful for
corrosion resistant overlays especially when combined
with erosion or cavitation. These properties are also
exploited for site repairs without preheat on high
strength martensitic stainless steels used for hydro
turbines.

www.metrode.com

MICROSTRUCTURE
Solid solution strengthened high nickel austenite
with some carbides and microsegregation typical
of as-deposited weld metal.
WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat is not generally required but may be
necessary for higher carbon hardenable steels. For
best corrosion resistance interpass temperature
should be kept below 150C and heat input restricted
to 1.5kJ/mm.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


Alloy C276 (D-30), alloy 59 (D-31) and alloy C22 (D32) are also NiCrMo.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA

DS E-45 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Nimax C

Specification
AWS ENiCrMo-5A

NIMAX C
HIGH RECOVERY ALLOY C ELECTRODE PRIMARILY USED FOR SURFACING
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with special metal powder rutile- basic flux coating on high conductivity pure nickel core wire.
Recovery is about 150% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5. 13M
BS EN 14700

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 7 1

ENiCrMo-5A
E Ni2

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
S
P
Typical 0.05
0.8
0.7
0.01
0.02

Cr
16

Ni
56

Mo
16.5

W
3.6

Fe
5.5

V
0.1

Cu
0.05

Co
0.05

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Typical
Typical
Tensile strength (MPa)
495
680
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
275
540
Elongation 4d (%)
4
10-25
Hardness (HV)
-240
Work hardens to about 450HV.
* Minimum properties are for ASTM A494 CW-12MW castings which are solution treated at 1120C + WQ.

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE


Diameter (mm)
min. A
max. A

5.0
160
260

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

5.0*
450
18.0
102

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: of redried electrodes at 50 200C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
1
4

www.metrode.com

Ni
10

Cr
5

Mo
5

DS E-45-NIMAX C | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
0.2

F
16

OES (mg/m3)
1

355

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet E-50

350 HARDFACING CONSUMABLES


ALLOY TYPE
Martensitic hardfacing alloy producing a deposit
of nominally 350HV hardness.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

These consumables are used for surfacing not joining.


They can be used for surfacing many materials
including structural steels (BS 4360), general purpose
cast steels (BS 3100) and rail steels (BS 11).

356

APPLICATIONS
These consumables deposit weld metal with a hardness
in the range 380-410HV; actual hardness depends
on base metal composition and number of layers
deposited.
The deposit gives a wear resistant crack-free deposit
suitable for conditions of moderate abrasion and
friction coupled with resistance to heavy impact
Items suitable for surfacing include slideways,
trackwheels, rails, roller guides, couplings, brake drums
and shoes, rope winches, caterpillar tracks, and clutch
plates and cones.

www.metrode.com

MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-deposited condition the microstructure
consists of martensite with some carbides.
WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat is not normally required but 100-200C
may be required with thick and/or complex sections
particularly with low alloy base materials or where
there is a risk of hydrogen-induced cracking.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
FCW

DS E-50 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Methard 350
Hardcore 350

Specification
(BS EN EFe1)
BS EN TFe1

METHARD 350
350HV HARDNESS MMA ELECTRODE FOR SURFACING
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA surfacing electrode with a rutile metal powder type flux made on low carbon core wire.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN 14700

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No

E Fe1 (Nearest classification)

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PG/3Gd

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Typical
0.3
0.2

Si
0.2

Cr
3

Mo
0.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical hardness as-welded assuming at least three layers on mild steel base plate:
Vickers (HV)
380-410
Rockwell (HRC)
39-42
Brinell (HB)
360-390
Preheat and dilution will affect hardness in the first two layers but will have little effect in subsequent layers.

4.0
100
180

5.0
140
240

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

4.0
450
18.9
234

5.0
450
18.0
147

3.2
450
18.6
471

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
3.2
min. A
80
max. A
140

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
16

www.metrode.com

Mn
5

Cr
1

DS E-50-METHARD 350 | Rev. 01-03/16

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
1

357

HARDCORE 350
SELF-SHIELDED FLUX CORED WIRE FOR SURFACING
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
A self-shielded flux cored wire for surfacing applications in the flat and HV positions. The lime-fluorspar flux fill eliminates the
need for an external shielding gas. Metal recovery about 90% with respect to wire.

SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN 14700

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No

T Fe1

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Typical
0.25
2

Si
0.1

Cr
1

Mo
0.2

Al
1.7

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical hardness as-welded assuming at least three layers on mild steel base plate:
Vickers (HV)
300-400
Rockwell (HRC)
30-36
Brinell (HB)
280-400
Preheat and dilution will affect hardness in the first two layers but will have little effect in subsequent layers.

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


No shielding gas is required.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm)
1.2
1.6
2.8

Amp-Volt Range
150-250A, 20-26V
200-300A, 24-30V
300-500A, 27-35V

stickout
40-50mm
40-50mm
40-50mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools in cardboard carton: 13kg
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
18
8

358

www.metrode.com

Ni
<0.5

Cr
1

DS E-50-HARDCORE 350 | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<1

F
8

OES (mg/m3)
5

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet E-51

650 HARDFACING CONSUMABLES


ALLOY TYPE
Martensitic alloy for hardfacing producing a
deposit of nominally 650HV hardness.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
These consumables are not used for joining they are
used for surfacing/hardfacing applications. They
can be used for hardfacing many materials including
structural steel (BS 4360), wear resisting steel, high
strength cast steel (BS 3100 & BS 1504), and Hadfield
13%Mn steel.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
The combination of a 307 type (data sheet E-21)
buffer with two or more layers of 650 has proved
to be particularly successful for excavation and
crushing equipment in cement plants in areas
where the high stress abrasion resistance of
13%Mn steel is inadequate.

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


The 350 surfacing consumables (data sheet E-50)
are used for less abrasion resistant applications
where better impact resistance is required. The
chromium carbide types (data sheet E-55) are
used for more severe abrasion applications.

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

APPLICATIONS
These consumables give a hardfacing deposit with
a hardness in the range 53-59 HRC dependent upon
parent material dilution and the number of layers.
It is particularly suitable for resistance to abrasion but
will withstand a reasonable amount of impact damage
and battering.
Typical applications are bulldozer blades, excavator
teeth, crusher jaws, buckets, scrapers and swing
hammers in conditions of severe abrasion from soil,
sand and crushed minerals, coupled with the risk of
impact from large rocks and compacted materials.

WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat is not normally required but 100-200C
may be required with thick and/or complex sections
particularly with low alloy base materials or where
there is a risk of hydrogen-induced cracking.
For substantial build-ups on plain carbon or CMn
steels 350 types (data sheet E-50) should be used
as a buffer layer to reduce the risk of cracking or
spalling.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-deposited condition the microstructure
consists of martensite with some carbides

www.metrode.com

Process
MMA
FCW

DS E-51 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Methard 650
Methard 650R
Hardcore 650

Specification
(BS EN EFe2)
(BS EN EFe2)
BS EN TFe2

359

METHARD 650
MMA HARDFACING ELECTRODE OF NOMINAL 650HV HARDNESS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile metal powder flux on a low carbon core wire.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN 14700

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No

E Fe2 (Nearest classification)

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Typical
0.7
0.6

Si
0.4

Cr
8

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical hardness as-welded on mild steel base plate:
Vickers (HV)
Rockwell (HRC)

Mo
0.6

V
0.5

1 layer
600-700
55-60

3 layers
700-760
60-63

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

Preheat and dilution will affect hardness in the first two layers but will have little effect in subsequent layers.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 45V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
3.2
min. A
80
max. A
140

4.0
100
180

5.0
140
240

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

4.0
450
18.6
246

5.0
450
19.5
171

3.2
450
18.6
387

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
20
6

360

www.metrode.com

Cr
2.5

Mo
0.1

DS E-51-METHARD 650 | Rev. 01-03/16

V
0.5

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
2

METHARD 650R
HIGH RECOVERY MMA HARDFACING ELECTRODE OF NOMINAL 650HV HARDNESS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile high recovery metal powder flux made on pure low carbon core wire.
Recovery is about 160% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN 14700

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No

E Fe2 (Nearest classification)

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Typical
0.4
0.3

Si
0.8

Cr
8

Mo
1

V
0.6

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical hardness as-welded on mild steel base plate:
1 layer
3 layers
1 layer on high carbon steel
Vickers (HV)
560-600
620-680
580-640
Rockwell (HRC)
53-55
56-59
54-57
Preheat and dilution will affect hardness in the first two layers but will have little effect in subsequent layers.
The weld metal will retain its hardness up to about 450C but then softens markedly at temperatures in the range 550-700C.

3.2
80
140

4.0
100
180

5.0
140
240

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
12.0
255

4.0
350
13.2
162

5.0
450
15.0
102

2.5
350
12.0
396

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 45V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
min. A
70
max. A
110

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
20
6

www.metrode.com

Cr
2.5

Mo
0.1

DS E-51-METHARD 650R | Rev. 01-03/16

V
0.5

F
18

OES (mg/m3)
2

361

HARDCORE 650
SELF-SHIELDED FLUX CORED WIRE OF NOMINAL 650HV HARDNESS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Self-shield flux cored wire for surfacing applications in the flat and HV positions. The tubular wire has a lime-fluorspar flux fill
which eliminates the need for an external shielding gas.Metal recovery about 90% with respect to wire.
SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN 14700

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No

T Fe2

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Typical
0.8
2

Si
0.8

Cr
2.5

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical all-weld metal hardness:
Vickers (HV)
Rockwell (HRC)
Brinell (HB)

Mo
0.2

Al
1.7

600-700
55-60
620-680

Preheat and dilution will affect hardness in the first two layers but will have little effect in subsequent layers.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


No shielding gas is required.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

Diameter (mm)
1.2
1.6

362

Amp-Volt Range
150-250A, 20-26V
200-300A, 24-30V

stickout
40-50mm
40-50mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools in cardboard carton: 13kg
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
18
7

www.metrode.com

Ni
<0.5

Cr
1.5

DS E-51-HARDCORE 650 | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<0.5

F
12

OES (mg/m3)
5

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet E-53

METHARD 750TS 750HV HARDFACING CONSUMABLE


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with basic metal powder type flux made
on carbon steel core wire. Electrode coating is designed
to give sound porosity-free deposits coupled with smooth
operation. Recovery is about 120% with respect to core
wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Si

Cr

Mo

--

--

--

--

3.0

5.0

1.0

0.8

max 0.9

0.6

0.8

0.03 0.03

5.0

9.5

2.5

1.3

typ 0.6

0.5

0.4

0.01 0.02

1.7

1.1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.13
BS EN 14700

Mn

min 0.5

Typical hardness:

EFe5-B
E Fe4

As welded
Annealed (800C + FC)
Tempered (550C/2 + AC)

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432 F-No 71
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

HRC

HV

62
<25
60-65

750
<270
700-850

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

Various tool steels.


Used for surfacing mild or low alloy steel blanks.
PA/1G

MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded condition the microstructure consists
of partially tempered martensite with carbides and
some retained austenite, which is reduced if double
tempered.
WELDING GUIDELINES
It is possible to weld without preheat provided the
electrodes are properly dried but preheats on the
range 100-200C will be necessary in thick or complex
sections and when welding hardenable steels
For machining the weld metal can be annealed
(800C + furnace cool) otherwise grinding is
necessary. Rehardening is carried out by preheating
slowly to 800C then raising to 1200C for 5 minutes
followed by air or oil quenching (brittle condition);
final temper can then be carried out to achieve
required hardness.
As-welded properties can be improved by tempering
or double tempering. During heat treatment
precautions should be taken against decarburisation.
www.metrode.com

PB/2F

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

PE/4G

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 60V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
4.0
min. A
70
90
130
max. A
115
155
210
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
350
11.7
420

3.2
380
12.6
246

4.0
380
13.2
177

STORAGE

3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with


unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
Maximum 400 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for
opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

APPLICATIONS
This electrode gives a Mo alloyed high speed tool
steel deposit with hot hardness (up to 600C), good
toughness and crack resistance (similar to AISI M1).
Used for the reclamation, repair and modification of
high speed cutting and machining tools in either the
as-welded, tempered or rehardened condition. New
tools can be manufactured by overlaying mild or
alloyed steel blanks, annealing to facilitate machining,
quenching and tempering to required hardness.
Applications include cutting and piercing tools, dies and
drills, punches and knives, ingot tongs etc.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
Cr
Mo
V

20

DS E-53-METHARD 750TS | Rev. 01-03/16

0.5

OES (mg/m3)

20

2.5

363

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet E-55

CHROMIUM CARBIDE HARDFACING


ALLOY TYPE
Chromium carbide hardfacing.

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
These consumables are not used for joining they are
used for surfacing/hardfacing applications. They
can be used for hardfacing many materials including
structural steel (BS 4360), wear resisting steel, high
strength cast steel (BS 3100 & BS 1504), and Hadfield
13%Mn steel (with appropriate buffer layer).

APPLICATIONS
These consumables produce high carbon, high
chromium, chromium carbide deposits with high
hardness and resistance to extreme abrasion. They also
exhibit high temperature stability with good oxidation
resistance up to about 1000C (although hot hardness
above about 450C is inferior to cobalt types); also have
moderate corrosion resistance.
Used for earth moving and dredging equipment, steel
works equipment, sinter plants, cement works, sizing
screens, augers, rolling mill guides, pump impellers,
augers and feed screws; which are handling abrasive
sands and sludges under conditions of extreme abrasion
but limited impact

MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded condition the microstructure
consists of an austenitic alloy matrix (bulk
hardness 500-600HV) and chromium/complex
carbides (approximate hardness 1500HV).

WELDING GUIDELINES
Use with a stringer bead technique or a wide weave
for maximum coverage.
Thermal contraction
stresses will normally cause some cold cracking
(stress-relief checking). Preheating to 200-450C and
slow cooling can minimise surface cracking but not
eliminate it.
Build-ups should be restricted to two layers or a
maximum of three (8mm maximum build-up). For
large build-ups on low alloy steels, or any hardfacing
on 13%Mn Hadfield steel, a buffer layer of 307 (data
sheet E-21) should be used.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Deposits are non-machinable or heat-treatable
but can be ground. With the MMA electrodes a
weave/wash technique produces a very smooth
glass like surface which is highly resistant to fine
hard powder abrasion.
Hardness figures are quoted for all the products
but these only provide a guide to expected
performance, because of the complex nature of
the chromium carbide weld deposit. Chromium
carbide types have greater resistance to high
stress abrasion than martensitic types of
equivalent hardness.
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
For lower abrasion resistance but better impact
properties the 650 hardfacing types (data sheet
E-51) are used. The cobalt hardfacing types (data
sheet E-65) have superior hot hardness.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
MMA
FCW

364

www.metrode.com

DS E-55 | Rev. 01-03/16

Product
Methard 850

Specification
BS EN EFe14
Methard 950 BS EN EFe14
Hardcore 850 BS EN TFe15
Hardcore 950 BS EN TFe15

METHARD 850
MMA ELECTRODE PRODUCING A CHROMIUM CARBIDE DEPOSIT
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a rutile metal powder type flux coating on a pure low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving
freedom from porosity.
Recovery is about 175% with respect to core wire.
SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN 14700

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No

E Fe14

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Typical
3
0.8

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical hardness on mild steel:
Vickers (HV)
Rockwell (HRC)

Si
1

1 layer
450-500
45-50

Cr
25

Mo+Nb+V+W
2

2 layers
600-700
55-60

3 layers
650-750
58-62

Actual hardness is dependent upon base material composition, number of layers, cooling rate and welding conditions

4.0
150
220

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

4.0
350
13.2
153

3.2
350
12.6
264

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
3.2
min. A
110
max. A
160

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
25
4

www.metrode.com

Cr
12

Mo
2

DS E-55-METHARD 850 | Rev. 01-03/16

V
0.5

F
3

OES (mg/m3)
0.4

365

METHARD 950
MMA ELECTRODE PRODUCING A CHROMIUM CARBIDE DEPOSIT
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a rutile metal powder type flux coating on a pure low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving
freedom from porosity.
Recovery is about 175% with respect to core wire.
SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN 14700

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No

E Fe14

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Typical
4
1.2

Si
1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical hardness on mild steel:
Vickers (HV)
Rockwell (HRC)

Cr
34

1 layer
475-575
48-54

Mo+Nb+V+W
3

2 layers
675-750
56-62

3 layers
700-850
60-66

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

Actual hardness is dependent upon base material composition, number of layers, cooling rate and welding conditions.

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
3.2
min. A
110
max. A
160

4.0
150
220

5.0
190
280

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

4.0
350
13.8
159

5.0
450
15.9
108

3.2
350
12.3
258

STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
25
4

366

www.metrode.com

Cr
12

Mo
2

DS E-55-METHARD 950 | Rev. 01-03/16

V
0.5

F
3

OES (mg/m3)
0.4

HARDCORE 850
SELF-SHIELDED HARDFACING FLUX CORED WIRE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Self-shield flux cored wire for surfacing applications in the flat and HV positions. The tubular wire has a lime-fluorspar flux fill
which eliminates the need for an external shielding gas. Nominal 60HRC deposit is produced which is non-machinable. Metal
recovery about 90% with respect to wire.

SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN 14700

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No

T Fe15

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Typical
4.8

Mn
2.7

Si
1.7

Cr
22

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical all-weld metal hardness on mild steel:
55-59 HRC
Actual hardness dependent on base material, number of layers, cooling rate and welding conditions.
Maximum deposit thickness 8mm.

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


No shielding gas is required.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm)
1.6

Amp-Volt Range
200-300A, 24-30V

stickout
40-50mm

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
35
7

www.metrode.com

Ni
1

Cr3
13

Cr6
5

DS E-55-METHARD 850 | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<1

F
12

OES (mg/m3)
1

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

PACKAGING DATA
Spools in cardboard carton: 13kg
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

367

HARDCORE 950
SELF-SHIELDED HARDFACING FLUX CORED WIRE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Self-shield flux cored wire for surfacing applications in the flat and HV positions. The tubular wire has a lime-fluorspar flux fill
which eliminates the need for an external shielding gas. Nominal 60HRC deposit is produced which is non-machinable. Metal
recovery about 90% with respect to wire.

SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN 14700

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No

T Fe15

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Typical
5

Mn
3

Si
1.5

Cr
27

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical all-weld metal hardness:
57-60 HRC
Actual hardness dependent on base material, number of layers, cooling rate and welding conditions.
Maximum deposit thickness 8mm (2-3 layers).

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


No shielding gas is required.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

Diameter (mm)
1.6

368

Amp-Volt Range
200-300A, 24-30V

stickout
40-50mm

PACKAGING DATA
Spools in cardboard carton: 13kg
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.

FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
35
7

www.metrode.com

Ni
1

Cr3
13

Cr6
5

DS E-55-METHARD 950 | Rev. 01-03/16

Cu
<1

F
12

OES (mg/m3)
1

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet E-58

METHARD 1050 FOR HARDFACING


CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with rutile metal powder type flux made
on carbon steel core wire. Electrode coating is designed
to give sound porosity-free deposits coupled with smooth
operation. Recovery is about 200% with respect to core
wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

typ

C
4.5

Mn
0.2

Si
1

Cr
28

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical hardness:

HRC

HV

As welded
62-66
750-850
These values are for guidance only actual hardness is
dependent on base material, number of layers, cooling rate
and welding conditions.

SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN 14700

Mo+Nb+V+W
12

E Fe16

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

Surfacing of mild and low alloy steels.


WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

APPLICATIONS

PA/1G

PB/2F

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
3.2
4.0
min. A
110
150
max. A
160
220

PACKAGING DATA

MICROSTRUCTURE

In the as-welded condition the microstructure consists


of an austenitic alloy matrix (bulk hardness 500-600HV)
and a large proportion of chromium and complex alloy
carbides (1500-2000HV).

WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat to 200-450C and slow cool to minimise
surface cracking. Use a stringer bead or wide weave
for maximum coverage.
Build-up is normally limited to 2 layers (maximum 3).
Surface crazing or cracking (checking) is normal but
can be minimised by preheating and slow cooling.
For large build-ups or any surfacing on 13%Mn steels
use a buffer layer of a 307 type (data sheet E-21).

3.2
350
12.6
183

4.0
350
12.6
114

STORAGE

3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with


unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200300C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for
opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
Cr
Mo
V

25

www.metrode.com

Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

This electrode gives a high alloy complex chromium


carbide deposit to produce very high hardness, resistance
to extreme abrasion and thermal stability up to 600C,
coupled with reasonable corrosion resistance. The deposit
is not machinable but can be ground if necessary.
Used for equipment in contact with hot metal, slag and hot
gases at temperatures in excess of 600C. For applications
requiring high resistance to thermal shock one of the
cobalt based Cobstel types should be considered. For
ambient temperature applications Methard 850 or 950 (E55) are more economic alternatives.
Used for surfacing slag crushers, ore processors, furnace
guides, rollers and moulds, in the steel, ceramic, cement,
pottery and glass industries.

DS E-58 | Rev. 01-03/16

12

0.5

OES (mg/m3)

0.4

369

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet E-60

WORKHARD 13MN
CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with basic metal powder type flux made on
low carbon steel core wire. Electrode coating is designed
to give sound porosity-free deposits coupled with smooth
operation. Recovery is about 120% with respect to core
wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.13
BS EN 14700

min
max
typ

Mn

Si

Cr

Mo

0.5
0.9
0.8

11.0
16.0
13

0.3
1.3
0.6

-0.03
0.01

-0.03
0.02

-0.5
0.2

0.6
1.4
1

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical hardness:

EFeMn-B
E Fe9

Brinell (HB)
Vickers (HV)
Rockwell

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432 F-No 71

As deposited

Work Hardened

170-220
180-230
87-96 HRB

380-550
400-580
41-54 HRC

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

13%Mn Hadfield steel. Used for surfacing other steels


using a suitable buffer layer

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

APPLICATIONS
Workhard 13Mn electrode deposits a fairly soft ductile
weld metal which rapidly work hardens under heavy
impact and battering to become wear and abrasion
resistant. The parent steel, developed by Hadfield in
1883, is the oldest alloy steel and its resistance to gouging
abrasion is exceptional and unique.
Used for the reclamation, surfacing and joining of 13%Mn
steel. Applications include dredger, bucket and grab tips;
hammers and rolls in crushing plants; various equipment
in quarries and other mineral extraction industries. Also
used for rail track points, crossings and frogs; and prison
bars.

PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
380
15.0
357

4.0
450
16.5
219

4.0
450
16.8
147

MICROSTRUCTURE

In the as-deposited condition the microstructure consists


of a soft manganese alloy austenite which rapidly work
hardens under impact loading.

WELDING GUIDELINES
C and Mo are carefully controlled to minimise the
risk of carbide embrittlement but the weld metal
and particularly base material are susceptible to
embrittlement when exposed to temperatures in the
range 370-590C. To minimise embrittlement and
cracking the weld and work piece must be kept cool
(below 150C). Use no preheat, low heat inputs, small
weld beads and cool with water, swabs or air blasts if
necessary.
A buffer layer, such as MetMax 307R, should be used prior
to surfacing mild or alloy steels with WorkHard 13Mn.
MetMax 307R should also be used as a buffer to avoid the
need for large multi-pass deposits of WorkHard 13Mn.
370

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
3.2
4.0
5.0
min. A
80
100
140
max. A
140
180
240

www.metrode.com

STORAGE

3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with


unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for
opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
Cr

19

23

DS E-60-WORKHARD 13Mn | Rev. 01-03/16

0.1

OES (mg/m3)

10

2.2

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet E-65

COBSTEL 6 (ECoCr-A)
CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with rutile type flux made on special cobalt
alloy core wire. Electrode coating is designed to give sound
porosity-free deposits coupled with smooth operation and
low dilution. Recovery is about 110% with respect to core
wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Mn

Si

Cr

Ni

Mo

Fe

Co

-2.0
0.2

-2.0
0.8

25.0
32.0
28

-3.0
2

-1.0
<0.5

3.0
6.0
4.5

-5.0
3

bal
bal
60

+800

+900

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.13
BS EN 14700

min 0.7
max 1.4
typ 1.2

ECoCr-A
E Co2 (Nearest classification)

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432 F-No 71

Typical as-welded hardness :

Temperature, C
+20

+400

+600

Vickers (HV) 350-440


320
280
230 200
Rockwell
35-45
32
28
22
Although the hardness reduces steadily with temperature oxidation
resistance is good to in excess of 1000C.

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

Used for surfacing mild, low alloy and stainless steels;


and also for nickel base alloys.
Can also be used for the repair of UNS R30006, Stellite 6
(Deloro Stellite).

APPLICATIONS

MICROSTRUCTURE

In the as-welded condition the microstructure consists of


a cobalt based austenite with a number of carbides and
other complex phases.

WELDING GUIDELINES
For smoothest operation DC+ve or AC should be used,
but for minimum dilution DC-ve is preferable.
Preheat in the range 100-300C or higher with slow
cooling may be required to avoid the risk of cracking in
multi-run deposits and/or highly restrained conditions.
Deposits are machinable with carbide tools and may be
finished by grinding where necessary.

www.metrode.com

PB/2F

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC+/- VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
min. A
70
90
max. A
115
155
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
300
13.5
594

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

This is the most widely used cobalt base type and


combines good abrasion resistance with resistance to
corrosion, erosion and thermal shock. It also has excellent
resistance to galling, sliding friction and compression at
all temperatures.
It is used to surface valves and valve seats, hot shear
blades, punches and dies, ingot tong ends and equipment
for handling hot steel. Used for cat cracker slide valves in
petrochemical industry. Also finds applications in a very
wide range of industries including steel, cement, marine
and power generation.

PA/1G

3.2
350
13.8
333

STORAGE

3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with


unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for
opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni
Cr
Co
W
1

DS E-65-COBSTEL 6 | Rev. 01-03/16

<1

11

18.5

OES (mg/m3)

0.5

371

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet E-66

COBSTEL 8 (ECOCR-E)
CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with rutile type flux made on special cobalt
alloy core wire. Electrode coating is designed to give sound
porosity-free deposits coupled with smooth operation and
low dilution. Recovery is about 110% with respect to core
wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.13
BS EN 14700
UNS

Mn

Si

Cr

Ni

Mo

Fe

Co

-1.5
0.2

-1.0
0.6

24.0
29.0
26

2.0
4.0
3

4.5
6.5
5.5

-0.50
<0.1

-5.0
3

bal
bal
60

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Temperature, C

Typical as-welded hardness :

ECoCr-E
E Co1
W73021

+20

+400

+600

+800

+900

Vickers (HV) 320


Rockwell 30

210

170

110

100
-

The as-deposited room temperature hardness can be increased to


450HV (44HRC) by work hardening.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

Used for surfacing mild, low alloy and stainless steels;


and also for nickel base alloys.
Can also be used for the repair of similar base materials
(UNS R30021, Stellite 21 - Deloro Stellite, and BS 3146 ANC
14 castings) although it is optimised for surfacing not
joining.

APPLICATIONS

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

min 0.15
max 0.40
typ 0.3

This low carbon cobalt base type combines good high


temperature strength with high ductility. The improved
ductility provides better resistance to weld cracking than
the high carbon types. It has high resistance to corrosion,
oxidation and sulphidation; good resistance to cavitationerosion and resists thermal shock better than high carbon
types. Galling resistance is inferior to high carbon types
but bed-in properties are better.
It is used to surface valves and valve seats, hot shear
blades, hot work dies, ingot tong ends and equipment for
handling hot steel. Used for cat cracker slide valves in
petrochemical industry. Also finds applications in a very
wide range of industries including steel, cement, marine
and power generation.

MICROSTRUCTURE

In the as-welded condition the microstructure consists of


a cobalt based austenite with a number of carbides and
other complex phases.

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

PA/1G

PB/2F

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC+/- VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
3.2
min. A
90
max. A
155
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

3.2
350
13.5
384

STORAGE

3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with


unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 250C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
Maximum 350 C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for
opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18C.

WELDING GUIDELINES
For smoothest operation DC+ve or AC should be used,
but for minimum dilution DC-ve is preferable.
Preheat not required, but advisable for first layer when
deposited on hardenable alloy steels. Interpass control
to ~200C maximum is advisable to minimise possible
hot cracking in heavy multipass deposits.
Deposits are machinable with carbide tools and may be
finished by grinding where necessary.
372

www.metrode.com

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni
Cr
Co
W
1

DS E-66 COBSTEL 8 | Rev. 01-03/16

10

19

OES (mg/m3)

0.5

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet E-70

MILD AND CMn STEELS


ALLOY TYPE
Consumables for welding mild and CMn steels of
340-510MPa tensile strength.

WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheat and PWHT would often not be required
but actual requirements will depend on grade and
thickness of base material being welded.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
API
5L grades A, B, X42, X52, X60
ASTM/ASME A36; A106 grades A, B &C; A139; A210
grades A1 & C; A234 grade WPB; A334
grade 1, A216 grade WCA, WCB, WCC
BS EN
10025 grades S235 & S275
BS
1449 pt 1 grades 1-15 & 34/20-43/25;
3059, 3601 & 3602 grades 320 & 360;
4360 grades 43 & 50; 1501 grades 151
& 161
DIN
St37; St44; St50; St52

RELATED ALLOY GROUPS


The 1%Ni consumables (data sheet A-40) are used
for applications requiring better low temperature
impact properties.

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process
TIG
FCW

Specification
AWS ER70S-2
AWS ER70S-3
AWS ER70S-6
AWS E71T-1M

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

APPLICATIONS
Used for a diverse range of applications in general
engineering and fabrication, pipework and pressure
vessel fabrication. The flux cored wire also finds
widespread use in ship and bridge building.

Product
ER70S-2
ER70S-3
ER70S-6
Metcore DWA 50

MICROSTRUCTURE
Predominantly ferrite

www.metrode.com

DS E-70 | Rev. 01-03/16

373

ER70S-2
MILD STEEL WIRE FOR TIG
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid copper coated wire for TIG welding. This wire has extra deoxidation (Al, Ti & Zr) and is often referred to as triple deoxidised. This is claimed to have advantages for rimming or semi-killed steels and rusty or contaminated plate. Owing to the high
levels of deoxidants some precipitation may occur in multipass welds, particularly following PWHT. Also suitable for subsequent
vitreous enamelling, where the low carbon and the Ti+Zr suppress blistering of the enamel during stoving.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.18M
BS EN ISO 636-A

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 1

ER70S-2
(W 2Ti) nearest classification

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Si
Min.
-0.90
0.40
Max. 0.07
1.40
0.70
Typical 0.05
1.2
0.5

S
-0.025
0.01

P
-0.025
0.01

Cu
-0.4
0.1

Al
0.05
0.15
0.08

Ti
0.05
0.15
0.10

Zr
0.02
0.12
0.05

Ni
-0.15
0.04

Cr
-0.15
0.04

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical PWHT
min
Tensile strenght (MPa)
480
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
400
Elongation (%) 4d
22
Impact ISO-V(J) - 30C
27
Hardness cap/mid HV
-*
Single values may be lower, particularly after PWHT**

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
TIG
Argon
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG

V
-0.03
0.005

typical
620
550
23
30*
220/240

Current
DC-

1.6
5 kg tube

Mo
-0.15
0.01

Diameter (mm)
2.4

Voltage
150A, 15V

2.6
5 kg tube

3.2
5 kg tube

STORAGE
Recommended ambient storage conditions: <60% RH, >18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume negligible):
Fe
Mn
Cr3
53
7
< 0.1

374

www.metrode.com

Ni
< 0.1

DS E-70-ER70S-2 | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
0.1

Cu
1.2

OES (mg/m3)
5

ER70S-3
MILD STEEL WIRE FOR TIG
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid copper coated wire for TIG welding. This is a higher carbon double deoxidised wire with Mn and Si which produces reliable
impact properties.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.18M
BS EN ISO 636-A

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 1

ER70S-3
W 42 5 W2Si

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Min.
0.06
0.90
Max.
0.15
1.40
Typical
0.1
1.1

Si
0.45
0.70
0.6

S
-0.025
0.01

P
-0.025
0.01

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical PWHT
Tensile strenght (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
Impact ISO-V(J) - 30C
Hardness cap/mid HV

Ni
-0.15
0.04

min
480
400
22
27
--

Current
DC-

Cr
-0.15
0.04

Mo
-0.15
0.01

V
-0.03
0.005

typical
540
460
34
180
170/200

Diameter (mm)
2.4

1.6
to order

Voltage
150A, 15V

2.4
to order

STORAGE
Recommended ambient storage conditions: <60% RH, >18C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume negligible):
Fe
Mn
Cr3
53
7
< 0.1

www.metrode.com

Ni
< 0.1

DS E-70-ER70S-3 | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
0.1

Cu
1.2

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
TIG
Argon
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG

Cu
-0.4
0.1

OES (mg/m3)
5

375

ER70S-6
MILD STEEL WIRE FOR TIG
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid copper coated wire for TIG welding. This is a good general purpose filler wire, double deoxidised with higher levels of Mn
and Si, providing reliable impact properties.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.18M
BS EN ISO 636-A

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 1

ER70S-6
W 42 5 W3Si1

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)


C
Mn
Min.
0.06
1.40
Max.
0.12
1.60
Typical
0.08
1.5

Si
0.80
1.15
0.85

S
-0.025
0.015

P
-0.035
0.01

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical PWHT
Tensile strenght (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
Impact ISO-V(J) - 30C
Hardness cap/mid HV

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS


Shielding gas
TIG
Argon
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
TIG

Cu
-0.4
0.15

Ni
-0.15
0.04

min
480
400
22
27
--

Mo
-0.15
0.01

V
-0.03
0.005

typical
575
445
34
180
175/220

Current
DC-

1.6
5 kg tube

Cr
-0.15
0.04

Diameter (mm)
2.4

Voltage
150A, 15V

2.4
5 kg tube

3.2
5 kg tube

STORAGE
Recommended ambient storage conditions: <60% RH, >18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume negligible):
Fe
Mn
Cr3
53
7
< 0.1

376

www.metrode.com

Ni
< 0.1

DS E-70-ER70S-6 | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
0.1

Cu
1.2

OES (mg/m3)
5

METCORE DWA 50
ALL-POSITIONAL CMn RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wire with a rutile flux system for spray transfer at low currents and easy operation in all welding positions, including
positional pipework. The wire is designed for standard mild and CMn steels. Suitable for single-sided welds on ceramic backing
systems. Low moisture potential giving weld metal hydrogen content of typically < 5ml/100g. Metal recovery 90% with respect
to wire.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.20M
AWS A5.36M
BS EN ISO 17632-A
BS EN ISO 17632-B

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432
F-No 6
QW442
A-No 1

E71T-1M
E71T1-M21A0-CS1-H4
T 422 PM1 H5
T492T1-1MA-H5

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


C
Mn
Si
min.
---max.
0.08
1.75
0.90
Typical
0.05
1.2
0.5

S
-0.03
0.01

P
-0.04
0.01

Cr
-0.20
< 0.1

Ni
-0.50
0.1

Mo
-0.30
0.1

V
-0.08
0.02

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Typical
as-welded
600C/4h
Tensile strength (MPa)
510-650
580
575
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
420
510
485
Elongation (%) 4d
22
29
32
5d
18
25
30
Reduction of area %
-70
-Impact ISO-V(J) 0C
150
140
--20C
27
90
45
Hardness (HV)
-200
-*As specified by AWS A5.20 E71T-1M as-welded. Since toughness may be reduced by PWHT, batch testing (to order) is advised to
confirm specific requirements.

As welded (PWHT with caution)

Min*

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 80%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm)
amp-volt range
typical
stickout
1.2
130-300A, 16-32V
232A, 26V
15-25mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools supplied in cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe
Mn
36
10
www.metrode.com

Cr
<0.1

Ni
<0.1

Cu
<0.5

DS E-70-METCORE DWA 50 | Rev. 01-03/16

F
2

OES (mg/m3)
5
377

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet E-71

ULTRAMILD
CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Special low strength MMA electrode made with a basic low
hydrogen coating on pure iron core wire. Moisture resistant
coating gives weld metal hydrogen content <5ml/100g.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with
respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.1M

E6018 H4

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432 F-No 71
QW442 A-No 1
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

Mn

Si

Cr

Ni

Mo

Cu

Nb

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
4d
Elongation (%)
5d
+20
Impact ISO-V(J) -20C
-30C
Hardness cap/mid HV

Min.
430
330
22
---27
--

Typical
460
370
33
29
200
100
45
160/150

Mild and CMn steels.

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

APPLICATIONS
Ultramild gives a soft, ductile low strength weld metal
designed to absorb high shrinkage strains and minimise
the build-up of residual stresses. It is a basic low hydrogen
electrode with the lowest levels of alloying, microalloying
and deoxidation compatible with satisfactory radiographic
quality, resulting in ductile weld metal of about 300MPa yield
strength.
Applications include repair of fabrication-induced cracks in
CMn and low alloy steels, buttering layers to avoid lamellar
tearing in areas of high restraint, restrained root runs under
adverse conditions of low ambient temperature (-20C) and
minimal or no preheat, and welding of steel conductor rails
requiring high electrical conductivity.

MICROSTRUCTURE

In the as-welded and PWHT conditions, the microstructure


consists of low strength ferrite.

WELDING GUIDELINES
Preheating requirements will be dependent on the grade
and thickness of the base material.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Although Ultramild has tensile properties which match
those of the commonly used low strength grades of
structural and pressure vessel steels, it would not normally
be chosen for the complete welding of highly stressed or
pressure containment welds. It can, however be used to
advantage in the repair of such welds particularly in root
areas, buttering layers, and the filling of deep grooves where
the high restraint can be absorbed in the weld metal and
so minimise the risk of cracking. The bulk of the joint can
be completed using the usual higher strength consumable
without any loss in performance resulting from the use of
Ultramild.
378

www.metrode.com

min -- -- ------ -- -- -- -max 0.03 0.6 0.4 0.015 0.020 0.10 0.30 0.10 0.10 0.05 0.05
typ 0.02 0.4 0.3 0.010 0.010 0.02 0.05 0.01 0.03 0.01 0.01

PA/1G

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

PE/4G

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
4.0
min. A
70
80
100
max. A
110
140
180
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
380
13.5
663

3.2
380
15.0
408

4.0
450
18.0
264

STORAGE

3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with


unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen
<5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250-300C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-350C/12h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420C, 3 cycles, 10h
total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200C in holding oven
or 50-150C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions
for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni
Cr
Cu Pb

15

DS E-71 | Rev. 01-03/16

<0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

OES (mg/m3)

17

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet E-72

NILSIL
CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a special rutile alumino-silicate flux on
high purity mild steel core wire. In common with E6013 type
electrodes, the as-deposited weld metal hydrogen may exceed
a hydrogen potential of 15ml/100g.
Metal recovery is about 95% with respect to core wire, 65%
with respect to whole electrode.

SPECIFICATIONS
No relevant national specifications, nearest AWS A5.1 E6013

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432 F-No
QW442 A-No

Mn

Si *

min
-0.2
---max
0.10
0.8
0.10
0.03
0.03
typ
0.05
0.5
0.06
0.01
0.02
Sizes larger than 3.2mm not recommended for positional
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
Reduction of area %

Typical
450
380
30
60

WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Low silicon steels.
BS 2858.
Armco iron.

PA/1G

APPLICATIONS

MICROSTRUCTURE
Ferritic

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
In the process of hot-dip galvanising, a thin bonding layer of
Fe-Zn alloy is formed at the steel interface. Silicon content
of the steel has a controlling influence on the Fe-Zn reaction
and coating quality. Modern zinc baths may have about
0.1%Ni added to improve brightness of coatings on higher
silicon steels.

www.metrode.com

PF/3Gu

PC/2G

PE/4G

OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)


Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
4.0
5.0
min. A
70
80
100
140
max. A
110
140
180
240
* Analysed silicon will include a small proportion present as
non-metallic silicate inclusions. Alloyed silicon is therefore
lower than analysed.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm)
Length (mm)
kg/carton
Pieces/carton

2.5
380
18.0
543

3.2
450
21.0
342

4.0
450
21.0
225

MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

Nilsil deposits mild steel weld metal with a very low silicon
content of 0.10% maximum. It is designed specifically for the
fabrication and repair of hot-dip zinc galvanising baths and
lead pots. The steels used for these applications are usually
either Armco iron, aluminium killed or rimming steel which are
almost silicon free.
A low silicon content is necessary to resist corrosion/erosion
by molten zinc at the operating temperature of 450-500C,
particularly at the molten metal/air interface. Residual zinc
may also attack pots used for molten lead. Weld metals with
more than 0.10% silicon are particularly subject to attack
and at 0.4% silicon a four-fold increase would be typical.
Manganese in the weld metal is also held at the optimum of
about 0.5%.
Nilsil is also recommended for welding articles made from low
silicon galvanising steels intended for subsequent bright zinc
coating. Welds of a higher silicon content can give a dull and
uneven surface.

PB/2F

STORAGE

3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with


unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin satisfactory for
longer than 8h working shift.
For electrodes that are damp:
Redry 100-120C/1-2h. Maximum 150C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200C in holding oven or
50-150C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions
for opened tins (using plastic lid): <60% RH, >18C.

FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe
Mn
Cu
Pb

25

DS E-72 | Rev. 01-03/16

<0.2

<0.1

OES (mg/m3)

<2

5
379

Section F : FLUXES FOR SUBMERGED ARC WELDING

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

FLUXES FOR USE WITH LOW ALLOY CrMo, STAINLESS STEEL AND NICKEL BASE WIRES
This section includes submerged arc welding (SAW) fluxes for CrMo low alloy steels, austenitic stainless steels, duplex and superduplex
stainless steels and nickel base alloys. The data sheets in this section include data specific to the flux, further information on the
wires and strips can be found on the relevant alloy data sheet in Sections A, B, C, D & E.
An indication of the basicity of the fluxes is given using a basicity index (BI) the most common of which is the Boniszewski index which
is calculated from the molecular weight of each component using the following formula:

CaO + MgO + BaO + CaF2 + Na2O + K2O + 0.5(MnO + FeO)


SiO2 + 0.5(Al2O3 + TiO2 + ZrO2)
Flux consumption will vary slightly from one flux to another and also with welding parameters, the consumption increasing as the
voltage increases. As a general approximation about 1kg of flux is consumed for every kg of wire melted; for estimation purposes a
flux:wire ratio between 1 & 2 is normally used. The unfused flux can be recycled but the recycled flux should be limited to about 10%
of the blend to avoid the build-up of fines.
There is a European specification (BS EN ISO 14174) for the classification of fluxes and also a DIN specification both of which allow a
flux to be classified according to its characteristics. ASME/AWS does not have any standards for the classification of a flux they only
classify wire-flux combinations. The ASME/AWS standards currently only cover mild and low alloy steel wireflux combinations; there
are no ASME/AWS standards for stainless steel or nickel base wire-flux combinations.

DataSheet Product
LA436
LA490
SSB
SS300
NiCu
NiCr

AWS
EN / EN ISO
Classifications Classifications

General purpose flux for low alloy and Cr-Mo steels


High basicity flux for P91 and P92
Flux for duplex and superduplex stainless steel
Flux for general purpose stainless steel
Basic flux for alloy 400
Basic low silica flux for nickel alloys

-------

FLUX

F-11
F-14
F-20
F-22
F-30
F-35

AWS Classifications

380

www.metrode.com

DS F-01 | Rev. 02-03/16

S A AB 1
S A FB 1
S A AF 2
S A AF 2
S A CS 2
S A FB 2

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet F-11

LA436 FLUX
WELDING GUIDELINES

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

The appropriate preheat or interpass temperature


controls will be dependent on the material being
welded, guidelines can be found on the data sheet
for the appropriate wire. PWHT recommendations, if
required, will also be found on the appropriate wire data
sheet.

Neutral, aluminate basic, agglomerated flux.


Basicity Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~1.6.

SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN ISO 14174

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432 F-No

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS

S A AB 1 67 AC H5

Current: DC or AC; DC+ operation is preferred.


Suitable for single or tandem wire, with a current
carrying capacity of 700A.
Typical parameters for a 2.4mm wire are:
300-500A, 28-36V, 350-700mm/min travel speed.

QW442 A-No

PACKAGING DATA

Metrode LA436 flux is supplied in sealed moisture


resistant 25kg metal drums.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
The base materials to be welded include ASTM A335 P11,
P22 and P36.

APPLICATIONS
The LA436 flux is designed for welding low alloy and creep
resisting CrMo steels (eg. data sheets A-12, A-13 and A-23).
LA436 flux is suitable for joining and surfacing. LA436
shows a silicon pick-up of ~0.3% and manganese pick-up
of ~0.4% with a 1%Mn wire (in accordance with BS EN ISO
14174).

STORAGE

Preferred storage conditions for open drums: <60%RH,


>18C.
If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
period, it should be redried in the range 250-400C for
1-2 hours.
FUME DATA
SAW fume is negligible.

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


PWHT
Wire
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C

www.metrode.com

Si
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.4

S
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01

P
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02
<0.02

1NiMo
680
560
30
140

DS F7-11 - LA436 | Rev. 01-03/16

1CrMo
620
535
25
>100

Cr
-1.1
2.1
9.0

Ni
0.9
--0.1

Mo
0.5
0.5
1.0
0.9

FLUX

TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT ANALYSIS, WT%


Wire
C
Mn
1NiMo
0.06
1.9
1CrMo
0.08
1.1
2CrMo
0.08
0.8
9CrMo
0.07
0.5

2CrMo
640
560
24
>100

381

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet F-14

LA490 FLUX
WELDING GUIDELINES

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Guidelines will depend on the material being welded.


For further details see the appropriate alloy data sheet
eg. for modified 9CrMo (P91) using 9CrMoV-N wire see
data sheet A-17 and for P92 using 9CrWV wire see data
sheet A-20.

Agglomerated fluoride basique flux for 9% chromium


creep resisting steels.
Basicity Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~3.0. Particle
size is 0.22.0mm. Nominal composition of the flux is:
36%(CaO+MgO) + 27%(CaF2) + 30%(SiO2 +Al2O3)

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS

Current: DC+ or AC, 800A maximum.

SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN ISO 14174

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432 F-No

S A FB 1 55 AC H5
PACKAGING DATA

Metrode LA490 flux is supplied in hermetic moisture


resistant "SaharaTM bag.

QW442 A-No

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

STORAGE

Preferred storage conditions for open packaging:


<60%RH, >18C.
If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
period, it should be redried in the range 300-350C for
1-2 hours.

Major application is for welding modified 9CrMo (P91 and P92)


creep resisting steels (data sheet A-17 and A-20).

APPLICATIONS

FLUX

The LA490 flux is metallurgically neutral with respect


to Mn and Si. It is a hydrogen controlled flux depositing
low diffusible hydrogen content weld metal and hence is
suitable for thick section joints. Also suitable for tandem
and multi-wire welding systems.

TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT ANALYSIS, WT%


Wire
C
Mn
Si
9CrMoV-N 0.09
0.7
0.2
9CrWV 0.09
0.8
0.3

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


760C/2h
Wire
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
Impact ISO-V(J) +20C

382

www.metrode.com

S
0.006
0.006

P
0.008
0.008

FUME DATA
SAW fume is negligible.

Cr
8.7
8.54

Ni
0.6
0.54

9CrMoV-N
720
610
25
45

DS F7-14 - LA490 | Rev. 02-03/16

Mo
1.0
0.4

N
0.05
0.04

Others
0.2V, 0.05 Nb
1.7W, 0.14V, 0.054Nb, 0.001B

9CrWV
700
580
25
45

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet F-20

SSB FLUX
WELDING GUIDELINES

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic non-alloying agglomerated flux for submerged arc
welding with a wide range of stainless steels. Basicity Index
(according to Boniszewski) is ~2.2. Nominal composition of
the flux is:
40%(Al2O3+MnO) + 10%(SiO2+TiO2) + 50%(CaF2).
The low level of silica minimises pick-up of Si, and loss of
Mn and Cr.

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432 F-No

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS

Designed for DC+ only with wires up to 4mm diameter


and ~750A. However wires for the materials listed
below would normally be 1.6, 2.4 or 3.2mm with a maximum of ~600A; with ER329N and Zeron 100X the wire
diameter is further restricted as are the welding parameters, see alloy data sheets for further information.
Typical parameters for 2.4mm wire are:
270-430A, 27-28V, 350-500mm/min travel speed.

SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN ISO 14174

Specific guidelines will depend on the alloy being


welded but for most alloys that SSB flux is used with no
preheat will be required. For austenitic stainless steels
the maximum recommended interpass temperature
is 250C but for duplex and superduplex this would
normally be restricted to 100-150C maximum.

S A AF2 DC

QW442 A-No

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

PACKAGING DATA

Metrode SSB flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant


20kg metal drums.

Suitable for most stainless steels including: 304L (data sheet


B-30), 347 (data sheet B-31), 316L (data sheet B-32), duplex
(data sheet B-60) and superduplex (data sheet B-61); see wire
data sheets for further information.

STORAGE

Preferred storage conditions for open drums: <60%RH,


>18C.
If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
period, it should be redried in the range 250-400C for
1-3 hours.

APPLICATIONS
SSB flux is designed specifically for the butt welding of
stainless steels, where high integrity and good mechanical
properties are required

FUME DATA
SAW fume is negligible.

S
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01

P
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02

Cr
19.7
19.2
18.2
24
22.5
24.5

Ni
10
10
12
12.5
8.5
9.3

Mo
2.6
3.1
3.6

Cu
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.7

N
0.15
0.21

Others
0.5 Nb
0.7 W

FLUX

TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT ANALYSIS, WT%


Wire
C
Mn
Si
308S92 0.02
1.2
0.6
347S96 0.03
1.2
0.6
316S92 0.02
1.2
0.6
309S92 0.03
1.5
0.6
ER329N 0.02
1.3
0.5
Zeron 100X 0.02
0.6
0.4

TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Wire
308S92
347S96
316S92
309S92
ER329N
Zeron 100X
Tensile strength (MPa)
570
630
570
600
790
890
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
450
470
450
475
630
700
Elongation (%) 4d
41
35
41
35
30
25
Impact ISO-V(J) -130C
50*
45
-100C
30
-50C
70
55
40
For -196C impact properties with austenitic stainless steel wires SS300 flux is preferred (see data sheet F-22) and batch testing
of the selected wire-flux combination is recommended.
www.metrode.com

DS F-20 - SSB | Rev. 01-03/16

383

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet F-22

SS300 FLUX
WELDING GUIDELINES

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic non-alloying agglomerated flux for submerged arc
welding with a wide range of stainless steels. Basicity
Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~1.6.
The low level of silica minimises pick-up of Si, and loss of
Mn and Cr.

Specific guidelines will depend on the alloy being welded


but for most alloys that SS300 flux is used with no
preheat will be required. For austenitic stainless steels
the maximum recommended interpass temperature is
250C but this may be restricted to 100-150C maximum
for some applications.
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS

Designed for DC/AC with wires up to 4mm diameter and


~700A. However wires for the materials listed below
would normally be 1.6, 2.4 or 3.2mm with a maximum of
~600A; see alloy data sheets for further information.
Typical parameters for 2.4mm wire are:
270-430A, 27-28V, 350-500mm/min travel speed.

SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN ISO 14174

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432 F-No

S A AF2 64 AC

QW442 A-No

PACKAGING DATA

Metrode SS300 flux is supplied as standard in sealed


moisture resistant 25kg Sahara ReadyBagTM. It can
also be supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal
drums under special requirement.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Suitable for most stainless steels including: 304L (data sheet
B-30), 347 (data sheet B-31), and 316L (data sheet B-32); see
wire data sheets for further information.

STORAGE

Preferred storage conditions for open drums: <60%RH,


>18C.
If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
period, it should be redried in the range 250-400C for
1-3 hours.

APPLICATIONS
SS300 flux is designed for the butt welding of stainless
steels, and also for surfacing/cladding applications
involving stainless steel wires.

FLUX

FUME DATA
SAW fume is negligible.
TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT ANALYSIS, WT%
Wire
C
Mn
Si
308S92 0.02
1.4
0.6
ER308LCF 0.02
1.4
0.6
347S96 0.03
1.2
0.6
316S92 0.02
1.2
0.6
ER316LCF 0.02
1.2
0.6
309S92 0.03
1.5
0.6
HAS C276 0.01
0.5
0.2
TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Wire
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C
-100C
-75C
-50C

384

www.metrode.com

308S92
570
425
40
50
-

S
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.002

P
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.006

ER308LCF
550
390
41
45
-

Cr
19.7
19.7
19.2
18.2
18.2
23
15.0
347S96
630
450
35
30
-

DS F-22 - SS300 | Rev. 01-03/16

Ni
10
10
10
12
12
12.5
57.5
316S92
570
425
40
45
-

Mo
2.6
2.6
15.6

Cu
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.02

ER316LCF
560
400
41
40
-

N
-

Others
0.5 Nb
3.7 W

309S92
600
450
35
60

HAS C276
730
470
43
80
-

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet F-30

NiCu FLUX
MICROSTRUCTURE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic agglomerated flux for submerged arc welding and
strip cladding using 65NiCu wire (AWS ERNiCu-7).
Basicity Index (according to Boniszewski) is 0.6. Particle
size is 0.4 1.4mm. Nominal composition of the flux is:
50%(SiO2) + 30%(CaO+MgO+MnO+K2O) + 12%(CaF2) +
8%(Al2O3).

SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN ISO 14174

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM

DIN

NA13
NA1 (cast)

Wire
deposit

2.4360
2.4361
2.4365 (cast)

C
0.07
0.02

Mn
3.8
3.6

Si
0.4
1.3

Cu
29
29

Fe
0.15
2.5

Ti
2.0
0.6

Ni
bal
bal

ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


As welded

Proprietary
Monel alloy 400, R405,
K500 (Special Metals)
Nicorros (VDM)

Tensile strength (MPa)


0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 5d
Impact ISO-V(J) + 20C

typical
490
260
45
100

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS

APPLICATIONS

Current: DC+, DC- or AC. 800A maximum.


PACKAGING DATA

Metrode NiCu flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant


20kg metal drums.
STORAGE

Preferred storage conditions for open drums: <60%RH,


>18C.
If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
period, it should be redried in the range 300-400C for
1-2 hours.

FLUX

For welding alloy 400 and similar parent material to itself


and to others in the Ni-Cu alloy system, such as pure nickel
and cupronickel. Welds in alloy K500 are satisfactory, but
cannot match the strength of this precipitation-hardened
alloy. Castings of alloy 400 with up to about 1.5%Si are welded
with Nimrod 190, but higher silicon grades such as BS3071 NA2
and ASTM A743 M35-2 are virtually unweldable because of HAZ
cracking. For dissimilar joints between alloy 400 and other
alloys or steels, sensitivity to dilution by Fe (20-30%) or Cr (36%) can lead to low ductility (or bend-test fissuring) in weld
metal close to the fusion boundary. Direct welds to mild or
low alloy steels are satisfactory with dilution control, although
ERNiCr-3 wire is preferable and necessary for stainless and
higher chromium alloys (see data sheets D-10 and D-11).
Alternatively, the steel or alloy can be buttered with pure
nickel (see data sheet D-50) and this procedure is also useful
when surfacing with alloy 400 consumables.
Alloy 400 has a useful combination of strength, thermal
conductivity and resistance to corrosion by seawater,
inorganic salts, sulphuric and hydrofluoric acids, hydrogen
fluoride and alkalis. Applications include heat exchangers,
piping, vessels and evaporators in the offshore, marine,
chemical, petrochemical and power engineering industries.

www.metrode.com

No preheat required, maximum interpass temperature


150C and no PWHT required.

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)


QW442 A-No

BS

WELDING GUIDELINES

S A CS 2

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432 F-No

UNS N04400
UNS N04405
UNS N05500
A494 M-35-1 (cast)
A494 M-35-2 (cast)

Solid solution, single phase alloy, slightly ferromagnetic


near room temperature.

FUME DATA
SAW fume is negligible.

DS F-30 - NICU | Rev. 01-03/16

385

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD


HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com

Data Sheet F-35

NiCr FLUX
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Highly basic agglomerated flux for submerged arc welding
with a wide range of nickel base alloys (e.g. 20.70.Nb, 62-50
and HAS C276).
Basicity Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~4.5. Nominal
composition of the flux is:
5%(SiO2) + 50%(CaO+MgO+MnO+K2O) + 10%(CaF2) +
35%(Al2O3)

TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS

Current: DC+, Dc- or AC; DC+ operation is preferred.


Normally used for single wires up to 3.2mm diameter
and up to 450A. Smaller wires and lower currents are
normally used to minimise the risk of hot cracking,
particularly for joining applications.
Typical parameters for joining with 1.6mm wire are:
260A, 26V, 350mm/min travel speed.

SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN ISO 14174

ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432 F-No

PACKAGING DATA

S A FB 2

Metrode NiCr flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant


20kg metal drums.
STORAGE

QW442 A-No

Preferred storage conditions for open drums: <60%RH,


>18C.

MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
With appropriate wires nickel base alloy 625 (data sheet D-20),
alloy 600 (data sheet D-10) and alloy C-276 (data sheet D-30)
can be welded; see wire data sheets for further details.

If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long


period, it should be redried in the range 250-400C for
1-3 hours.
FUME DATA
SAW fume is negligible.

APPLICATIONS
NiCr flux is suitable for joining and surfacing. The high basicity
ensures minimal loss of alloying elements, and the very low
silica content produces low silicon weld metal and minimises
the risk of hot cracking.

WELDING GUIDELINES

FLUX

NiCr flux is generally used on alloys that require no


preheat, have a maximum interpass temperature of
150C and do not require PWHT. Further information
can be found on the data sheet for the respective alloy.

TYPICAL WELD DEPOSIT ANALYSIS, WT%


Wire
C
Mn
Si
20.70.Nb 0.01
3
0.2
62-50 0.02
0.2
0.2
HAS C276 0.02
0.3
0.2

TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES


Wire
Tensile strength (MPa)
0.2% proof strength (MPa)
Elongation (%) 4d
Impact ISO-V(J) -196C

386

www.metrode.com

S
0.01
0.01
0.01

P
0.01
0.01
0.01

Cr
20.5
21.5
15.5

Ni
bal
bal
bal

20.70.Nb
640
360
40
100
DS F-35 - NiCr | Rev. 01-03/16

Mo
8.5
15.0

62-50
715
430
50
80

Nb
2.3
3.3
-

Fe
1
1
5

Ti
0.1
0.1
-

HAS C276
740
500
38
76

W
3.7

OTHER USEFUL INFORMATION

FAMILY NAMES
Families of related consumables are identified with brand names which are briefly described below.
Armet
Chromet
Cobstel
Cormet
Cupromet
Hardcore
KS
Methard
Metmax
Nimax
Nimrod
Super R
Supercore
Supercore P
Supermet
Supermig
Thermet
Tufmet
Ultramet
Ultramet B
Ultramet P
Vertamet
Workhard

Armour welding electrode


Chromium-molybdenum low alloy electrodes
Cobalt-base stellite type electrodes
Chromium-molybdenum flux and metal cored wires
Copper and cupronickel electrodes
Hardfacing cored wires
Suffix for all-positional (generally basic) electrodes with emphasis on pipework
Hardfacing electrodes
Stainless high recovery electrodes made on mild steel core wire
Nickel-base high recovery electrodes made on nickel core wire
Nickel-base electrodes
Stainless rutile electrodes (25.20 and 29.9 only)
Stainless, Nickel base and P91, P92 gas-shielded flux cored wires
All-positional stainless gas-shielded flux cored wires
Stainless (acid) rutile electrodes
Stainless (high silicon) solid MIG wires
High temperature austenitic electrodes
Low alloy electrodes for sub-zero toughness
Stainless rutile all-positional electrodes
Stainless basic all-positional electrodes
Fully positional (including vertical down) pipe welding electrodes, suitable for root welding
Stainless (acid) rutile vertical down electrodes
Hardfacing electrodes with ability to work-harden

SYMBOLS OF THE ELEMENTS


Al
Ar
As
B
Bi
C
Cb
Cr

aluminium
argon
arsenic
boron
bismuth
carbon
columbium (niobium)
chromium

Cu
F
Fe
H2
He
Mg
Mn
Mo

copper
fluorine
iron
hydrogen
helium
magnesium
manganese
molybdenum

N
Nb
Ni
O2
P
Pb
S
Sb

nitrogen
niobium
nickel
oxygen
phosphorus
lead
sulphur
antimony

Si
Sn
Ta
Ti
V
W
Zn
Zr

silicon
tin
tantalum
titanium
vanadium
tungsten
zinc
zirconium

OTHER INFORMATION

www.metrode.com

387

OTHER USEFUL INFORMATION

OTHER INFORMATION

ABBREVIATIONS
A
AC
AFNOR
ASME
ASTM
AW
AWS
BS
BS EN
CTOD
DC+/-ve
DIN
FCAW
FCW
FN
GMAW
GTAW
HAZ
HB
HRC
HV
ISO
J
kJ/mm
ksi (=1000psi)
LNG
LPG
MAG
MCW
MIG
MMA
MPa (=N/mm2)
NACE
OCV
PREN
PREW
PWHT
RCC-M
RH
ROL
SAW
SMAW
TIG
TV
V
WH
WRC
>
<
~

388 www.metrode.com

amps
alternating current
l'Association Franaise de Normalisation (French Standards Association)
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM specifications form ASME Code II parts A and B)
as-welded
American Welding Society (AWS specifications form ASME Code II part C)
British Standard
British Standard Euronorm (progressively superseding BS)
crack tip opening displacement (measurement of fracture toughness)
direct current, electrode positive/negative
Deutsche Institut fr Normung (German Standards Institute)
Flux Cored Arc Welding
Flux Cored Wire
Ferrite Number (FN = % ferrite up to 8FN, 18FN = 15% ferrite)
Gas Metal Arc Welding (= MIG/MAG)
Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (= TIG)
heat affected zone
hardness, Brinell scale
hardness, Rockwell C scale
hardness, Vickers scale (= VPN, Vickers Pyramid number); also horizontal-vertical welding position
International Organisation for Standardisation
Joule (unit of energy in Charpy test or heat input, 1 watt-second)
kilojoules per mm: heat input = V x A x time (sec) divided by 1000 x ROL (mm)
kilopounds per square inch (1ksi = 6.895N/mm2)
liquefied natural gas
liquefied petroleum gas
Metal Active Gas welding (= GMAW) MCW
Metal Cored Wire
Metal Inert Gas welding (= GMAW)
Manual Metal Arc welding (stick electrodes = SMAW)
megapascals (=Newtons per square mm ), (1N/mm2 = 0.145 ksi)
National Association of Corrosion Engineers (USA)
open circuit voltage for AC operation
Pitting Corrosion Resistance Equivalent Number (= %Cr + 3.3%Mo + 16%N)
Pitting Corrosion Resistance Equivalent (= %Cr + 3.3%Mo + 1.75%W + 16%N)
post weld heat treatment (usually equivalent to stress-relief)
Design and Construction Rules for Mechanical Components of PWR Nuclear island
relative humidity, %
run-out length, mm
Submerged Arc Welding
Shielded Metal Arc Welding (stick electrodes = MMA)
Tungsten Inert Gas (= GTAW)
volts
work hardened
Welding Research Council
greater than (prefix)
less than (prefix)
approximately (prefix)

OTHER USEFUL INFORMATION

WELDING POSITIONS
Some welding engineers prefer to use the standard AWS/ASME terminology for welding positions some use a general description some
use a mixture of both!
It is useful in describing welding procedures if we all understand each other. This chart shows the basic AWS/ASME (and BS EN) welding
positions, together with the outline descriptions. The AWS/ASME positions are described in ASME IX and the European terminology is used in
BS EN 287-1 and defined in ISO 6947.

ASME (BS EN) POSITIONS

HORIZONTAL

VERTICAL

OVERHEAD

GROOVE WELD

FILLET WELD

FLAT

FOR PIPES

Pipe is rotated
while welding

PH / 5Gu
PJ / 5Gd

Inclined
position 45

HL-045 / 6Gu
JL-045 / 6Gd

SYMBOLS USED ON DATA SHEETS FOR WELDING POSITIONS ASME (BS EN)

PB/2F

PC/2G

PF/3Gu

Standing
Fillet

Horizontal
vertical

Vertical up

www.metrode.com

PG/3Gd

Vertical
down

PE/4G

Overhead

OTHER INFORMATION

PA/1G

Downhand /
gravity

389

OTHER USEFUL INFORMATION

CONSTITUTION DIAGRAMS
SCHAEFFLER DIAGRAM

OTHER INFORMATION

WRC 1992 DIAGRAM

The WRC-1992 diagram predicts ferrite content for a wide range of stainless weld metal compositions, including duplex and superduplex types.
Weld metals solidifying in the FA and F regions have best resistance to hot cracking; those in the fully austenitic region (A) are most sensitive.
When nitrogen content is unknown (and not intentionally added) assume 0.08%N for gas-shielded MIG/FCW, 0.12%N for self-shielded FCW,
and 0.06%N for all other purposes.

390 www.metrode.com

OTHER USEFUL INFORMATION


DELONG DIAGRAM

CONVERSIONS
APPROXIMATE ELECTRODE SIZE EQUIVALENTS
Diameter
mm inch
0.8 1/32
0.9
1.0
1.2 3/64
1.6
1/16
2.0 5/64
2.4 3/32
2.5
3.0
3.2
1/8
4.0 5/32
5.0 3/16
6.0
1/4

inch
0.031
0.035
0.039
0.047
0.063
0.078
0.094
0.098
0.118
0.125
0.156
0.188
0.250

SWG
21
19
18
16
14
12
11
10
8
6
4

Length
mm inch
200

230

250

10

300

12

350

14

380

15

450

18

LENGTHS OF TIG WIRE PER KILOGRAM*


Diameter
mm m/kg
0.8 260
158

1.2

114

1.6

65

2.0

40

2.4

29

3.2

16

4.0

10

* Based on ferrous alloys with a density of ~8g/cm3


Note: 2.2mm diameter Superoot 316L has ~30 lengths per kg

www.metrode.com

To convert

into

multiply by

millimetre (mm)
inch (in)
metre (m)
foot (ft)
kilogram (kg)
pound (lb)
tonne
litre (l)
litre (l)
litre/min (l/min)
cubic foot/hour (cfh)

25.4
0.0394
0.3048
3.281
0.4536
2.205
1.0161
4.546
28.32
0.472
2.12

N/mm2 (= MPa)
N/mm2 (= MPa)
N/mm2 (= MPa)
tonf/in2
kgf/mm2 (kp/mm2)
ksi (=1000 lbf/in2)
hbar

15.44
9.807
6.895
0.0647
0.102
0.145
0.1

J
J
ft lbf
ft lbf
kgf m
kgf m

1.356
9.807
7.233
0.7376
0.102
0.1383

=
=
=

5/9 x (F 32)
(C x 9/5) + 32
C + 273

General
inch (in)
millimetre (mm)
foot (ft)
metre (m)
pound (lb)
kilogram (kg)
ton
imp gallon
cubic foot (cu ft)
cubic foot/hour (cfh)
litre/min (l/min)
Stress
tonf/in2
kgf/mm2 (kp/mm2)
ksi (=1000 lbf/in2)
N/mm2 (= MPa)
N/mm2 (= MPa)
N/mm2 (= MPa)
N/mm2 (= MPa)
Impact energy
ft lbf
kgf m
kgf m
J
J
ft lbf
Temperature
C
F
K

OTHER INFORMATION

1.0

APPROXIMATE CONVERSION FACTORS

391

OTHER USEFUL INFORMATION

CONVERSIONS
APPROXIMATE HARDNESS CONVERSION (BASED ON ASTM E140)
Rockwell B
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
-

Rockwell C
~20
22
25
28
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
62
65
68

Vickers
100
107
116
125
137
150
165
185
210
240
248
266
286
302
345
392
446
513
595
697
746
832
940

Brinell
100
107
116
125
137
150
165
185
210
240
247
253
271
286
327
371
421
481
560
654
688
-

Products of approximately equivalent hardness

CI Soft Flow Ni
Ultramild
CI Special Cast NiFe
308L, 316L, 307 (AW)
Nimrod/Nimax C (AW), P91/P92 (PWHT)
625 (AW)
Railrod, 29.9 Super R, duplex
Chromet 2 (AW), superduplex
410NiMo (AW)
Methard 350
Cobstel 6, 625 (WH), 307 (WH), P91/P92 (AW)
Methard 650
Methard 850
Methard 750TS
Methard 950, Methard 1050

TWI HARDNESS CONVERSION FOR DUPLEX AND SUPERDUPLEX


60
50

TWI
E140

Rockwell C

40
30
20

OTHER INFORMATION

10

392 www.metrode.com

HRC = 0.091 HV - 2.4


200

250

300

350
Vickers Hardness

400

450

500

OTHER USEFUL INFORMATION

www.metrode.com

J
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
150
155
160
165
170
175
180
185
190
195
200
205
210
215
220
225
230
235
240
245
250

ENERGY

ft.lbf
4
7
11
15
18
22
26
30
33
37
41
44
48
52
55
59
63
66
70
74
77
81
85
89
92
96
100
103
107
111
114
118
122
125
129
133
136
140
144
148
151
155
159
162
166
170
173
177
181
184

TEMPERATURE
C
F
-269
-452
-196
-321
-175
-283
-150
-238
-125
-193
-110
-166
-100
-148
-75
-103
-60
-76
-50
-58
-40
-40
-30
-22
-20
-4
-10
14
0
32
10
50
20
68
30
86
40
104
50
122
75
167
100
212
125
257
150
302
175
347
200
392
225
437
250
482
275
527
300
572
325
617
350
662
400
752
450
842
500
932
550
1022
600
1112
650
1202
700
1292
750
1382
800
1472
850
1562
900
1652
950
1742
1000
1832
1050
1922
1100
2012
1150
2102
1200
2192
1250
2282

kg
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.0
11.5
12.0
12.5
13.0
13.5
14.0
14.5
15.0
15.5
16.0
16.5
17.0
17.5
18.0
18.5
19.0
19.5
20.0
20.5
21.0
21.5
22.0
22.5
23.0
23.5
24.0
24.5
25.0

WEIGHT

lb
1.1
2.2
3.3
4.4
5.5
6.6
7.7
8.8
9.9
11.0
12.1
13.2
14.3
15.4
16.5
17.6
18.7
19.8
20.9
22.1
23.2
24.3
25.4
26.5
27.6
28.7
29.8
30.9
32.0
33.1
34.2
35.3
36.4
37.5
38.6
39.7
40.8
41.9
43.0
44.1
45.2
46.3
47.4
48.5
49.6
50.7
51.8
52.9
54.0
55.1

OTHER INFORMATION

STRENGTH
MPa
ksi
25
4
50
7
75
11
100
15
125
18
150
22
175
25
200
29
225
33
250
36
275
40
300
44
325
47
350
51
375
54
400
58
425
62
450
65
475
69
500
73
525
76
550
80
575
83
600
87
625
91
650
94
675
98
700
102
725
105
750
109
775
112
800
116
825
120
850
123
875
127
900
131
925
134
950
138
975
141
1000
145
1025
149
1050
152
1075
156
1100
160
1125
163
1150
167
1175
170
1200
174
1225
178
1250
181

393

OTHER USEFUL INFORMATION

PACKAGING AND STORAGE


The following shows the typical packaging used for the various processes with nominal dimensions taken from
national standards (eg. EN ISO 544 and AWS A5.02). If packaging is critical then this should be confirmed at the
time of order with our Customer Care Department.
MMA / SMAW Electrode
Standard MMA packaging is hermetically sealed metal tins with a ring-pull top; tin weights vary depending on
product and diameter. There are three tins to a cardboard carton.
The tins are hermetically sealed and meet the definition for hermetically sealed containers given in AWS A5.5. If
unopened, and appropriately stored, this packaging will maintain the electrodes in the as-packed condition for
an indefinite period of time.
Electrodes can be used directly from the tin without the need for rebaking. Once opened the tins can be closed
using the plastic lid supplied and should be stored at >18C and <60% relative humidity. Redrying requirements
are given on the data sheets for individual electrodes. MMA electrodes can, for selected products, also be
supplied in Sahara Ready Packs, an advanced vacuum packaging system.
TIG / GTAW Wire
Standard packaging for cut length TIG wire is 2.5kg or 5kg plastic tubes. Superoot flux cored TIG wire is packed
in a 1kg plastic tube.
TIG wires that may otherwise be susceptible to rusting (mild or low alloy steel) are copper coated. Under normal
storage conditions TIG wires do not present any handling difficulties.
MIG / GMAW Wire
Standard packaging for MIG wire is 12.5kg or 15kg 300mm diameter spools, in a cardboard carton. Some wires are
also available on 0.7kg/1.0kg 100mm diameter mini-spools or 5kg 200mm diameter midi-spools.
Different spool types and dimensions are shown on the next page.
MIG wires that may otherwise be susceptible to rusting (mild or low alloy steel) are copper coated. MIG spools
should be properly handled and stored because any damage to spools can lead to feeding problems.
Flux Cored Wire
Standard packaging for flux cored wire is 15kg 300mm diameter spools, vacuum sealed in barrier foil and in
cardboard carton. Different spool types and dimensions are shown on the next page.
As supplied wires are adequately protected from moisture pick-up but once opened part-used spools need to be
correctly stored. It is recommended that spools are removed from machines overnight and put in a controlled
store. If an opened spool is to be stored for any period of time it should be adequately protected (in a plastic
bag with desiccant) and held in a controlled store.
Submerged Arc Wire
Standard packaging for submerged arc wire is 25kg coils in a cardboard carton. Different spool types and
dimensions are shown on the next page.

OTHER INFORMATION

Submerged Arc Flux


Standard packaging for flux is 20kg, 22.5kg or 25kg plastic bags in a sealed metal drum; or 25kg bags.
For most applications it is recommended that the flux be dried prior to use.

394 www.metrode.com

OTHER USEFUL INFORMATION

PACKAGING AND STORAGE

B300 (metal, requiring adaptor)

R435 (metal)

Type

S100
S200
S300
BS300
B300
R435

Nominal weight
(kg)
0.7/1.0
5
12.5/15
12.5/15
12.5/15
20/25

Outer diameter
d1
100
200
300
300
300
435

Inner diameter
d2
189
180
300

Outer width
b
45
55
103
103
100
90

Bore diameter
d3
16.5
50.5
50.5
50.5
-

All measurements are in mm and are the nominal dimensions, for tolerances refer to international standards eg. AWS A5.02 or EN ISO 544

www.metrode.com

Pin hole
d4
55
10
-

e1
44.5
44.5
-

OTHER INFORMATION

Plastic - mini
Plastic midi
Plastic
Wire basket
Wire spool (adaptor)
Submerged arc

Code

395

INDEX

INDEX 1 : PRODUCT DESIGNATION

INDEX

PRODUCT NAME

396

2507
2507
100Cu
12Cr
12CrMoV
13.1.BMP
13.4.Mo.L.B
13.4.Mo.L.R
13.RMP
13CMV
17.4.Cu.R
17.8.2.RCF
17-4PH
19.9.6Mn
1CrMo
1Ni
1NiCu.B
20.18.6.Cu.R
20.25.4.Cu
20.70.Nb
21.33.MnNb
2205XKS
25.20 SUPER R
25.20.LR
25.35.4CNb
2507XKS
29.9.SUPER R
2CrMo
2CrWV
2Ni
308S92
308S92(N)
308S96
309S92
309S92(N)
309S94
310S94
312S94
316S92
316S92(N)
316S96
318S96
347S96
35.45.Nb
55NiFe
5CrMo
61-70
62-50
65NiCu
70CuNi
80CuNiAl
82-50
90CuAl
90CuNi
92CuSn
97CuSi
9CrMo
9CrMoV
9CrMoV-N
9CrWV
ARMET 1
CHROMET 1
www.metrode.com

DATASHEET
B-62
B-62
E-30
B-10
A-19
B-10
B-11
B-11
B-10
A-14
B-12
C-13
B-12
E-21
A-12
A-40
A-70
B-47
B-40
D-10, D-11
C-40
B-60
C-30
B-45
C-50
B-62
E-22
A-13
A-21
A-41
B-30
B-80
C-10
B-50
B-83
C-21
C-30
E-22
B-32
B-81
C-13
B-34
B-31
C-60
E-11
A-15
D-40
D-20
D-60
D-70
E-37
B-42
E-36
D-70
E-33
E-31
A-16
A-17
A-17
A-20
E-20
A-12

PAGE
203
203
349
102
55
101
105
104
100
31
110
241
112
344
15
73
90
169
159
284, 288
261
190
254
166
268
201
347
24
63
77
118
211
228
175
219
250
256
348
131
215
244
141
124
271
338
35
309
294
318
321
353
164
352
322
351
350
38
46
45
58
340
12

PRODUCT NAME

DATASHEET

CHROMET 10MW
CHROMET 12MV
CHROMET 1L
CHROMET 1V
CHROMET 1X
CHROMET 2
CHROMET 23L
CHROMET 2L
CHROMET 2X
CHROMET 5
CHROMET 9
CHROMET 91VNB
CHROMET 92
CHROMET 9-B9
CHROMET 9MV-N
CHROMET 9MVN+
CHROMET WB2
CI SOFT FLOW Ni
CI SPECIAL CAST NiFe
CI-MET NiFe
CMo
COBSTEL 6
COBSTEL 8
CORMET 1
CORMET 10MW
CORMET 1V
CORMET 2
CORMET 2L
CORMET M91
CUPROMET N30
E10018-D2
E11018-M
E16.8.2-15
E320LR-15
E825L-15
E9018-D1
EPRI P87
ER110S-G
ER16.8.2
ER308LCF
ER309Mo
ER316LCF
ER316MnNF
ER317L
ER329N
ER347H
ER410NiMo
ER690
ER70S-2
ER70S-3
ER70S-6
ER80S-B2
ER80S-W
ER90S-B3
FV520-1
FV520-B
HARDCORE 350
HARDCORE 650
HARDCORE 850
HARDCORE 950
HAS 59
HAS C22

A-18
A-19
A-12
A-14
A-12
A-13
A-21
A-13
A-13
A-15
A-16
A-17
A-20
A-17
A-17
A-17
A-25
E-10
E-11
E-11
A-10
E-65
E-66
A-12
A-18
A-14
A-13
A-13
A-17
D-70
A-50
A-60
C-12
B-41
B-42
A-50
D-87
A-60
C-12
B-37
B-51
B-38
B-33
B-35
B-60
C-11
B-11
D-41
E-70
E-70
E-70
A-12
A-70
A-13
B-12
B-12
E-50
E-51
E-55
E-55
D-31
D-32

PAGE
51
54
13
30
14
21
62
22
23
34
37
44
57
43
41
42
69
333
336
337
10
371
372
19
52
32
28
28
47
320
81
85
237
161
163
80
326
87
238
149
180
154
137
144
191
233
106
312
374
375
376
16
91
25
109
111
358
362
367
368
301
304

INDEX

INDEX 1 : PRODUCT DESIGNATION


DATASHEET

HAS C276
LA436 FLUX
LA490 FLUX
METCORE DWA 50
METCORE DWA 55E
METHARD 1050
METHARD 350
METHARD 650
METHARD 650R
METHARD 750TS
METHARD 850
METHARD 950
METMAX 307R
Mo.B
MT304H
NAG 19.9.L
NAG 19.9.L.R
NICKEL 2Ti
NiCr FLUX
NiCu FLUX
NILSIL
NIMAX 182
NIMAX B2L
NIMAX C
NIMROD 132KS
NIMROD 182
NIMROD 182KS
NIMROD 190
NIMROD 200Ti
NIMROD 59KS
NIMROD 617KS
NIMROD 625
NIMROD 625KS
NIMROD 657
NIMROD 690KS
NIMROD AKS
NIMROD C22KS
NIMROD C276KS
RAILROD
SA 1CrMo
SA 1NiMo
SA 2CrMo
SA 9CrMo
SS300 FLUX
SSB FLUX
SUPERCORE 16.8.2
SUPERCORE 16.8.2P
SUPERCORE 20.9.3
SUPERCORE 20.9.3P
SUPERCORE 2205
SUPERCORE 2205P
SUPERCORE 2304P
SUPERCORE 2507
SUPERCORE 2507Cu
SUPERCORE 2507Cup
SUPERCORE 2507P
SUPERCORE 308H
SUPERCORE 308HP
SUPERCORE 308L
SUPERCORE 308LCF
SUPERCORE 308LP
SUPERCORE 309L

D-30
F-11
F-14
E-70
A-40
E-58
E-50
E-51
E-51
E-53
E-55
E-55
E-21
A-10
C-25
B-88
B-88
D-50, E-10
F-35
F-30
E-72
D-10
D-80
E-45
D-12
D-10
D-10
D-60
D-50
D-31
D-40
D-20
D-20
C-90
D-41
D-11
D-32
D-30
A-80
A-12
A-23
A-13
A-16
F-22
F-20
C-12
C-12
E-20
E-20
B-60
B-60
B-59
B-62
B-63
B-63
B-62
C-10
C-10
B-30
B-37
B-30
B-50

www.metrode.com

PAGE
298
381
382
377
74
369
357
360
361
363
365
366
343
9
252
222
221
315 - 334
386
385
379
283
324
355
290
282
281
317
314
300
308
292
293
277
311
287
303
297
92
17
67
26
39
384
383
239
239
341
341
193
193
185
204
207
207
204
229
229
119
150
119
176

PRODUCT NAME

DATASHEET

SUPERCORE 309LP
SUPERCORE 309Mo
SUPERCORE 309MoP
SUPERCORE 316L
SUPERCORE 316LCF
SUPERCORE 316LP
SUPERCORE 316NF
SUPERCORE 317LP
SUPERCORE 347
SUPERCORE 347HP
SUPERCORE 410NiMo
SUPERCORE 620P
SUPERCORE 625P
SUPERCORE F91
SUPERCORE F92
SUPERCORE M2205
SUPERCORE WB2
SUPERCORE Z100XP
SUPERMET 16.8.2
SUPERMET 2205
SUPERMET 2205AR
SUPERMET 2506Cu
SUPERMET 253MA
SUPERMET 308L
SUPERMET 309L
SUPERMET 309Mo
SUPERMET 316L
SUPERMET 318
SUPERMIG 308LSi
SUPERMIG 309LSi
SUPERMIG 316LSi
SUPERMIG 347Si
SUPEROOT 308L
SUPEROOT 316L
THERMET 22H
THERMET 25.35.Nb
THERMET 309CF
THERMET 310H
THERMET 35.45.Nb
THERMET 800Nb
THERMET HP40Nb
THERMET HP50WCo
THERMET R17.38H
TUFMET 1Ni.B
TUFMET 1NiMo
TUFMET 2Ni.B
TUFMET 3Ni.B
TUFMET 3NiMo
ULTRAMET 2205
ULTRAMET 2304
ULTRAMET 2507
ULTRAMET 308H
ULTRAMET 308L
ULTRAMET 308L(N)
ULTRAMET 308LCF
ULTRAMET 308LP
ULTRAMET 309L
ULTRAMET 309L(N)
ULTRAMET 309LP
ULTRAMET 309Nb
ULTRAMET 316H
ULTRAMET 316L

B-50
B-51
B-51
B-32
B-38
B-32
B-33
B-35
B-31
C-11
B-11
D-33
D-20
A-17
A-20
B-60
A-25
B-61
C-12
B-60
B-60
B-63
C-20
B-30
B-50
B-51
B-32
B-34
B-30
B-50
B-32
B-31
B-30
B-32
C-80
C-45
C-21
C-31
C-60
C-40
C-50
C-70
C-41
A-40
A-60
A-41
A-42
A-60
B-60
B-59
B-62
C-10
B-30
B-80
B-37
B-30
B-50
B-83
B-50
B-53
C-13
B-32

PAGE
176
181
181
132
155
132
138
145
125
234
107
306
295
48
60
192
70
199
236
187
189
206
247
114
171
178
127
140
118
175
131
124
120
133
275
265
249
258
270
260
267
273
263
72
84
76
78
86
188
184
202
226
115
209
147
117
172
217
174
182
242
128

INDEX

PRODUCT NAME

397

INDEX

INDEX 1 : PRODUCT DESIGNATION


PRODUCT NAME

DATASHEET

ULTRAMET 316L(N)
ULTRAMET 316LCF
ULTRAMET 316LP
ULTRAMET 316NF
ULTRAMET 317L
ULTRAMET 347
ULTRAMET 347H
ULTRAMET 904L
ULTRAMET B308H
ULTRAMET B308L
ULTRAMET B308L(N)
ULTRAMET B308LCF
ULTRAMET B309L
ULTRAMET B309L(N)
ULTRAMET B310Mn
ULTRAMET B310MoLN
ULTRAMET B316H
ULTRAMET B316L
ULTRAMET B316L(N)
ULTRAMET B316LCF
ULTRAMET B316NF
ULTRAMET B347
ULTRAMET B347H
ULTRAMET B904L
ULTRAMILD
VERTAMET 309Mo
WORKHARD 13Mn
ZERON 100X
ZERON 100XKS

B-81
B-38
B-32
B-33
B-35
B-31
C-11
B-40
C-10
B-30
B-80
B-37
B-50
B-83
C-30
B-46
C-13
B-32
B-81
B-38
B-33
B-31
C-11
B-40
E-71
B-51
E-60
B-61
B-61

INDEX

Zeron is a registered name of RA Materials Ltd

398

www.metrode.com

PAGE
213
152
130
135
143
122
231
157
227
116
210
148
173
218
255
168
243
129
214
153
136
123
232
158
378
179
370
197
196

INDEX

INDEX2 : CONSUMABLES SPECIFICATIONS

www.metrode.com

PAGE
99
99
225
113
170
346
103
342
240
126
134
177
156
121
139
103
99
262
235
235
235
240
342
134
134
240
126
126
139
142
113
121, 230
126
126
126
139
240
142
339
225
225
113
113
113
113
121, 230
121, 230

SPECIFICATION DATASHEET
19.9.R
C-10
1CrMoBH
A-12
1CrMoLBH
A-12
1NiBH
A-40
2.0837
D-70
2.0873
D-70
2.1006
E-30
2.1461
E-31
2.4155
D-50, E-10
2.4156
D-50
2.4366
D-60
2.4377
D-60
2.4607
D-31
2.4609
D-31
2.4615
D-80
2.4621
D-20
2.4625
D-11
2.4627
D-40
2.4628
D-40
2.4653
B-42
2.4655
B-42
2.4805
D-12
2.4806
D-10, D-11
2.4807
D-10
2.4831
D-20
2.4886
D-30
2.4887
D-30
20 16 3 Mn L
B-33
20 25 5 Cu L
B-40
20.25.5.LCuNb.B
B-40
20.25.5.LCuNb.R
B-40
20.34.2.CuNb.B
B-41
22 12 H
C-21
22 9 3 N L
B-60
23 12 2 L
B-51
23 12 L
B-50
23 12 L Si
B-50
23.12.2.AR
B-51
23.12.L.AR
B-50
23.12.L.B
B-50
23.12.L.R
B-50
23.12.Nb.R
B-53
23.12.R
C-21
25 20
C-30
25 9 4 N L
B-61
25.20.B
C-30
25.20.H.B
C-31

PAGE
225
11
11
71
319
319
349
350
313, 332
313
316
316
299
299
323
291
286
305
305
162
162
290
280, 286
280
291
296
296
134
156
156
156
160
248
186
177
170
170
177
170
170
170
182
248
253
195
253
257

INDEX

SPECIFICATION DATASHEET
13
B-10
1.4009
B-10
1.4296
C-10
1.4316
B-30
1.4332
B-50
1.4337
E-22
1.4351
B-11
1.4370
E-21
1.4403
C-13
1.4430
B-32
1.4455
B-33
1.4459
B-51
1.4519
B-40
1.4551
B-31
1.4576
B-34
13 4
B-11
13.RMP
B-10
15.35.H.R
C-41
16.8.2
C-12
17.8.2.AR
C-12
17.8.2.B
C-12
17.8.2.R
C-13
18 8 Mn
E-21
18.15.3.LMnB
B-33
18.15.3.LMnR
B-33
19 12 3 H
C-13
19 12 3 L
B-32
19 12 3 L Si
B-32
19 12 3 Nb
B-34
19 13 4 L
B-35
19 9 L Si
B-30
19 9 Nb
B-31, C-11
19.12.3.L.AR
B-32
19.12.3.L.B
B-32
19.12.3.L.R
B-32
19.12.3.Nb.AR
B-34
19.12.3.R
C-13
19.13.4.L.R
B-35
19.9.3.R
E-20
19.9.B
C-10
19.9.H
C-10
19.9.L
B-30
19.9.L.AR
B-30
19.9.L.B
B-30
19.9.L.R
B-30
19.9.Nb.B
B-31, C-11
19.9.Nb.R
B-31, C-11

399

INDEX

INDEX2 : CONSUMABLES SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX

SPECIFICATION DATASHEET
25.20.R
25.21.2.LMn.B
25.35.H.Nb.B
29 9
29.9.AR
2CrMoBH
2CrMoLBH
2MnMoBH
2NiBH
2NiMoBH
302S92
302S93
302S94
302S95
307S92
307S94
307S98
308S92
308S93
308S96
310S94
312S94
316S92
316S93
316S96
318S96
347S96
410S94
5CrMoBH
904S92
9CrMoBH
A15
A17
A18
A30
A31
A32
A33
A34
A35
B50A273
BFB6 63353 DC8M
BFB7 6534 AC5
C11
C13
C16
C18
C20

400

www.metrode.com

C-30
B-46
C-50
E-22
E-22
A-13
A-13
A-50
A-41
A-60
B-50
B-50
C-21
B-51
B-35
E-21
E-21
B-30
B-30
C-10
C-30
E-22
B-32
B-32
C-13
B-34
B-31, C-11
B-10
A-15
B-40
A-16
E-70
E-70
E-70
A-10
A-50
A-12
A-13
A-15
A-16
A-14
F-20
F-35
E-33
E-36
D-70
D-70
E-37

PAGE
253
167
266
346
346
20
20
78
75
83
170
170
248
177
142
342
342
113
113
225
253
346
126
126
240
139
121, 230
99
33
156
36
373
373
373
8
78
11
20
33
36
29
383
386
351
352
319
319
353

SPECIFICATION DATASHEET
C26
C7
C9
CrMo1Si
CrMo2Si
CrMo5Si
CrMo9Si
E 13 B 52
E 16 8 2 B
E 16 8 2 R
E 19 12 2 R 32
E 23 12 2 LB 42
E 25 22 2 N L B
E 46 4 1Ni B 42
E 46 6 2Ni B 42
E C Ni-CI 1
E C NiFe-CI 1
E10018-D2
E10-UM-60-G
E10-UM-65-G
E11018-M
E12016-G
E13 4 R 52
E13 R 52
E16-8-2-15
E16-8-2-16
E16-8-2-17
E18 15 3 LB 42
E18 15 3 LR 32
E18 8 Mn R 32
E18 9 MnMo R 52
E19 12 3 LB 42
E19 12 3 LR 11
E19 12 3 LR 32
E19 12 3 Nb R 32
E19 13 4 NL R 32
E19 9 HB 42
E19 9 HR 32
E19 9 LB 42
E19 9 LR 32
E19 9 Nb B 42
E19 9 Nb R 32
E1-UM-400-GP
E20 10 3 R 32
E20 25 5 Cu N L B 62
E20 25 5 Cu N L R 52
E20-UM-300-CKTZ
E20-UM-45-CTZ

E-37
E-30
E-31
A-12
A-13
A-15
A-16
B-10
C-12
C-12
C-13
B-51
B-46
A-40
A-41
E-10
E-11
A-50
E-55
E-55
A-60
A-60
B-11
B-10
C-12
C-13
C-12
B-33
B-33
E-21
E-21
B-32
B-32
B-32, B-81
B-34
B-35
C-10
C-10
B-30
B-30, B-80
B-31, C-11
B-31, C-11
E-50
E-20
B-40
B-40
E-66
E-65

PAGE
353
349
350
11
20
33
36
99
235
235
240
177
167
71
75
332
335
78
364
364
83
83
103
99
235
240
235
134
134
342
342
126
126
126, 212
139
142
225
225
113
113, 208
121, 230
121, 230
356
339
156
156
372
371

INDEX

INDEX2 : CONSUMABLES SPECIFICATIONS


SPECIFICATION DATASHEET

www.metrode.com

B-59
C-21
B-60
B-60
B-60
B-60
B-60
B-60
B-60
B-51
B-51
B-50
B-50
B-53
C-30
C-31
C-30
B-63
B-61, B-62
B-62
B-63
B-63
B-63
B-62
B-62
B-62
B-61, B-62
B-61
E-22
C-21
B-50
B-50
B-50
B-51
B-51
B-51
B-51
B-50
B-50
B-53
E-21
E-21
B-35
B-35
C-10
C-10
C-10

PAGE
183
248
186
186
186
186
186
186
186
177
177
170
170
182
253
257
253
205
195, 200
200
205
205
205
200
200
200
195, 200
195
346
248
170
170
170
177
177
177
177
170
170
182
342
342
142
142
225
225
225

SPECIFICATION DATASHEET
E308HT1-1/4
E308L-15
E308L-16
E308L-17
E308LT0-1/4
E308LT1-1/4
E308LT1-1/4J
E308Mo-16
E308MoT0-1/4
E308MoT1-1/4
E310-15
E310-16
E310H-15
E312-17
E316H-15
E316H-16
E316L-15
E316L-15
E316L-16
E316L-17
E316LMn-15
E316LMn-16
E316LT0-1/4
E316LT1-1/4
E316LT1-1/4J
E318-17
E320LR-15
E323H-16
E347-15
E347-16
E347HT1-1/4
E347T0-1/4
E383-15
E385-15
E385-16
E410-15
E410-26
E410NiMo-26
E410NiMoT1-1/4
E502-15
E505-15
E5518-N2 A U
E5518-N5 P U
E5518-NCC1 A
E6018
E62 4 MnMoB
E7015-B2L

C-10
B-30, B-80
B-30, B-80
B-30
B-30
B-30
B-37
E-20
E-20
E-20
C-30
C-30
C-31
E-22
C-13
C-13
B-32
B-32, B-81
B-32, B-81
B-32
B-33
B-33
B-32
B-32
B-38
B-34
B-41
C-41
B-31,C-11
B-31,C-11
C-11
B-31
B-42
B-40
B-40
B-10
B-10
B-11
B-11
A-15
A-16
A-40
A-41
A-70
E-71
A-50
A-12

PAGE
225
113, 208
113, 208
113
113
113
146
339
339
339
253
253
257
346
240
240
126
126, 212
126, 212
126
134
134
126
126
151
139
160
262
121, 230
121, 230
230
121
162
156
156
99
99
103
103
33
36
71
75
89
378
78
11

INDEX

E2101-16
E22 12 R 32
E22 9 3 N L B 42
E22 9 3 N L R 32
E2209-15
E2209-16
E2209-17
E2209T0-1/4
E2209T1-1/4
E23 12 2 LR 11
E23 12 2 LR 32
E23 12 LB 42
E23 12 LR 32
E23 12 Nb R 32
E25 20 B 42
E25 20 H B 42
E25 20 R 32
E25 9 3 Cu N L R 52
E25 9 4 N L B 42
E25 9 4 N L R 32
E2553-16
E2553T0-4
E2553T1-4
E2594-15
E2594-16
E2594T0-4
E2594T1-4
E2595-15
E29 9 R 32
E302H-16
E302L-15
E302L-16
E302L-17
E302LMo-15
E302LMo-17
E302LMoT0-1/4
E302LMoT1-1/4
E302LT0-1/4
E302LT1-1/4
E302Nb-16
E307-16
E307-26
E307L-16
E307LT1-1/4
E308H-15
E308H-16
E308HT0-1/4

401

INDEX

INDEX2 : CONSUMABLES SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX

SPECIFICATION DATASHEET

402

E7018-A1
E71T-5
E8015-B3L
E8015-B6
E8015-B8
E8018-B2
E8018-C1
E8018-C3
E8018-W2
E81T1-B2C/M
E9015-B9
E9015-G H4
E9015-G(23)
E9015-G(92)
E9016-G
E9018-B3
E9018-D1
E9018-G
E90C-B9
E90C-G
E91T1-B3C/M
E91T1-B3LC/M
E91T1-B9C/M
E91T1-C1PZ-B91
E91T1-C1PZ-B92-H4
E91T1-M21PZ-B91
E91T1-M21PZ-B92
EB2
EB3
EB8
EB91
EC2209
ECo1
ECo2
ECoCr-A
ECoCr-E
ECrMo1 B 32
ECrMo1L B 32
ECrMo2 B 32
ECrMo2L B 32
ECrMo5 B 32
ECrMo9 B 32
ECrMo91 B 32
ECrMoV1 B 32
ECrMoWV12 B 32
ECuNi
EFe1
EFe14
EFe16
www.metrode.com

A-10
A-40
A-13
A-15
A-16
A-12
A-41
A-40
A-70
A-12
A-17
A-18, A-25
A-21
A-20
A-60
A-13
A-50
A-23, A-61
A-17
A-18
A-13
A-13
A-17
A-17
A-20
A-17
A-20
A-12
A-13
A-16
A-17
B-60
E-66
E-65
E-65
E-66
A-12
A-12
A-13
A-13
A-15
A-16
A-17
A-14
A-19
D-70
E-50
E-55
E-58

PAGE
8
71
20
33
36
11
75
71
89
11
40
50, 68
61
56
83
20
78
64,88
40
50
20
20
40
40
56
40
56
11
20
36
40
186
372
371
371
372
11
11
20
20
33
36
40
29
53
319
356
364
369

SPECIFICATION DATASHEET
EFe2
EFe4
EFe5-B
EFe9
EFeMn-B
EG(92)
EL-NiCr15FeNb
EMo B 32
ENi-1
ENi1066
ENi2
ENi2061
ENi4060
ENi6022
ENi6059
ENi6062
ENi6117
ENi6133
ENi6152
ENi6182
ENi6276
ENi6625
ENi-CI
ENiCr-4
ENiCrCoMo-1
ENiCrFe-1
ENiCrFe-2
ENiCrFe-3
ENiCrFe-7
ENiCrMo-10
ENiCrMo-13
ENiCrMo-3
ENiCrMo3T1-4
ENiCrMo-4
ENiCrMo-5
ENiCu-7
ENiFe-CI
ENiMo-7
ER100S-G
ER110S-G
ER16.8.2
ER2209
ER2594
ER302
ER302L
ER302LMo
ER302LSi
ER307
ER307

E-51
E-53
E-53
E-60
E-60
A-20
D-12
A-10
D-50
D-80
E-45
D-50
D-60
D-32
D-31
D-12
D-40
D-11
D-41
D-10
D-30
D-20
E-10
C-90
D-40
D-12
D-11
D-10
D-41
D-32
D-31
D-20
D-20
D-30
E-45
D-60
E-11
D-80
A-60
A-60
C-12
B-60
B-61, B-62
C-21
B-50
B-51
B-50
B-35
E-21

PAGE
359
363
363
360
360
56
290
8
313
323
354
313
316
302
299
290
305
286
310
280
296
291
332
276
305
290
286
280
310
302
299
291
291
296
354
316
335
323
83
83
235
186
195, 200
248
170
177
170
142
342

INDEX

INDEX2 : CONSUMABLES SPECIFICATIONS

www.metrode.com

PAGE
142
225
113, 208
113
253
346
240
126, 212
134
126
139
160
121, 230
156
99
103
33
36
108
373
373
373
8
11
33
36
64,77
11, 87
71
75
20
40
64,77
20
56
349
352
319
353
350
313, 332
280, 286
305
310
302
299
291
296
316

SPECIFICATION DATASHEET
ERNiFeCr-1
B-42
ERNiMo-7
D-80
F8 P0-EB2-B2
A-12
G2Ni2
A-41
G3Ni1
A-40
G4Mo
A-50
MDS 12809/07
B-61
MDS 12809/08
B-61
Mn3Ni1CrMo
A-60
Mn3Ni1Cu
A-70
MnMoBH
A-50
MoBH
A-10
MoSi
A-10
N02061
D-50, E-10
N06082
D-10, D-11
N10276
D-30
NA47
E-11
R316LT1-5
B-32
RCC-M
B-80, B-81 B-83
S A AB 1 67 AC
F-11
S A AF 2
F-20
S A AF 2 64 AC
F-22
S A CS 2
F-30
S A FB 1 55 AC H5
F-14
S A FB 2 2
F-35
S C NiFe-1
E-11
S2860
B-80
S2865
B-81
S2910
B-80
S2915
B-81
S30280
C-21
S31080
C-30
S3Ni1Mo
A-23
SCrMo1
A-12
SCrMo2
A-13
SCrMo9
A-16
SCrMo91
A-17
SNi1066
D-80
SNi2061
D-50, E-10
SNi4060
D-60
SNi6022
D-32
SNi6052
D-41
SNi6059
D-31
SNi6082
D-10, D-11
SNi6276
D-30
SNi6617
D-40
SNi6625
D-20
SNi8065
B-42
SS2209
B-60

PAGE
162
323
11
75
71
78
195
195
83
89
78
8
8
313, 332
280, 286
296
335
126
208, 212, 216
381
383
384
385
382
394
335
208
212
208
212
248
253
64
11
20
36
40
323
313, 332
316
302
310
299
280, 286
296
305
291
162
186

INDEX

SPECIFICATION DATASHEET
ER307L
B-35
ER308H
C-10
ER308L
B-30, B-80
ER308LSi
B-30
ER310
C-30
ER312
E-22
ER316H
C-13
ER316L
B-32, B-81
ER316LMn
B-33
ER316LSi
B-32
ER318
B-34
ER320LR
B-41
ER347
B-31, C-11
ER385
B-40
ER410
B-10
ER410NiMo
B-11
ER502
A-15
ER505
A-16
ER630
B-12
ER70S-2
E-70
ER70S-3
E-70
ER70S-6
E-70
ER70S-A1
A-10
ER80S-B2
A-12
ER80S-B6
A-15
ER80S-B8
A-16
ER80S-D2
A-23, A-50
ER80S-G
A-12, A-70
ER80S-Ni1
A-40
ER80S-Ni2
A-41
ER90S-B3
A-13
ER90S-B9
A-17
ER90S-D2
A-23, A-50
ER90S-G
A-13
ER90S-G(92)
A-20
ERCu
E-30
ERCuAl-A2
E-36
ERCuNi
D-70
ERCuNiAl
E-37
ERCuSi-A
E-31
ERNi-1
D-50, E-10
ERNiCr-3
D-10, D-11
ERNiCrCoMo-1
D-40
ERNiCrFe-7
D-41
ERNiCrMo-10
D-32
ERNiCrMo-13
D-31
ERNiCrMo-3
D-20
ERNiCrMo-4
D-30
ERNiCu-7
D-60

403

INDEX

INDEX2 : CONSUMABLES SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX

SPECIFICATION DATASHEET

404

SS302L
SS307/SS307L
SS308L
SS316L
SS318
SS347
SS410
T 13 4 P C/M 2
T 18 16 5 N L R C/M 3
T 19 12 3 L P C/M 2
T 19 12 3 L R C/M 3
T 19 13 4 N L P C/M 2
T 19 9 L P C/M 2
T 19 9 L R C/M 3
T 19 9 Nb P C/M 2
T 19 9 Nb R C/M 3
T 20 10 3 P C/M 2
T 20 10 3 R C/M 3
T 22 9 3 N L M M12 3
T 22 9 3 N L P C/M 2
T 22 9 3 N L R C/M 3
T 23 12 2 L P C/M 2
T 23 12 2 L R C/M 3
T 23 12 L P C/M 2
T 23 12 L R C/M 3
T 25 9 4 Cu N L P C/M 2
T 25 9 4 Cu N L R C/M 3
T 25 9 4 N L P M21 2
T 25 9 4 N L R M21 3
T422PM1
T424PM1
T55T1-1C/M-1CM
T55T1-1C/M-5CM
T55T1-1C/M-9C1M
T62T1-1C/M-2C1M
T62T1-1C/M-2C1ML
T69T1-1C/M-9C1MV
T69T15-0M-9C1MV
TFe1
TFe15
TFe2
TS16-8-2-FM1
TS2209-FB0
TS2209-FB1
TS2553-FB0
TS2553-FB1
TS2594-F M21 1
TS302L-FB0
TS302L-FB1
www.metrode.com

B-50
B-35
B-30, B-80
B-32, B-81
B-34
B-31
B-10
B-11
B-33
B-32, B-38
B-32
B-35
B-30, B-37
B-30
C-11
B-31
E-20
E-20
B-60
B-60
B-60
B-51
B-51
B-50
B-50
B-63
B-63
B-62
B-62
E-70
A-40
A-12
A-15
A-16
A-13
A-13
A-17
A-17
E-50
E-55
E-51
C-12
B-60
B-60
B-63
B-63
B-61
B-50
B-50

PAGE
170
142
113, 208
126, 212
139
121
99
103
134
126, 151
126
142
113, 146
113
230
121
339
339
186
186
186
177
177
170
170
205
205
200
200
373
71
11
33
36
20
20
40
40
356
364
359
235
186
186
205
205
195
170
170

SPECIFICATION DATASHEET
TS302LMo-FB0
TS302LMo-FB1
TS307L-FB1
TS308H-FB0
TS308H-FB1
TS308L-FB0
TS308L-FB1
TS308Mo-FM0
TS308Mo-FM1
TS316L-FB0
TS316L-FB1
TS316L-RI1
TS347-FB0
TS347-FB1
TS410NiMo-FB1
W 19 12 3 L
W 19 9 L
W2Ni2
W2Si
W2Ti
W3Ni1
W3Si1
W72961
WCrMo91
WCrMoWV12Si
W73021
WCrMo91
WCrMoWV12Si

B-51
B-51
B-35
C-10
C-10
B-30
B-30, B-37
E-20
E-20
B-32
B-32, B-38
B-32
B-31
C-11
B-11
B-81
B-80
A-41
E-70
E-70
A-40
E-70
E-66
A-17
A-19
E-66
A-17
A-19

PAGE
177
177
142
225
225
113
113, 146
339
339
126
126, 151
126
121
230
103
212
208
75
373
373
71
373
372
40
53
372
40
53

INDEX

INDEX3 : MATERIALS TO BE WELDED


DATASHEET

1.4362
1.5419
15Mo3
16Mo3
A204 A, B, C
B1 (BS3100)
BS1504 grade 245
BS3059 grade 243
BS3606 grade 243, 245, 261
F1 (ASTM A336)
GS-22Mo4
LC1 (ASTM A352)
P1 (ASTM A335)
T1 (ASTM A209, A250)
WC1 (ASTM A217)
A387 Gr 11 & 12
B2 (BS3100)
BS1501 grade 620/621
BS1503 grade 620/621
BS1504 grade 620
BS3059 grade 620
BS3604 grade 620/621
F11 (ASTM A182)
F12 (ASTM A182)
GS-25CrMo4
P11 (ASTM A335)
P12 (ASTM A335)
T11 (ASTM A199, A200, A213)

B-59, B-60
A-10
A-10
A-10
A-10
A-10
A-10
A-10
A-10
A-10
A-10
A-10
A-10
A-10
A-10
A-12
A-12
A-12
A-12
A-12
A-12
A-12
A-12
A-12
A-12
A-12
A-12
A-12

T12 (ASTM A199, A200, A213)


WC11(ASTM A217)
WC6 (ASTM A217)
10CrMo 9-10
A387 Gr 21 & 22
B3 (BS3100)
B7 (BS3100)
BS1501 grade 622
BS1503 grade 622
BS1503 grade 660
BS1504 grade 622
BS1504 grade 660
BS3059 grade 622
BS3604 grade 622
BS3604 grade 660
F22 (ASTM A182)
GS-18CrMo 9 10
P22 (ASTM A335)
T22 (ASTM A199, A200, A213)

A-12
A-12
A-12
A-13
A-13
A-13
A-13
A-13
A-13
A-13
A-13
A-13
A-13
A-13
A-13
A-13
A-13
A-13
A-13

www.metrode.com

PAGE
183, 186
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

BASE MATERIAL

DATASHEET

WC9 (ASTM A217)


1.7706
1.8070
15CrMoV 5 11
21CrMoV5 11
A356 Gr 9
A389 C24
B50A224
GS-17CrMoV5 11
A387 Gr 5
B5 (BS3100)
BS1501 grade 625
BS1503 grade 625
BS1504 grade 625
BS3604 grade 625
C5 (ASTM A217)
F5 (ASTM A336)
P5 (ASTM A335)
T5 (ASTM A199, A213)
A387 Gr 9
B6 (BS3100)
BS1504 grade 629
BS3604 grade 629
F9 (ASTM A336)
P9 (ASTM A335)
T9 (ASTM A199, A200, A213)
X12CrMo 9 1
1.4903
91 (ASTM A387)
BS1503 grade 91
C12A (ASTM A217)
F91 (ASTM A182)
P91 (ASTM A335)
T91 (ASTM ASTM A213)
X10CrMoVNb9 1
1.4905
1.4906
911 (ASTM A387)
A387 Gr 911
F911 (ASTM A182, A336)
FP911 (ASTM A369)
G-X12CrMoWVNbN 10 1 1
P911 (ASTM A335)
T911 (ASTM ASTM A213)
WP911 (ASTM A234)
X11CrMoWVNb 9 1 1
422

A-13
A-14
A-14
A-14
A-14
A-14
A-14
A-14
A-14
A-15
A-15
A-15
A-15
A-15
A-15
A-15
A-15
A-15
A-15
A-16
A-16
A-16
A-16
A-16
A-16
A-16
A-16
A-17
A-17
A-17
A-17
A-17
A-17
A-17
A-17
A-18
A-18
A-18
A-18
A-18
A-18
A-18
A-18
A-18
A-18
A-18
A-19

PAGE
20
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
53

INDEX

BASE MATERIAL

405

INDEX

INDEX3 : MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

INDEX

SPECIFICATION DATASHEET

406

1.4935
762 (BS3604)
BS3604 grade 762
G-X22CrMoV 12 1
X20CrMoV12 1
F92 (ASTM A182)
P92 (ASTM A335)
T92 (ASTM A213)
X10CrWMoVNb9-2
P23 (ASTM A335)
T23 (ASTM A213)
F36 (ASTM A182)
P36 (ASTM A335)
T36 (ASTM A213)
WB36
1.6368
15NiCuMoNb5
BS3604 grade CFS 591
BS3604 grade HFS 591
CB2
FB2
GX-13CrMoCoVNbNB 9-2-1
55EE (BS4360)
A333 grade 6
BS1501 224 grade 490B
LC2 (ASTM A352)
LF1/LF2 (ASTM A350)
LT50
4130
4140
8630
1.7220
1.7225
34CrMo4
42CrMo4
A487 2A, B, C
En19 (709M40)
55F (BS4360)
API 5A L80
HY100
HY80
Hystal 77 (Corus)
Naxtra 70
Q1(N)
Q2(N)
RQT601 (Corus)
RQT701 (Corus)

www.metrode.com

A-19
A-19
A-19
A-19
A-19
A-20
A-20
A-20
A-20
A-21
A-21
A-23
A-23
A-23
A-23
A-23, A-61
A-23, A-61
A-23, A-61
A-23, A-61
A-25
A-25
A-25
A-40
A-40, A-41
A-41
A-41
A-41
A-41
A-50
A-50
A-50
A-50
A-50
A-50
A-50
A-50
A-50, E-20, E-22
A-60
A-60
A-60
A-60
A-60
A-60
A-60
A-60
A-60
A-60

PAGE
53
53
53
53
53
56
56
56
56
61
61
64
64
64
64
64,88
64,88
64,88
64,88
68
68
68
71
71, 75
75
75
75
75
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78, 329, 346
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
83

SPECIFICATION DATASHEET
A302 C, D
A508 1, 1A, 2, 3
A533 A-D
BS1501 grade 271, 281
1.8960
1.8961
1.8963
A588 A, B, C, K
Corten A/B (Corus, USS)
Weathering steel
WR50A/C (BS4360)
Rail steel
410
1.4006
1.4008
410C21
410S21
CA15 (ASTM A487)
CA15M (ASTM A487)
En56A (410S21)
G-X10Cr13
G-X8CrNi13
S41000
X10Cr13
1.4313
425C11 (BS3100)
CA6NM
F6NM
G-X5CrNi13 4
S41500
Z6 CND 1304-M
17-4PH (Armco)
2S143 (BS)
3S144 (BS)
3S145 (BS)
630 (ASTM)
BS3146 ANC20
CB-7Cu-1 (ASTM A747)
CB-7Cu-2 (ASTM A747)
Custom 450
Custom 630
FV520B (Firth Vickers)
S45000
XM-25
304C12
304S11/15/16/31
304S61

A-61
A-61
A-61
A-61
A-70
A-70
A-70
A-70
A-70
A-70
A-70
A-80
B-10
B-10
B-10
B-10
B-10
B-10
B-10
B-10
B-10
B-10
B-10
B-10
B-11
B-11
B-11
B-11
B-11
B-11
B-11
B-12
B-12
B-12
B-12
B-12
B-12
B-12
B-12
B-12
B-12
B-12
B-12
B-12
B-30
B-30
B-30

PAGE
88
88
88
88
89
89
89
89
89
89
89
92
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
113
113
113

INDEX

INDEX3 : MATERIALS TO BE WELDED


DATASHEET

1.4301
1.4306
1.4308
1.4311
304L
304LN
CF3
S30400
S30403
S30453
304
CF8
304C15
321
347
321S31
347C17
347S31
CF8C
1.4403
316C12
316S11/13/16/31/33
316S61
1.4401
1.4404
1.4406
1.4408
1.4429
1.4436
1.4437
316L
316LN
CF3M
CF8M
S31600
S31603
S31653
316
316C16/71
Nil ferrite 316
Nitronic 50
Non-magnetic 316
S20910
XM-19
1.4571
1.4573
1.4579

B-30, B-80
B-30, B-80
B-30, B-80
B-30, B-80
B-30, B-80
B-30, B-80
B-30, B-80
B-30, B-80
B-30, B-80
B-30, B-80
B-30, B-80, C-10
B-30, B-80, C-10
B-30, C-10
B-31
B-31
B-31
B-31
B-31
B-31
B-32
B-32
B-32
B-32
B-32, B-81
B-32, B-81
B-32, B-81
B-32, B-81
B-32, B-81
B-32, B-81
B-32, B-81
B-32, B-81
B-32, B-81
B-32, B-81
B-32, B-81
B-32, B-81
B-32, B-81
B-32, B-81
B-32, B-81, C-13
B-32, C-12, C-13
B-33
B-33
B-33
B-33
B-33
B-34
B-34
B-34

www.metrode.com

PAGE
113, 208
113, 208
113, 208
113, 208
113, 208
113, 208
113, 208
113, 208
113, 208
113, 208
113, 208, 225
113, 208, 225
113, 225
121
121
121
121
121
121
126
126
126
126
126, 212
126, 212
126, 212
126, 212
126, 212
126, 212
126, 212
126, 212
126, 212
126, 212
126, 212
126, 212
126, 212
126, 212
126-212-240
134, 235, 240
134
134
134
134
134
139
139
139

BASE MATERIAL

DATASHEET

1.4580
1.4581
1.4583
316Cb
316Ti
318C17
320S31/33
CF10MC
S31635
S31640
1.4438
317/317L
317C12/16
317S12/16
CG8M
S31700
S31703
1.4439
1.4440
1.4500
1.4505
1.4506
1.4536
1.4539
1.4585
254SLX (Avesta Polarit)
2RK65 (Sandvik)
364C11 (BS1504)
904L (Uddelholm)
904S13
Cronifer 1925LC (VDM)
N08904
Uranus B6, B6M (Industeel)
20Cb
20Cb-3 (Carpenter)
A351 grade CN-7M
A744 grade CN-7M
BS1504 grade 332C11
Langalloy 20V (Meighs)
Paramount P20 (Lake & Elliot)
Alloy 20
1.4563
1.4858
2.4858
N08028
N08825
NA16 (BS1501/3072)

B-34
B-34
B-34
B-34
B-34
B-34
B-34
B-34
B-34
B-34
B-35
B-35
B-35
B-35
B-35
B-35
B-35
B-40
B-40
B-40
B-40
B-40
B-40
B-40
B-40
B-40
B-40
B-40
B-40
B-40
B-40
B-40
B-40
B-41
B-41
B-41
B-41
B-41
B-41
B-41
B-41, B-42
B-42
B-42
B-42
B-42
B-42
B-42

PAGE
139
139
139
139
139
139
139
139
139
139
142
142
142
142
142
142
142
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160,162
162
162
162
162
162
162

INDEX

BASE MATERIAL

407

INDEX

INDEX3 : MATERIALS TO BE WELDED


DATASHEET

Nicrofer 3127LC (VDM)


Nicrofer 4221 (VDM)
Sanicro 28 (Sandvik)
Incoloy 825 (Special Metals)
1.4335
2RE10 (Sandvik)
Cronifer 2521LC (VDM)
Uranus 65 (Industeel)
X1CrNi25 21
Z1 CN 25 20
Z2 CN 25 20 M
1.4465
1.4466
2RE69
310MoLN
Cronifer 2525LCN (VDM)
S31050
Uranus 25 22 2 (Industeel)
1.4547
S31254
254SMO (Avesta Polarit)
1.4003
403/405/409
Nirosta 4003 (Krupp)
Dissimilar
1.4818
LDX 2101 (Avesta)
Nitronic 19D
S32001
S32101
X2CrNiN23L
1.4828
1.4835
1.4850
1.4859
1.4462
2205 (Avesta Polarit)
2304 (Sandvik)
318S13
A890 grade 4A
Cronifer 2205LCN (VDM)
F51 (ASTM A182)
J92205
S31803
S32205
SAF 2205 (Sandvik)
Uranus 45N (Industeel)

B-42
B-42
B-42
B-42, D-20
B-45
B-45
B-45
B-45
B-45
B-45
B-45
B-46
B-46
B-46
B-46
B-46
B-46
B-46
B-47, D-20, D-31, D-32
B-47, D-20, D-31, D-32
B-47, D-20, D-32
B-50
B-50
B-50
B-50, B-51, E-21, E-22
C-20
B-59
B-59
B-59
B-59
B-59
C-20
C-20
C-40
C-40
B-60
B-60
B-60
B-60
B-60
B-60
B-60
B-60
B-60
B-60
B-60
B-60

INDEX

BASE MATERIAL

408

www.metrode.com

PAGE
162
162
162
162, 165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
167
167
167
167
167
167
167
169, 291, 299, 302
169, 291, 299, 302
169, 291, 302
170
170
170
170, 177
246
183
183
183
183
183
246
246
259
259
186
186
186
186
186
186
186
186
186
186
186
186

BASE MATERIAL

DATASHEET

DP3W (Sumitomo)
J93380
S32950
S39274
Uranus 52N+ (Industeel)
Zeron 100 (RA)
2507 (Avesta/Sandvik)
A890 grade 5A
A890 grade 6A
J93404
S32750
S32760
SAF 2507 (Sandvik)
1.4876
F53 (ASTM A182)
Uranus 47N (Industeel)
1.4515
1.4517
332C13 (BS3100)
A890 grade 1A, 2A
CD4MCu (A351, A744)
Ferralium 255/SD40 (Meighs)
Ferrinox 255
J93370
Uranus 55/50M (Industeel)
302C25
CF10
1.4907
1.4941
1.4948
1.4961
1.5415
1.5637
1.5662
1.5680
13% manganese steel
153MA (Avesta Polarit)
2.4697
321H
2.4811
2.4879
22H (Duraloy)
253MA (Avesta Polarit)
304H
304S51
316H
316S51

B-61
B-61
B-61
B-61
B-61
B-61
B-61, B-62
B-61, B-62
B-61, B-62
B-61, B-62
B-61, B-62
B-61, B-62
B-61, B-62
C-40
B-62
B-62
B-63
B-63
B-63
B-63
B-63
B-63
B-63
B-63
B-63
C-10
C-10
C-25
C-11, C-12
C-10, C-12
C-11, C-12
A-10
D-20, D-33
D-20, D-33
D-20, D-33
E-21, E-60
C-20
D-31, D-32
C-12
D-31, D-32
C-80
C-80
C-20
C-10, C-12
C-10,C-12
C-12, C-13
C-12, C-13

PAGE
195
195
195
195
195
195
195, 200
195, 200
195, 200
195, 200
195, 200
195, 200
195, 200
259
200
200
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
225
225
251
230, 235
225, 235
230, 235
8
291, 305
291, 305
291, 305
342, 370
246
299, 302
235
299, 302
274
274
246
225, 235
225, 235
235, 240
235, 240

INDEX

INDEX3 : MATERIALS TO BE WELDED


BASE MATERIAL

www.metrode.com

DATASHEET
C-12, C-13
C-11, C-12
C-11, C-12
C-11, C-12
C-21
C-21
C-21
C-21
C-21
C-21
C-21
C-21
C-21
C-21
C-21
C-21
C-21
B-50, C-21
D-31, D-32
E-20, E-22, A-50
C-30
C-30
C-30
C-30
C-30
C-30
C-30
C-30
C-30
C-30
C-30
C-30
C-30
C-30
C-30
C-31
C-31
C-31
C-31
C-31
C-31
C-31
C-31
C-31
D-20, D-33
D-20, D-33
D-33

PAGE
235, 240
230, 235
230, 235
230, 235
248
248
248
248
248
248
248
248
248
248
248
248
248
170, 248
299, 302
339, 346, 79
253
253
253
253
253
253
253
253
253
253
253
253
253
253
253
257
257
257
257
257
257
257
257
257
291, 305
291, 305
305

BASE MATERIAL

DATASHEET

A351 grade CT15C


A352 LC4 (cast)
A353/A353M
A553/A553M Type I
A553/A553M Type II
A645
AISI
AL-6X/N
Armco iron
ASTM
BS1501 grade 510/510N
BS1502 grade 509-690
BS1503 grade 509-690
BS2858
BS970
Cast iron
1.4865
330C11 (BS3100)
331C40 (BS3100)
BS4534 grade 8, 9
Cronite HR5, HR17, HR31
HR17(Cronite)
HR31(Cronite)
HR5(Cronite)
HT(ASTMA297)
HT30(ASTMA351)
HU(ASTMA297)
LloydsT50(LBA)
ParalloyH33/35/38/40
RA330-HC(RolledAlloys)
ThermalloyT50(Lloyds)
ThermalloyT58(Lloyds)
Centralloy4859
Centralloy 4879
Centralloy ET35Co
Centralloy ET45 Micro
Centralloy H101
CF10M
1.4852
1.4853
1.4857
A297 HP40Cb
Centralloy 4852/4852 Micro
Cronite HR33
HP, HP40, HP40Cb (A297)
HR33 (Cronite)
Lloyds T63 (LBA)

C-40
D-20, D-33
D-20, D-33
D-20, D-33
D-20, D-33
D-20, D-33
See Each Grade
D-20, D-31, D-32
E-72
See Each Grade
D-20, D-33
D-20, D-33
D-20, D-33
E-72
See Each Grade
E-10, E-11
C-41
C-41
C-41
C-41
C-41
C-41
C-41
C-41
C-41
C-41
C-41
C-41
C-41
C-41
C-41
C-41
C-40
C-80
C-70
C-60
C-45
C-12, C-13
C-50
C-50
C-50
C-50
C-50
C-50
C-50
C-50
C-50

PAGE
259
291, 305
291, 305
291, 305
291, 305
291, 305
291, 299, 302
379
291, 305
291, 305
291, 305
379
332, 335
262
262
262
262
262
262
262
262
262
262
262
262
262
262
262
262
259
274
272
269
264
235, 240
266
266
266
266
266
266
266
266
266

INDEX

316S53
321S51
347H
347S51
309
1.4829
1.4832
309C30
309H
309S
309S24
CH8, 10, 20 (ASTM A351)
G-X25CrNiSi20 14
S30900
S30908
S30909
X12CrNi22 12
3CR12 (Cromweld)
654SMO (Avesta Polarit)
709M40 (En19)
310
1.4840
1.4841
1.4842
1.4845
15RE10 (Sandvik)
310C45
310S
310S24
310S31
CK20
Immaculate 5 (Firth Vickers)
S31000
S31008
Sirius 3 (Industeel)
1.4846
1.4848
310C40 (BS1504/3100)
Cronite HR6
HK40 (ASTM A351/A608)
HR6 (Cronite)
Lloyds T47 (LBA)
Paralloy H20
Thermalloy T47 (Lloyds)
9% Ni steels
A202 grade E
A333 grade 3

409

INDEX

INDEX

INDEX3 : MATERIALS TO BE WELDED

410

BASE MATERIAL

DATASHEET

Lloyds T64 (LBA)


Manaurite 36X/36XM (Manoir)
MORE 10/10A (Duraloy)
Paralloy H39/H39W
Pyrotherm G25/35Nb
Pyrotherm NbTZ
Thermalloy T63/T64 (Lloyds)
CT15C (ASTM A351)
G-NiCr28W
Grey cast iron
G-X45NiCrWSi 48 28
Hadfield steel
Hardfacing
HP10Cb (ASTM A297)
Incoloy 800 (Special Metals)
Incoloy 800H (Special Metals)
Incoloy 800HT (Special Metals)
Incoloy DS (Special Metals)
Inconel 600 (Special Metals)
Inconel 601 (Special Metals)
K41583
K71340
K81340
Lloyds T57 (LBA)
Lloyds T66 (LBA)
Lloyds T75(LBA)
Lloyds T75MA(LBA)
2.4678
2.4680
2.4813
IN-657 (Special Metals)
IN-671 (Special Metals)
Paralloy N50W
Nimonic 75 (Inco)
3-5% Ni steels
Lloyds T80 (LBA)
Manaurite 35K (Manoir)
Brightray (Inco)
Nilo (Inco)
NA14
2.4856
CW-6MC (ASTM A494)
Inconel 625 (Special Metals)
N06625
NA21
Nicrofer 6020hMo (VDM)
Nicrofer 6022hMo (VDM)

C-50
C-50
C-50
C-50
C-50
C-50
C-50
C-40
C-80
E-10, E-11
C-80
E-21, E-60
E-50, E-51, E-55
C-45
C-40, D-11, D-40
C-40, D-20
C-40, D-40
C-41, D-11
D-10, D-11, D-12
D-20, D-40
D-20, D-33
D-20, D-33, D-80
D-20, D-33, D-80
C-45
C-70
C-80
C-60
C-90
C-90
C-90
C-90
C-90
C-90
D-10
D-10, D-11
C-60
C-70
D-11
D-11
D-12
D-20
D-20
D-20
D-20
D-20
D-20
D-20

www.metrode.com

PAGE
266
266
266
266
266
266
266
259
274
332, 335
274
342, 370
356, 359, 364
264
259, 286, 307
259, 291
259, 307
262, 286
280, 286, 290
291, 307
291, 305
291, 305, 323
291, 305, 323
264
272
274
269
276
276
276
276
276
276
280
280, 286
269
272
286
286
290
291
291
291
291
291
291
291

BASE MATERIAL

DATASHEET

Manaurite 50W (Manoir)


Manaurite 900 (Manoir)
Manaurite XT/XTM
MORE 21 (Duraloy)
MORE 6 (Duraloy)
N06601
N08800
N08810
N08811
NA15
Nicrofer 3220 (VDM)
NO6600
Paralloy CR32W
Paralloy CR39W
Paralloy H46M
Paralloy H48T
Pyrotherm G28/48/5W
S30409
S30415
2.4819
2.4883
CW-12M (ASTM A743/A744)
CW-12MW (ASTM A494)
Hastelloy C-276 (Haynes)
Hastelloy C-276 (Haynes)
N10276
Nicrofer 5716hMoW (VDM)
2.4605
Alloy 59
Hastelloy C-2000 (Haynes)
Hastelloy C-22 (Haynes)
Inconel 686 (Special Metals)
N06059
Nicrofer 5923hMo (VDM)
S30432
S30815
S31609
S32109
S32304
1.4529
1.4565
1.4575
1.4652
2.4602
Hastelloy C-22 (Haynes)
Inconel 622 (Special Metals)
N06022

C-80
C-40
C-60
C-40
C-70
D-20, D-40
C-40
C-40
C-40
C-40
C-40
D-10, D-12
C-40
C-45
C-60
C-80
C-80
C-10, C-12
C-20
D-30
D-30
D-30
D-30
D-30
D-30
D-30
D-30
D-31
D-31
D-31
D-31
D-31
D-31
D-31
C-25
C-20
C-12, C-13
C-11, C-12
B-59, B-60
D-32
D-32
D-32
D-32
D-32
D-32
D-32
D-32

PAGE
274
259
269
259
272
291, 307
259
259
259
259
259
280, 290
259
264
269
274
274
225, 235
246
296
296
296
296
296
296
296
296
299
299
299
299
299
299
299
251
246
235, 240
230, 235
183, 186
302
302
302
302
302
302
302
302

INDEX

INDEX3 : MATERIALS TO BE WELDED


DATASHEET

N08367
N08925
N08926
S31266
S32654
S32550
2.4663
HR3C
Inconel 617 (Special Metals)
N06617
NA15H
Nicrofer 5520Co (VDM)
2.4642
Inconel 690 (Special Metals)
N06690
2.4061
2.4066
2.4068
N02200
N02201
NA11
NA12
Nickel 200/201 (Inco)
2.4360
2.4361
2.4365
Monel 400 (Inco)
Monel K500 (Inco)
N04400
N04405
N05500
NA1
NA13
2.0872
2.0882
2.0883
C70600
C71500
C96200
C96400
CN102/106/107/108
Cunifer 10/30 (VDM)
2.4617
2.4685
2.4882
BS3146 ANC15
Hastelloy B-2(Haynes)

D-32
D-32
D-32
D-32
D-32
B-61, B-63
D-40
D-40
D-40
D-40
D-40
D-40
D-41
D-41
D-41
D-50
D-50
D-50
D-50
D-50
D-50
D-50
D-50
D-60
D-60
D-60
D-60
D-60
D-60
D-60
D-60
D-60
D-60
D-70
D-70
D-70
D-70
D-70
D-70
D-70
D-70
D-70
D-80
D-80
D-80
D-80
D-80

www.metrode.com

PAGE
302
302
302
302
302
195, 205
305
305
305
305
305
305
310
310
310
313
313
313
313
313
313
313
313
316
316
316
316
316
316
316
316
316
316
319
319
319
319
319
319
319
319
319
323
323
323
323
323

BASE MATERIAL

DATASHEET

N10001
N10665
N-12M (A743/A744)
N-7M (A494)
Nimofer 6928 (VDM)
A126
A159
A319
A48
BS1452
S34565
S34709
SAE
A220
A338
A47
A602
BS2789
BS6681
Ductile irons
817M40 (En24)
826M40 (En26)
897M39 (En40C)
Armox 816
Compass B555
En24 (817M40)
En26 (826M40)
En40C (897M39)
MVEE 816 (MoD)
Armour steel
SAF 2304 (Sandvik)
Build-up
Sanicro 31 (Sandvik)
SG irons
070M55 (En9)
080M40 (En8)
En8 (080M40)
En9 (080M50)
C10200
C103
Copper
Bronze
C50100-C52400
Gunmetal
LG3
LG4
LPB1

D-80
D-80
D-80
D-80
D-80
E-10
E-10
E-10
E-10
E-10
D-31, D-32
C-11, C-12
See Each Grade
E-11
E-11
E-11
E-11
E-11
E-11
E-11
E-20
E-20
E-20
E-20
E-20
E-20
E-20
E-20
E-20
E-20, E-21
B-59, B-60
E-21
C-40
E-10, E-11
E-22
E-22
E-22
E-22
E-30
E-30
E-30, E-31
E-33
E-33
E-33
E-33
E-33
E-33

PAGE
323
323
323
323
323
332
332
332
332
332
299, 302
230, 235
335
335
335
335
335
335
335
339
339
339
339
339
339
339
339
339
339, 342
183, 186
342
259
332, 335
346
346
346
346
349
349
349, 350
351
351
351
351
351
351

INDEX

BASE MATERIAL

411

INDEX

INDEX3 : MATERIALS TO BE WELDED


BASE MATERIAL

DATASHEET

Phosphor bronze
Tin bronze
Brass
AB1 (BS1400)
Aluminium bronze
C61400
CA101-103
AB2 (BS1400)
CA104-105
Super 304H
High speed steel
Toolsteel
R30006
Stellite 6 (Deloro)
R30021
Stellite 21 (Deloro)
A216 (WCA, WCB, WCC)
Mild steel
Supertherm (Duraloy)
Thermalloy T52 (Lloyds)
Thermalloy T57 (Lloyds)
Thermalloy T75 (Lloyds)
UNS
Uranus 35N (Industeel)
Uranus B66 (Industeel)
Werkstoff No.
Zeron 100 (RA)

E-33
E-33
E-33, E-36
E-36
E-36
E-36
E-36
E-37
E-37
C-25, D-40
E-53
E-53
E-65
E-65
E-66
E-66
E-70
E-70
C-70
C-40
C-45
C-80
See Each Grade
B-59, B-60
D-31, D-32
See Each Grade
B-61

PAGE
351
351
351, 352
352
352
352
352
353
353
251, 307
363
363
371
371
372
372
373
373
272
259
264
274
183, 186
299, 302
195

Hastelloy and C-2000 are trademarks of Haynes International, Inc.


Inconel, Incoloy, Monel, Nimonic and Nilo are trademarks of
Special Metals.

INDEX

Nicrofer is a trademark of VDM.


Zeron is a registered name of RA Materials Ltd.

412

www.metrode.com

www.metrode.com

Metrode Products Limited


Hanworth Lane, Chertsey
Surrey, KT16 9LL
United Kingdom

tel: +44(0)1932 566721


fax: +44(0)1932 565168
e-mail: sales@metrode.com

www.metrode.com

rev 13 March 2016


Metrode Products Limited. All Rights Reserved

You might also like